Bigbook Quant

A-PDF Merger DEMO : Purchase from www.A-PDF.
com to remove the watermark

SECTION 3
Time-30 minutes
.
30 Questions
Numbers:
All numbcrsuscdarc real numbers.
FiSures:
Position of points, angJes,regioos,etc. c:rn be assumedto bc in the order sbown; and angle measures
can be assurnedto bc positive,
Lincs showDas straight can bc assumcd to b straiglt.
Figures can be assumcdto lie in a plane unlcss otherwise indicatcd.
Figures tbat accompany qucstions are intcnded to provide informatioa uscfut in answcring the questions- Hoscver, unlessa notc atates that a figure is drawn to scete,you should solvc thesc-problims
NOT by cstimating sizesby sight or by mcasuremcnt, but by using your lnowlcdge of matlrcmatics (see
Examplc 2 bclow).
Directions: Each of thc QuesJignsl-15 consists of two quantities, onc-in Column A aqd oo. in Column B- you
are to compare thc two quantitiesand choosc
A
B
C
D
Note:
Common
IIl6EIiion:
if
if
if
if
thc quantity ia Column A is greater;

thc quantity in Column B is greater;
thc two quantities are equal;
thc relationship cannot be derermined from the information girrcn.
Sincethereareonly four choiccs,NEVER MARK (E).

In a question, information conccrning onc or both of the quantities to be compa.redis centered above
the two columns.A symbol that appearsin both columns representsthe samc thing in Column A as it
does in Column B.
E x a m p l el :
Column A
ColumnB
2x6
2+6
(D@@@@
NQ
@@G)(D
Samole Ans*crs
Examples 24 rcfer to A PQR"
Example 2:
(sincc equal measursscannot

be assumed, even though Plf
ao,dNQ appcar equal)
E x a m p l e3 :
@(D@@@
(since ff is bctweenP ar'd Q)
Example 4:
r80
w*z
@@(D@@
Gince PC is a straightline)
4l
GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.
A
B
if the quaatityin Column A is greater;

if rhequantityin Column B is greater;
if the two quantitiesare equal;
if the relationshipcannotbc dercrminedfrom the informationgiven.
c
D
Column A
ColumnB
Columa A
Column B
l - 3 1: - m
x
-2y+3
--)
n is an evenintegerand a multiple of 3.
-t
8 . The remainderwben n
is divided by 12
d : 5.$89a and @ is rhe decimalexpressionfor

d roundcd to the nearcstrhouvndth.
The number of dccimal
J"
placeswbere d and @
differ
.r*2y>8
4"
2x+4y
2A
F4uilateral triangle PQR is formed by joining

centers P, Q, and R of tbe circles.Each pair
of circleshasexactlyone point in common.
9.
Square MNPQ hasarca36.
5. The perimeter of
30
p and g aredifferentprim numbcrs.r is theleast

prime numbergreatcr than p, and s is thc least
primcanmbergraterthan g.
r - P
The circumferenceof
the circlewith cenrer Q
The volume of a cylindncal tank &at has a

radius of 2 mctcrs and a
height of l0 meters
The volume of a cylindrical rank that hasa

radius of I meier and a
heigbt of 20 meters
pertagoD MNOPQ
6,
The perimeter of
triangle PQR
s - q
42
*;
|'
*
if
A
B
if
if
if
if
the quantity in Column A is grcatcr;

the quantity in Column B is greater;
the two quantities are equal;
the rclationship cannot be determined frsm the information givcn.
r
g
:,
Column A
ColumnB
Column A
Colqmn B
ds+0
I t . Ttrc time rcquired to

travel d miles-at s
mileswr hour
AR{f
Thc time requiredto

)
trarel * rriles at fuz
mitesper hour
is isoscelesand IRSI
12"The sum of the measures
*--',,r- ,
l2O"-
of the two angles of AR^SI

that have equal measure .
J;\67*g
O is the center of rhe circle and LAOC is a

riglt angle.
x2+3
BD
Before Maria changedjobs, her salary was
24 percent qt61g thes Julio's salary. Aftcrlvlaria
changedjobs, her new salary was 24 pcrccnt less
than her old salary.
Julio's salary
B
t
f
f
Maria's new salary
GO ON TO THE NEXT PACE.
t.
il
r
!
47.
i
':
:
i
i
l
a
r
ri
Eacbof thc Qstions 1630 haslirrc iuswer choies. For cachof thescquestions,sclecttbe
ryE$
bestof the
answErclnioesgirur.
1 6 . { r 9 - l 8 - r 7 - l 5 ' )- ( 2 0 - 1 9_ t 8 _ 1 7 ) :
.(A) - 36
(B) -6
(c) -4
(D)
I
(E)
2
Weight
(pounds)
17"if 3x - 2 : '7, thcn 4: :

(A) 3
(B) 5
15 16 t7 l8 t9 20 2t 22 23
Age(years)
(q?
(D) e
I 9. Thedots on the graphaboveindicateageand

y"gbt for a sampleof 25 studenrs.Wnit percentof
thesestudentsarelessthan 19yearsold and weigh
morethan I l0 pounds?
(E) 12
18. Of thc following whichis closcstto
.fO f
(A)
(B)
(c)
p)
G)
(A) 6
(B)5.
(C) 4x
(D) 3
(E) 2
36%
&%
4%
48%
s2%
20. Thegreatestnumberof diagonalsthat canbe drawn

fromonevertexofa regulai6-sidedpolygonis
( ) 2
(B) 3
(c) 4
(D) 5
(E) 6
GO ON TO THE I.{EXT PAGE.
Questions2l-25 rcfer to thc foUowingSrephs.

AVERAGE DAILY CIRCI.'I-ATION FOR NEWSPAPERX
E Hs m
E$om
liru
12 zm
lm
1940
1960
1950
rno
1980
Year
iJ
TOTAL YEARLY ADVERTISII\TGREVENUE FOR NEWSPAPERX

E
Sso
6ao
o 3 0
8zo
2.
AVERAGENUMBER OF PAGESPER NEWSPAPERFOR NEWSPAPERX

80
60
40
20
GO ON TO TI{E NEXT PAGE.
1'
21. ln how manyof the yearssbownwasthe average

numberof pagesper newspapcr
at lcastrwiceas
muchas the averagein 1940?
{A)
(B)
(C)
[D)
G)
1t
(A)
(B)
(q
(D)
G)
Four
Thrce
Two
One
None
l0%
12%
2a%
26%
32%
25, Which of the following sratqnents can bc inferred
22" In l95A,if theprintingcostperne*spaperwas

$0.05,what would havebeentbe total costof printing the averagedaily circulation?
(A)
(B)
(c)
(D)
(E)
Tbe percent decreasein averagedaily cirmlation

from 1960to 1970was approximately
from the data?

I. The greatestincreasein total yearly advertising
revenueoler any l&year period shown was
527 millon.
II. In eachofthe l0-year periodssho*n in which
yearly advertisingrevenuedecreased.average
daily circulation also decreased.
III. From 1970to 1980the averagenumberof pages
per newspaperrncreasedby 10.
532,500
S26.000
s23,500
522.000
52,600
23. In 1980thenurnberofdollarsofadvertisingrevenue
washow manytimesas greatasthe averagedaily
cirn:lation?
(A) I only
(B) II only
(c) III
only'
(D) I and II
(E) II and iII
(A) s00
(B) 200
(c) r00
tD) -s0
{E) 20
C'o ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.
46
26. lf 0 < s, < l, thenwhichof thc following can bc

truc?
29. Whichof tbefollowingis equalto j of 0.01pcrcent?

(A) 0.00002s
(B) 0.00025
(q 0.m25
(D) 0.02s
(E) 0.25
(A) s < -l and r > 0

(B)s<-landr<-l
(C) s > -l and r < -l
(D) s > I and r < -l
)s>landl>l
"\
27. On scgm.:ntWZ above,rf WY :21, XZ = 26.
afr yZ istwice WX, wbatisthevalrrcof Xy?
(A)
(B)
(c)
(D)
(E)
1n
\
5
t0
ll
t6
It cannotbc dcterminedfrom the information
gircn.
30. In thc figure aborrc,cachof thc four squareshas

sidesof lcngth x. If LPQR is formedby joining
thc centcrsof threcof thc squares,what is the
pcrimetcrof APQR in tcrmsof x ?
28. To rcproduccan old photograph,a photographer
E
a
!
G) 2'O
chargesx doltarsto makea negative, aoU"r,

{
for eac! of tlre first l0 prints,and doiars for
{
eachprint in excess
of l0 prints.If $45is the total
chargeto makea negativeand 20 prints from an old
photograph,what is thevalueof x ?
(B)
,rf;
--T* ,
(c) 2 r + J T
(A) 3
(B) 3.5
@ 1x S + 2
(D) 4.5
(E) 1t + rrE
(c) 4
(E) s
!
:<
,!
i.
47
SECTION 7
Timc-30
minutes
30 Questions
Numbers:
All numbcrs used arc real numben.
Figures:
Position of pcints, angles,regions,etc. can bc assumedto be in tbe order shown; and angle lueasufes
can be assumcd to be positiw.
Lines shown as straight can be assumedto be straight.
Figures can be assumedto lie in a plate unlessotherwiscindicated.
Figurcs that accompany questionsarE intendedto providc information useful in answeringthc guestions. However, unlessa note statesthat a figure is drawn to scale,you should solvetheseproblems
NOT by estimating sizesby sight or by measurement,but by using your knowledgeof mathematics(see
Example 2 below).
Directions: Each of thc Questions l-15 consistsof two quantities,one in Column A and one in Column B. You
ire to cornpare the two qGn-iiiiEiZilEoosc
A if the quantity in Column A is greater;
B if thc quantity in Column B is greater;
C if the two quantitiesare equal;
D . if tbc relationshipcannot bc determinedfrom the information given.
Note:
Sincethere arc only four choices,NEVER MARK (E).
Common
IffiIiion:
In a question, information concerningone or both of the quantitiesto be comparedis centcredabove

the two columns. A symbol that appcarsin both columns representsthe samc thing in Column A as it
docs in Column B.
E x a m p l el :
SampleAnswers
Column A
Column B
2x6
2+6
o @ @ @ @
PN
NQ
@ @ @ (D @
Examples24 referto A PPR.
E x a m p l e2 :
(sinceequal measurescaunot
be assumed,even tbough Pl{
and NQ appcar equal)
@o@@@
E x a m p l e3 :
(since /{ is betwetn P and Q)

E x a m p l e4 :
t80
l4r+z
@@e@@
(since PQ is a straight line)
60
*!.
**.
p,
A if the quantity in Cotrmrn A is grtater;

B if thc quantity in Column B is greatcr;
c if thc two qurntitics arc equal;
D if the relationship canaot bc detcrminedfrom thc informatioa given"
i1
F:
7
It
E
:a
ColumnA
Column B
l. Tbc numberof months

in 7 years
Column A
The numberofdays
in 12weeks
B
-,Col{mn
,-
Ttrccircuafercaccof circlc C is lga.

5. Thc diamcterof cirdc C
l' _
8
I
9 ' 8 1
2'l
9t
7" Theareaofthebasc
of the cubc
t is a positive intcger..
4
1:j
i'
k
LABC is equilateral.Line Q is parallel to side BC

and line rn is parallel to side A C .
3.
rs
r
(0.82)6
J:
60
Forall real numbcrs a, lel a..:
10.
r ) s ) 0
4.
(0.82F(0.82P
((-t;';'
| - a.
2'
r.t
C'O ON TO TlrE NEXT PAGE"
A if tk quantity in Column A is greater;

B if thc quanrityin Column B is greater;
if thc two quanritics are equal;
D if rhcrclationshipcannot bc derermincdfrom thc informatioagiven.
Column A
Column B
ColumnA
Column B
Team X scored p points more than ream I, and

thc two teamstogetherscoreda total of l0 points.
13. Twice the number of
points team I scored
1o-p
(-r-l)(x)(.r+l)
(x)(x{x)
I A
The areasof the two shadedregionsof the circle are

equai"
The areaof unshaded
region .d of the circle
t2
The area of unshaded

region I of the circle
.r*0
r.
*y.
,
The areaof
APpS is a5.
x
t ) . The Iength of
lrl
segment PS
The length of
segmen! S.R
GO ON TO THE ].IEXT PAGE.
62
Dxrecrioar: Erch of th Qrcstions 1630 basfive :rrlrqêrfuiccs. hr eachof tbcscqucstiong

sclcctthc bcsr of thc
ffi&bagirrcnt
16. fq a ccrair Sop, notcbooksthat normallyscll for

59 ccaBcacbare on saleat 2 for 99cents,How
mrrh canbc sarrcdUVpurclasing l0 of thescnotebookr at tb salcpricc?
(A) $0.r5
19. If thc alrage(arithmcticmcan) of 5 consccutive

intcprs is 12,what is thc surnof thc has aod grcatcst ofthc 5 intcgcrs?
(A) 24
(B) 14
!'
(B) 50.95
{c) 31.10
(D) il.t5
(c) 12
(D, rr
'
(E}10.
G) S2.m
17. Whichof Sc followingis a solutionto
x*x2:l?
r0,/.
(A) -l
(B)
0
I
20. What is thc pcrimcter of the rcctangh shonra above?
(c) *
L
(D)
(A) 14
(B) 24
(c) 28
(D) 38
(E) 48
@) Nonc of the above

A
16. In tlrc figureabove, AB is e linc scgmert.Wbat is

thcvalrrcol'lfz
x +y
(A)
(B)i
(c) *
co);!
c)*
63
Questions2l-25 rcferto thc followingchart.

PROFILE OF CONGRESSIN YEAR X
(total membership: 535)
House of
Represcntatives
Housc of
Representatives
Scnate
Profession
Party
292,..
143...
Democratic
Republican.
4 T S" .
...Total
........
........
.[-awyer
....63
215...
8 l . . . . . . . B u s i n e sEsx e c u t i voer B a n k e r . . .. . . . . 1 5
45....
.-.... 5
......Educator....
.....6
14....
.FarmerorRancher
2 2 . . . . . . . . C a r e e rG o v e r n m eO
n ft f i c i a l . . . . . . . -. 0
24 . . Journalistor CommunicationsExecutive... 4
.....Physiciaa..... ,....0
2.....
1 .....
. . . V e t e r i n a r i a n . . . . . . . . . . I. . . . .
....Geologist..... ....2
0.....
6 . . . . . . W o r k e ro r S k i l l c dT r a d e s p e r s o. .n. . . . . 0
..........3
25....
Other.
62
38
. . . . .m n
Sex
418...
1 7 .. . "
...Male
. Female
t00
0
Age
27.".,
77....
48".
Youngest.
.Oldest
.Average (arithmetic mcan)
34
80
54
Ethnic Group
l7 ....
2.....
4....
Religion
255"".
1 0 7 " ."
1 8 ."
4 .. " . .
51".."
.Protestant
. Catholic
.. Jewish.
... .. Mormon....
. Other
Sctrate
69
l2
)
..BlackAmerican.
.AsianAmerican.
.HispamcAmerican
i
5
1
J
ll
GO ONTO THE NEXT PAGE.
21. In thc Scnate, if 25 malc members were rcplaced by

25 fcnalc memben, tbc ratio of male membcrs to
fcmslc membcrs would bc
24. If all lawfcrs and all wotrtelg in the Housc of Reprc*ntatiws votc for thc passa$ of a bill, how many
Bore votcs will bc ncsdcd fs a maFrity?
(A) 4!o I
{B) 3tol
(C) 3to2
{D) 2tol
(E) ltol
(A) 435
(8) 2n
{c)
(D) 0
(E) It cannotbc detsmincd from tlecinformation
grcn.
Approximarclywhat pcrctot of thc membersof

Congressarc lawyers?
Waichof thc following cao be infcrred from the

informationgirtn in thc chart?
(A) 63%
I. More than 80 pcrccntof themcn #b"ogro

cre mcmbersof th Hoosc of Reore*ntaliras.
n. The percentdmesrbcrs who ara-etcgizcd as
farmcn or raqchcrsis grcater for,il*=Feus of
-han
Representativcs
for the Sod-,
m. Tbc mcdianagein thc Scnareis S};.l i'
@) s8%
tct s6%
(D) s2%
{E' 4e%
23. lf 5 senatorsare CatholicDcrrocrats, how many
scnatorsare neithcr Catholic nor Dcmocratic?
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(D
(A) ?e
(B) 74
(c) 69
(D) 3l
(E) 2l
I only
II otrty
III only
I and II
I and III
65
26.lf xy* O,+

(^)
29. lf x > 0 and .y > 0, which of the followingis

equivaleutto
-*
c'i --r
G )l , - ,
[It
/v x'
(A) I
(' Dy ) 1x - yI
F ' * - |,
vx
(B)
(c)
f:
(D)+
Jx
2't. The number0.01is how manytimesasgreatas the
I
) ---=
number(0.0001)2
?
(A) ld
(B) lo{
JU,
(c) 106
(D) td
G) t0r0
The cos! in dollars, of manufacturing x refrigerators is 9,000 * 400x. The amount receivedwhen
sclling these x refrigerators is 500.r dollan Whar is
the least atrmLrerof refrigerators that must be manufactured and sold so that the amount receivedis ar
leastequal to the manufacturing cost?
(A) r0
28" A certaincakc recipcstatesthat the cakc should be

bakd in a pan 8 inchesin diameter.If Jlrleswans
to usethe recipeto makea cakcof the samedepth
but'12incbesin diameter,by what factor shouldhe
multiply the recipeingrcdieoa?
(B) 18
(c) 45
(D) e0
(E) roo
(^)2i
@) z!1
(c)'i
(:D) l;
rerrj
66
"1
v-.
FOR GENERAL TEST I ONLY

Ansrcr l(cy mO Fercoatager.d Eranrlrpor Arrrrcrlng EechQrcotf,onCorncdy
4tfnlArm^lt'rt
l*!rl
Har
I
2
3
4
5
A
B
8
E
D
90
82
81
T7
70
6
7
8
C
C
D
62
I
96
t
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
'r9
c
c
r
2
A
D
3
4
5
6
7
8
A
E
E
A
C
8
A
A
E
B
A
&t
il8
,15
46
39
36
35
B
A
I
B
o
o
2
2
N
A
S
a
z7
n
a
30
78
1t
3l
32
E
ts
36
35
35
A
4
D
'Efud
18
21
26
51
il8
89
87
69
52
68
8S
86
78
6
7
8
rl8
71
70
E
B
E
A
E
3
3
3
12
6
57
I
21
2
A
21
A
z1
2.
A
D
c'
B
A
e6
33
el
.16
5t
62
50
B
C
E
D
C
11
1
2
13
11
1
5
B
A
E
D
o
B
A
6S
P
D
B
D
B
4
1
1
1
1
A
21
2
a
21
6
31
3
3
31
3
6
7
E
9
1
35
58
97
&
5l
71
68
$
78
A
D
B
6
z
A
A
$
A
C
B
D
C
18
77
t8
19
20
6
63
EI
ott
75
B
21
5
c'
,.
36
3V
38
E
B
E
58
30
4
6
31
D
D
E
36
6
19
P+
tL)
84
79
76
CT
1
2
3
4
5
6l
60
4E
6
7
8
9
6
7
F
&
:,
L.bt
kffi
8a
6
87
g)
71
rc
e
50
xrsr
L3l|r
1
2
3
r
5
C
A
C
B
A
8
7
8
9
1
B
B
D
A
c
1
1
1
1
1
l
2
3
4
5
D
D
C
D
S
E
E
D
A
B
81
83
63
B
C
B
E
D
g2
90
71
58
71
21
2
,
A
21
6
C
D
E
A
E
47
3
11
19
17
75
1
1
1
1
2
N
S
6
7
8
9
3E
t9
a2
a
&
88
80
TI
71
7l
B
D
D
E
A
84
5E
5rl
63
3t
8
E
D
P+ br |he $qp oadamios rfio look the GF Gr|oral Ted in a rcsnl hr-!,ar prid
67
8
E
B
4
Pr
94
gt
&5
76
84
gl
72
51
Q,
p,
49
57
&r
rt
a
s
1
2
3
I
5
EI
6
7
8
I
t0
A
A
I
B
E
&t
tl
12
t3
11
15
1C
77
r8
l9
21
2.
za
21
6
E
E
D
D
A
A
B
A
B
D
D
E
B
45
8S
6e
52
81
6S
E8
*7
A
EI
,f5
50
gl
6t}
a
$
5l
51
3n
91
E1
72
xl
79
2
3
a
3
a
0
c
D
6
T
8
'
E
A
8
A
E
7t
76
7!
5S
r
r
1
t E
2 8
9 c
50
rl8
3tf
g7
'E
,11
ts
E.
j,i.lrr.
16
8..: s
7
7
4
a
1
8
D
E
t
0
B
a
a
tl
" a
21
a6
c
z
a
21
6
c
o
I
C
,f0
3
5C
60
SCORE
COHVEBSIO}IS
FORGE}IERAL
TEST
1 OXLY
AND
THEPERCEIITS
BELOW'
Trtd
Rtt
tcn
tcdla
Srort
7+76 EM
n
n
71
70
7S
7m
760
750
6'
68
67
66
65
61
dl
62
61
60
74
7g)
Tfr
710
700
680
6-/0
050
650
640
50
56
57
56
56
5a
53
52
5l
50
*
Lh
fr!ryH
*dd
S.|t
*
lltoil
s9
99
JI
36
35
34
33
99
98
$
97
s
$
95
93
9?
90
&l
87
E6
u0
8il
81
79
76
71
a1
fit
86
66
Yrrtd
R r Scdd
*
Saon sceil Llor
39
38
99
600
600
590
5S
570
s60
550
540
5tl0
&llffirr
Ecdrd
I
s.ar
l*r
30
n
2E
800
8m
8m
E00
790
7W
n0
760
74{t
730
7m
6
25
24
97
J'
97
97
95
ci
92
21
c)
s
u
82
8m
19
18
17
16
15
11
il9
1E
17
il6
15
u
,B
12
11
1t)
5S
520
510
490
180
170
il60
61
51
58
53
50
17
43
460
150
110
,m
37
710
7m
BO
680
570
660
650
640
630
620
80
79
7t
/J
m
68
66
61
M
8S
8m
I&
760
750
n0
710
7m
680
670
98
Y/
rrx)
1m
31
31
tf10
48
390
380
380
370
360
350
n
25
n
m
20
17
15
13
340
3m
330
320
310
310
300
290
2W
2m
1l
11
9
6
6
6
5
1
3
3
?70
260
260
250
24
n8
no
t' r :I 12 1 0
1 r I 210
1 0 I m0
e l -&
93
90
8!)
85
E l 200
7 lN
e l m
; l m0
'Pmt
t
t
I
,I
610
600
580
570
il
550
510
530
s20
s00
,r90
$0
470
4s0
140
420
110
390
380
370
3fl)
340
320
300
290
270
260
240
t
I
1
200
200
200
200
200
60
58
53
5t
48
16
/A
41
39
34
32
3t
21
Z3
660
640
630
610
5S0
5e)
560
550
530
520
str
190
1g)
/$n
81
OY
63
60
((
\a
46
43
?7
32
28
25
1q
150
{30
4A)
12
11
I
4m 1 <
390 1 3
3E0 l z
17
7
360
6
350
4
330
3
320
2
310
l
300
1 2 9 0
1
279
l
260
1 240
19
I
8
D
1
I
?
2
1
,!
96
aq
e2
o!.rfirtrt
A'|ttllcd
3.dd
ta Set8d %
Sco.r Edsr *an
Belor
; l
200
1
I
1 2 3 0 1
1
m
l
1 2 0 0 1
1 2 0 0 1
t 2 0 0 I
l m o
1
sdiD8 below tlp rcaled sqe is based on the perfomane of 1,135,982 examins who tmk the
Cesal Test bctwen Oaober l, 1989, and September 30, 1992. This percenr belry information h used tor
rorc rcports dsrint th 1993-9,t t$tint year.
68
Numbcn:
Figurcs:
f,
SECTION 2
Trme-30 minutes
30 Questions
t.:
$'
+
*
*
3_
AII numbcn usedarc rcal numbers.

Position of points,anglcs,regions,etc. cen bc assumcdro bc in the ordcrrhown;and
arylc rnca3unet,
can bc assumcdto bc positiw.
Lines shownas straightcanbe assumedto bc strsight.
Figurescan bc assumedto lie in a planc unlessothcrwiscirdicated.
Figuresthat accompanyquestiomare intendedto providcinformatioauscful
in answeringthc qucstionr' Ho*sver, unlessa note.statesthat a figure is aranq t" r*rl,
shouldsolvethesc"probl".,
i",
lor uy estimatingsizesby sight or by mcasirrement,bur by usinj iour tnoylcdgc of matbcmatics(scc
Example2 bclow).
i.'
f.
$.
*
#,
.:
:;
il
'i
Dircctions: Eachof thc Qrrcsli-ons

l-J5,consisr of two quanriric, ooc in CotumnA and onc in'(loilum; B- you
rrc to comparcthe two quantiTcsaniGhoorc
{ thc quanrityin ColumnA is greater;
{ thc q'uantit}in CotumnB is ireatec
:{ rhe two quantiticsare egual;
if thc relarionshipcannotf,c dctcrmiocdfrom thc inforrnationgiwn.
Sine thereare ontyfour choices,NEVER MARK (E).
:
l\
!
I
D
Notc:
Common
iiGlililtion: Ia a qucstion'informatioaconccrningon or botb of tb qrnntitiesto becompelpd

is ccnrcrcdabow
the two
columns.A symboltlar appean in both c.otu-* i.pre*il-tn"
docsin Colurnnf,.
Example l:
o*
thias in ColumnA ar it
Column A
ColumnB
Samol,e Alsrcn
2X6
2+6
o(D@@(D'
lti
*
*.
t:
Examplcs24 referto A p@R.
3
g;
F
i,
';
x
;
a
Examplc 2:
@@@(D(D
(rincc equal rDcesurqi crnoot
bc rssumed, even &ough Pil
nd NQ apparcqual)
Examph 3:
@(D@@@
(sincc ff is bctrrccDP rd Q,
Eramolc4:
w*z
180
@@(D@(D
(sinccPO is a straightlir)
75
A if tbc guantityin ColumnA is Featcr;

B if tbc quantity in Column B is grca&r;
if thc two quEntitic areequal;
D if tbe relationshipcannotbc determinedfrom the informationgiven.

Column A
C-ohuan B
Qslpmn A
Pat is older t.han [.ce, and l.ee is youngcr than

Maria.
2.
Maria's age
Column B
x + y
Pat's age
3x
A farmer has two large plots of land that are equal

in area. Tbc hrst is divided into 16 parcelswith
n acres in cach and the sccond is divided into
20 parccls with zr asres in each.
3.
x > l
4.
x -4
-2
PORS is a parallclogram.
Rectangular region R has width 8 aad perimeter 40"

5.
The area of rt
256
6.
4nz
(2n+t)(?;t-t)
^s
The sum of all the

integersfrom 19 to
59, inclusive
v
Thesumof all tbe
integersfrom 22 to
60.inclusive
a and 6 are both gr"ater than 0 and lessthan L

a2+b2
s * b
76
a:
E;
ts
*
:i
l;
A if tbe quantity ia Column A is greatcr;

B if thc quentity in Cotumn B is &earcr;
I ,
if the two guantitica arc equal;
L
D if thc rrlationship cannot bc dctcrmirrcd fron tbc idorbrrion
r
;*.
c
Colrmn A
given.
Column B
Cohlnn A
Coltrmn B
The equationof the tmegraphcd on tb rctangular

coordinatcsysfsmabovcis:
r:$+:
2
{ 2Gfoot bddcr lcaning against a vcrtical erll wirh
tbc bascof th laddcr l0 fcct from thc yall is rulbd
2 fect fartbcr out from th wall, caucing
- tn" top
- -- "f
thc ladder to drop r foct.
O > a > b
@D2
#
F
lle
GO ON TO THE NE)il PAGE.
7'l
,'
m"R$ff.a*oo*
l6
to* hasfiveanswer
choices'
Foreachof these
quesrions,
setect
rhebesrof
If th" olT rax on aDapplianccpried ar $300is

between5 pcrccntand 8 percent,thenth cost (price
plus salestax) of thc appliancecould be
(A)
(B)
(c)
(D)
(E)
17.
If an integer l, is subtractd f.;1"

the result is
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
$3t0
$312
$314.
S3tE
1325
points R and T. The maximum possib,le

disiance
betweenRandlis
4x
tx
lOx
I2r
(A) I
(B)
a
(c) :
(D) 4
(E) 4 n
G) nx
It.
equal ro x
Iessthan 0
lessrhan x
greater than 0
greater rhan x
20.A circle with radius 2 is inrersecredby a line ar
Wx + (3x + 5.r)J- (3x * 5x) :
(A)
(B)
(O
(D)
inteser .r and
of the following is rheprdrcr of rwo posi_

lt{fi
u\c mtcgcfi whoscstm is 3 ?
(A)
(B)
(c)
(D)
0
I
2
3
(E)4
&
78
Qucstions2l-25 refer to tbc following graph3
r ,
I.-i
l -.;
INCOMEAND EXPENDITURES
OF AN INTERNATIONALSEIVICE AGET{CY..-,i5.,191
:
Expenditurcs .r;i- ;, "r-
Incomc
Individuals
Governments
Other than the
United States
0.9.h
United Statcs
Government
26.6%
Special
Fund-raising
Projects
28.0%
Contriburcd
Commoditics
lg.50h
Total : $60 million
Corporations ExPenditures'
1.9% Transmitted to
Otlrcr Ageocies
4.3%
i
I
Total = $6Omillion
Note: Drawn to scale.
E
B
:
I
a
i
GO ON TO THE NE}ff PAGE.
79
21"Approximately how much of the agencT'sin@me

was providod by contributed commodities?
(A)
{B)
{C}
(D)
(E)
(39Io
of thc ascrrcy'srefugeebousingexpen{, i
ditures,' )I of its cmergcncyworters expenairures,
I
of its commodities expcndirurts, and
of its posti
disaster assistance expenditures werc directly related
to one earthquake. The total ofthese expenditures
was approximately how many miilions of dollan?
(A) s
most nearly equal to tk average(arithmctic mean)

expenditures pcr category was
(B) 1
(c) e
(D) ll
(E) l3
refugee housing
emergencyworkers
postdisaster assistance
new investments
commodities
25. Of the follo*ing, which is the closcstapproximation to the percent of freight expendituresNOT
covered by freight reimbursemcnt income?
23. Incomc from which of the following souroeswas
(A) l20h
(B) 28Yo
most nearly equal to $2.9 million?

(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
fE)
Sl2 millisa
$14 million
$15 million
$17million
$19 mrUi,on
22 Of the foIowing; the category that had expenditurcs
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
@)
yeal
(c) 350h
(D) 390h
(E) 723h
Unitd Stalcs government

Freigbt rcimbursernert
Investment
Individuals
Corporations
GO ON TO THE }IEXT PAGE.
80
t
+
r
*
28. A wid* rcivcd of hct htisband,sestrtc, and
{
eachof ba rh*r;
rceilld
**
brhoe. If
I
thc widow sd onc of br sm rcceiwd a t6l of
$60,000frm thc 6tatc, what *as th amouatof
the cstatc?
(A) Seq000
(B) S96,000 ,
26. ln thcfigurabove,ifx : ll0 and ! : lg,

tbcn z :
(A)
(B)
(c)
(D)
(g $16,m0
(D) Sl35;m,,'.
l0
40
50
60
29. If tl4:
(E")ru
27. What is theareaof thc triangularregionabove?
30. If x =0.88E,/:.r,638t,
and z:(O.gggf,
then which of thc following is true?
24
30
40
48
60
(A)r<y<z
( B )x < z < y
(O y < x <z
@)y<z<x
(E)zcx<y
8l
0, which of the foflowingmuc.|'&Lf
( A )- r : 2 a n d y : 3
( B )r : 2 e d y * 3
(C)_r:0ady:Q
@)x: -2 ad !:3
( E ) x : - 2 a n dy * 3
t0
(A)
(B)
(c)
(D)
(E)
G) stag6s
SECTION3
Trme-30 minutes
25 Questions
Drcctionsi Eachqucstionor group of questionsis basedon a pessagc
or setof conditions.In answcringsomeof the
questions,it rnay bc usefulto drav a rougb cEagam.For eachquestion,selcctthe bestanswerchoicegiven.
Qucstions l{
3. If act R must perforrn in one of tle rings at the

samctirne that act T performs in tbe other ring,
which of tbe following must be the second act in
nngl?
A circus Eunager urust divide eglrt circus acts-F,

L,
M, O, & I X, znd Z-into two groups of four acts
each, onc group scheduled to paform, one act at a time,
in ring I and tbe other group'scteduled to perfor4 also
onc a,t at a time, in ring 2. All acts take equqlly long to
perform, and every act that takes place in one of the
rings must bc scheduled for exactly tbc sane time slot
as an act tbat takes place in tbe other ring. fiie schedule
must also conform to the follorving conditions:
(A) F
(B) L
(C) M
(D)o
(E) Z
4. If the order, from first to last, ofcircus acts in ring 2

is O, )i, t M, which of the following is al acceptable order ofacts in ring l, also from first to last?
Act F must take place in one of the rings at the

same time that act M takes place in the other
ring.
Act L must take place in onc of the rings at the
same time that act O takes placc in the other
ring.
Act R must take placc in tbe samc ring as act F.
Act T must take place in the same ring as act O.
Act X must be the secord act that tokes place in
ring 2.
(A)nR,L,Z
(B) L, Z, F, R
(c) L, z, R, F
P)2, L, R R
(E) Z, R, L, F
If act F must pcrform bcfween acl X and act R
in ring 2, which of the following must be rhe first act
in ring I ?
l. Which of the following witbout regard to the order

in which thy will bc pcrformd coutd be the group
of acts to be schcduted for performance in ring I ?
(A)
(B)
{C)
(D)
(E)
(A) L
(B) M
(c) o
F, I" M, and T
F, I. O, ard R
L, M, O, and T
M, O, I and Z
O, R, I and Z
(D) T
F)z
If act T must take place in ring I immediately after
act F and immediately before act R. which act
must be the third act in ring 2 ?
If act T performs in ring l, which of the following

acts must perform in ring 2 ?
(A)r
(A) F
(B} L
(B) M
(c) o
{c) M
(D) R
(E' z
(D) T
@)z
C'OON TO THE NEXT PAGE.
82
Time-30
*inut",
30 Questions
Numbcrs:
dll urrnlsJi uscd are rcal numbcn
Figurer:
Position of points" anglcs, rcgions, etc. c8n bc sssumedto bc in tbc ordcr shown; and angle measures
can be assumedto bc positirc.
Lincs ghowa as straigbt can be essumcd to be straigbt.
Figurcr can bc assumcd to lic in a planc unless otherwisc indlntcd.
Figures that accompany questions are intended to providc information useful in answering the questions. Howevcr, unlc*s a Dote statesthat a frgurc is drawn to scale,you should solve these problerns
NOT by cstimating sizesby siglt or by measurement,but by using your knowledge of mathematics (see
r
Example 2 bctow).
Directions: Each of thc Qucstionsl-15 consistsof two quantities,one in Column A and one in Column B. You
arc to conpare tbc two {G-nriGi?hoosc
A
B
C
D
Note:
if
if
if
if
tbe quantity in Column A is grcater;

tbe quantity in Column B is greater;
tbe two quantities are equal;
tbe rclationship cannot be determined from tbe information given.
Sincethereare only four choiccs,NEVER MARK (E).
Conmon
--t,-
Iilorlnatron:
In a question,information cooccrningone or both of the quantitieslo be compared is centeredabove

the two columns.A symbot thrt appcars in both columnsrcprescntsthe samething in Column A as it
doesin Column B.
"r-lgegb!
ColumnA
Column B
2x5
2 +6
o @ @ @ @
NQ
@ @ @ (D @
Sample Answen
Examples24 referto A PpR.
Elgsils-a
(sinceequal measurescannot
be assumed,even tbough P
and /fQ appear equal)
Example3:
@(t@@@
(sinccN is betweenP and Q)
Exanple 4:
lE0
w+ z
@@(D@@
(sincePQ is a straightline)
GO ON TO THE NEXTPAGE.
94
t
i
fd
K
ry
!.
A
B
E,
*
Column A
ColumnB
Colnma A.
t-
s-1
2. T\e averag(arithmtic.
mean)of87,95, and 130
!:
1-5
f=la"na
t
+
j-
i-:,iitf;l.:
.,'1,-ar'
.,.9t t.,
The timethat it tak6

Lila to drive240mites
at a speodof 40 milcs
per hour
{ -t6
r80
t-05
Ms. Rogers bought an elqctric rangc on the instaltmcnt plan. The cash pricc of the range was $4O0.
The amount shc paid was $120 down and
l2 monthly payments of $28 eact.
5. The amount she paid for
thc electric range in cxccss
ofthe casb price
$56
6 is -r perccntof 24.
y is 25 percentof96.
2x*y<3
x>2
Circle with center O

6. The lengthof
chord PQ
?..
a >0
Tbeararage(aritbdb.
mean)of88,95,atd 129
r- 5#V
3. Tbc time that it tatcc

Jim to drive 300miles
at a speedof 52 milcs
pcr hour
C'o ON TO THE NE)ff PAGE.
The lcngth of
chord XI
95
A if tbe guantity in Column A b grcater

B if thc quentity in Column B is grcatcr;
if tle tyo quantitics are equa\
D il the rcletionship cannot bc dctcrmioed from the information givcnCohrmn B
Qslumn A
Column B
Column A
r f ) 0
3t+4r
r + t
The perimeter of square S is equal to the perimeter oftbe rectangleabove.
x * 3
The length of a
side of S
0 < a < b < c

12.
z - x
a
a
C is a circle with radius 3
| -1..
GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE,
The ratio of the

circumfercnce of C
to tlre.diarneter of C
95
B
{:
s
b
F
*^r$"oflic
tD?enss,ttcnorcc8grtn.
QucstiouslG3o hasfiw answtf,choioes.For d
:
;:
of the qr*s&"c schq3tbo 5g4 of
g
*-s
--l-
lo.
2 =
:::-''
i "-
19. If .r2 + 2rl + y2 :9,

l
'
I
r,
':'
:
,'
thcn (.r * .yt' :
q"
.
i.
(A) 3
(B) .r8
(qn
tD).36
(E) 8l
(A) I
t(
(B)T(ct s
(D) 8
(s) 15
17- What is 0.423658roun& ro rh nearest
tbousandth?
(A) A.42
(B) 0.423
{q 0.424
(D) 0.4236
1V10.4237
I tb ratangplarcoordinate systcn abore,

if x :4.8, th y :
It- If 3(-r * 2) = x - 4, tben x :
(A) 3.0
(A) -5
(B) -3
(c)
{D)
{E)
(B) r.z
(c) 3.4
I
3
(D) 3.6
(E) 3.t
GO OT{ TO TTTENEff
PACE.
Questions2l-25 refcr to thc following Sraphs

NATIONAL HEALTH EXPENDITURESFOR COUNTRY X, 1975.1986
( I billion : 1,000,000,000)
Total National Health Expenditures
(in billionsof dollars)
t40
Private vs. Public National Health Expendinrres

as a Percentof Total National Health Expenditures
r30
80
7A
t2a
60
50
,lt)
il0
30
100
20
90
t0
S33$$1""\"i+i{t-"i
80
70
National Health ExpenditurePer Capita

(in dollan)
600
60
500
50
400
40
300
30
200
20
100
l0
l0
98
21. For how many of &c yearsshownwasthc amount

of private lrealth experdituresat leastdoubte tlre
snount of public bcalthcxpenditures?
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
If -r is thenrmttr on thc numbertine betwca

5 and 15tbat b nrice asfar tioil 5 as from 15.
thcn "r is
Nonc
One
11ro
Thrce
Four
(A) s?3
(B) t0
(C)lll '_,'-,';''
?2. t! shich of th yearsfrom 1975thro,oh 19g6nas

tk national health expenditureper caiita mosc
n1'r-ry oqual to half th pcr capiia expenditurpfor
t9E4?
(D)l?*,-
"'
":'jii:i:'i
..
r-'ti
(cl
n.
t979
(D) 1980
(E',' yn2
t::. i:
r #*'i,
n,h$'l
(A) r975
(B) ,9n
, *ui
t".
.lji&'+t."
:.
.&.q
Janehascmc&4Cma asmany*Canndien
ar:ac
Canadian
srdfr*b hercolhcti6,ir.
Whbh of rhe
betbcnuiber of etamgoin
lolowing_CANf,{OT
Jane'scolkrdodl
{
q&c following which is the bestapprcximation of

thc perccotincreasein tbc national h;aftb expcndi_
ture per capirafrom l98l to t9g2?
(A)
(B)
(c)
(D)
(E)
{A) 35%
(B) n%
(c) frt/o
e6
80
72
6E
54
r.j
(D) t0%
(E) 5%
Oftb following which is closestto the amounl of
publb national heatthexpenditues,in billions of
doilars, in 1980?
(A)
(B)
{c)
{D)
(E)
Cio ON TO THE NE)ff PAGE.
25
30
35
4s
70
25. It can bc inferred from the graphsthat in lg77 tk
poprrlation of Country X, in millions, wasclosestto

which of the following?
(A) 120
(B) t50
(c) reo
(D) 240
(E) 250
99
29. A distillate flows into an mpty 64-gatlon drum at

spout I and out of the drum at spout 8. If &e
rate of flow through 'l is 2 gallons pcr hour, how
many gallons per hour must flow out at spout .8 so
that the drum is full in exactly 96 hours?
(A)i
28" In the figure above, if the area of t}le smaller square
(B)
region is i ttrc area of the larger squarc region, then
(c)?
the diagoial of tbe larger square is how many inches
longer than the diagonal of the smaller square?
(o)1
G)3
'.l.tJz-t
(')i
5
(c) 2
farmer has two rectangularfields- The larger field

FOle
has twice the lengrh and 4 rimes the *idth of the
smallerfield.If tbesmallerfieldhasarea K. rhen

theareaofthe largerfieldis greaterthan the areaof
thesmallerfi.ld !L&"t *jluniT
@[#
(A)
(B)
(c)
fD)
(E't
(E' ,/2
100
2K
6K
7K
8X
t2K
a
a-_l
F
g
FOR GENERALTEST2 ONIY
3l
Answer Key end Percentqgesr of F*arnineer Answering Each QUestion Correcdy
-7
{trnrfmnftrgury
Srcds| t
lfor$.r lE t
-r
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
1
7
1
't1
1
1
1
0
t
2
3
5
8
7
1 8
1
9
A
0
A
C
E
8
0
C
B
E
D
0
E
D
C
8
B
E l
A
79
95
88
75
56
g7
42
a2
ET
EE
a
66
3A
35
27
n
72
78
52
48
2't
2
A
2
X
A
C
B
C
E
'D
8
B
4
8
47
59
94
8t
80
82
0
0
42
36
73
26
2
z
2
3
31
,
4
7
A
9
0
3
s
e c
t A
3
3
0
5
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
I
79
73
47
32
to
t
11
1
1
1
1
1
1
r
1
n
21
2
N
2
2
2
o
2
3
4
5
8
7
8
9
,
4
5
6
2 A
2 9
3 0
31
Q
3
.
0
0
A
E
C
E
B
E
B
c
0
D
E
E
A
8
E
c
D
A
A
O
A
E
8
C
A
0
c
E
O
8
76
70
57
72
63
55
5a
80
83
E6
7C.
52
51
*t
26
25
3{
T?
,15
36
mlai
lilsrt.
r
2
1 8 2
3
I 7 8
4
l o
I E ' 65
1 7 6
7
l n
l e . 8
1 9
Srtu 3
P+
A
e,
C
&)
B
TI
A
s
c
79
6
A
B
n
7
.
8
B - ,e6
a . {
0
t2
9
D J 5 0
A
8t
, 1 0
A 1 . 5 6 rlo
8
,
'
:
t.,
I
t
c
f.s
:11 ,'C.
8l
12
B' [ . ' 3 8 t t 2
D
4'
13
[ } , . : l.;,Ol
1
3
A
ar
11
B , . rl \ E l
.71
D
3E'
1
5
C l z 2 .r5
0.
30
1
2
3
4
5
8
D
A
D
B
l s )
t:'
.. .. '. 71 76
,:.1E
1
9
2
0
0
D
C
5
0
21
2
.
N
2
4
2
5
A
D
B
E
8
2
2
C
4
92
a
79
59
6
73
55
96
82
a.
lruYTICtttt{JTY
t!3llor t
l+
'
6
7
n
c
E
320 s
E
-,
| !1,1
79
78
71
n2
&,
73
52
&
61
52
I
l4
l GI
1
1
a
21
z
A
a
g
8
9
A
8
21
E
2
z
A
6
7
B
D
a.
s
s
7l
33
8l
wl
a
A
C
C
E
A
5A
r oc
!-
lm?
2
3
.
t rddI
lctI|'
F+
I|!S.r
f 7 3 l
8 l 6 s1
E l s 21
C l 8 a1
lC.
l 1 el
. . 8 :l s o1
'1. *r-' ..J*
'l'-" l, &l 1
f
rt! 1
,$ '..-'*"'Br tt"8 l
19 :- ;oj t - 8 r
l t
5
g
F
\/
7
8
e
o
[ir
1 1 1
[.,Ga
1
1
2
1 3 i ' E - P-6t 1 1 3
*,,;+':.
ll i*$ i'
1{
l"',aE.I 1 4
15 - ..,j
-'.,\
_ irl:r
L''5s lt r i
l e . ' ' .BD i . 1 1 6
r7
s t77
"A
t8.
l::si i 1 8
'
a 1
1 9 . C
f r '
c '
4A n
21
A
tl
21
rl
Z
B
2
A
E
58
n
,t6
21
l}.
2
6
E
2A
2
P+
l!illt
l
2
3
4
.
4
5
B
0
E
E
90
79
38
5A
75
60
7f
TI
50
o
c
D
E
B
E
E
I
A
A
v,
st
52
78
35
5l
A
C
B
E
58
43
38
61
rts
C
9
s8
c
c
E
8
60
68
41
45
F
a'
a
t:
B
5e
n
I
i
35
a
63
34
g7
38
37
3
5
A
3
6
C
26
3
6
D
31
3
7
C
27
3
7
E
27
3
8
A
m 3 8 A
26
'Eslirnated P+
fot the group ol erarniroas who loot he GFE GeneralTes| in a rceoi ttrE+year porin
I
b
i
ti
ffi
,:"t
IUI
' t-
"
SCORE
SOTIVERSTOI{S
FORGEI{ERAITEST2 OIILY
TXOTHEPEBGE}ITS
BELOW'
R|t
Scn
Y.ttrl
I
E hf
Scrr erbr
72-76 &
71 7S
70 n0
orn't}Strt i farryticrt
Sc|tdt *
Ssrtd %
Scorc lrtor Scfi g!t!r
&r
$oit
99
39
ao
aa
17
36
69
6E
67
56
65
6il
750
740
730
7A
710
7ql
6m
570
6 1 l 560
50 1 650
640
1 5 8 630
l| s- -7 6 1 0
I 600
l r " 5$
l s 4 580
1 5 3 570
52
560
(t
550
50 5rt0
t :
tl6
45
44
43
41
4B
?t
qA
97
96
95
91
93
33
5t
JI
39
Qt
29
28
an
s
800
96
87
e&
E00
800
790
780
96
96
c)
o1
n0
750
710
730
7'.'z9
710
I
8E
E7
l',
{9
4E
47
99
n30
(x
510
500
4S
470
460
458
u0
430
82
m
78
73
aa
69
66
63
60
50
47
43
40
27
34
700
690
680
570
560
650
E40
630
620
600
25
?1
23
22
21
t(
lo
E3
EI
18
17
16
79
n
75
73
71
63
67
65
62
58
800
800
800
790
7m
750
710
720
710
700
590
oo
430
420
410
400
390
380
370
360
350
350
34
31
28
25
23
?0
18
t5
13
13
590
580
570
550
550
540
5?C
5!0
500
4S
56
53
51
49
46
44
39
37
34
32
670
660
650
630
520
610
500
584
570
550
84
81
8B
75
73
70
67
62
59
53
340
330
324
3i0
310
300
290
260
?80
27A
11
9
E
7
7
5
1
3
3
2
180
170
160
440
130
420
410
q00
30
n
25
?1
19
17
16
14
11
t0
540
520
510
500
480
179
150
1rt0
1m
4r0
50
45
12
33
33
30
26
73
19
17
390
3S
3S0
310
??n
14
2ffi
?s
250
230
99
99
I4
Y5
1?
97
ta
Vf
11
94
92
91
89
10
bl
Yarbrl
0mdifrirr
t8rltlical
Scehd .L S8|lrd
% Sc.lqt
9l
Scon Stlsr Scoc Sdsr Scnn ialr
7
6
G5
'Percenl
u0
?00
200
2J9
200
20r
?c0
2AC
231
380
370
fl
I
1
1
1
1
1
1
'I
30
??n
J ' g
3m
280
3
1
1
?40
220
210
20c
?c[
2C0
?00
1
1
32t)
300
290
280
?60
250
240
tl
I
7
b
f,
?
J
2
1
'l
?lo
'l
?10
20c
K o t i n t b e l o u t h e s c a l e d s c o r e i s b e s e d o n f h e p e r l o . r a n c e o i g - 5 4 , 9 - o 5e \ ? h i n e e s s h o
look the cenerat
Test belwteo Octobr 1, I 987, rod Seplember 30, I 990. This perceil beiow Iniorrraiion i!
used ior score reporrs
durrng the I 99 1-9? test, nt year.
r 08
i._
Numbers:
Figurcs:
SECTION2
Time-30 minutes
30 Questions
All numbersusedarc real numbcrs.
Positionof points,angles,regions,ctc.can bc assumed
to bc in thc ordershown;and anglemcasures
can beassurned
to bc positive.
Linesshownasstraightcan bc lssumedto be straight.
Figurescanbeassumed
to tie in a praneunressotherwiscindicated.
Figuresthat accompanyquestionsare intended to provide information useful in
answering the questions. However,Jrnless
a note statesthat a figure is drawn to scale,you should solve thcse-probtims
NoT by e^stimating
sizesby sight or by measi.rrement,
but by using your knowledge of mathernatics(see
Example 2 below).
Directions: Each of thc QuestionsI-15 consistsof two quantitics,one in Column

A and one in Column B. you
are to comparc the two quantiticsand choosc
A
B
C
D
Note:
Common
G6Jiillfon:
if
if
if
if
thc quantity in Column A is greatcr;

the quantity in Column B is greatcr;
the two quantitics are cqual;
the relationship ca'not bc dctcrmined from the information given.
Sincetherearc only four choices,NEVER MARI( (E).

In a question'information conccrning one or both of the guantities to be compared
is centeredabove
tbe two columns.A symbol that appeirs in both columns ieprcscntsthe sameitring in
Column A as it
doesin Column B.
E x a m p l el :
Column A
Column B
2x6
2+6
Sample Answers
o @ @ @ @
Exampfes24 referto A ppR.
Examplc 2:
NQ
@@@(D
bc assumed,cven though Py'V
and NQ appcsr equal)
E x a m p l c3 :
@{D@@@
(sincci{ is betweenP and Q)
Examplc 4:
w* z
It0
@@(D@@
l15
K
E;
;
'.!
,t
A if tbe quantity in Cotumn A is greater;

B if the quantity in Column B is lreater;
D if the rclarionshipcannot be determinedfrom the information

given
Column A
Column B
+ 0.9
Column A
9(r.0+ 0.09)
ColurnnB
Let_the"drop" ofa squarebe definedas the

penmeterof the squareminus the length of one
slce.
r:30
r * R:59
The drop of a square

with area 25
,2
R2
(i e Uonu,of$450plus
v a9 percent
increase
! _ 7 x 4
9 N x 9
rn annual salary
.ry
J.
20
A bonusct$500plus
an 8.5percentincrease
in annualsalan'
i.i*l
s
P , Q , R , S . T , a n d U are points on the
circle as shown.
8 . The length of arc peR
Figure I
The length of arc S?"L/
Figure2
0

5. The area ofthe
shaded region shown
in Hgure I
9 . The total number of

liters of water in x
tanks, eachcontaining
20 liters of water.
and 2r tanks, each
containing 35 liters of
water
Thc area of the

shadedregion shown
in Figure 2
The total nurnberof

liters of'water in x
25 liten of water.
and 2x tanks, each
water
C'O ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.
lr6
A
B
C
D
if
if
if
if
the quantity in Cotumn A is greater;

the quantity in Columri B is grearcr;
the two quantitiesare equal;
the relationshipcannot bc determinedfrom the information given"
ColumnA
ColumnB
ColumnA
Column B
(a+bf=49
a b: 1 2
x : l - y
x2+zxy+yz
x + y
(6x + 4)'
U
rc*x:90
y*z:90
10. Theperimererof R.SIU

ll.
(r - 2F
l0
(x + 2)2
(8X16X32X64)
: 2x*v
12. The avemge(arithmetic
mean) of x and y
CO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.
lr7
Dnctio:s:. Eachof the Qucstions1630 has fivt answerchoices.For cachof thescqucstions,sclectthe bestof tbe
:rnsscrcDorces
8lven.
16. In a ertain class,if tbcre are 35 men and 63 women
thcnthc ratio of men to womenis
D
I
L-----L-
{ ) *
{B)+
19. Thc figurcaboveis a rectangularsolid with
AB : 10, 8C : 10, aad CD : 3. Whatis the
total surfaceareaof tbe figure?
(q;
i") ;
(A) 320
(B) 300
(g 2n
(D) 160
{E) 23
@)l
17. StretsL, M, and nf are straight and leve! and
thcy intersect to-forrn.a triangle. If streets L and
iU intcrscct at a 40o angle and if street ,l/ is perpendicular to strcet M, at q-hat acurc angle do streets
t and nf intersec0
n.
6 x 2 - l S x - 2 1:
(A) 3(2r + 7)(x - t)
(B) 3(2x - 7)(x + l)
(C) 3(2r - l)(x + 7)
@) -9x2 - 2l
@) -9x - 2t
{A) 30"
{B) 35'
{c) 40'
{D} 45'
(E) 50:,
,8 (' - i)1'- *)':

{A}#
p)i
{qi
{")i
c)*
ti8
"*
t
E
&:
F
I
Questions 2 | -25 refer ro the following gfaphs.
L
7-
FARMING IN COUNTRy X: 1940TO t986

FarmPopularim(in millions)
*
n
B
F
:
I
::
i
c
tl
a
t.t
I
&
t5
,t
20
Number of Farms (in millions)
t940
r950
r960
1970
I
| 985
r986
1
AverageFarmSize(in acres)
I
I 950
| 960
1970
t980
l 985
1986
Note: All graphs draw-nto scale.
21. Country X's farm population in t9g6 was aDDroxi-
To.the.nearestI 0 percent,the dccfinein farn population in Country ,y betwcen1950and t960rcorcrnted what perccnrof tbc t950 farm poputation?
mately how many million?
(A) 2 . 5
(B) 5.5
(c) 7.5
(D) 9.0
(E) r0.0
(A)
(B)
(c)
(D)
(E)
t0%
30%
fi%
6%
t50%
22. Tlaedecrease,
in millions,in the numberof farms
from 1950to 1970wasapproximalely
(A)
{B)
{c)
(D)
{E)
t.6
2,0
2.6
3.0
3.6
C'O ON TO THE NEXT PACE"

ll9
24" In Country X, the averagefand sizc ia 1940 was

approximately what fraction of thc average farm size
in 1986?
25. In
Co*ql X hadapproximarely
how many
-1986,
million acresof farmland?
(A) I,100
(B) 400
(C) l,t0
ll
tD)
(E)
3
(A)i
(")3
(q;
t")3
(E)i
r20
!
?
E.
*,
:r
a'
26. lf n. is theaverage(arithmeticmean)of the three
numbers6,9, and ft, whatis thc vaiucof & in
termsof n ?
29. Mary has3 dollan morc than Bi[ has,btrt Sdollan

--lcssthaa Jaac has. If Mary has x dotiars,bow
many dollan do Janeand Bill hare attogithrf
(A) 3n - 15
(A)2x-8
(B)2x-s
(C) 2x -2
(B)n-5
(D) 2.r + 2
(E) 2r-+ e
(On-15
30. If. f -is an integerdivisiblcby 6 but nor by 4, thn

whitih of th following CA}{I{OT be al iitcgcfl
(o)t+
,,'ri
n * 15
,o.,
\-,
3
(B)3
27" Whichof thefollowingCANNOT be cxpressed

as
the sumof tbesquaresof rwo integers?
(et
(A) t3
(B) l7
(c) 2l
{D) 2e
(E) 34
(D)*
@#
28. lf AB : .B.Yand XC = CD in thc figurc above,

what is s in terms of p and r ?
(A) 180- 2(p + r)

(B) p + r -X)
(C) 2(p + r)
(D)p+r
( E ) r2y
t2r
SECTION 6
Trrne-30 minutes
Numbers:
FiEures:
30 Questions
,
All numberi used are reat numbers.
Position of points, angles, regions, etc. can bc assumedto bc in thc order shown; and angle measurcs
can bc assumedto bt positive.
Lines shown as sraight can be assumcdto bc straig}t.
Figures can bc assurnedto lie in a plane unlcss otherwisc indicated.
Figurcs that accompany questions are intcnded to provide inforr4ation uscful in answeringthe questions. However, unlessa note statesthat a figure is drawn to scale,you should solve theseproblems
NOT by estimatingsizesby sight or by measurement,but by using your knowledge of rnathematics(scc
Exarnple2 bclow).
D i r e c t i o n s :E a c h o f t h e Q u e s t i o n s t - l 5 c o n s i s t s o f t w o q u a n t i t i e s , o n e i n C o l u m n A a n d o n e i n C o l u m n B . Y o u
are to compare the two qiEiffiii'iEThoose
A
B
C
D
Note:
if
if
if
if

the relationship cannot be determinedfrom the information givcn.
Sincctherc are only four choices,NEVER MARK (E)
Commoa
Information: In a qucstion, information concerning one or both of the quantitiesto bc compared is centeredabovc
the two columns. A symbol that appears in both columns represcntsthe same thing in C-olumnA as it
does in Column B.
Example lin$
Column A
Column B
2x6
2+6
Sample Answcn
(D@@@@
Examples?4 rcfer to A PQR.
.'' \
\"
NQ
Example_2:
@@ oj"o
'
6|jF.
(since equal measuFes

caanot "r
be assumcd,even though PItt
and ffQappcar equal)
@(t@@(D
Example 3:
(sincc lf is bctwecn P and Q)

Example 4:
tE0
w*z
@@o@@
(sinccPp isa straigbtlinc)
GO ON TO THE NEXT PACE

140
A
B
C
D
if
if
if
if
the quantiryin Column A is greater;

the quanrity in Column B is lrcater;
the two quantitics are equal;
the relationshipcannot be determincd from the information
givcn.
ColumnA
ColumnB
9
49
ColumnA
ColumnB
x >y >0
0
2x+3y:3x *2y
Ttrc areaof a circulat
regionwith circumferenccl6d
Thc circumfercm of
a circular regionwith
area16r
(x (4
y : 5
0.7
A.discount of z() percentof the original se[ing price

ot an rtem reducesthe pri to $72.
Thc original sclling price
ol the ltem
The circle with centei .6 has radius r.
L- .tlf=Vz
ED:+
:)
$120
x --$ tlg
The area of AEBD
The area of the shaded

rcgon
xy *0
x : l
x
J2l
x -y
+ Jts
r4l
A if
B if
c if
D if
tbe quantiry in Column A'is greater;

the quantiry in Column B is greater;
the two quantities are equa!
the relationshipcannot be determined from the information given.
Column A
Column B
Column A
Column B
A rectangular textbook page measuresE] inches by

I I inches. The page is partitioned into reciangular
L
spaces
*"h + inctrby in"n.
I
14. The number of such spaces
on the textbook page
17x ll x 48
X : Z
RT
R.S
Im ,X costs fwioe as much as item Z. and item

msts $3 more tban balf dtecost of itsn Z.
l l.
The cost of itcm X
The cost of itsm Y

n2
For all integers x and y, lct x * y be defined as

follows"
p2+m2
x*y=-lr+yi
12.
3*(*4)
3- 4
t42
'i
r-
&
p
Dircctions: Each of the Qucstions 1630 has five answerchoices.For eachof theseqrstions, sclccttbe best
of ttrc
answeich-oices
Even.
16. If 2Jr * y :8
and 3x : 6, then y :
It. Mario boughtcqualnumbcrsof 2-centard 3-ccat

stamp6.If the total costof the sr2mpswas$I .00,
what wasthe totat numbcrof stampsbought?
(A) 2
(B) 4
(c) 6
(D) 8
(E) r2
(A) 25
(B) 34
(c) 40
(D) 46
(E) s0
Number of
I-awn Mowers
Monday
752
300,
TLesday
c a
Wednesday
/)f
Thursday
7y
-s
19. In squarePQR.Sabove,"ApfS basa pcrimcar '

of 30.What is the areaof quare peRS ?
Friday
(A) 30
(B) 50
17. Thc table above shows the number of lawn mowers

produccd by Company l, each workday last week
except Friday. If Company Z produced an average
(arithmctic mean) of 750 lawn mowers per day foi
the workweek, how many lawn mowersdid it
producc on Fridaf
(A) 736
(B) 73e
(c) 742
(D) 750
(E) 758
(c) 60
(D) 7s
(E) r00
m.lf
a
r > 0, rhen ,/U2Srt
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
0.0513
0.0514
0.05rj
0.512
0.511
143
Qstions 2l-25 rcferto.tb folh'siegdata.

PRODUCTIONOF PHOTOGRAPHIC EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES
World Productionl9tttl96g
(valucin rnillisnsof dollars)
1965
C-ountry
United Stat6 --
2,296
350
1968
1969
Pcrent
ftrccnt
Fercent
Value of Total Vaftc ofTotal Vahp of Total
67.5 3 , 13 9
8.9
4lt
E.7
370
6.5
283
2.3
106
2.5
107
t.9
89
1.7
76
3,560 100.0 4,190
100.0 4,5t0
3v)
247
96
95
76
50
--------'
Other countrics
Total --
1967
Fercent
ofTotal
9.5 2,t31
9.8 371
9.8 363
7.0 2?4
2.1
95
2.7 104
2.1
80
t.4
72
WestGermany-Unitcd Kingdom
Francc--------Bclgium
rs,
koent
ofTotal Valrc
Vahr
'4Yg
t966
6E.4 3,5S5
9.0 4fi
8 . 1 439
6.2 299
2.3
120
2.3
ll5
2.0 r05
t.7
82
t00.0 5 , 1l 5
68.4 3,770
8.8
550
8.6
5r0
5.8
3t0
2.4
t40
2.3
130
2.1
Ir5
r.6
67.A
9.8
9.r
5.5
2.5
2.3
2.1
t.7
95
r00.0 5,6m
tm.o
UNTTED
STATESPRODUCTION
r9('5
r97l
Total:$2"296
Millto{t
Total: $3,980Miltion
Scrsitized Coods
SensitizedGoods
4?%
53%
IvbtimPL"nrrE
Ea$pnent
StiIIPicule
Equipcrcrx
Offi
Copien
25%
MctirJoPbfx?
EqoiFent
Sriu-
Picarc
Equiprui
Pr4arcd Pho*ocbmizls
Microfilrnftuip'r*r
Pboodpmicels
t4
2 t . In 1969tbe valucof photographicequipmentand

luppl*s producedoutsidethe Unitcd Stateswas
how manymillion dollan?
in the vorld?
(A)
550
(B) 1,950
tci 5,620
(D) 7,470
(E) ll,2&
(A) @%
(B) 50%
2 , L gi i
(c) 4s%
22. Wbat was Lhevahr, in miilions of dollars,

of thc
motion-picrurecquipmcntprodrcd inrlrc
Unitca
Statcsin l97l "l
(D) 40'/o
(E) 35%
/357"
25. Fromt!)68to 1969,thevalueofphotocraohic

prodrnj by fi;;
:quiprnT!andsupplics
Inqrascd by ap,prorimatcly wbat peroenit
(A) tE4
(B) t88
(g le3
(D) tee
(E) 203
6) n%
(B) t8%
23. In llXS whict country,stotal.production

of photo.
gaphic equipment
,,rpptiis *" oorJt in valtre
"1-o
to rhc combincd productidi
of *oti-on_piiur" *o
microfilrncquipmentin tle Unitci St,I
i" ,u
sameyear?
(A)
(B)
(C)
@)
(E)
l.n tl65 tlrc valuc of scnsitizcdgoodsproducod
in
thUnitdStatcs
was
1r,",
iL,
"pry:*frltAi
ofphotogr;pnrc
equpmcnt
andsrpprics
ll*3f
produced
Iraty
France
United Kincdom
WestGcrminv
Japan
(C) l|c/o
@) 120/u
(E) l0%
I45
i
;t-
r
F
i-
29.If x is au odd negative integer and y is an even
For which of the following scts of numbrs is tb.

prodwt of the three numbers less than'each mrber
of thc set?
positive intcgr, then ry must bc which of the

following?
/ i,?,i a
,
F. -;,
- t, 1
'/u, -). , ,
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
\'
-1o
(A) I only
(B) II only
(c) III only
(D) I and III
(E) II and tII
Odd and positivc

Odd and negative
Even and positive
Even and negative
It cautot be determinedfrom the information
gven.
30. Which of the following expressesthe area of the

shaded region in the figure above?
n.
The figure aborrc is formed by two owrtapging

squancq each having sides of 6 centimetsrs in leng6.
If P and Q are the midpoiots of the intcrsecring
sideg what is tbe ars" in square centimctcrq of th
shaded region?
(A)
(B)
(c)
(D)
(E)
T2
63
60
54
4s
(A) l:;r-
( B )- 2. +- r - , , 2
(c) , 2 _ y '
(D)
(E)
28. If x aad y arc numbers oa tb number linc abovc,

which of the following statcurcsrtsmust be true?
I. x y < 0
II. x * y < 0
IT. x - y < 0
(A) I oaty
(B) Itr only
(c) I aadtr only

(D) I ard Itr only
(E) I, II, andIII
t46
x2+xy
A
x2- xy
4
FOR GENERAL TEST3 ONLY
Answer Key and Percentoges* of Examinees Answering Each

euestion Correctlv
ATAITNCAT
ABILITYV
Secfon 1
1
3
4
5
7
I
I
n
A
10
11
12
13
E
n
,tr
r6
17
l8
19
20
?',
A
B
E
<J
24
l)
?6
27
28
29
30
A
E
91
5
<
54
5E
90
70
49
a<
JO
D
tr
B
A
tr
37
'Esttrnated P+
rv
tr
1{t
3
31
l
1
31
15
16
t l
1t
lq
6
i
a
53
6
76
50
F
58
7n
66
40
85
87
79
78
54
JZ
1a
24
2
2
l
?
B
E
1 ?
31
JZ
s
21
2
3
2
2
2
2
3
6
7
8
9
0
31
45
42
49
86
91
75
n
A
I
'
n
2
15
0
8
C
A
A
8
C
C
A
C
J
?
Z
?
b
n
3
3
3
6
7
8
A
A
8
ot
54
68
89
61
70
47
82
J?
A
C
t t
1
1
2
n
n
8
9
0
2
?
4
5
5f
on
28
n
3
81
8r
A
A
8
A
n
9
10
?(
r
2
3
4
52
44
43
32
?8
lhlar
m
az
56
D
A
3
c
s
8
A
&
2
3
4
5
C
B
D
A
71
56
61
52
59
5.
6
7
8
9
'r0
8
A
0
C
0
77
66
65
57
5t
ll
1
2
'r3
'ra
1
5
0'
C
I
C
A
1
1
l
B
C
C
41
IE
38
?,
83
g)
62
50
66
79
90
76
71
45
.l
49
47
15
z.
l
0
90
90
80
80
.l:'
6
7
E
10
M
2 r
zr.
E
B
o
z j C
21
A
2 5 A
6
0
2 7 8
A
3
D
A
37
27
18
for t'.'egroup ot erarnines who rook r'e GR Genrar re=l in ,eced

a
thre-y"a *n*.
147
74
80
47
4l
m
a
90
8?
n
a
62
c)
85
75
57
tllt
46
64
54
62
?l
A.5nt
f
1
r
2
s
c
l
1
s
6
E
E
1
1
|
1
l
I
3
4
'
r
8
e
7
0
8
E
0
c
o
A
P
76
83
69
32
34
<t
95
52
72
60
I
1 1 1
I
t
2
C
B
5f
5.1
37
38
66
1 1 7
s
l 1 4 E
B
l t s
I r s E
l r E
l r e
l 2 o
1 2 1
z
E
? 3
2 1
2 5
54
E
E
D
S
o
B l 6r
A l 19
21
l 5l
I 60
I 4ti
l 35
l 62
Saction
I
f&r$ar Anrrrr I P+
1
2
0
A
3
1
5
o
e
A
6
7
8
9
'r0
C
.C
I
C
o
c
E
D
O
E
D
e
D
c
A
B
C
A
A
E
lt
12
t3
14
ls
16
17
18
le
20
2t
22
23
24
25
190
IAS
lss
156
lss
163
ler
lzs
lts
l8t
183
141
ls3
lz4
lra
lm
l1l
l52l
l73l
168l
lssl
lsol
l72l
l64l
t38l
SCORE
FORGEI{ERAL
COI{VERSIOT{S
TEST
3 OI{LY
A}IDTHEPERCEI{T$
BEIOW'
t rS6l
72-75
Scaled Scores and Percents Betart

Yrrtd
!l
&r|t'hu,yt
%
Atr|ry{kst V.
Bcat.
labr
3c!.r
Eclor
Ealor
Scor!
800
790774
99
99
9S
760
750
79
7n
710
700
68C
67A
660
650
99
98
97
96
95
95
93
C2
90
S
640
630
610
600
590
580
570
560
550
go
87
85
82
80
78
76
74
72
69
67
Scaled Scores and Percents Below

Yittrl
%
osr0tib!.lrr %
Analytical n
lar Scon Scora Bq}or
Seqo Sctor
Scon Brlm
39
38
37
444
38
36
590
580
570
560
550
540
530
510
500
490
57
54
52
49
48
45
42
37
35
32
670
c60
550
630
620
610
600
580
570
560
85
83
81
76
71
72
69
6,4
61
58
480
474
450
450
(?0
4n
410
390
38C
360
30
28
26
24
20
18
16
13
12
I
540
530
520
5C0
490
470
460
440
420
410
52
49
46
40
38
32
31
24
m
r8
390
380
360
340
330
310
2S0
15
13
10
7
6
4
3
zec
268
254
1
r
244
?20
2"O
1
0
0
Z'JU
scorir betcw the scdd score b bssed on lhe pertormanc ol 94,359 examinees who took tr Geflerd Ted between fu6br
and Seoternbr30- 1989.
1, 19g6,
'r1
68
6l
66
A<
a4
bJ
bz
61
60
(n
t+
53
52
51
50
49
48
47
46
45
+J
42
41
40
530
520
510
500
490
480
474
450
d50
450
64
61
59
56
t4
5r
48
44
41
41
EA
J5
30
29
28
27
340
340
?t
800
7n
710
v@
690
680
670
660
040
530
620
610
600
vt
zo
ZJ
24
97
96
94
93
89
88
86
84
82
80
78
T7
74
72
68
66
63
61
59
8O0
80o
79r)
T7A
760
7 4
7s0
71o
700
ee
ss
e8
s7
s6
e s
94
el
e0
690
88
'Pg,'cenl
I rt8
12
t1
1n
J<V
e1n
260
J3TJ
18
17
ZJU
340
320
310
290
270
260
244
230
220
6
5
4
2
2
1
1
0
g
210
2
@
200
200
0
0
0
0
IA
l
I
i
I
|
l
|
I
|
I D
10
1 l
99
24
?2
22
)n
20
22
8@
22d
30
300
290
280
270
ZJ
o)
?on
380
380
370
360
32
800
790
780
770
760
7fi
749
730
0
420
410
400
t<
13
12
11
10
Y
a
7
0-6
244
230
m
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
1
I
n
U
sEc'IroN2/
Time-30
minutes
30 Questions
Numbcrs:
All numbcrs used are reat uumben.
FiSures:
Position of points, angles,reglons,etc. can bc assumedto be in the ordcr shown; and anglc measurres
can bc assumedto be positive.
Lincs shown as straight can bc assumedto b straight.
Figurescan bc assumcdto [e in a plane unlessothcrwisc indicatcd.
Figures that accompany qucstionsare intcnded to providc information
uscful in answering thc questions- Howevcr, unless a note statesthat a figure is drawn to r".r", yo,i
rloJi
sotvc thcsciroblims
NoT by estimating sizesby sight or by mcasuremcnt, but by using y."iri"*1"+r
of mariematics (see
Example 2 below).
Directions: Each of thc Qrrc+ions l-.15consistsof two quantitics, one in Column A hnd
onc in Cotumn B. you
are to comparethe two quantities ailThoosc
A
B
C
D
Note:
Common
IffiGilion:
if
if
if
if
thc
thc
thc
the
quantity in Column A is grcatcr;

quantity in Column B is greatcr;
rwo qtraotiticsare cqual;
relationship canaot bc dctcrmimd from the information givu-
Sincc therc are only four choiccs,NEVER MARK (E).
:
:-
t
F
In a qucstioq information conccrning onc or both of the quantities to bc compa.redisccntcred

abgv"
the two cglumns' A symbol that appcars in both columns representsthc samc'thing in
Columo e
it
does ia Column B.
"t
Column A
Column B
2x6
2+6
Sample Ansqrcn
*,
t;
{
t:
3i
-a
?
Erample l:
o @ @ @ @
Exampfcs 24 rcfer to A PQR-
,t
Examplc2:
NQ
@@@(D@
(sirrceequal measurrescannot
be assumed,even though Piy'
and NQ appear equal)
E x a m p l e3 :
@(D@@@
(sinceil is betwecnP and Q)
Examplc4:
,i
w*z
r80
@@(D@(D
(sincePQ is a straightlinc)

155
A if thc quantity in Column A is greatc(

B if tbc quentity in Column B is greatcc
c if tbc two quantitlx are cqual;
D if the relationshipcannotbc detcrmincdfrom thc informationgiven.
C-olumnB
Column A
2%of(3+21
6
3%of(2+3)
5
1-6
ColumnA
ColumnB
x+2y
k+4v
6-1
2y-x:
ll
x - 2 :
Tbe rcmainder wheo

48 is divided by 5
/1
(1.
V
The rcraain&r when

218is divi6
by 7
PR is a diameter of tbe circle, and QR is tangent

to the circle.
r / = 0 a d x = 0
The bogth of PR
5.
Jn * J+s
The length of QR
The toll for a cstain bridge is $0.15 or I toker.

Tokcns are soH in packs of 40 for $4.00.
t2
10. Tbe pcrcentsavedon

40 trips across the bridge
if a token, rather than
$0.15,is usodto pay
each toll
*1n
fr=4,t:50
q + r
GO ON TO THE }.iEXTPAGE.
156
i
k
&
A
B
C
D
if the quantity in Column A is greater;

if the quantity in Column n is
irearcr;
if the relationshipcannot be dctcrmined
from the information given.
Column A
Column B
:$
*
t'
Column A
-
C-olumnB
'
(n +2) ft
"
(n+2)fl
(n+l)R
(*.,);:
Garden
plot A
is an intcgerand
0<l/<3.
2.+j
- 4
!
-r +' 8
Gardcn
Plot I
I L The area ofrectangular

ptot A
Thc a-rcaof rectangular

plot I
12. Thc averagc (arithmctic
The average(arithmetic
mean) cost per cassctt
mean) oost per cassettc
for 18 cassettescosting
for 3 casscttescosting
a total of 1r dollars
a totatof
I aomn
x - y
j2o -9o.
3o
g
7.
:i :
x + y
7
ll.-i.'3o
7
Square QRST hasperimcrerp.

13.
x2+tz
p2
t6
r57
For
Directions: Each of the oucstions 1630 hasfive answerdloices.
eachof thescqrstions, scbct the bestof tb
arswer choices given.
PAIRS OF SHOESSOLD BY COMPANY S
19. tf the arcaof a circleis 25a,tbenthe diarrrcterof the

circh is
(A)
(B)
(q
(D)
(E)
.n
X
Note: Drawn to scale'
16. If 8,?50 pairs of shoes are representedin the
pictograph above, bow maay pairs of shoesdoes

represent?
each
(A) 3s0 (B) 700 (c) ?30

(D) 830 {E) 1,400
l r-
If x : 3 and Y
{3+x)(3-Y)?
5
l0
20
25
50
20. In tbe hguresabove,iftbc areaofsquareregion

VXYZ-rs equalto theareaof triangularregion
RSI, tben RT:
(A)2 (B)T (q4 (D)f (E)8
- 3, what is the value of
(A) - 36 (B) - 12 (c) o (D) 12 (E) 35

l8
6?-42:
2z
(A) I
(B) 2 (c) 3 (D) 4 (E) 5
158
Qucstiom2l-25 referto thc followinggraphs.

VISITORSTO AND FROM THE UNITED STATES.
I97I-I98I
Numbcrof
Visiton
(in millions)
l97l 1972197319741975tn6 lE77 t9781919t980 t98t

Numberof
Visitors
(in millions)
{
:ll
r8
i
l
t4
l )
t97t te72te73te'r4r97st976W'-tinlilg
21. The totalnumberof visitorsfrom the UnitedStates
to Europefor 1973and l9i,4 wasmosrnearlyequal
to thetotal numberfor whichtwo of thefollowrng
yean?
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
22. Thcre-wereapproximatclyhow manymillion

moreforeip visitorsto the Unitcd Statcsin
l9E0than in t975?
(A) 22
1976and 1977
1977
and1978
1978and t979
1979and 1980
1980and
l98l
t9'a0le8l
(B) 15 (q 8
(D) 7
(E) 0.75
r59
23.In 1960thcrcrrcoel?-1lrtillion foreignvisiton

!o I.Ies York City. This was approximatdy what r
perccntof thc total nrr"bcr of foreign visitors !o ,
th tJnitcd Siatcs?
25. In 1975 if 60 percent of tbc foreigrr visitors to the

United States w"re not from Europ, then thc
number of Europeai'isitors to Ot Unitea Srates
was approximatcly bow meny times as grcat as thc
nusrber of visitors from the United States to Europe
that vear?
tA) 5%
(B) 22%
(c) 73%
(D) 78o/o
(E) E8%
(A)2
(B) 3
(ci 5
(D) 6
(E) i2
24" How m2ny yearsaftr l97l sbow an incrrease

ovcr
the prcviousyear in bo.$ the number of visiton
from the United Stabs to Europc and the number
of foreigrrvisitors to the Unitod States?
(A) Fiw (B) SL (C) Swn
(D) Eigbt (E) Nin
160
2 6 . \ fy - 2 x of y?
l, what is tlrc valuc of x in tcrms
t x x 26 whichof thcfollowingis
{::
l5
NOT an integer?
t e rj - r
@ lr-t
(A)* G)* s#
co)* trr*
How many positive intcgen kss than 20 are equal to

the.susr of a positive muttipt of 3 snd a positiw
multiplc of 4 ?
t c ti * \
{o)j+r
(A)
(B)
(O
(D)
G)
c) /+;
Tpo
Firc
Swcn
Tea
I\fmcto
S. T*qrTk-e, ,Y aod f, arcfilled tocapacitywithFt

fucl. Thnk X holds600galons *or. th.n't"nf f.
If lO0gallonsof frrc|wre to bc pumpedfrom each
tank, tank X wouldthcncontain3 timesas mrrch
fuel as tank y. What is the totat nurnbcr of gallons
of fuel in thc two full ranks?
(A)
(B)
(c)
(D)
(E)
27" In thc ligure above, what is the arca of the shaded

region?
(A)r (B)2 irci|2.E (D)3 (E)4
l6l
1,400t,200
t,000
e00
8oo
/
SECTION 5 ./
Time-3O minutes
30 Questims
Nurnbers:
All numbers usedarc real numben.
Figuies:
Positioa of poins, angles,regions,etc. can be assumedto be in thc order shown; and angle rnrasures
can bc assumedto be positirc.
Lines rbown as straight can be assurred to be straig}t.
Figurescan be assumedto lie in a plane unlessotherwiscindicated.
Figuresthat accompanyquestionsare intended to provide information useful in answeringthr questions. However,unlessa note statesthat a figure is drawn to scale,you should solve theseproblems
NOT by estimatingsizesby sight or by measurement,but by using your knowledge of mathernatics(see
Examplc 2 bclow).
Directlons: Each of tbc QucstionsI -15 consistsof two quantitics,one in Column A and one in Column B. You
il-i6'I6-m-pare thetwo qGiililiEii?lFh oosc

A
B
C
D
Note:
Common
Iil6i6?iion:
if
if
if
if
the quantity in Column A is greater;

the relationshipcannot be determincdfrom the information given.
Sincetbereare only four choiccs,NEVER MARX (E).

In a qucstion,information concerningone or both of the quantities to be compared is centeredabove
thc two columns.,A symbol that appearsin both columns represcntstbe sarnething in Column A as it
docs in Colum-nB.
Exanplc l:
Columo A
Column B
2x6
z+6
(t@o@@
NQ
@ @ @ (D @
SampleAns*en
Exaaples 2-4 rcfer to A PpR.
Exampli?:
(sinceequal measurcscanDol
be assumed,even though Py'Y
and NQ appearequal)
Examplc3:
@rD@@@
(sincc N is betweenP and QJ
E x a m p l c4 :
t80
w*z
@ @ o @ @
174
F:
s&
F
A
B
C
D
if
if
if
if

Column A
Column B
Column A
t;
i:
ColumnB
&
F
:
I
3-r + 4 : 13
ll - y : 6
x > 0
:
{
n
l:
:r
I
At noon today, Ann, Betty, Cathy, and Dot had

exactly $l apiece.Then during the next five minutcs,
Ann gave$l to Beny who gave 52 to Cathy who gave
$3 to Dof None of thern gave or receivedany other
money.
amounrof money
Qm.
v'Betty hadleft
at five
minutes past noon
todav
l" The numberof prime

numberslessthan l5
The amount of money

Cathy had left at five
minuies past noon
today
*.
b
The number of odd
integers greater than
5 and lessthan 15
3r(l 25)
31375)
10" The volume of a cubc

*ith edgeof length
4 centimeters
( 1# ) i
Four times the volume

of a cube with edge
of length 2 centimeters
x + 17: -8
x * 8
- l'7
The sum of 3 integen is 5l .

mean)of the 3 integers
The median of the

3 integers
6.
t75
A if thc quantity in Column A is greater;

B if the qwntity in Column B is grcarerl
if the tryo quantities are equal;
D if thc rchdonship cannot bc determined from thc information given.

ColumnA
Colurrn B
Column A
ColumnB
d > a
14. The total interest
earned on d dollars
investedfor 3 months
at ll percentsimple
annual interest
The areaof the circular region with ctntr' O

is l6n, and a, w, x, y, and z represcntthe
lengthsof tbe line segments.
r3.
+(*)do*ars
y > o , v # l
o *i v-*x+l t
t76
Directions: Each of the Questions I G30 has five answer choicss"For each of thesc questions,selectthe best of lhe
answerchoicesglven.
16.
2 x 2 x 2 x 2 x 2
(A) r
l1
(B) 2
(C) 4
(D) 8
(E) 15
l0 meters
Which of the following is a multiple of both

7and13?
(A) 52
(B) 65
(q
77
(D) 156
4 meters
(E) 182
l0 meters
1 8 .Mario purchased$600 worth of traveler's checks.
1 9 .The figure above shows thc floor dimensiori-.of an
If eachcheck was worth either $20 or S50,which

of the following CANNOT be the number of
$20 checkspurchased?
L-shaped room- AII anglesshown are right angles.

If carpetingcosts $20 per squaremeter.uhat will
carpeting for the entire floor of the room cost?
(A) l 0
(B) l 5
(c) l 8
co)20
(E) 25
(A)
$800
(B) $1,280
(c) $1,600
(D) $r,680
(E) 52.320
a +
-T
If the value of the expressionaboveis to be

halved by doubling exactlyone of the five
numben a, b, c, d, or e, which shouldbe
doubled?
(A) a
(B) b
(C) c
(D) d
(E) e
GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE
r77
Questions2l-25 refa to tbe folbwing gaphHEALTH EXPENDITURESIN THE UNTTED STATES.

1950AND1979
I
1
I
I
\
\
!)
1950(total expendirures:$12.7billion)
=5212.2billion)
1979(total expenditures
(t billion: 1,000,000,000)
1 \
\\
q)
rt)
o
ag
C)
c)
t)
cr*
*-*-
^f
Category
''''
? t " For how many of tltc categorieswastlrc pcrcent

of total heatthcxpcditurcs greaterin 1979than
in 1950?
(A) Two (B) Thre
(D) Six @) Seven
Of the following catcgoricq for vhicb was the

percent of otal bcalth expendituresin 1979least?
(A) Dentist s6r/ices

(B) Nusingbome carc
{C) hur
(c) Dru$ aod dmg sun&ics

(D) Gorcrumentpublb bcalthactivities
(E) Research
178
Ltj
Which of thc following can bc inferrcd from the

Sraph?
In ly79 for how many of thc catcgories was the

amouol of health expedirurcs lessthan $21 billion?
al
(A) Tro
(B) Thres
(D) Ten
(E) Twehe
(C) Nine
I.
II.
Approrimarcly what was the ratio of health expendifures fs hospital care in 1979 to health expenditures
for horyital care in l95O?
(A)?
(')f
Iil.
The numberof paticots needinghospital

careincreasd from 1950to 1979.
The dolhr amount of health expcnditurcs
for constructionwas grcater in 1979than
in 1950.
In 1979tb dollar amuot of health expenditus for dentist scfvips wasmore rhan half
thc dollar amount of hcalth cxpendituresfor
physicianscNiic6-
(A) Ionly (B) noily

(Q monb
(D) I and II (E) II and m
(qf
(D)?
(E)1
r79
::
ts
x
3
;i
tt
(l-rX.r-l)*
29.
(A) -(r - lf
(B) (x - lf
26. If tbe perimeler of the rctatrgle abovc is 36,

tben [ :
(A) e (B) 14 (C) 16 (D) 28 {e' 32
(c)
(D)
(E)
x2-l
l-x7
21. If 4x is 6lssthan4y, thcn y - x :
(A) -24
(')-1
(q -3
30. If a squarcis inscribedin a circle of radius r as

shownabove,thcnthe areaof the squareregionis
io) ;
($
(E) 24
28. The differ.nce betweeotwo positivenumbersis 16.
If the srnallerof tnese1q,snrrmlgrs is I of the liarger,
rrhat is rb valuc of tb smrller no-Uft
(A) lE
(B) 24
(c) 30
(D) 33
(E) 40
I80
.2
2n
--2
@) T
(c) nr2
(D) ,2
{E) 2r2
t
T
f
FOR GENERALTEST4 ONLY

An3wer Key and Percentages' of Eramlnees Answerlng Each Ouestlon
Corrcclly
'I
2
3
I
5
47
3tt
JZ
87
11
lzo
12
171
E
9
ro
l1
.t2
13
't4
15
16
17
t8
19
?2
u
tr
18
60
61
,t5
E
28
8
30
31
v.
B
34
35
75
I
37
41
'A
58
1a
e<
B
D
't6
I
n
r9
m
21
2.
7(t
9t
n
n
27
lo
28
a
30
B
D
A
68
53
60
t{
lzl
A
P+ tor the group ot ,umrn*
who toot $a GRE Gonsrat r3t in a racsnt threeyear gaod.
r87
I
q
17
18
19
to
D
I
E3
56
82
77
11
12
t3
11
15
IJ
62
53
56
35
30
to
<l
'15
10
n
12
f<
AI
65
64
6l
,;
l0
88
44
a
n
73
31
'E3timat6d
48
42
)7
E
D
n
&t
at
B
n
i41
I51
1
2
B
tr
E4
87
c
o
15
24
75
36
37
38
'I
1
2
3
21
2.
x
24
25
SCORE CONVERSIONS FOR GENERdL TEST 4 ONLY

AND TTIE PERCE\TS BELOW'
Yt'bl
Ber Scorc Sdr
70
w
68
o/
66
N
64
63
62
61
Scalcd Scoree arld Pe.ccntr Bslow'

t
oc|rHrfv.
An.lytlsrl
I
lrh
S.on
3.t0il
Scon
800
790
99
m
n0
7A?
99
99
98
7S
730
724
710
96
ffi
94
91
JV
640
89
88
UU
6r0
83
60
o l
qs
sU
5/0
560
77
550
540
J#
70
67
s
5n
oz
6rn
59
45
44
(t.
42
41
500
490
480
470
460
57
54
51
48
45
51
50
49
48
Rrr Sro't
40
38
37
36
34
VJ
o/u
ry
57
56
a
B.lot
it
800
7aa
780
770
7AA
750
730
7n
710
700
30
29
28
?7
zo
98
95
94
93
4.!0
{o0
40
g
380
360
3fl
350
3.8
42.
12
570
(<n
520
40
b/U
6J
30
zf
5r0
490
ow
6t
27
25
B
480
470
460
30
620
600
75
70
?1
450
430
590
68
tan
t?
10
E
7
7
390
370
360
350
340
330
z&
?1n
aan
66
62
60
57
55
770
7m
750
744
730
99
99
99
1E
17
z7c
zEl
lo
1?
11
h
h
95
94
1C
I
6
7
bc
'Perceot
10
6
7
o
4
?80
'|
I
t
u
21A
m
200
M
2e
m
m
sco.ing below the scaled score based on the pertormanc ol lhs 876.691examtn*
and Seotember30. 1988
r88
18
to
1<
no
m
m
c
who isr
80
N
300
'i5
26
410
400
2C
800
800
800
790
780
640
4n
15
6
qt
91
90
89
e7
510
?1
2i
710
700
690
680
JZ
ol
&
90
4a
45
t
Brtor
$
31
320
310
3*
3@
79
75
73
71
69
il
450
450
ffi
{30
14
Scelcd Scorcr and PGrcent! B6low'

i
9f
An.flicrl
hat$lrtir!
8.b
SC3n
Brbr
Scor!
690
0 /u
650
650
640
610
600
590
YrrLl
Sctr
w
f
w
(ao
9
3
/
<t
520
500
490
47C
450
47
42
3-o
33
?S
110
25
400
380
370
17
13
12
350
1
1
'l
l1n
n0
270
z t r 2
2U0
n0
200
200
0
0
0
0
0
zfi
240
?30
trre Gnsrai
-iesr
?aa
220
210
2
@
1
0
0
0
betweer OctoDef 1. 19gS.
E.
SECTION 3./
Time-30 minutes
*
B
li
30 Questions
Numben:
AII numbcrsusedare realnumbers.
FiIrures:
Position of points, angles,regions,etc. can be assumedto be in the order shown;

and angle measures
can be assumedto be positive.
Lines shown as straight can bc assumedto be straight.
Figuresrrn bc assumedto lie in a plane unlessotherwisc indicated"
Figure,s,tnat
accompanyquestionsare intended to provide information uscful in anstrring
the questions. Hc'*ever' unlessa note.statesthat a figure is drawn to scale,you shoutd
solvethcsc"proUt"rn,
NoT by estimiting sizesby sight or by measurement,but by using your knowledge
of matbematics (see
Example2 below).
,
a
i
Dirlctions: Each of the Quc+ions t-.15.consistsof two quantities, one in
Column A and one in Column B. you
are to comparethe two quantitiesand choosc
A
B
C
D
Note:
if
if
if
if

the quanrity in Column B is greater;
thc two quilnritiesarc equal;
the relationship cannot be detcrmincd from the information giwo.
I
i
T.
Sincethereare only four choices,NEVER MARK (E).
Common
;-..."".......'..I n l o r m a t t o n :In a question.information concerning one or both of thc quantities
to be comparedis centercd above
the two columns.A symbotthat appearsin both columns represcntsthc same
itring in Column A as it
d o e si n C o l u m nB .
Examph l:
C o l u m nA
Column B
2x6
2+6
Sampli Answers
o@@@(D
Examples24 referto A ppR.
Example2:
NQ
@@@(D
(sinceequal mcasurescannot
be assumed,eveo though PIY
and NQ appearequal)
E x a m p i e3 :
@(D@@@
(sincelf is betweenP and Q)
E x a m p l e4 :
wlz
r80
@ @ o @ @
20r
i;
A
B
if
if
if
if
the q"an61y in Column A is greater;

the rclationshipcannot be determinedfrom the information eiven.
Column A
t
ColumnB
Column A
C o l u m nB
A man |eft { of his estatero his widow and designated that tie remaindcr be divided equally among
his 4 sons.
The fraction of the
estatdesignatedfor
each son
n
Ttre altitude of
LPQR from Q
+ t--*| R
Q?-'
l-
I
)'+
I
M , N , P, and p are midpoinrs of thc sidesof tbe

rectangle.
The slrn of the areas
of the shadedregions
./fi205
I
t
PQRS is a square.
The area of the unshaded reglon MNPQ
. r > l
200
(r + 5)(2x + 3)
{.t+3)(2r+5)
a, b" and c are neganvelntegers

abc
x > 0
a(b + c)
x
l4
I A
t {
G OO N T O T H E N E X TP A G E
202.
A
B
c
D
if
if
if
if

the relationship cannot bc determined from the information cir/en.
Column A
Column B
ColurnnA
Thc largestcircular tabletop that can tJgcut from a

ccrtain square piecc of wood has a circumference of
l05z irches.
9. The length of a side
l05a
of thc piccc of wood

beforc tbc tabletop is
cut from it
Column B
x - 1'*0
3x2 - 3y2
x - y
3(x - y)
3 x 3 x n: / x l x p
np * a
\
p
16n: lorl
l0t
Maria's wcekly net salary of $i85 is 65 percent of her

wekly grosssalary.
T
I
\"\_-\
\
\
R
U
RSTU is a parallelogram.
I l . Maria's weeklygross
salary
x
12. The numbcr of different positive divisors
of 12
*rf
The number of different positive divisors

of 50
Sg . i a * i a n
Cc,ff :i
iettrmined
243
r.
t:
t:
Directions: Eacb of thc Questions 1630 has five answer choices.For each of these questions. selectthe best of the
answeritoiccs given.
16" If 8x - 3y = 24 and -y : 0, tbstr r :
(A) 3
(B) 4
(C) s
(D) 6
20. Three ln6iyi{rrals contributed $800each toward the

purchaseof a computer. If they bought the computer on salefor S1,950plus l0 percentsalestax,
how much mone:)'should be refunded to each individual?
tE) 8
I 7. If the sum of 3, 7, and x is I 8, then the average

(arithmeticmean)of 3, 7, and r is
(A) 6
(B) 7
(C) 8
(D) e
(A)
(B)
$65
$85
(c) $r50
(D) $l9s
(E) $255
(E) l0
18" If n : 3, what is the valueof 2n + l?

(A) e
(B) 13
(C) l7
(D) 33
(E) 65
l 9 In the figureabove.x =
(A) 30" (B) 35
(C) 60
(D) 75
(E) r 50
2U
Questions2l-25 refer to the follo*ing graphs.
NATIONAL HEALTH EXPENDITURES:t960TO 1978

I
{it I
I
y E
I 2A
I 00
ETF
t t t t i l t t l
Total HeairhExpenditures
--- PrivateHealrh Expenditures

"'; Public Health Expenditures
80
60
S.*"sTfs"ds"$s*
Note: Drawn to sale.
TOTAL NATIONAL HEALTH E.XPENDITURES

AS A PERCENTOF GROSSNATIONAL PRODUCT
1)
I
sss"\8ge
969"o96 se$"$-$SI$$S."S
CO ON TO THE NEXT PACE.
205
24. For the year in which public health expenditures

were closestto $40 billioru total health expenditures
were approximately what percent of tbc gross
national product?
21. In llX9 approximately what was the amount of private health expe.nditures?
(A) $25 billion
(B) $30 billion
6r>) $50 biltion
(E) $70 billion
(O $45 billion
22. For rhe years shown, what was the first year in
"
which the amouot of public health expenditures
was at leastS3Obillion?
(A) 1960
(B) 1962
(A) l0%
(B) e%
(C) EYo
(D) 7%
(E) 6o/o
25. Approximatety what was the amount of the gross
national product in l96E?
(c) r964
(D) 1968
(E) 1970
(A)
(B)
(O
(D)
(E)
23. ln 1976approximatelywhat wasthe ratio of the

amount of privatehealthexpenditurcsto the
amountof public healthexpenditures?
Sfin biil'ion
$750billion
S800billion
$950billion
h cannotbe dcterminedfrom the information
given.
(A) 3;l
(B) 2:l
(C) 3:2
(D) 2:3
(E) l:3
GOON TO THE NEXT PACE.
zffi
26. lf x and y arc intcgersand x > y > 0, how

many integersare there between, but not including, x and y?
(A)x-r
( B ) , r+ y
(C)x-r(D)x+y{E)x-r+
Note: Figurc drawn to scalc.

29. According to the numbcr linc aborrc, which of the
following points has a coordinate most ncarly cqual
to P x v2
27. For which of thc following expressionswould thc

value be lcssif 350 were replaced by A7 ?
(A)l
- 350
r. 2.500
I
II" ^;
I
l' +
(gc
(D)D
(E)E
30. A rctangular rug covcrs half of q rectangular floor

that is 9 fect widc ad 12 fcct long. If tbc dimcnsions
of thc rug are in thc samc ratb as tbosc of the floor,
how maay fect long is tbe rug?
JX,
il"
(B)8
350
(A) None
(D) I and III
(B) II only
(A) 6
G)?
ilf
(O III only
(E) II and IiI
(q 2.,n
28. If the circumferenceof circle P is 15.714and the
circumferenceof circle Q is 6.28. then the diametcr
ofcircle P minus the diamcter ofcircle e is
approximalelyequal to
,",
lL
a- b= ?Y\7
tD 6.,n
{o 4,fr
n
'r'--:
9
_
r t
'
(A) r.5
(B) 3.0
(c) 5.5
(D) e.0
tE) e.4
c
l a
'
F,
1'-
t
i ^ _ _
-1-
'
l . \ l ' )
C = - v , 1 -
t
E
E
i
zVI
/
SECTION 6 V
Time-30 minutes
30 Questions
Numben:
All numbers uscd are real numbers.
Figures:
Position of points,angles,regions,etc. can bc assumedto be in the order shown; and angle measures
can be assumd to be positive.
Lines shownas straightcan bc assumedto bc straight.
Figures can bc assumedto [e in a plane unlessotherwiscindicated.
Figuresthat accompanyquestionsare intendedto provide information useful in ans*ering the questions. However,unlessa note statesthat a figure is drawn to scale,you should solve thescproblems
NOT by estimatingsizesby sight or by measurement,but by using your knowledgeof mathematics(see
Example2 bclow).
Directions: Each of the Questionsl-15 consistsof two quantities,one in Column A and one in Column B. You
A
B
C
D
Note:
if
if
if
if
the quantityin Column A is greater;

thc qu8Dtityin Column B is greater;
the relationshipcannot be determinedfrom the information given.
Sincethercareonlv four choices,NEVER MARK (E).
Common
Gi6iffiiion:
In a question,information concerningone or both of the quantitiesto be compared is centercdabove

the two columns.A symbol that appearsin both columns represcntsthe samething in Column A as it
does in ColumnB.
E x a m p l el .
Colurnn A
Column B
2x6
2+6
SampleAnswers
(D@@@(D
Examples24 reter to A PpR.
Frample 2:
NQ
@ @ @ (D @
(sinceequal nrasures cannot
be assumed,even though Pd
and /VQ apparequal)
Example3:
@ O @ @ @
(since l[ is betweenP and Q)
Examplc4:
r80
w+z
@G)(D@@
(sincePp is a straightline)
G O O N T O T H E N E X TP A C E .
220
A
B
if
if
if
if

the relationship cannot be determined from the information given.
Column A
Column B
Column A
(3)'
ColumnB
3
l
4 - j
There are two diving boards at a certain pool. Thc

height of the lower board is 3 meters. The height of
the higher board is I meter greater than twice the
height of the lower board.
2" The height of rhe higher
board minus the height
of the lower board
y < z < x
y < w
4.5 meters
x : 3
y : - |
J,
y - x
xy2
9. The number of minutesin 3.15hours
The number of minutes in 3 hours l5

minutes
: , ty : 5 ,l
P
s
z:30
4. The perimeterof
square PORS
The perimeter of the

shaded rectangular
region
5. A number between
5 and l0
A number between
8 and 14
x + y
30
221

B if the guantity in Column B is greater;
t
C if tbe two quantities are equal;
D if the relationship cannot be determined from the informalion given.
Column B
Column A
_r'.and : are positiveintegers,and z > x > 7'
-T-
II
l ' ' 470

l m
l--+ro m--l
Fa70 m---1
ColumnB
Column A
l ,
I t.
II
The remainderwhen
z is divided by .r
The remainderwhen
z is divided bv y
Fields X and Y are to be enclosedwith fencins

that costs$24 per meter
I L The costof the
fencingneeded
to enclosel'
The cost of the

fencing needed
to enclose )'
n > 0
t2
90
dl--L-lll--n l--l
-k " t)t
The crrclehas center O a n d R f : 5 .
t l The circumferenceof
l0,r
the circle
222
c:
L
9
l:
E
t
Directions: Each of the Questions1630 has five answer choices. For cach of thescquestions,
sclectthe bcst of thc
answeiifioices givcn.
16. A certain machinc fills a bag with 7 ouncesof
potato chips in 3.5 seconds.At this rate how many
seconds*dl it takc the macbine to fill a bag with
l5 ouncesofpotato chips?
(A) 6.5
(B) 7.0
(D) 8.0
(E) ll.5
19. If45 perccntof z is 405,whatis 35 pcrcentof n ?

(Ai 6l
(B) &
(9 ta
(q 7.5
(D) 250
(E) 315
17. On a number linc, the disunce bctwcn thc nro

points with coordinates - 5 and I is how much less
than the distance betwecnthe two points with coordinates 2znLd14'!
(A) 6
(B) E
(C) t0
(D) t2
(E) 16
(r + l0)'
2r'
In tlrc trianglc abovg r =

(A) 65
(B) 40
(C) 35
{D) 25
(E) l0
tE. In the figure abovs, if x = 4y, then y :

(A) 30
(B) 16
(g
37.5
(D) 40
(E) 50
223
Questions 2l-25 refcr to the following graph.
FAMILY T'S EXPENDITURESAS A PERCENTOF

ITS GROSSANNUAL INCOME'
JJ
30
27
24
2l
;
t8
d 1 5
t/
9
6
J
0
-o*j
*o':l::w
*"1r""'
t"s
.*"'".tsx;
::.-.::""""*
* I n 1 9 8 1 .1 0 0 %= 550.000
I n 1 9 8 4 .1 0 0 %= M5.000
Note: Drawnto scale
41,
LLA
lt.
iI
B
E
F
a:
a'
2l. In 1984for how many of the sevencategorieslisted

wereerpendituresgreatcr than 9 perceni of Fam_
ily X's grossannual incorne?
(A) T*'o
(B) Three
(D) Five
(E) Six
@pFamilX X's grossiacome is the sum of Mr. X,s

rncomeand Mrs. ,y's income.In l9g3 Mr. and
Mrs, X each had an income of $25,000.If
Mr. X's income increasedby l0 peicent from
I983 to | 984, by whar perceni did Mrs. X's
lncome decrcasefor the same period?
{C) Four
(A) l0%
22. In 1983Family X useda rotal of 49 prcntof its

grossannual income for fwo of the categorieslisted.
What was the total amountof Family i's income
usedfor thosesamecategoriesin tggi ?
(B)
15%
{c} 20%
( D )2 s %
(E) 30%
(A) St6.200
( B ) Sr 7 . i 5 0
(C) Sl9.r00
'
./t' o
,,/^."
Lr
'(
.1 ..
_ > i . / _ z ) _ _j _ , _ . 2
;"'L
s .1
,
T--/'38
25. By approximately
whar*otL Ototheamountrhat
Family X put into savingsdecrease
from l9g3 to
1984?
(D) S2t.0s0
(E) 521..t00
(A\ 13%
{B) 23%
23. From i9t_t ro 1984the increasein Family ,y-s

miscellaneous
expenses
was most nearly which of
the follorînp?
(c\ 3s%
(D)4s%
(E) s7%
{A) 53.0t10
( B ) S 3 .i _ < 0
(c) s3.5i){)
(D) 54.500
(E) Ss.000
))<
26. Of thc following, which is greatest?

1
4
9
(^t ;1 (B)
rs- (c) ffi
(D)
# G)lffi
27. If x, 1', and z are consecutivepositive integers,
with x < y <e and .r + I + z anevennumber, which of the following could be the value
of z?
(A) r
(B) 2
(C) 4
(D) 5
29. In the figure above, arcs PR and QS are semicircles with centersat Q and R respectively.
lf PQ : 5, what is the perimeterof the shaded
region?
(E) 8
28. If x2 = 68, which of the fotlowing could be true?
(A) 5a+5
(B)
5n + 15
(C)' l0z + l0
(D) l0z + 15
(E) l00z
( A ) - 9 < x < - 8
( B )- 8 < x < ' 7
(C) -8 < x < 8
(D) 7<x<8
(E) 9<x<10
If $4,500was investediri a bond fund u,henthe

price per sharewas $9 and $3,000u'x invested in
the fund when the price per sharewas $10, what
was the average(arithmetic mean) price per share
purchased?
(A)
(B)
(c)
(D)
(E)
226
59.625
$e.50
$e.4i)
$e.375
Se.20
E
ft
FOR GENERAL TF,ST5 ONLY

Ansrser
'nl P"tt$g:1otjt"-in"."
A*ing
Eacheuee$,oncorrectty
F
lJultTlclll3tttrY
SccdoaI y'
hnt r
93
4
B
E
,l
/5
3
4
7
I
t0
o
7
8
9
10
65
B
D
26
83
1<
57
E
o
7
I
E
n
c
n
c
e
c
o
o
l6oJ 5
1 5 6 17
lml a
16zl e
lerl ro
t
l
ll il
lsel rz
lsal 13
larl r
liel rs
r
t
r
77
79
64
165
163
I
57
45
2a
E
D
B
qa
&
<7
36
&|
IJ
49
4J
26
2A
29
26
w
o
<6
88
/o
62
58
U
4
D
E
E
-stimatad
P + tor th group ol eraminee3 who look the GFIE

General Test in a rrcent Freeyea,
2n
88
87
80
85
z5
.
B
I
c
o
A
lrE
ls6
lmfm
l b
8
i0
Oraod.
11
1?
't1
tf
16
17
1A
19
20
e lszlro
17
lr3
171
ls7
l5e
176
o
e
c
A
e
e
e
o
c
e
'
lu
lsr
laz
lssl
l".l
'
l
lso
lss
lez
186
ln
l
irrl
E
B
l3sl
Jsli 18
c
r
ls6l
lnl
l12l 20
tsel
e
c
E
B
o
lro
132
i61
ltr
lsa
a fol rs
2,
73
21
x
farmr lp+
'r
2
3
4
D
D
A
o
c
ta
Ss|bo 5
Hnnnr
I
?
3
4
s
B
A
12
lf +
91
87
78
84
63
frmr
al
t8l
l
3sl
xl
21
n
n
24
zs
laof
FOR GENERALTF,ST5 ONLY

SCORECON\TERSIONS
AND TEE PERCENTSBELOW'
Scalcal Sco?.t aod Pcrcgntr Ecloi'
f r I f f f i i f r . t t J t
tctr
!.lr
t ar
!.5r
trr Saora ta'r
7976
72
T1
99
?90
7t0
99
99
99
98
97
n0
760
750
730
7n
65
84
63
62
6l
710
7m
0
5?0
e60
96
60
5
58
650.
6.0
Eto
6e0
6t0
89
EE
86
85
&i
55
54
s?
5m
g0
<t
560
50
4
4E
:.a17
ir. 45
550
540
530
520
510
a5
4
43
12
41
5m
(t
{0
474
160
lfl sro.r
S.rt
&
3
4{n
450
14
37
s
430
Scalsd Scorca and Parcaotr 8'low'

AtdYred
t
A
bsEdvr
Scott
lrhr
Sott
lalgr
15
43
40
37
34
44
410
34
410
4S
32
31
390
3EO
540
530
s20
(1n
500
I
l.br
{6
43
41
38
s
73C
94
710
92
690
E9
680
88
&4
660
31
31
2A
6
21
490
480
40
450
44
31
at
630
7E
610
74
25
73
600
71
580
66
2
18
1E
16
14
430
4&
410
400
390
?1
19
17
16
14
ru
550
530
520
500
11
12
10
9
7
370
360
.s
3.{0
11
10
4in
470
4g
440
120
37
94
92
91
82
80
g,
!.If
70
@
68
6f
66
55
y.rtd
ta
75
13
71
6E
65
63
60
55
52
49
.5
8@
800
790
760
98
97
$
/w
750
730
91
68
u
v
7m
6A0
18
660
650
71
12
630
67
620
65
610
62
580
5E
580
55
570
s3
51
560
800
&
m
s
s
30
29
a
27
6
374
25
?1
z3
2.
21
340
330
a
19
1E
17
16
?4
14
't3
m
m
1
'I
24
12
210
2t0
0
n
210
99
s
u
800
790
9S
$
97
760
710
o7
99
l l
'10
8
7
95
fl
360
g
340
w
310
3fl
N
270
260
zfi
.g
310
300
I
N
34
a
lv
400
390
18
16
1:
340
1
1
320
270
260
m
m
200
N
200
ffi
N
200
200
m
0
48
.fl
2@
200
58
,I
u
n
210
?00
0
0
0
G5
.pcrcdt
sing
rnd Sspt$5d
bctow thc $etd
sr6
bsrd
th" prrtqBsrca
of thr 84,a,96O enminos
30, 1987
228
\
:1
[|lo
t6k
tho Gncral
T6t
berteen
october
'l'
i984'
i.,
l:
'8,.
5rL i lu} J
T-rme-30 mrnutes
30 Questions
Numbcrs:
FiSures:
]'
+
All numbersusedare real numbers.
:i
Positionof points,angles,regions.ctc. can bc assumedto be in the order shown;and anglemeasures

Lines shown as straightcan be assumedto be straight.
Figures can bc assumedto lie in a plane unlessothcrwiseindicated.
F
T
Dircctions, Eachof the Questionsl-15 consistsof trro quanriries"

onc in Column A and one in Column B. you
are to comparethc two quantitiesand choose
if
if
if
if
a-
r:
Figure-s-that
accompanvquestionsare intendedto prorrdcinformationuscfulin answcringthe qucstions. Howcver. unlessa note_slates
that a figure is drarrn to scale,you should solve these-problems
NOT by estimatingsizesb1'sightor bv rneasurcment,
but by'usingyour knowledgeof matirematics(see
Example2 below).
A
B
C
D
t h e a u a n l i t ! i n C o l u m nA i s g r e a t e r ;
t h e q u a i : r i i 1i n C o l u m nB r s s : ea l e r :
t h e r w o q u a n t i t i ea
s r ee q u a l ;
the relarionshipcannorbe der:rrnjnedfrom rhc informationgiven.
it
i
F.
a
ii
z:
*
$
F'
7
t.
t
i
g'
Notc:
Common
iii6friiion,
S i n c et h e r ea r e o n l y f o u r c h o i c e sf,i E V E R M . . 1 , R K
(E).
h a question,information concerningone or boih of thc quantitiesto bc compared is ccnteredebove
the two columns.A symbolthat appean in born columnsrepresents
the sime iling in Column A as it
d o c si n C o l u m n B .
Example l:
C o i u m nA
ColumnB
2x6
2+6
rD@@@@
N8
@ @ @ (D @
Sample Ans*tn
Exarnples
24 referto L peR.
E x a m o l e2 :
(sincecqual measurescannot
bc assumed,even tbough Plf
and NQ appearequal)
E x a m p l e3 :
@(D@@@
(sincel{ is betweenP and Q)
E x a m p l e4 :
rt0
*-*z
@@(D@@
(sinccPQ is a straightlinc)
141
A if tbe guantity in Column A is greater;

D if thc rclationshipcannot be detcrminedfrom the information given.
Column A
ColumnB
1.76x 100
0 . 1 7x6 r 0
C o l u m nA
Column B
S
^v l,
22
RSTV is a square.
The length of RI
2.
x+y
y+z
r=2
s =|
One bacterial cell of a cerrain type is placed in

t petri dish. Cclls of this type divide once every
day.
(r - 35)r
| 3. The total numbcr

of
bacterial cells in thc
dish at the end of
4 days if no cells die
4.
9 . T h e s h o r t e sdt i s t a n c e
from point P to
point R
t3
3 , 4
I 0 . T h e n u m b e ro f p r i r n e
numbersbetweenl0
and 20
3{51+ 4(4)
4{5)
a-3
(r
3s)5
An aviator in Mexico flev 300 kilometers

in a straightline due easrfrom point P to
point Q and then 400 kilometersin a straight
line due north ro point R.
s+f=:+f
5.
Twice the length

of R.S
550 kilometcrs
The numberof prime

numbersbctween30
and 40
-21r 12
-l (y( I
6.
242
i
b:
F
t
1
A if
s if
C if
D if
Column A

the quantity in Column B is grcatcr;
the relationship cannot bc dcrcrmincdfrom thc information given.
Column B
x)o
I L Thc number of
minutesin x * 100
houn
ColumnA
li
E
ColumnB
(
t/fr=4
The numbcr of scconds
in 6O(x + l0O) minuter
and y2=6
t4.
15. Thc length of the

diagonel of a square
with cach side of
lcngth 2
+.,6
12.
Thc hcigbt of a
trianglc with cach
side of lengtb 3
t.
a
I
t-
CO ON TO THE NEXTPAGE"
t3.
(R,5)2
+ 1542
(RT)2
,13
Directio{rs:. Each of thc Qucstions l6-30 has five anssfcrchoiccs.For each of thcsequestions,sclectthe
bcstof thc
answer chorcesglven.
r c .t x | =
(A)
t 9 . If x equals25 percent of a number, thrn

125pcrcentof the number is
(B) I
(c, 3
(D) 6
(E)6*
(* - 2)180
17. lf k = 15,then - =
k
(A)
(B)
156
23
(A) #
(B)f
(D) ax
(E) 5x
(c) r.25x
lf the cost of a long{istance phone call is
(c) -23
c centsfor the fint minute ana
cenrsfor
t,
eachadditional minute, whar is the cosLin
(D) -204
(E) -360
ccnts, of a lO-minute call of this type?
(e)i.
(B)6c I
+,
( D )7 c ( s )? .
18. In thc figureabove,thearcaof square PQR^Sis

64. Wharis rhearcaof AeRT?
(A) 48
(B) 32
(C) 24
(D) 16
(E) 8
244
:.
t.
I
rt
F
t:
Question2
s l - 2 5 r e f e rt o t h e f o l l o w i n gg r a p h s .
i:
E
F'
P E R C E N TC O N T R I B U T E D
T O P R O F I T SB Y E A C H O F T H E
6 DIVISIONSP
, T H R U U , O F C O M P A N YY F O R t 9 ? 9 A r . i D t g E O
l-
E.
!
,
t
ll
E
t
il
{:
t980
Profits = t30,000,m0
='?13.*.ooo
,,on,.
..'
2 l ln 1980whatwasrheaverage
of theamounts
contributed
to profitsby DivisionL and
Division 7"?
(A)
(B)
(c)
(D)
(E)
24. lf the six divisions are ranked eachycar

accordingto thcir dollar contributions to
profits, from grcatestcontribution to lowest,
how many divisions ranked lower in 1980rhan
i n 1 9 7 9?
Sr.000,000
Sr,500,0o0
$3.000,000
54,500.000
56,500,000
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
22. DivisionR contributed

howmuchlessto the
profitsof CompanyY in 1980rhanin I979?
(A)
(B)
{c)
{ D)
{E)
None
One
Two
Three
Four
25. How many of the divisions contributed more

dollarsto profits in 1980than in I979 ?
5600,000
$300,000
$t80,ooo
$ 120,000
$too,ooo
. (A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
2 3 . ln 1979thegreatest
contr-ibution
to profitsby
One
Two
Three
Four
Five
o n e o f t h e s i x d i v i s r o n sw a sw h a t p e r c e not f t h e
l e a s tc o n t r i b u t i o n ?
(A) tjEc (B) 90c; tc) 100%
(D) 900ra (E) 1.000%
GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE"
245
26. In a certainspartment buildingexactly j of
2 9 .t f x ) 0 a n d 2 x - t = 2 ; i ,
the apartments have two bcdroomsand exactly
(A)t
f of the two-bedroom apartmentsarc front

apartments.Which of the foltowingcould be the
r;
(B)Y
total number of apartmentsin the building?

tA)
{B}
{c)
(D)
(E)
then x =
(c) |
42
50
5l
56
57
(D) v'7
(E) jT+ t
27" \l hich of the following could be the arca of an

isasceles
trianglewith pcrimeterlE and one side
of length8 ?
p0/1 lf the radiusof a circleis decreased

by 30 pert i l l t h e a r e ao f t h e
c e n t ,b y w h a t p e r c e nw
circular region be decreased?
(A) 6
{B) t2
(Aj
(B)
(C!
(D\
(E)
(c) t4
tD) l6
{E) rE
28. When a certain number is dividedby 7, the
remainderis 0. If the remainderis not 0 when
the number is divided bv 14.then tfr-eremainder
must be
{A) |
(ts) 2.
,,*
(C) 4
(D) 6
(E) 7
244
t1Va
a97a
St%o
6AVc
907c
t.
SECTION4
Tim-30 minures
30 Questions
T:
*:.
r
1
Numbers: All numbersusedare realnumbcrs.

FiSures:
Positionof points,angles,regions,
etc.crn bc assumcd
ro be in the ordershown;andanglcmG1,ure3
can bc assumedto bc positive.
Linesshownassrraightcanbc assumed
to besrraight.
Figurcscan bc assumedto ric in a plancunress
orherwisc
indicated.
Figuresthat accomPany
questions
areintendcdto provideinformationuscfulin answering
thequcstions' However,unlcssa notcstatesthata ligureis drawrilo scalc,y6u
shouldsolvethescproblems
Nor by estimatingsizesby sightor by mcaiuremcnt,
but by usingi"urr""*r.dge of mathcmatics
(sec
Example2 below).
:
:
a
t
:
:
:
F'
i
a
Dryctions: Eachof rht Qu.*tPnt l -ll. consists

of two quantitics,onein column A and onein column B. you
arc to comparerherwo qua-iiilElffihoosc
t:
at
I
I
C
D
Note:
i! tle quantiryin ColumnA is greater;

if the quantiryin ColumnB is treatcr;
if thc two quantiticsarcequel;
if thc rclationshipcannotbcdcterminedfrom the inforrnationgi'en.
Sincethcre are only four choices,NEYER MARK (E).
ts
Common
IffiEiliion:
,.
In a question,informationconccrning oDcor both of thc quantities

to bc comparedis centercdabovc
the two columns. A svmbol that appeirs in borh columns;.;;;;;;-;c
same rhing in Column A as it
doesin Column B.
F
F
E
a:
Erample l:
Column A
ColumnB
2x6
2+6
SamoleAnsrcrs
o@@@(D
Examples
24 rcferto A peR.
Example2:
NQ
@@@lD@
(sinceequal mcasureseennot
bc assumed,even though pl{
and NQ appear equat)
Examplc3:
Example 4:
@(D @ @@
(sincc/Y is bctwecrP andQ)
w+z
rE0
@@(D@(D
(sincePp is a straighrlinc)
GO ON TO THE NEXTPACE.
2n

B if the quantity in Column B is greatcr;
if the two quantities are equal;
D if the relationship canoot bc determinedfrom the information given.
l.
Column A
Column B
2(t03)+ 5(t02)+ 7
257
Column A
Column B
7n*x=23
n=3
2.
lors
lott
The lengthof PR is 12.
0(x(l
E.
4.
x-y
numberof bonds
6)fl.
L/ tbat werepurchascd
for 12,500
6. The$olume of a
spherethat has
radius4
x=-lxl
x*0
The number of bonds

that were purchard
for $3.500
9.
The volume of a
spherethat has
diameterE
The altitude of a certain triangular sail is

2 metcrsgreaterin lengththan its base.The
areaof thc face of the sail is 24 squaremeters.
a, D, and c are consecutiveodd integers,not

necessarily
in that order.
a- b
Tbe lengrh of pS
y- x
10. Thc lcnglhof the base

of the sail
4 meters
b-c
G O O ] ' iT O T H E N E X T P A G E
248
A if thc quantity in Column A is greatcr;

Column A
lt.
'*
if thc two quntitics are equal;

if the rclationship cannot bc dctcrmined from thc information given.
Column B
Column A
(-t)7? (-2)a
14. Tbc arca of a circular

rcgion yith diametcr x
{
t
i
_
c'!geg_g
Thearea ofa squere

region with diagonal
of lcngth r
On Juty I tbc ratio of mcn ro r'omcn in Club X

was9 to AL During thc monrh,2 addirional
' men aad 2 edditioiel womenjoincd tbc club,
and no membersdroppcdout.
15. Tbc ratio of mcn ro
'
wornDin Club X at
the cnd of July
RS=$T= TU= UR= t0
12.
RT
t3
"r=i t*
Y l 2
5
x, y, end z ere positive aumbers.
t3.
u9
Directions: Eacb of the Qucstioar 1630 has fivc answer choices. For each of thesequestions, sclegtthc bcst of the
answer cnotcsgrven.
16..lf x = 3 is onesolutionto thc equation

x 2 * r x - 2 0 = 4 , t h e n7 =
19. What was the original price of an itcm if a discount of20 pcrccnt reducedthc pricc to ll00 ?
(A) -8
(B) -5
(A) $80
(B) $120
(D) 5
(E) 8
(D) $150
(E) $250
(c) -3
If the value of a ccrtain fraaion is equal to 0.4

and the dcnominator of tbe fraction is 15,then
the numcrator of the fraction is
(A)
(B)
20. The numbcrofconncctions C that can bc

made through a s*'itchboard to which I telephones are connecledis given by tbe formula
-T-.
,.,
.r=- -7IrlI
now many morc coillestrons
6
8
are possiblewith 30 telephonesthan yith X)

telcphones?
(c) e
(Di r2
(E) 37.s
(A) 435
(D) 45
(B) 72 (C) 36 (D) 3
(B) 245
(C) t90
(E) l0
CO ON TO THE }TEXTPAGE.
It" ln thc figure 8bove, the ratio of x to y i s 3

to 2. What is the value of y ?
(A) r0r
(c) st2s
(E) 2
250
Qusstions2 | -25 refer ro the following graph.

1917-1978
TEXTBOOKINVENTORY FOR SCHOOLSX AND
BY YEAR OF PURCHASE
(as a pcrccntof thc 1977-197tinvenrorv)
School X
School I
Total
Invcntory: 1,500 T otal 1971-1978Invenrory: 2,000
l2Vo
t3%
t2%
2t%
EVo
EVo
Notc: All books werepurchascdnew on July I of each year
Whar pcrcentof School I/'s 1977-197g

\21)
tcxtbook inventorywas boughrin 1975?
(A)
(B)
(c)
(D)
24. lf School X purchascd300tcxtbooksin t97l

and all of thesetextbookseitherwerecountedin
the inventoryor had bcendiscarded
beforethe
inventory,what percentof thesctextbookshad
beendiscarded?
e%
t2%
2t%
33%
(A) t$Vo
(B) ZWo
(C) 50Vo
(D) 89%0
(E) t00Vo
(E) It cannot be determinedfrom the information given.

22. ln School X how many of thc inventoricd
textbooks werepurchasedprior to 1976?
(25) Which of the following staremenrs

can be
v
inferredfrom the graph?
(A) 100 (B) 120 (C) 1lf0

(D) t,34O (E) 1,3E0
I.
School X has a smailerenrollmentthan

School I/.
' II. If the ageof a book is the numbcr
of
years since purchase,thcn the average
(arithmetic mean) agc of a book in the
School I/ inventory is lessthan that of
a book in the School X inventorv.
llL According ro the invenlory, Sclobt X
and School Y purchascdthe samc
number of textbooks in 1976.
23. How many of the inventoricd textbooks wcrc

purchasedby the two rhools combincd during
the years1974,1975.
and 1976?
(A)
495
(B) e4o
tc) t,020
{D) t,435
{E) 2,800
(A) None
(B) | onty
(C) II only
(D) I and Il
(E) II and III
251
How manyof the positiveintegerslcssthan

25 arc 2lcssthan an intcgermultipleof 4 ?
26. V t ofthcnumbcrof womcnattendinga

certaindanccis equalto I the numberof mcn
attending,
whatfractionof thoscattendingarc
women?
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
(A)3
1rl ?
Two
Three
Four
Five
Six
lf 7x - 4y = -l
x-y=
(q+
and 5x * 3y = 52, then
(A) -4
(B) -3
(D)i
(c) 3
(D)
(E)
(D*
4
5
30, The floor of a company's storageroom has an

area of 20,000square feet. If thc floor is in the
shapcof 8 sqriare,approximatclyhow many feet
long is eachside?
(A) r40
(D) r,000
2 7 . In thc figurc above, O is tbc center of the circle.

lf A,E = 10, what is thc area of the circlc?
rff:.
(A)-"10r (B) 20r
(C) 25r
(D) 50r
(E) l00r
252
(B) 450
(C) 500
(E) 5,000
,,
7G
r
G
r:
FORGENERAI,TEST6 ONLI'
r
t
AnswerKey and Percentages'of Examinees AnsweringEach ouesrion correcuy
*
*
OUANTITATIVE
ASIIITY
Slction3
Slclionl
Nsmbrr tururr ; P+ i Numbcf Anrrtr

o
82
59
'I
89
75
32
32
40
7
6
I
10
80
'I 1
47
12
13
14
90
84
J3
1A
'Estrma:ed
F-
1
2
3
P-
R
t
ilumber Ans*r ip_

i
l
or
r
.
u
, 9 . t i
6
7
8
9
'10
6
7
I
9
10
t
F
E
E
I
D
93
59
c
o
5;
s.ll
9 i
36
75
16
55
35
63
67
16
17
18
19
20
54
58
59
az
55
a1
OJ
84
84
7?
49
51
J I
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
A
7
&1 i
; l
-a
s
i
r^
I
c a ,
1 )
a'
ra
il a
11
14
15
75
67
7i
E5
5'1i
14
qt I
1<
16
17
18
16
17
i 4 ' i
1 e
1-o
20
tr
20
E
D
E
D
21
..
lo
22
25
z)
i.
X
SO'
,
:-
,.n
J
i.
i'
2e
JJ
;i;
er
a
B
C
3:,
.^
24
z
,
r
r <
=
a
fP
9?
15
:-
60
69
Slsuon6
Humbor An*rr
1
2
3
3
56
Slclion 5
*q
*,
b
F
c
F.
?-
30
l:
;
:A
J I
34
35
36
38
i.
F
r
tor lite group ol examrnees wno look !he G R E G e n e r a i T e s i I n 3 f e c e i i

ih.ee-year oerrod
t
F
265
SCORE CONYER^9IONSFOR GENERAL TEST 6 ONLY

Brr Ssrl
Vlrid
36rr
Scaled Scorer a&d percrntr Bslow

t
06oHrr
llrlt|bd
t
Lbt
Saora
lrbr
trofl
Sceled Scorer rnd Pereenl! Belos

t
krftdn
*
ADstydrd
8.br
Scor!
BG{or
Srorr
\
Bcbw
72-76
aa
n
m
t l
70
69
68
o/
66
21
2
18
1E
17
1(
64
83
62
59
5
56
54
5
52
It
i3
13
10
8
7
800
800
790
780
380
360
350
340
$v
zAO
260
250
24.0
1
3
3
2
310
300
290
284
264
250
1
0
0
no
0
0
68
44
430
414
400
390
n4
750
74
730
TN
700
5@
490
480
460
450
a1
34
6
ZJ
21
18
to
'14
13
10
9
I
7
1
'I
'|
214
mo
?o0
200
M
61
5,9
55
52
.t9
46
a4
39
'Percent
scoring belcw l}le sled
Sptember 30, 1986.
score, bsd m the pertormarce ot the 916,6a] examrEes sbo lOOkt,}e Genatal Test between October '1. i9E3. and
ri
f;
ii
!:.
?ffi
A-PDF Merger DEMO : Purchase from www.A-PDF.com to remove the watermark

SECTION 3
Time-30 minutes
.
30 Questions
Numbers:
All numbcrsuscdarc real numbers.
FiSures:
Position of points, angJes,regioos,etc. c:rn be assumedto bc in the order sbown; and angle measures
can be assurnedto bc positive,
Lincs showDas straight can bc assumcd to b straiglt.
Figures can be assumcdto lie in a plane unlcss otherwise indicatcd.
Figures tbat accompany qucstions are intcnded to provide informatioa uscfut in answcring the questions- Hoscver, unlessa notc atates that a figure is drawn to scete,you should solvc thesc-problims
NOT by cstimating sizesby sight or by mcasuremcnt, but by using your lnowlcdge of matlrcmatics (see
Examplc 2 bclow).
Directions: Each of thc QuesJignsl-15 consists of two quantities, onc-in Column A aqd oo. in Column B- you
A
B
C
D
Note:
Common
IIl6EIiion:
if
if
if
if
thc quantity ia Column A is greater;

thc two quantities are equal;
thc relationship cannot be derermined from the information girrcn.
Sincethereareonly four choiccs,NEVER MARK (E).

In a question, information conccrning onc or both of the quantities to be compa.redis centered above
the two columns.A symbol that appearsin both columns representsthe samc thing in Column A as it
does in Column B.
E x a m p l el :
Column A
ColumnB
2x6
2+6
(D@@@@
NQ
@@G)(D
Samole Ans*crs
Examples 24 rcfer to A PQR"
Example 2:
(sincc equal measursscannot

be assumed, even though Plf
ao,dNQ appcar equal)
E x a m p l e3 :
@(D@@@
(since ff is bctweenP ar'd Q)
Example 4:
r80
w*z
@@(D@@
Gince PC is a straightline)
4l
A
B
if the quaatityin Column A is greater;

if rhequantityin Column B is greater;
if the relationshipcannotbc dercrminedfrom the informationgiven.
c
D
Column A
ColumnB
Columa A
Column B
l - 3 1: - m
x
-2y+3
--)
n is an evenintegerand a multiple of 3.
-t
8 . The remainderwben n
is divided by 12
d : 5.$89a and @ is rhe decimalexpressionfor

d roundcd to the nearcstrhouvndth.
The number of dccimal
J"
placeswbere d and @
differ
.r*2y>8
4"
2x+4y
2A
F4uilateral triangle PQR is formed by joining

centers P, Q, and R of tbe circles.Each pair
of circleshasexactlyone point in common.
9.
Square MNPQ hasarca36.
5. The perimeter of
30
p and g aredifferentprim numbcrs.r is theleast

prime numbergreatcr than p, and s is thc least
primcanmbergraterthan g.
r - P
The circumferenceof
the circlewith cenrer Q
The volume of a cylindncal tank &at has a

radius of 2 mctcrs and a
height of l0 meters
The volume of a cylindrical rank that hasa

radius of I meier and a
heigbt of 20 meters
pertagoD MNOPQ
6,
The perimeter of
triangle PQR
s - q
42
*;
|'
*
if
A
B
if
if
if
if

the rclationship cannot be determined frsm the information givcn.
r
g
:,
Column A
ColumnB
Column A
Colqmn B
ds+0
I t . Ttrc time rcquired to

travel d miles-at s
mileswr hour
AR{f
Thc time requiredto

)
trarel * rriles at fuz
mitesper hour
is isoscelesand IRSI
12"The sum of the measures
*--',,r- ,
l2O"-
of the two angles of AR^SI

that have equal measure .
J;\67*g
O is the center of rhe circle and LAOC is a

riglt angle.
x2+3
BD
Before Maria changedjobs, her salary was
24 percent qt61g thes Julio's salary. Aftcrlvlaria
changedjobs, her new salary was 24 pcrccnt less
than her old salary.
Julio's salary
B
t
f
f
Maria's new salary
t.
il
r
!
47.
i
':
:
i
i
l
a
r
ri
Eacbof thc Qstions 1630 haslirrc iuswer choies. For cachof thescquestions,sclecttbe
ryE$
bestof the
answErclnioesgirur.
1 6 . { r 9 - l 8 - r 7 - l 5 ' )- ( 2 0 - 1 9_ t 8 _ 1 7 ) :
.(A) - 36
(B) -6
(c) -4
(D)
I
(E)
2
Weight
(pounds)
17"if 3x - 2 : '7, thcn 4: :

(A) 3
(B) 5
15 16 t7 l8 t9 20 2t 22 23
Age(years)
(q?
(D) e
I 9. Thedots on the graphaboveindicateageand

y"gbt for a sampleof 25 studenrs.Wnit percentof
thesestudentsarelessthan 19yearsold and weigh
morethan I l0 pounds?
(E) 12
18. Of thc following whichis closcstto
.fO f
(A)
(B)
(c)
p)
G)
(A) 6
(B)5.
(C) 4x
(D) 3
(E) 2
36%
&%
4%
48%
s2%
20. Thegreatestnumberof diagonalsthat canbe drawn

fromonevertexofa regulai6-sidedpolygonis
( ) 2
(B) 3
(c) 4
(D) 5
(E) 6
GO ON TO THE I.{EXT PAGE.
Questions2l-25 rcfer to thc foUowingSrephs.

AVERAGE DAILY CIRCI.'I-ATION FOR NEWSPAPERX
E Hs m
E$om
liru
12 zm
lm
1940
1960
1950
rno
1980
Year
iJ
TOTAL YEARLY ADVERTISII\TGREVENUE FOR NEWSPAPERX

E
Sso
6ao
o 3 0
8zo
2.
AVERAGENUMBER OF PAGESPER NEWSPAPERFOR NEWSPAPERX

80
60
40
20
1'
21. ln how manyof the yearssbownwasthe average

numberof pagesper newspapcr
at lcastrwiceas
muchas the averagein 1940?
{A)
(B)
(C)
[D)
G)
1t
(A)
(B)
(q
(D)
G)
Four
Thrce
Two
One
None
l0%
12%
2a%
26%
32%
25, Which of the following sratqnents can bc inferred
22" In l95A,if theprintingcostperne*spaperwas

$0.05,what would havebeentbe total costof printing the averagedaily circulation?
(A)
(B)
(c)
(D)
(E)
Tbe percent decreasein averagedaily cirmlation

from 1960to 1970was approximately
from the data?

I. The greatestincreasein total yearly advertising
revenueoler any l&year period shown was
527 millon.
II. In eachofthe l0-year periodssho*n in which
yearly advertisingrevenuedecreased.average
daily circulation also decreased.
III. From 1970to 1980the averagenumberof pages
per newspaperrncreasedby 10.
532,500
S26.000
s23,500
522.000
52,600
23. In 1980thenurnberofdollarsofadvertisingrevenue
washow manytimesas greatasthe averagedaily
cirn:lation?
(A) I only
(B) II only
(c) III
only'
(D) I and II
(E) II and iII
(A) s00
(B) 200
(c) r00
tD) -s0
{E) 20
46
26. lf 0 < s, < l, thenwhichof thc following can bc

truc?
29. Whichof tbefollowingis equalto j of 0.01pcrcent?

(A) 0.00002s
(B) 0.00025
(q 0.m25
(D) 0.02s
(E) 0.25
(A) s < -l and r > 0

(B)s<-landr<-l
(C) s > -l and r < -l
(D) s > I and r < -l
)s>landl>l
"\
27. On scgm.:ntWZ above,rf WY :21, XZ = 26.
afr yZ istwice WX, wbatisthevalrrcof Xy?
(A)
(B)
(c)
(D)
(E)
1n
\
5
t0
ll
t6
It cannotbc dcterminedfrom the information
gircn.
30. In thc figure aborrc,cachof thc four squareshas

sidesof lcngth x. If LPQR is formedby joining
thc centcrsof threcof thc squares,what is the
pcrimetcrof APQR in tcrmsof x ?
28. To rcproduccan old photograph,a photographer
E
a
!
G) 2'O
chargesx doltarsto makea negative, aoU"r,

{
for eac! of tlre first l0 prints,and doiars for
{
eachprint in excess
of l0 prints.If $45is the total
chargeto makea negativeand 20 prints from an old
photograph,what is thevalueof x ?
(B)
,rf;
--T* ,
(c) 2 r + J T
(A) 3
(B) 3.5
@ 1x S + 2
(D) 4.5
(E) 1t + rrE
(c) 4
(E) s
!
:<
,!
i.
47
SECTION 7
Timc-30
minutes
30 Questions
Numbers:
All numbcrs used arc real numben.
Figures:
Position of pcints, angles,regions,etc. can bc assumedto be in tbe order shown; and angle lueasufes
can be assumcd to be positiw.
Figures can be assumedto lie in a plate unlessotherwiscindicated.
Figurcs that accompany questionsarE intendedto providc information useful in answeringthc guestions. However, unlessa note statesthat a figure is drawn to scale,you should solvetheseproblems
NOT by estimating sizesby sight or by measurement,but by using your knowledgeof mathematics(see
Example 2 below).
Directions: Each of thc Questions l-15 consistsof two quantities,one in Column A and one in Column B. You
ire to cornpare the two qGn-iiiiEiZilEoosc
C if the two quantitiesare equal;
D . if tbc relationshipcannot bc determinedfrom the information given.
Note:
Sincethere arc only four choices,NEVER MARK (E).
Common
IffiIiion:
In a question, information concerningone or both of the quantitiesto be comparedis centcredabove

the two columns. A symbol that appcarsin both columns representsthe samc thing in Column A as it
docs in Column B.
E x a m p l el :
SampleAnswers
Column A
Column B
2x6
2+6
o @ @ @ @
PN
NQ
@ @ @ (D @
Examples24 referto A PPR.
E x a m p l e2 :
(sinceequal measurescaunot
be assumed,even tbough Pl{
@o@@@
E x a m p l e3 :
(since /{ is betwetn P and Q)

E x a m p l e4 :
t80
l4r+z
@@e@@
60
*!.
**.
p,
A if the quantity in Cotrmrn A is grtater;

c if thc two qurntitics arc equal;
D if the relationship canaot bc detcrminedfrom thc informatioa given"
i1
F:
7
It
E
:a
ColumnA
Column B
l. Tbc numberof months

in 7 years
Column A
The numberofdays
in 12weeks
B
-,Col{mn
,-
Ttrccircuafercaccof circlc C is lga.

5. Thc diamcterof cirdc C
l' _
8
I
9 ' 8 1
2'l
9t
7" Theareaofthebasc
of the cubc
t is a positive intcger..
4
1:j
i'
k
LABC is equilateral.Line Q is parallel to side BC

and line rn is parallel to side A C .
3.
rs
r
(0.82)6
J:
60
Forall real numbcrs a, lel a..:
10.
r ) s ) 0
4.
(0.82F(0.82P
((-t;';'
| - a.
2'
r.t
C'O ON TO TlrE NEXT PAGE"
A if tk quantity in Column A is greater;

B if thc quanrityin Column B is greater;
if thc two quanritics are equal;
D if rhcrclationshipcannot bc derermincdfrom thc informatioagiven.
Column A
Column B
ColumnA
Column B
Team X scored p points more than ream I, and

thc two teamstogetherscoreda total of l0 points.
13. Twice the number of
points team I scored
1o-p
(-r-l)(x)(.r+l)
(x)(x{x)
I A
The areasof the two shadedregionsof the circle are

equai"
The areaof unshaded
region .d of the circle
t2
The area of unshaded

region I of the circle
.r*0
r.
*y.
,
The areaof
APpS is a5.
x
t ) . The Iength of
lrl
segment PS
The length of
segmen! S.R
GO ON TO THE ].IEXT PAGE.
62
Dxrecrioar: Erch of th Qrcstions 1630 basfive :rrlrqêrfuiccs. hr eachof tbcscqucstiong

sclcctthc bcsr of thc
ffi&bagirrcnt
16. fq a ccrair Sop, notcbooksthat normallyscll for

59 ccaBcacbare on saleat 2 for 99cents,How
mrrh canbc sarrcdUVpurclasing l0 of thescnotebookr at tb salcpricc?
(A) $0.r5
19. If thc alrage(arithmcticmcan) of 5 consccutive

intcprs is 12,what is thc surnof thc has aod grcatcst ofthc 5 intcgcrs?
(A) 24
(B) 14
!'
(B) 50.95
{c) 31.10
(D) il.t5
(c) 12
(D, rr
'
(E}10.
G) S2.m
17. Whichof Sc followingis a solutionto
x*x2:l?
r0,/.
(A) -l
(B)
0
I
20. What is thc pcrimcter of the rcctangh shonra above?
(c) *
L
(D)
(A) 14
(B) 24
(c) 28
(D) 38
(E) 48
@) Nonc of the above

A
16. In tlrc figureabove, AB is e linc scgmert.Wbat is

thcvalrrcol'lfz
x +y
(A)
(B)i
(c) *
co);!
c)*
63
Questions2l-25 rcferto thc followingchart.

PROFILE OF CONGRESSIN YEAR X
(total membership: 535)
House of
Represcntatives
Housc of
Representatives
Scnate
Profession
Party
292,..
143...
Democratic
Republican.
4 T S" .
...Total
........
........
.[-awyer
....63
215...
8 l . . . . . . . B u s i n e sEsx e c u t i voer B a n k e r . . .. . . . . 1 5
45....
.-.... 5
......Educator....
.....6
14....
.FarmerorRancher
2 2 . . . . . . . . C a r e e rG o v e r n m eO
n ft f i c i a l . . . . . . . -. 0
24 . . Journalistor CommunicationsExecutive... 4
.....Physiciaa..... ,....0
2.....
1 .....
. . . V e t e r i n a r i a n . . . . . . . . . . I. . . . .
....Geologist..... ....2
0.....
6 . . . . . . W o r k e ro r S k i l l c dT r a d e s p e r s o. .n. . . . . 0
..........3
25....
Other.
62
38
. . . . .m n
Sex
418...
1 7 .. . "
...Male
. Female
t00
0
Age
27.".,
77....
48".
Youngest.
.Oldest
.Average (arithmetic mcan)
34
80
54
Ethnic Group
l7 ....
2.....
4....
Religion
255"".
1 0 7 " ."
1 8 ."
4 .. " . .
51".."
.Protestant
. Catholic
.. Jewish.
... .. Mormon....
. Other
Sctrate
69
l2
)
..BlackAmerican.
.AsianAmerican.
.HispamcAmerican
i
5
1
J
ll
GO ONTO THE NEXT PAGE.
21. In thc Scnate, if 25 malc members were rcplaced by

25 fcnalc memben, tbc ratio of male membcrs to
fcmslc membcrs would bc
24. If all lawfcrs and all wotrtelg in the Housc of Reprc*ntatiws votc for thc passa$ of a bill, how many
Bore votcs will bc ncsdcd fs a maFrity?
(A) 4!o I
{B) 3tol
(C) 3to2
{D) 2tol
(E) ltol
(A) 435
(8) 2n
{c)
(D) 0
(E) It cannotbc detsmincd from tlecinformation
grcn.
Approximarclywhat pcrctot of thc membersof

Congressarc lawyers?
Waichof thc following cao be infcrred from the

informationgirtn in thc chart?
(A) 63%
I. More than 80 pcrccntof themcn #b"ogro

cre mcmbersof th Hoosc of Reore*ntaliras.
n. The percentdmesrbcrs who ara-etcgizcd as
farmcn or raqchcrsis grcater for,il*=Feus of
-han
Representativcs
for the Sod-,
m. Tbc mcdianagein thc Scnareis S};.l i'
@) s8%
tct s6%
(D) s2%
{E' 4e%
23. lf 5 senatorsare CatholicDcrrocrats, how many
scnatorsare neithcr Catholic nor Dcmocratic?
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(D
(A) ?e
(B) 74
(c) 69
(D) 3l
(E) 2l
I only
II otrty
III only
I and II
I and III
65
26.lf xy* O,+

(^)
29. lf x > 0 and .y > 0, which of the followingis

equivaleutto
-*
c'i --r
G )l , - ,
[It
/v x'
(A) I
(' Dy ) 1x - yI
F ' * - |,
vx
(B)
(c)
f:
(D)+
Jx
2't. The number0.01is how manytimesasgreatas the
I
) ---=
number(0.0001)2
?
(A) ld
(B) lo{
JU,
(c) 106
(D) td
G) t0r0
The cos! in dollars, of manufacturing x refrigerators is 9,000 * 400x. The amount receivedwhen
sclling these x refrigerators is 500.r dollan Whar is
the least atrmLrerof refrigerators that must be manufactured and sold so that the amount receivedis ar
leastequal to the manufacturing cost?
(A) r0
28" A certaincakc recipcstatesthat the cakc should be

bakd in a pan 8 inchesin diameter.If Jlrleswans
to usethe recipeto makea cakcof the samedepth
but'12incbesin diameter,by what factor shouldhe
multiply the recipeingrcdieoa?
(B) 18
(c) 45
(D) e0
(E) roo
(^)2i
@) z!1
(c)'i
(:D) l;
rerrj
66
"1
v-.
FOR GENERAL TEST I ONLY

Ansrcr l(cy mO Fercoatager.d Eranrlrpor Arrrrcrlng EechQrcotf,onCorncdy
4tfnlArm^lt'rt
l*!rl
Har
I
2
3
4
5
A
B
8
E
D
90
82
81
T7
70
6
7
8
C
C
D
62
I
96
t
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
'r9
c
c
r
2
A
D
3
4
5
6
7
8
A
E
E
A
C
8
A
A
E
B
A
&t
il8
,15
46
39
36
35
B
A
I
B
o
o
2
2
N
A
S
a
z7
n
a
30
78
1t
3l
32
E
ts
36
35
35
A
4
D
'Efud
18
21
26
51
il8
89
87
69
52
68
8S
86
78
6
7
8
rl8
71
70
E
B
E
A
E
3
3
3
12
6
57
I
21
2
A
21
A
z1
2.
A
D
c'
B
A
e6
33
el
.16
5t
62
50
B
C
E
D
C
11
1
2
13
11
1
5
B
A
E
D
o
B
A
6S
P
D
B
D
B
4
1
1
1
1
A
21
2
a
21
6
31
3
3
31
3
6
7
E
9
1
35
58
97
&
5l
71
68
$
78
A
D
B
6
z
A
A
$
A
C
B
D
C
18
77
t8
19
20
6
63
EI
ott
75
B
21
5
c'
,.
36
3V
38
E
B
E
58
30
4
6
31
D
D
E
36
6
19
P+
tL)
84
79
76
CT
1
2
3
4
5
6l
60
4E
6
7
8
9
6
7
F
&
:,
L.bt
kffi
8a
6
87
g)
71
rc
e
50
xrsr
L3l|r
1
2
3
r
5
C
A
C
B
A
8
7
8
9
1
B
B
D
A
c
1
1
1
1
1
l
2
3
4
5
D
D
C
D
S
E
E
D
A
B
81
83
63
B
C
B
E
D
g2
90
71
58
71
21
2
,
A
21
6
C
D
E
A
E
47
3
11
19
17
75
1
1
1
1
2
N
S
6
7
8
9
3E
t9
a2
a
&
88
80
TI
71
7l
B
D
D
E
A
84
5E
5rl
63
3t
8
E
D
P+ br |he $qp oadamios rfio look the GF Gr|oral Ted in a rcsnl hr-!,ar prid
67
8
E
B
4
Pr
94
gt
&5
76
84
gl
72
51
Q,
p,
49
57
&r
rt
a
s
1
2
3
I
5
EI
6
7
8
I
t0
A
A
I
B
E
&t
tl
12
t3
11
15
1C
77
r8
l9
21
2.
za
21
6
E
E
D
D
A
A
B
A
B
D
D
E
B
45
8S
6e
52
81
6S
E8
*7
A
EI
,f5
50
gl
6t}
a
$
5l
51
3n
91
E1
72
xl
79
2
3
a
3
a
0
c
D
6
T
8
'
E
A
8
A
E
7t
76
7!
5S
r
r
1
t E
2 8
9 c
50
rl8
3tf
g7
'E
,11
ts
E.
j,i.lrr.
16
8..: s
7
7
4
a
1
8
D
E
t
0
B
a
a
tl
" a
21
a6
c
z
a
21
6
c
o
I
C
,f0
3
5C
60
SCORE
COHVEBSIO}IS
FORGE}IERAL
TEST
1 OXLY
AND
THEPERCEIITS
BELOW'
Trtd
Rtt
tcn
tcdla
Srort
7+76 EM
n
n
71
70
7S
7m
760
750
6'
68
67
66
65
61
dl
62
61
60
74
7g)
Tfr
710
700
680
6-/0
050
650
640
50
56
57
56
56
5a
53
52
5l
50
*
Lh
fr!ryH
*dd
S.|t
*
lltoil
s9
99
JI
36
35
34
33
99
98
$
97
s
$
95
93
9?
90
&l
87
E6
u0
8il
81
79
76
71
a1
fit
86
66
Yrrtd
R r Scdd
*
Saon sceil Llor
39
38
99
600
600
590
5S
570
s60
550
540
5tl0
&llffirr
Ecdrd
I
s.ar
l*r
30
n
2E
800
8m
8m
E00
790
7W
n0
760
74{t
730
7m
6
25
24
97
J'
97
97
95
ci
92
21
c)
s
u
82
8m
19
18
17
16
15
11
il9
1E
17
il6
15
u
,B
12
11
1t)
5S
520
510
490
180
170
il60
61
51
58
53
50
17
43
460
150
110
,m
37
710
7m
BO
680
570
660
650
640
630
620
80
79
7t
/J
m
68
66
61
M
8S
8m
I&
760
750
n0
710
7m
680
670
98
Y/
rrx)
1m
31
31
tf10
48
390
380
380
370
360
350
n
25
n
m
20
17
15
13
340
3m
330
320
310
310
300
290
2W
2m
1l
11
9
6
6
6
5
1
3
3
?70
260
260
250
24
n8
no
t' r :I 12 1 0
1 r I 210
1 0 I m0
e l -&
93
90
8!)
85
E l 200
7 lN
e l m
; l m0
'Pmt
t
t
I
,I
610
600
580
570
il
550
510
530
s20
s00
,r90
$0
470
4s0
140
420
110
390
380
370
3fl)
340
320
300
290
270
260
240
t
I
1
200
200
200
200
200
60
58
53
5t
48
16
/A
41
39
34
32
3t
21
Z3
660
640
630
610
5S0
5e)
560
550
530
520
str
190
1g)
/$n
81
OY
63
60
((
\a
46
43
?7
32
28
25
1q
150
{30
4A)
12
11
I
4m 1 <
390 1 3
3E0 l z
17
7
360
6
350
4
330
3
320
2
310
l
300
1 2 9 0
1
279
l
260
1 240
19
I
8
D
1
I
?
2
1
,!
96
aq
e2
o!.rfirtrt
A'|ttllcd
3.dd
ta Set8d %
Sco.r Edsr *an
Belor
; l
200
1
I
1 2 3 0 1
1
m
l
1 2 0 0 1
1 2 0 0 1
t 2 0 0 I
l m o
1
sdiD8 below tlp rcaled sqe is based on the perfomane of 1,135,982 examins who tmk the
Cesal Test bctwen Oaober l, 1989, and September 30, 1992. This percenr belry information h used tor
rorc rcports dsrint th 1993-9,t t$tint year.
68
Numbcn:
Figurcs:
f,
SECTION 2
Trme-30 minutes
30 Questions
t.:
$'
+
*
*
3_
AII numbcn usedarc rcal numbers.

Position of points,anglcs,regions,etc. cen bc assumcdro bc in the ordcrrhown;and
arylc rnca3unet,
can bc assumcdto bc positiw.
Lines shownas straightcanbe assumedto bc strsight.
Figurescan bc assumedto lie in a planc unlessothcrwiscirdicated.
Figuresthat accompanyquestiomare intendedto providcinformatioauscful
in answeringthc qucstionr' Ho*sver, unlessa note.statesthat a figure is aranq t" r*rl,
shouldsolvethesc"probl".,
i",
lor uy estimatingsizesby sight or by mcasirrement,bur by usinj iour tnoylcdgc of matbcmatics(scc
Example2 bclow).
i.'
f.
$.
*
#,
.:
:;
il
'i
Dircctions: Eachof thc Qrrcsli-ons

l-J5,consisr of two quanriric, ooc in CotumnA and onc in'(loilum; B- you
rrc to comparcthe two quantiTcsaniGhoorc
{ thc quanrityin ColumnA is greater;
{ thc q'uantit}in CotumnB is ireatec
:{ rhe two quantiticsare egual;
if thc relarionshipcannotf,c dctcrmiocdfrom thc inforrnationgiwn.
Sine thereare ontyfour choices,NEVER MARK (E).
:
l\
!
I
D
Notc:
Common
iiGlililtion: Ia a qucstion'informatioaconccrningon or botb of tb qrnntitiesto becompelpd

is ccnrcrcdabow
the two
columns.A symboltlar appean in both c.otu-* i.pre*il-tn"
docsin Colurnnf,.
Example l:
o*
thias in ColumnA ar it
Column A
ColumnB
Samol,e Alsrcn
2X6
2+6
o(D@@(D'
lti
*
*.
t:
Examplcs24 referto A p@R.
3
g;
F
i,
';
x
;
a
Examplc 2:
@@@(D(D
(rincc equal rDcesurqi crnoot
bc rssumed, even &ough Pil
nd NQ apparcqual)
Examph 3:
@(D@@@
(sincc ff is bctrrccDP rd Q,
Eramolc4:
w*z
180
@@(D@(D
(sinccPO is a straightlir)
75
A if tbc guantityin ColumnA is Featcr;

B if tbc quantity in Column B is grca&r;
if thc two quEntitic areequal;
D if tbe relationshipcannotbc determinedfrom the informationgiven.

Column A
C-ohuan B
Qslpmn A
Pat is older t.han [.ce, and l.ee is youngcr than

Maria.
2.
Maria's age
Column B
x + y
Pat's age
3x
A farmer has two large plots of land that are equal

in area. Tbc hrst is divided into 16 parcelswith
n acres in cach and the sccond is divided into
20 parccls with zr asres in each.
3.
x > l
4.
x -4
-2
PORS is a parallclogram.
Rectangular region R has width 8 aad perimeter 40"

5.
The area of rt
256
6.
4nz
(2n+t)(?;t-t)
^s
The sum of all the

integersfrom 19 to
59, inclusive
v
Thesumof all tbe
integersfrom 22 to
60.inclusive
a and 6 are both gr"ater than 0 and lessthan L

a2+b2
s * b
76
a:
E;
ts
*
:i
l;
A if tbe quantity ia Column A is greatcr;

B if thc quentity in Cotumn B is &earcr;
I ,
if the two guantitica arc equal;
L
D if thc rrlationship cannot bc dctcrmirrcd fron tbc idorbrrion
r
;*.
c
Colrmn A
given.
Column B
Cohlnn A
Coltrmn B
The equationof the tmegraphcd on tb rctangular

coordinatcsysfsmabovcis:
r:$+:
2
{ 2Gfoot bddcr lcaning against a vcrtical erll wirh
tbc bascof th laddcr l0 fcct from thc yall is rulbd
2 fect fartbcr out from th wall, caucing
- tn" top
- -- "f
thc ladder to drop r foct.
O > a > b
@D2
#
F
lle
GO ON TO THE NE)il PAGE.
7'l
,'
m"R$ff.a*oo*
l6
to* hasfiveanswer
choices'
Foreachof these
quesrions,
setect
rhebesrof
If th" olT rax on aDapplianccpried ar $300is

between5 pcrccntand 8 percent,thenth cost (price
plus salestax) of thc appliancecould be
(A)
(B)
(c)
(D)
(E)
17.
If an integer l, is subtractd f.;1"

the result is
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
$3t0
$312
$314.
S3tE
1325
points R and T. The maximum possib,le

disiance
betweenRandlis
4x
tx
lOx
I2r
(A) I
(B)
a
(c) :
(D) 4
(E) 4 n
G) nx
It.
equal ro x
Iessthan 0
lessrhan x
greater than 0
greater rhan x
20.A circle with radius 2 is inrersecredby a line ar
Wx + (3x + 5.r)J- (3x * 5x) :
(A)
(B)
(O
(D)
inteser .r and
of the following is rheprdrcr of rwo posi_

lt{fi
u\c mtcgcfi whoscstm is 3 ?
(A)
(B)
(c)
(D)
0
I
2
3
(E)4
&
78
Qucstions2l-25 refer to tbc following graph3
r ,
I.-i
l -.;
INCOMEAND EXPENDITURES
OF AN INTERNATIONALSEIVICE AGET{CY..-,i5.,191
:
Expenditurcs .r;i- ;, "r-
Incomc
Individuals
Governments
Other than the
United States
0.9.h
United Statcs
Government
26.6%
Special
Fund-raising
Projects
28.0%
Contriburcd
Commoditics
lg.50h
Total : $60 million
Corporations ExPenditures'
1.9% Transmitted to
Otlrcr Ageocies
4.3%
i
I
Total = $6Omillion
E
B
:
I
a
i
GO ON TO THE NE}ff PAGE.
79
21"Approximately how much of the agencT'sin@me

was providod by contributed commodities?
(A)
{B)
{C}
(D)
(E)
(39Io
of thc ascrrcy'srefugeebousingexpen{, i
ditures,' )I of its cmergcncyworters expenairures,
I
of its commodities expcndirurts, and
of its posti
disaster assistance expenditures werc directly related
to one earthquake. The total ofthese expenditures
was approximately how many miilions of dollan?
(A) s
most nearly equal to tk average(arithmctic mean)

expenditures pcr category was
(B) 1
(c) e
(D) ll
(E) l3
refugee housing
emergencyworkers
postdisaster assistance
new investments
commodities
25. Of the follo*ing, which is the closcstapproximation to the percent of freight expendituresNOT
covered by freight reimbursemcnt income?
23. Incomc from which of the following souroeswas
(A) l20h
(B) 28Yo
most nearly equal to $2.9 million?

(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
fE)
Sl2 millisa
$14 million
$15 million
$17million
$19 mrUi,on
22 Of the foIowing; the category that had expenditurcs
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
@)
yeal
(c) 350h
(D) 390h
(E) 723h
Unitd Stalcs government

Freigbt rcimbursernert
Investment
Individuals
Corporations
GO ON TO THE }IEXT PAGE.
80
t
+
r
*
28. A wid* rcivcd of hct htisband,sestrtc, and
{
eachof ba rh*r;
rceilld
**
brhoe. If
I
thc widow sd onc of br sm rcceiwd a t6l of
$60,000frm thc 6tatc, what *as th amouatof
the cstatc?
(A) Seq000
(B) S96,000 ,
26. ln thcfigurabove,ifx : ll0 and ! : lg,

tbcn z :
(A)
(B)
(c)
(D)
(g $16,m0
(D) Sl35;m,,'.
l0
40
50
60
29. If tl4:
(E")ru
27. What is theareaof thc triangularregionabove?
30. If x =0.88E,/:.r,638t,
and z:(O.gggf,
then which of thc following is true?
24
30
40
48
60
(A)r<y<z
( B )x < z < y
(O y < x <z
@)y<z<x
(E)zcx<y
8l
0, which of the foflowingmuc.|'&Lf
( A )- r : 2 a n d y : 3
( B )r : 2 e d y * 3
(C)_r:0ady:Q
@)x: -2 ad !:3
( E ) x : - 2 a n dy * 3
t0
(A)
(B)
(c)
(D)
(E)
G) stag6s
SECTION3
Trme-30 minutes
25 Questions
Drcctionsi Eachqucstionor group of questionsis basedon a pessagc
or setof conditions.In answcringsomeof the
questions,it rnay bc usefulto drav a rougb cEagam.For eachquestion,selcctthe bestanswerchoicegiven.
Qucstions l{
3. If act R must perforrn in one of tle rings at the

samctirne that act T performs in tbe other ring,
which of tbe following must be the second act in
nngl?
A circus Eunager urust divide eglrt circus acts-F,

L,
M, O, & I X, znd Z-into two groups of four acts
each, onc group scheduled to paform, one act at a time,
in ring I and tbe other group'scteduled to perfor4 also
onc a,t at a time, in ring 2. All acts take equqlly long to
perform, and every act that takes place in one of the
rings must bc scheduled for exactly tbc sane time slot
as an act tbat takes place in tbe other ring. fiie schedule
must also conform to the follorving conditions:
(A) F
(B) L
(C) M
(D)o
(E) Z
4. If the order, from first to last, ofcircus acts in ring 2

is O, )i, t M, which of the following is al acceptable order ofacts in ring l, also from first to last?
Act F must take place in one of the rings at the

same time that act M takes place in the other
ring.
Act L must take place in onc of the rings at the
same time that act O takes placc in the other
ring.
Act R must take placc in tbe samc ring as act F.
Act T must take place in the same ring as act O.
Act X must be the secord act that tokes place in
ring 2.
(A)nR,L,Z
(B) L, Z, F, R
(c) L, z, R, F
P)2, L, R R
(E) Z, R, L, F
If act F must pcrform bcfween acl X and act R
in ring 2, which of the following must be rhe first act
in ring I ?
l. Which of the following witbout regard to the order

in which thy will bc pcrformd coutd be the group
of acts to be schcduted for performance in ring I ?
(A)
(B)
{C)
(D)
(E)
(A) L
(B) M
(c) o
F, I" M, and T
F, I. O, ard R
L, M, O, and T
M, O, I and Z
O, R, I and Z
(D) T
F)z
If act T must take place in ring I immediately after
act F and immediately before act R. which act
must be the third act in ring 2 ?
If act T performs in ring l, which of the following

acts must perform in ring 2 ?
(A)r
(A) F
(B} L
(B) M
(c) o
{c) M
(D) R
(E' z
(D) T
@)z
82
Time-30
*inut",
30 Questions
Numbcrs:
dll urrnlsJi uscd are rcal numbcn
Figurer:
Position of points" anglcs, rcgions, etc. c8n bc sssumedto bc in tbc ordcr shown; and angle measures
can be assumedto bc positirc.
Lincs ghowa as straigbt can be essumcd to be straigbt.
Figurcr can bc assumcd to lic in a planc unless otherwisc indlntcd.
Figures that accompany questions are intended to providc information useful in answering the questions. Howevcr, unlc*s a Dote statesthat a frgurc is drawn to scale,you should solve these problerns
NOT by cstimating sizesby siglt or by measurement,but by using your knowledge of mathematics (see
r
Example 2 bctow).
Directions: Each of thc Qucstionsl-15 consistsof two quantities,one in Column A and one in Column B. You
arc to conpare tbc two {G-nriGi?hoosc
A
B
C
D
Note:
if
if
if
if
tbe quantity in Column A is grcater;

tbe rclationship cannot be determined from tbe information given.
Sincethereare only four choiccs,NEVER MARK (E).
Conmon
--t,-
Iilorlnatron:
In a question,information cooccrningone or both of the quantitieslo be compared is centeredabove

the two columns.A symbot thrt appcars in both columnsrcprescntsthe samething in Column A as it
doesin Column B.
"r-lgegb!
ColumnA
Column B
2x5
2 +6
o @ @ @ @
NQ
@ @ @ (D @
Sample Answen
Examples24 referto A PpR.
Elgsils-a
be assumed,even tbough P
and /fQ appear equal)
Example3:
@(t@@@
(sinccN is betweenP and Q)
Exanple 4:
lE0
w+ z
@@(D@@
94
t
i
fd
K
ry
!.
A
B
E,
*
Column A
ColumnB
Colnma A.
t-
s-1
2. T\e averag(arithmtic.
mean)of87,95, and 130
!:
1-5
f=la"na
t
+
j-
i-:,iitf;l.:
.,'1,-ar'
.,.9t t.,
The timethat it tak6

Lila to drive240mites
at a speodof 40 milcs
per hour
{ -t6
r80
t-05
Ms. Rogers bought an elqctric rangc on the instaltmcnt plan. The cash pricc of the range was $4O0.
The amount shc paid was $120 down and
l2 monthly payments of $28 eact.
5. The amount she paid for
thc electric range in cxccss
ofthe casb price
$56
6 is -r perccntof 24.
y is 25 percentof96.
2x*y<3
x>2
Circle with center O

6. The lengthof
chord PQ
?..
a >0
Tbeararage(aritbdb.
mean)of88,95,atd 129
r- 5#V
3. Tbc time that it tatcc

Jim to drive 300miles
at a speedof 52 milcs
pcr hour
C'o ON TO THE NE)ff PAGE.
The lcngth of
chord XI
95
A if tbe guantity in Column A b grcater

B if thc quentity in Column B is grcatcr;
if tle tyo quantitics are equa\
D il the rcletionship cannot bc dctcrmioed from the information givcnCohrmn B
Qslumn A
Column B
Column A
r f ) 0
3t+4r
r + t
The perimeter of square S is equal to the perimeter oftbe rectangleabove.
x * 3
The length of a
side of S
0 < a < b < c

12.
z - x
a
a
C is a circle with radius 3
| -1..
The ratio of the

circumfercnce of C
to tlre.diarneter of C
95
B
{:
s
b
F
*^r$"oflic
tD?enss,ttcnorcc8grtn.
QucstiouslG3o hasfiw answtf,choioes.For d
:
;:
of the qr*s&"c schq3tbo 5g4 of
g
*-s
--l-
lo.
2 =
:::-''
i "-
19. If .r2 + 2rl + y2 :9,

l
'
I
r,
':'
:
,'
thcn (.r * .yt' :
q"
.
i.
(A) 3
(B) .r8
(qn
tD).36
(E) 8l
(A) I
t(
(B)T(ct s
(D) 8
(s) 15
17- What is 0.423658roun& ro rh nearest
tbousandth?
(A) A.42
(B) 0.423
{q 0.424
(D) 0.4236
1V10.4237
I tb ratangplarcoordinate systcn abore,

if x :4.8, th y :
It- If 3(-r * 2) = x - 4, tben x :
(A) 3.0
(A) -5
(B) -3
(c)
{D)
{E)
(B) r.z
(c) 3.4
I
3
(D) 3.6
(E) 3.t
GO OT{ TO TTTENEff
PACE.
Questions2l-25 refcr to thc following Sraphs

NATIONAL HEALTH EXPENDITURESFOR COUNTRY X, 1975.1986
( I billion : 1,000,000,000)
Total National Health Expenditures
(in billionsof dollars)
t40
Private vs. Public National Health Expendinrres

as a Percentof Total National Health Expenditures
r30
80
7A
t2a
60
50
,lt)
il0
30
100
20
90
t0
S33$$1""\"i+i{t-"i
80
70
National Health ExpenditurePer Capita

(in dollan)
600
60
500
50
400
40
300
30
200
20
100
l0
l0
98
21. For how many of &c yearsshownwasthc amount

of private lrealth experdituresat leastdoubte tlre
snount of public bcalthcxpenditures?
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
If -r is thenrmttr on thc numbertine betwca

5 and 15tbat b nrice asfar tioil 5 as from 15.
thcn "r is
Nonc
One
11ro
Thrce
Four
(A) s?3
(B) t0
(C)lll '_,'-,';''
?2. t! shich of th yearsfrom 1975thro,oh 19g6nas

tk national health expenditureper caiita mosc
n1'r-ry oqual to half th pcr capiia expenditurpfor
t9E4?
(D)l?*,-
"'
":'jii:i:'i
..
r-'ti
(cl
n.
t979
(D) 1980
(E',' yn2
t::. i:
r #*'i,
n,h$'l
(A) r975
(B) ,9n
, *ui
t".
.lji&'+t."
:.
.&.q
Janehascmc&4Cma asmany*Canndien
ar:ac
Canadian
srdfr*b hercolhcti6,ir.
Whbh of rhe
betbcnuiber of etamgoin
lolowing_CANf,{OT
Jane'scolkrdodl
{
q&c following which is the bestapprcximation of

thc perccotincreasein tbc national h;aftb expcndi_
ture per capirafrom l98l to t9g2?
(A)
(B)
(c)
(D)
(E)
{A) 35%
(B) n%
(c) frt/o
e6
80
72
6E
54
r.j
(D) t0%
(E) 5%
Oftb following which is closestto the amounl of
publb national heatthexpenditues,in billions of
doilars, in 1980?
(A)
(B)
{c)
{D)
(E)
Cio ON TO THE NE)ff PAGE.
25
30
35
4s
70
25. It can bc inferred from the graphsthat in lg77 tk
poprrlation of Country X, in millions, wasclosestto

(A) 120
(B) t50
(c) reo
(D) 240
(E) 250
99
29. A distillate flows into an mpty 64-gatlon drum at

spout I and out of the drum at spout 8. If &e
rate of flow through 'l is 2 gallons pcr hour, how
many gallons per hour must flow out at spout .8 so
that the drum is full in exactly 96 hours?
(A)i
28" In the figure above, if the area of t}le smaller square
(B)
region is i ttrc area of the larger squarc region, then
(c)?
the diagoial of tbe larger square is how many inches
longer than the diagonal of the smaller square?
(o)1
G)3
'.l.tJz-t
(')i
5
(c) 2
farmer has two rectangularfields- The larger field

FOle
has twice the lengrh and 4 rimes the *idth of the
smallerfield.If tbesmallerfieldhasarea K. rhen

theareaofthe largerfieldis greaterthan the areaof
thesmallerfi.ld !L&"t *jluniT
@[#
(A)
(B)
(c)
fD)
(E't
(E' ,/2
100
2K
6K
7K
8X
t2K
a
a-_l
F
g
FOR GENERALTEST2 ONIY
3l
Answer Key end Percentqgesr of F*arnineer Answering Each QUestion Correcdy
-7
{trnrfmnftrgury
Srcds| t
lfor$.r lE t
-r
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
1
7
1
't1
1
1
1
0
t
2
3
5
8
7
1 8
1
9
A
0
A
C
E
8
0
C
B
E
D
0
E
D
C
8
B
E l
A
79
95
88
75
56
g7
42
a2
ET
EE
a
66
3A
35
27
n
72
78
52
48
2't
2
A
2
X
A
C
B
C
E
'D
8
B
4
8
47
59
94
8t
80
82
0
0
42
36
73
26
2
z
2
3
31
,
4
7
A
9
0
3
s
e c
t A
3
3
0
5
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
I
79
73
47
32
to
t
11
1
1
1
1
1
1
r
1
n
21
2
N
2
2
2
o
2
3
4
5
8
7
8
9
,
4
5
6
2 A
2 9
3 0
31
Q
3
.
0
0
A
E
C
E
B
E
B
c
0
D
E
E
A
8
E
c
D
A
A
O
A
E
8
C
A
0
c
E
O
8
76
70
57
72
63
55
5a
80
83
E6
7C.
52
51
*t
26
25
3{
T?
,15
36
mlai
lilsrt.
r
2
1 8 2
3
I 7 8
4
l o
I E ' 65
1 7 6
7
l n
l e . 8
1 9
Srtu 3
P+
A
e,
C
&)
B
TI
A
s
c
79
6
A
B
n
7
.
8
B - ,e6
a . {
0
t2
9
D J 5 0
A
8t
, 1 0
A 1 . 5 6 rlo
8
,
'
:
t.,
I
t
c
f.s
:11 ,'C.
8l
12
B' [ . ' 3 8 t t 2
D
4'
13
[ } , . : l.;,Ol
1
3
A
ar
11
B , . rl \ E l
.71
D
3E'
1
5
C l z 2 .r5
0.
30
1
2
3
4
5
8
D
A
D
B
l s )
t:'
.. .. '. 71 76
,:.1E
1
9
2
0
0
D
C
5
0
21
2
.
N
2
4
2
5
A
D
B
E
8
2
2
C
4
92
a
79
59
6
73
55
96
82
a.
lruYTICtttt{JTY
t!3llor t
l+
'
6
7
n
c
E
320 s
E
-,
| !1,1
79
78
71
n2
&,
73
52
&
61
52
I
l4
l GI
1
1
a
21
z
A
a
g
8
9
A
8
21
E
2
z
A
6
7
B
D
a.
s
s
7l
33
8l
wl
a
A
C
C
E
A
5A
r oc
!-
lm?
2
3
.
t rddI
lctI|'
F+
I|!S.r
f 7 3 l
8 l 6 s1
E l s 21
C l 8 a1
lC.
l 1 el
. . 8 :l s o1
'1. *r-' ..J*
'l'-" l, &l 1
f
rt! 1
,$ '..-'*"'Br tt"8 l
19 :- ;oj t - 8 r
l t
5
g
F
\/
7
8
e
o
[ir
1 1 1
[.,Ga
1
1
2
1 3 i ' E - P-6t 1 1 3
*,,;+':.
ll i*$ i'
1{
l"',aE.I 1 4
15 - ..,j
-'.,\
_ irl:r
L''5s lt r i
l e . ' ' .BD i . 1 1 6
r7
s t77
"A
t8.
l::si i 1 8
'
a 1
1 9 . C
f r '
c '
4A n
21
A
tl
21
rl
Z
B
2
A
E
58
n
,t6
21
l}.
2
6
E
2A
2
P+
l!illt
l
2
3
4
.
4
5
B
0
E
E
90
79
38
5A
75
60
7f
TI
50
o
c
D
E
B
E
E
I
A
A
v,
st
52
78
35
5l
A
C
B
E
58
43
38
61
rts
C
9
s8
c
c
E
8
60
68
41
45
F
a'
a
t:
B
5e
n
I
i
35
a
63
34
g7
38
37
3
5
A
3
6
C
26
3
6
D
31
3
7
C
27
3
7
E
27
3
8
A
m 3 8 A
26
'Eslirnated P+
fot the group ol erarniroas who loot he GFE GeneralTes| in a rceoi ttrE+year porin
I
b
i
ti
ffi
,:"t
IUI
' t-
"
SCORE
SOTIVERSTOI{S
FORGEI{ERAITEST2 OIILY
TXOTHEPEBGE}ITS
BELOW'
R|t
Scn
Y.ttrl
I
E hf
Scrr erbr
72-76 &
71 7S
70 n0
orn't}Strt i farryticrt
Sc|tdt *
Ssrtd %
Scorc lrtor Scfi g!t!r
&r
$oit
99
39
ao
aa
17
36
69
6E
67
56
65
6il
750
740
730
7A
710
7ql
6m
570
6 1 l 560
50 1 650
640
1 5 8 630
l| s- -7 6 1 0
I 600
l r " 5$
l s 4 580
1 5 3 570
52
560
(t
550
50 5rt0
t :
tl6
45
44
43
41
4B
?t
qA
97
96
95
91
93
33
5t
JI
39
Qt
29
28
an
s
800
96
87
e&
E00
800
790
780
96
96
c)
o1
n0
750
710
730
7'.'z9
710
I
8E
E7
l',
{9
4E
47
99
n30
(x
510
500
4S
470
460
458
u0
430
82
m
78
73
aa
69
66
63
60
50
47
43
40
27
34
700
690
680
570
560
650
E40
630
620
600
25
?1
23
22
21
t(
lo
E3
EI
18
17
16
79
n
75
73
71
63
67
65
62
58
800
800
800
790
7m
750
710
720
710
700
590
oo
430
420
410
400
390
380
370
360
350
350
34
31
28
25
23
?0
18
t5
13
13
590
580
570
550
550
540
5?C
5!0
500
4S
56
53
51
49
46
44
39
37
34
32
670
660
650
630
520
610
500
584
570
550
84
81
8B
75
73
70
67
62
59
53
340
330
324
3i0
310
300
290
260
?80
27A
11
9
E
7
7
5
1
3
3
2
180
170
160
440
130
420
410
q00
30
n
25
?1
19
17
16
14
11
t0
540
520
510
500
480
179
150
1rt0
1m
4r0
50
45
12
33
33
30
26
73
19
17
390
3S
3S0
310
??n
14
2ffi
?s
250
230
99
99
I4
Y5
1?
97
ta
Vf
11
94
92
91
89
10
bl
Yarbrl
0mdifrirr
t8rltlical
Scehd .L S8|lrd
% Sc.lqt
9l
Scon Stlsr Scoc Sdsr Scnn ialr
7
6
G5
'Percenl
u0
?00
200
2J9
200
20r
?c0
2AC
231
380
370
fl
I
1
1
1
1
1
1
'I
30
??n
J ' g
3m
280
3
1
1
?40
220
210
20c
?c[
2C0
?00
1
1
32t)
300
290
280
?60
250
240
tl
I
7
b
f,
?
J
2
1
'l
?lo
'l
?10
20c
K o t i n t b e l o u t h e s c a l e d s c o r e i s b e s e d o n f h e p e r l o . r a n c e o i g - 5 4 , 9 - o 5e \ ? h i n e e s s h o
look the cenerat
Test belwteo Octobr 1, I 987, rod Seplember 30, I 990. This perceil beiow Iniorrraiion i!
used ior score reporrs
durrng the I 99 1-9? test, nt year.
r 08
i._
Numbers:
Figurcs:
SECTION2
Time-30 minutes
30 Questions
All numbersusedarc real numbcrs.
Positionof points,angles,regions,ctc.can bc assumed
to bc in thc ordershown;and anglemcasures
can beassurned
to bc positive.
Linesshownasstraightcan bc lssumedto be straight.
Figurescanbeassumed
to tie in a praneunressotherwiscindicated.
Figuresthat accompanyquestionsare intended to provide information useful in
answering the questions. However,Jrnless
a note statesthat a figure is drawn to scale,you should solve thcse-probtims
NoT by e^stimating
sizesby sight or by measi.rrement,
but by using your knowledge of mathernatics(see
Example 2 below).
Directions: Each of thc QuestionsI-15 consistsof two quantitics,one in Column

are to comparc the two quantiticsand choosc
A
B
C
D
Note:
Common
G6Jiillfon:
if
if
if
if
thc quantity in Column A is greatcr;

the two quantitics are cqual;
the relationship ca'not bc dctcrmined from the information given.
Sincetherearc only four choices,NEVER MARI( (E).

In a question'information conccrning one or both of the guantities to be compared
is centeredabove
tbe two columns.A symbol that appeirs in both columns ieprcscntsthe sameitring in
Column A as it
doesin Column B.
E x a m p l el :
Column A
Column B
2x6
2+6
Sample Answers
o @ @ @ @
Exampfes24 referto A ppR.
Examplc 2:
NQ
@@@(D
bc assumed,cven though Py'V
and NQ appcsr equal)
E x a m p l c3 :
@{D@@@
(sincci{ is betweenP and Q)
Examplc 4:
w* z
It0
@@(D@@
l15
K
E;
;
'.!
,t
A if tbe quantity in Cotumn A is greater;

B if the quantity in Column B is lreater;
D if the rclarionshipcannot be determinedfrom the information

given
Column A
Column B
+ 0.9
Column A
9(r.0+ 0.09)
ColurnnB
Let_the"drop" ofa squarebe definedas the

penmeterof the squareminus the length of one
slce.
r:30
r * R:59
The drop of a square

with area 25
,2
R2
(i e Uonu,of$450plus
v a9 percent
increase
! _ 7 x 4
9 N x 9
rn annual salary
.ry
J.
20
A bonusct$500plus
an 8.5percentincrease
in annualsalan'
i.i*l
s
P , Q , R , S . T , a n d U are points on the
circle as shown.
8 . The length of arc peR
Figure I
The length of arc S?"L/
Figure2
0

5. The area ofthe
shaded region shown
in Hgure I
9 . The total number of

liters of water in x
20 liters of water.
and 2r tanks, each
water
Thc area of the

shadedregion shown
in Figure 2
The total nurnberof

liters of'water in x
25 liten of water.
and 2x tanks, each
water
lr6
A
B
C
D
if
if
if
if
the quantity in Cotumn A is greater;

the quantity in Columri B is grearcr;
the relationshipcannot bc determinedfrom the information given"
ColumnA
ColumnB
ColumnA
Column B
(a+bf=49
a b: 1 2
x : l - y
x2+zxy+yz
x + y
(6x + 4)'
U
rc*x:90
y*z:90
10. Theperimererof R.SIU

ll.
(r - 2F
l0
(x + 2)2
(8X16X32X64)
: 2x*v
12. The avemge(arithmetic
mean) of x and y
lr7
Dnctio:s:. Eachof the Qucstions1630 has fivt answerchoices.For cachof thescqucstions,sclectthe bestof tbe
:rnsscrcDorces
8lven.
16. In a ertain class,if tbcre are 35 men and 63 women
thcnthc ratio of men to womenis
D
I
L-----L-
{ ) *
{B)+
19. Thc figurcaboveis a rectangularsolid with
AB : 10, 8C : 10, aad CD : 3. Whatis the
total surfaceareaof tbe figure?
(q;
i") ;
(A) 320
(B) 300
(g 2n
(D) 160
{E) 23
@)l
17. StretsL, M, and nf are straight and leve! and
thcy intersect to-forrn.a triangle. If streets L and
iU intcrscct at a 40o angle and if street ,l/ is perpendicular to strcet M, at q-hat acurc angle do streets
t and nf intersec0
n.
6 x 2 - l S x - 2 1:
(A) 3(2r + 7)(x - t)
(B) 3(2x - 7)(x + l)
(C) 3(2r - l)(x + 7)
@) -9x2 - 2l
@) -9x - 2t
{A) 30"
{B) 35'
{c) 40'
{D} 45'
(E) 50:,
,8 (' - i)1'- *)':

{A}#
p)i
{qi
{")i
c)*
ti8
"*
t
E
&:
F
I
Questions 2 | -25 refer ro the following gfaphs.
L
7-
FARMING IN COUNTRy X: 1940TO t986

FarmPopularim(in millions)
*
n
B
F
:
I
::
i
c
tl
a
t.t
I
&
t5
,t
20
Number of Farms (in millions)
t940
r950
r960
1970
I
| 985
r986
1
AverageFarmSize(in acres)
I
I 950
| 960
1970
t980
l 985
1986
Note: All graphs draw-nto scale.
21. Country X's farm population in t9g6 was aDDroxi-
To.the.nearestI 0 percent,the dccfinein farn population in Country ,y betwcen1950and t960rcorcrnted what perccnrof tbc t950 farm poputation?
mately how many million?
(A) 2 . 5
(B) 5.5
(c) 7.5
(D) 9.0
(E) r0.0
(A)
(B)
(c)
(D)
(E)
t0%
30%
fi%
6%
t50%
22. Tlaedecrease,
in millions,in the numberof farms
from 1950to 1970wasapproximalely
(A)
{B)
{c)
(D)
{E)
t.6
2,0
2.6
3.0
3.6
C'O ON TO THE NEXT PACE"

ll9
24" In Country X, the averagefand sizc ia 1940 was

approximately what fraction of thc average farm size
in 1986?
25. In
Co*ql X hadapproximarely
how many
-1986,
million acresof farmland?
(A) I,100
(B) 400
(C) l,t0
ll
tD)
(E)
3
(A)i
(")3
(q;
t")3
(E)i
r20
!
?
E.
*,
:r
a'
26. lf n. is theaverage(arithmeticmean)of the three
numbers6,9, and ft, whatis thc vaiucof & in
termsof n ?
29. Mary has3 dollan morc than Bi[ has,btrt Sdollan

--lcssthaa Jaac has. If Mary has x dotiars,bow
many dollan do Janeand Bill hare attogithrf
(A) 3n - 15
(A)2x-8
(B)2x-s
(C) 2x -2
(B)n-5
(D) 2.r + 2
(E) 2r-+ e
(On-15
30. If. f -is an integerdivisiblcby 6 but nor by 4, thn

whitih of th following CA}{I{OT be al iitcgcfl
(o)t+
,,'ri
n * 15
,o.,
\-,
3
(B)3
27" Whichof thefollowingCANNOT be cxpressed

as
the sumof tbesquaresof rwo integers?
(et
(A) t3
(B) l7
(c) 2l
{D) 2e
(E) 34
(D)*
@#
28. lf AB : .B.Yand XC = CD in thc figurc above,

what is s in terms of p and r ?
(A) 180- 2(p + r)

(B) p + r -X)
(C) 2(p + r)
(D)p+r
( E ) r2y
t2r
SECTION 6
Trrne-30 minutes
Numbers:
FiEures:
30 Questions
,
All numberi used are reat numbers.
Position of points, angles, regions, etc. can bc assumedto bc in thc order shown; and angle measurcs
can bc assumedto bt positive.
Lines shown as sraight can be assumcdto bc straig}t.
Figures can bc assurnedto lie in a plane unlcss otherwisc indicated.
Figurcs that accompany questions are intcnded to provide inforr4ation uscful in answeringthe questions. However, unlessa note statesthat a figure is drawn to scale,you should solve theseproblems
NOT by estimatingsizesby sight or by measurement,but by using your knowledge of rnathematics(scc
Exarnple2 bclow).
D i r e c t i o n s :E a c h o f t h e Q u e s t i o n s t - l 5 c o n s i s t s o f t w o q u a n t i t i e s , o n e i n C o l u m n A a n d o n e i n C o l u m n B . Y o u
are to compare the two qiEiffiii'iEThoose
A
B
C
D
Note:
if
if
if
if

the relationship cannot be determinedfrom the information givcn.
Sincctherc are only four choices,NEVER MARK (E)
Commoa
Information: In a qucstion, information concerning one or both of the quantitiesto bc compared is centeredabovc
the two columns. A symbol that appears in both columns represcntsthe same thing in C-olumnA as it
does in Column B.
Example lin$
Column A
Column B
2x6
2+6
Sample Answcn
(D@@@@
Examples?4 rcfer to A PQR.
.'' \
\"
NQ
Example_2:
@@ oj"o
'
6|jF.
(since equal measuFes

caanot "r
be assumcd,even though PItt
and ffQappcar equal)
@(t@@(D
Example 3:
(sincc lf is bctwecn P and Q)

Example 4:
tE0
w*z
@@o@@
(sinccPp isa straigbtlinc)

140
A
B
C
D
if
if
if
if

the quanrity in Column B is lrcater;
the two quantitics are equal;
the relationshipcannot be determincd from the information
givcn.
ColumnA
ColumnB
9
49
ColumnA
ColumnB
x >y >0
0
2x+3y:3x *2y
Ttrc areaof a circulat
regionwith circumferenccl6d
Thc circumfercm of
a circular regionwith
area16r
(x (4
y : 5
0.7
A.discount of z() percentof the original se[ing price

ot an rtem reducesthe pri to $72.
Thc original sclling price
ol the ltem
The circle with centei .6 has radius r.
L- .tlf=Vz
ED:+
:)
$120
x --$ tlg
The area of AEBD
The area of the shaded

rcgon
xy *0
x : l
x
J2l
x -y
+ Jts
r4l
A if
B if
c if
D if
tbe quantiry in Column A'is greater;

the two quantities are equa!
the relationshipcannot be determined from the information given.
Column A
Column B
Column A
Column B
A rectangular textbook page measuresE] inches by

I I inches. The page is partitioned into reciangular
L
spaces
*"h + inctrby in"n.
I
14. The number of such spaces
on the textbook page
17x ll x 48
X : Z
RT
R.S
Im ,X costs fwioe as much as item Z. and item

msts $3 more tban balf dtecost of itsn Z.
l l.
The cost of itcm X
The cost of itsm Y

n2
For all integers x and y, lct x * y be defined as

follows"
p2+m2
x*y=-lr+yi
12.
3*(*4)
3- 4
t42
'i
r-
&
p
Dircctions: Each of the Qucstions 1630 has five answerchoices.For eachof theseqrstions, sclccttbe best
of ttrc
answeich-oices
Even.
16. If 2Jr * y :8
and 3x : 6, then y :
It. Mario boughtcqualnumbcrsof 2-centard 3-ccat

stamp6.If the total costof the sr2mpswas$I .00,
what wasthe totat numbcrof stampsbought?
(A) 2
(B) 4
(c) 6
(D) 8
(E) r2
(A) 25
(B) 34
(c) 40
(D) 46
(E) s0
Number of
I-awn Mowers
Monday
752
300,
TLesday
c a
Wednesday
/)f
Thursday
7y
-s
19. In squarePQR.Sabove,"ApfS basa pcrimcar '

of 30.What is the areaof quare peRS ?
Friday
(A) 30
(B) 50
17. Thc table above shows the number of lawn mowers

produccd by Company l, each workday last week
except Friday. If Company Z produced an average
(arithmctic mean) of 750 lawn mowers per day foi
the workweek, how many lawn mowersdid it
producc on Fridaf
(A) 736
(B) 73e
(c) 742
(D) 750
(E) 758
(c) 60
(D) 7s
(E) r00
m.lf
a
r > 0, rhen ,/U2Srt
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
0.0513
0.0514
0.05rj
0.512
0.511
143
Qstions 2l-25 rcferto.tb folh'siegdata.

PRODUCTIONOF PHOTOGRAPHIC EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES
World Productionl9tttl96g
(valucin rnillisnsof dollars)
1965
C-ountry
United Stat6 --
2,296
350
1968
1969
Pcrent
ftrccnt
Fercent
Value of Total Vaftc ofTotal Vahp of Total
67.5 3 , 13 9
8.9
4lt
E.7
370
6.5
283
2.3
106
2.5
107
t.9
89
1.7
76
3,560 100.0 4,190
100.0 4,5t0
3v)
247
96
95
76
50
--------'
Other countrics
Total --
1967
Fercent
ofTotal
9.5 2,t31
9.8 371
9.8 363
7.0 2?4
2.1
95
2.7 104
2.1
80
t.4
72
WestGermany-Unitcd Kingdom
Francc--------Bclgium
rs,
koent
ofTotal Valrc
Vahr
'4Yg
t966
6E.4 3,5S5
9.0 4fi
8 . 1 439
6.2 299
2.3
120
2.3
ll5
2.0 r05
t.7
82
t00.0 5 , 1l 5
68.4 3,770
8.8
550
8.6
5r0
5.8
3t0
2.4
t40
2.3
130
2.1
Ir5
r.6
67.A
9.8
9.r
5.5
2.5
2.3
2.1
t.7
95
r00.0 5,6m
tm.o
UNTTED
STATESPRODUCTION
r9('5
r97l
Total:$2"296
Millto{t
Total: $3,980Miltion
Scrsitized Coods
SensitizedGoods
4?%
53%
IvbtimPL"nrrE
Ea$pnent
StiIIPicule
Equipcrcrx
Offi
Copien
25%
MctirJoPbfx?
EqoiFent
Sriu-
Picarc
Equiprui
Pr4arcd Pho*ocbmizls
Microfilrnftuip'r*r
Pboodpmicels
t4
2 t . In 1969tbe valucof photographicequipmentand

luppl*s producedoutsidethe Unitcd Stateswas
how manymillion dollan?
in the vorld?
(A)
550
(B) 1,950
tci 5,620
(D) 7,470
(E) ll,2&
(A) @%
(B) 50%
2 , L gi i
(c) 4s%
22. Wbat was Lhevahr, in miilions of dollars,

of thc
motion-picrurecquipmcntprodrcd inrlrc
Unitca
Statcsin l97l "l
(D) 40'/o
(E) 35%
/357"
25. Fromt!)68to 1969,thevalueofphotocraohic

prodrnj by fi;;
:quiprnT!andsupplics
Inqrascd by ap,prorimatcly wbat peroenit
(A) tE4
(B) t88
(g le3
(D) tee
(E) 203
6) n%
(B) t8%
23. In llXS whict country,stotal.production

of photo.
gaphic equipment
,,rpptiis *" oorJt in valtre
"1-o
to rhc combincd productidi
of *oti-on_piiur" *o
microfilrncquipmentin tle Unitci St,I
i" ,u
sameyear?
(A)
(B)
(C)
@)
(E)
l.n tl65 tlrc valuc of scnsitizcdgoodsproducod
in
thUnitdStatcs
was
1r,",
iL,
"pry:*frltAi
ofphotogr;pnrc
equpmcnt
andsrpprics
ll*3f
produced
Iraty
France
United Kincdom
WestGcrminv
Japan
(C) l|c/o
@) 120/u
(E) l0%
I45
i
;t-
r
F
i-
29.If x is au odd negative integer and y is an even
For which of the following scts of numbrs is tb.

prodwt of the three numbers less than'each mrber
of thc set?
positive intcgr, then ry must bc which of the

following?
/ i,?,i a
,
F. -;,
- t, 1
'/u, -). , ,
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
\'
-1o
(A) I only
(B) II only
(c) III only
(D) I and III
(E) II and tII
Odd and positivc

Odd and negative
Even and positive
Even and negative
It cautot be determinedfrom the information
gven.
30. Which of the following expressesthe area of the

shaded region in the figure above?
n.
The figure aborrc is formed by two owrtapging

squancq each having sides of 6 centimetsrs in leng6.
If P and Q are the midpoiots of the intcrsecring
sideg what is tbe ars" in square centimctcrq of th
shaded region?
(A)
(B)
(c)
(D)
(E)
T2
63
60
54
4s
(A) l:;r-
( B )- 2. +- r - , , 2
(c) , 2 _ y '
(D)
(E)
28. If x aad y arc numbers oa tb number linc abovc,

which of the following statcurcsrtsmust be true?
I. x y < 0
II. x * y < 0
IT. x - y < 0
(A) I oaty
(B) Itr only
(c) I aadtr only

(D) I ard Itr only
(E) I, II, andIII
t46
x2+xy
A
x2- xy
4
FOR GENERAL TEST3 ONLY
Answer Key and Percentoges* of Examinees Answering Each

euestion Correctlv
ATAITNCAT
ABILITYV
Secfon 1
1
3
4
5
7
I
I
n
A
10
11
12
13
E
n
,tr
r6
17
l8
19
20
?',
A
B
E
<J
24
l)
?6
27
28
29
30
A
E
91
5
<
54
5E
90
70
49
a<
JO
D
tr
B
A
tr
37
'Esttrnated P+
rv
tr
1{t
3
31
l
1
31
15
16
t l
1t
lq
6
i
a
53
6
76
50
F
58
7n
66
40
85
87
79
78
54
JZ
1a
24
2
2
l
?
B
E
1 ?
31
JZ
s
21
2
3
2
2
2
2
3
6
7
8
9
0
31
45
42
49
86
91
75
n
A
I
'
n
2
15
0
8
C
A
A
8
C
C
A
C
J
?
Z
?
b
n
3
3
3
6
7
8
A
A
8
ot
54
68
89
61
70
47
82
J?
A
C
t t
1
1
2
n
n
8
9
0
2
?
4
5
5f
on
28
n
3
81
8r
A
A
8
A
n
9
10
?(
r
2
3
4
52
44
43
32
?8
lhlar
m
az
56
D
A
3
c
s
8
A
&
2
3
4
5
C
B
D
A
71
56
61
52
59
5.
6
7
8
9
'r0
8
A
0
C
0
77
66
65
57
5t
ll
1
2
'r3
'ra
1
5
0'
C
I
C
A
1
1
l
B
C
C
41
IE
38
?,
83
g)
62
50
66
79
90
76
71
45
.l
49
47
15
z.
l
0
90
90
80
80
.l:'
6
7
E
10
M
2 r
zr.
E
B
o
z j C
21
A
2 5 A
6
0
2 7 8
A
3
D
A
37
27
18
for t'.'egroup ot erarnines who rook r'e GR Genrar re=l in ,eced

a
thre-y"a *n*.
147
74
80
47
4l
m
a
90
8?
n
a
62
c)
85
75
57
tllt
46
64
54
62
?l
A.5nt
f
1
r
2
s
c
l
1
s
6
E
E
1
1
|
1
l
I
3
4
'
r
8
e
7
0
8
E
0
c
o
A
P
76
83
69
32
34
<t
95
52
72
60
I
1 1 1
I
t
2
C
B
5f
5.1
37
38
66
1 1 7
s
l 1 4 E
B
l t s
I r s E
l r E
l r e
l 2 o
1 2 1
z
E
? 3
2 1
2 5
54
E
E
D
S
o
B l 6r
A l 19
21
l 5l
I 60
I 4ti
l 35
l 62
Saction
I
f&r$ar Anrrrr I P+
1
2
0
A
3
1
5
o
e
A
6
7
8
9
'r0
C
.C
I
C
o
c
E
D
O
E
D
e
D
c
A
B
C
A
A
E
lt
12
t3
14
ls
16
17
18
le
20
2t
22
23
24
25
190
IAS
lss
156
lss
163
ler
lzs
lts
l8t
183
141
ls3
lz4
lra
lm
l1l
l52l
l73l
168l
lssl
lsol
l72l
l64l
t38l
SCORE
FORGEI{ERAL
COI{VERSIOT{S
TEST
3 OI{LY
A}IDTHEPERCEI{T$
BEIOW'
t rS6l
72-75
Scaled Scores and Percents Betart

Yrrtd
!l
&r|t'hu,yt
%
Atr|ry{kst V.
Bcat.
labr
3c!.r
Eclor
Ealor
Scor!
800
790774
99
99
9S
760
750
79
7n
710
700
68C
67A
660
650
99
98
97
96
95
95
93
C2
90
S
640
630
610
600
590
580
570
560
550
go
87
85
82
80
78
76
74
72
69
67

Yittrl
%
osr0tib!.lrr %
Analytical n
lar Scon Scora Bq}or
Seqo Sctor
Scon Brlm
39
38
37
444
38
36
590
580
570
560
550
540
530
510
500
490
57
54
52
49
48
45
42
37
35
32
670
c60
550
630
620
610
600
580
570
560
85
83
81
76
71
72
69
6,4
61
58
480
474
450
450
(?0
4n
410
390
38C
360
30
28
26
24
20
18
16
13
12
I
540
530
520
5C0
490
470
460
440
420
410
52
49
46
40
38
32
31
24
m
r8
390
380
360
340
330
310
2S0
15
13
10
7
6
4
3
zec
268
254
1
r
244
?20
2"O
1
0
0
Z'JU
scorir betcw the scdd score b bssed on lhe pertormanc ol 94,359 examinees who took tr Geflerd Ted between fu6br
and Seoternbr30- 1989.
1, 19g6,
'r1
68
6l
66
A<
a4
bJ
bz
61
60
(n
t+
53
52
51
50
49
48
47
46
45
+J
42
41
40
530
520
510
500
490
480
474
450
d50
450
64
61
59
56
t4
5r
48
44
41
41
EA
J5
30
29
28
27
340
340
?t
800
7n
710
v@
690
680
670
660
040
530
620
610
600
vt
zo
ZJ
24
97
96
94
93
89
88
86
84
82
80
78
T7
74
72
68
66
63
61
59
8O0
80o
79r)
T7A
760
7 4
7s0
71o
700
ee
ss
e8
s7
s6
e s
94
el
e0
690
88
'Pg,'cenl
I rt8
12
t1
1n
J<V
e1n
260
J3TJ
18
17
ZJU
340
320
310
290
270
260
244
230
220
6
5
4
2
2
1
1
0
g
210
2
@
200
200
0
0
0
0
IA
l
I
i
I
|
l
|
I
|
I D
10
1 l
99
24
?2
22
)n
20
22
8@
22d
30
300
290
280
270
ZJ
o)
?on
380
380
370
360
32
800
790
780
770
760
7fi
749
730
0
420
410
400
t<
13
12
11
10
Y
a
7
0-6
244
230
m
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
1
I
n
U
sEc'IroN2/
Time-30
minutes
30 Questions
Numbcrs:
All numbcrs used are reat uumben.
FiSures:
Position of points, angles,reglons,etc. can bc assumedto be in the ordcr shown; and anglc measurres
Lincs shown as straight can bc assumedto b straight.
Figurescan bc assumcdto [e in a plane unlessothcrwisc indicatcd.
Figures that accompany qucstionsare intcnded to providc information
uscful in answering thc questions- Howevcr, unless a note statesthat a figure is drawn to r".r", yo,i
rloJi
sotvc thcsciroblims
NoT by estimating sizesby sight or by mcasuremcnt, but by using y."iri"*1"+r
of mariematics (see
Example 2 below).
Directions: Each of thc Qrrc+ions l-.15consistsof two quantitics, one in Column A hnd
onc in Cotumn B. you
are to comparethe two quantities ailThoosc
A
B
C
D
Note:
Common
IffiGilion:
if
if
if
if
thc
thc
thc
the
quantity in Column A is grcatcr;

quantity in Column B is greatcr;
rwo qtraotiticsare cqual;
relationship canaot bc dctcrmimd from the information givu-
Sincc therc are only four choiccs,NEVER MARK (E).
:
:-
t
F
In a qucstioq information conccrning onc or both of the quantities to bc compa.redisccntcred

abgv"
the two cglumns' A symbol that appcars in both columns representsthc samc'thing in
Columo e
it
does ia Column B.
"t
Column A
Column B
2x6
2+6
Sample Ansqrcn
*,
t;
{
t:
3i
-a
?
Erample l:
o @ @ @ @
Exampfcs 24 rcfer to A PQR-
,t
Examplc2:
NQ
@@@(D@
(sirrceequal measurrescannot
be assumed,even though Piy'
E x a m p l e3 :
@(D@@@
(sinceil is betwecnP and Q)
Examplc4:
,i
w*z
r80
@@(D@(D

155
A if thc quantity in Column A is greatc(

B if tbc quentity in Column B is greatcc
c if tbc two quantitlx are cqual;
D if the relationshipcannotbc detcrmincdfrom thc informationgiven.
C-olumnB
Column A
2%of(3+21
6
3%of(2+3)
5
1-6
ColumnA
ColumnB
x+2y
k+4v
6-1
2y-x:
ll
x - 2 :
Tbe rcmainder wheo

48 is divided by 5
/1
(1.
V
The rcraain&r when

218is divi6
by 7
PR is a diameter of tbe circle, and QR is tangent

to the circle.
r / = 0 a d x = 0
The bogth of PR
5.
Jn * J+s
The length of QR
The toll for a cstain bridge is $0.15 or I toker.

Tokcns are soH in packs of 40 for $4.00.
t2
10. Tbe pcrcentsavedon

40 trips across the bridge
if a token, rather than
$0.15,is usodto pay
each toll
*1n
fr=4,t:50
q + r
GO ON TO THE }.iEXTPAGE.
156
i
k
&
A
B
C
D
if the quantity in Column A is greater;

if the quantity in Column n is
irearcr;
if the relationshipcannot be dctcrmined
from the information given.
Column A
Column B
:$
*
t'
Column A
-
C-olumnB
'
(n +2) ft
"
(n+2)fl
(n+l)R
(*.,);:
Garden
plot A
is an intcgerand
0<l/<3.
2.+j
- 4
!
-r +' 8
Gardcn
Plot I
I L The area ofrectangular

ptot A
Thc a-rcaof rectangular

plot I
12. Thc averagc (arithmctic
mean) cost per cassctt
mean) oost per cassettc
for 18 cassettescosting
for 3 casscttescosting
a total of 1r dollars
a totatof
I aomn
x - y
j2o -9o.
3o
g
7.
:i :
x + y
7
ll.-i.'3o
7
Square QRST hasperimcrerp.

13.
x2+tz
p2
t6
r57
For
Directions: Each of the oucstions 1630 hasfive answerdloices.
eachof thescqrstions, scbct the bestof tb
arswer choices given.
PAIRS OF SHOESSOLD BY COMPANY S
19. tf the arcaof a circleis 25a,tbenthe diarrrcterof the

circh is
(A)
(B)
(q
(D)
(E)
.n
X
Note: Drawn to scale'
16. If 8,?50 pairs of shoes are representedin the
pictograph above, bow maay pairs of shoesdoes

represent?
each
(A) 3s0 (B) 700 (c) ?30

(D) 830 {E) 1,400
l r-
If x : 3 and Y
{3+x)(3-Y)?
5
l0
20
25
50
20. In tbe hguresabove,iftbc areaofsquareregion

VXYZ-rs equalto theareaof triangularregion
RSI, tben RT:
(A)2 (B)T (q4 (D)f (E)8
- 3, what is the value of
(A) - 36 (B) - 12 (c) o (D) 12 (E) 35

l8
6?-42:
2z
(A) I
(B) 2 (c) 3 (D) 4 (E) 5
158
Qucstiom2l-25 referto thc followinggraphs.

VISITORSTO AND FROM THE UNITED STATES.
I97I-I98I
Numbcrof
Visiton
(in millions)
l97l 1972197319741975tn6 lE77 t9781919t980 t98t

Numberof
Visitors
(in millions)
{
:ll
r8
i
l
t4
l )
t97t te72te73te'r4r97st976W'-tinlilg
21. The totalnumberof visitorsfrom the UnitedStates
to Europefor 1973and l9i,4 wasmosrnearlyequal
to thetotal numberfor whichtwo of thefollowrng
yean?
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
22. Thcre-wereapproximatclyhow manymillion

moreforeip visitorsto the Unitcd Statcsin
l9E0than in t975?
(A) 22
1976and 1977
1977
and1978
1978and t979
1979and 1980
1980and
l98l
t9'a0le8l
(B) 15 (q 8
(D) 7
(E) 0.75
r59
23.In 1960thcrcrrcoel?-1lrtillion foreignvisiton

!o I.Ies York City. This was approximatdy what r
perccntof thc total nrr"bcr of foreign visitors !o ,
th tJnitcd Siatcs?
25. In 1975 if 60 percent of tbc foreigrr visitors to the

United States w"re not from Europ, then thc
number of Europeai'isitors to Ot Unitea Srates
was approximatcly bow meny times as grcat as thc
nusrber of visitors from the United States to Europe
that vear?
tA) 5%
(B) 22%
(c) 73%
(D) 78o/o
(E) E8%
(A)2
(B) 3
(ci 5
(D) 6
(E) i2
24" How m2ny yearsaftr l97l sbow an incrrease

ovcr
the prcviousyear in bo.$ the number of visiton
from the United Stabs to Europc and the number
of foreigrrvisitors to the Unitod States?
(A) Fiw (B) SL (C) Swn
(D) Eigbt (E) Nin
160
2 6 . \ fy - 2 x of y?
l, what is tlrc valuc of x in tcrms
t x x 26 whichof thcfollowingis
{::
l5
NOT an integer?
t e rj - r
@ lr-t
(A)* G)* s#
co)* trr*
How many positive intcgen kss than 20 are equal to

the.susr of a positive muttipt of 3 snd a positiw
multiplc of 4 ?
t c ti * \
{o)j+r
(A)
(B)
(O
(D)
G)
c) /+;
Tpo
Firc
Swcn
Tea
I\fmcto
S. T*qrTk-e, ,Y aod f, arcfilled tocapacitywithFt

fucl. Thnk X holds600galons *or. th.n't"nf f.
If lO0gallonsof frrc|wre to bc pumpedfrom each
tank, tank X wouldthcncontain3 timesas mrrch
fuel as tank y. What is the totat nurnbcr of gallons
of fuel in thc two full ranks?
(A)
(B)
(c)
(D)
(E)
27" In thc ligure above, what is the arca of the shaded

region?
(A)r (B)2 irci|2.E (D)3 (E)4
l6l
1,400t,200
t,000
e00
8oo
/
SECTION 5 ./
Time-3O minutes
30 Questims
Nurnbers:
All numbers usedarc real numben.
Figuies:
Positioa of poins, angles,regions,etc. can be assumedto be in thc order shown; and angle rnrasures
can bc assumedto be positirc.
Lines rbown as straight can be assurred to be straig}t.
Figurescan be assumedto lie in a plane unlessotherwiscindicated.
Figuresthat accompanyquestionsare intended to provide information useful in answeringthr questions. However,unlessa note statesthat a figure is drawn to scale,you should solve theseproblems
NOT by estimatingsizesby sight or by measurement,but by using your knowledge of mathernatics(see
Examplc 2 bclow).
Directlons: Each of tbc QucstionsI -15 consistsof two quantitics,one in Column A and one in Column B. You
il-i6'I6-m-pare thetwo qGiililiEii?lFh oosc

A
B
C
D
Note:
Common
Iil6i6?iion:
if
if
if
if

Sincetbereare only four choiccs,NEVER MARX (E).

In a qucstion,information concerningone or both of the quantities to be compared is centeredabove
thc two columns.,A symbol that appearsin both columns represcntstbe sarnething in Column A as it
docs in Colum-nB.
Exanplc l:
Columo A
Column B
2x6
z+6
(t@o@@
NQ
@ @ @ (D @
SampleAns*en
Exaaples 2-4 rcfer to A PpR.
Exampli?:
(sinceequal measurcscanDol
be assumed,even though Py'Y
and NQ appearequal)
Examplc3:
@rD@@@
(sincc N is betweenP and QJ
E x a m p l c4 :
t80
w*z
@ @ o @ @
174
F:
s&
F
A
B
C
D
if
if
if
if

Column A
Column B
Column A
t;
i:
ColumnB
&
F
:
I
3-r + 4 : 13
ll - y : 6
x > 0
:
{
n
l:
:r
I
At noon today, Ann, Betty, Cathy, and Dot had

exactly $l apiece.Then during the next five minutcs,
Ann gave$l to Beny who gave 52 to Cathy who gave
$3 to Dof None of thern gave or receivedany other
money.
amounrof money
Qm.
v'Betty hadleft
at five
minutes past noon
todav
l" The numberof prime

numberslessthan l5
The amount of money

Cathy had left at five
minuies past noon
today
*.
b
The number of odd
integers greater than
5 and lessthan 15
3r(l 25)
31375)
10" The volume of a cubc

*ith edgeof length
4 centimeters
( 1# ) i
Four times the volume

of a cube with edge
of length 2 centimeters
x + 17: -8
x * 8
- l'7
The sum of 3 integen is 5l .

mean)of the 3 integers
The median of the

3 integers
6.
t75

B if the qwntity in Column B is grcarerl
if the tryo quantities are equal;
D if thc rchdonship cannot bc determined from thc information given.

ColumnA
Colurrn B
Column A
ColumnB
d > a
14. The total interest
earned on d dollars
investedfor 3 months
at ll percentsimple
annual interest
The areaof the circular region with ctntr' O

is l6n, and a, w, x, y, and z represcntthe
lengthsof tbe line segments.
r3.
+(*)do*ars
y > o , v # l
o *i v-*x+l t
t76
Directions: Each of the Questions I G30 has five answer choicss"For each of thesc questions,selectthe best of lhe
answerchoicesglven.
16.
2 x 2 x 2 x 2 x 2
(A) r
l1
(B) 2
(C) 4
(D) 8
(E) 15
l0 meters
Which of the following is a multiple of both

7and13?
(A) 52
(B) 65
(q
77
(D) 156
4 meters
(E) 182
l0 meters
1 8 .Mario purchased$600 worth of traveler's checks.
1 9 .The figure above shows thc floor dimensiori-.of an
If eachcheck was worth either $20 or S50,which

of the following CANNOT be the number of
$20 checkspurchased?
L-shaped room- AII anglesshown are right angles.

If carpetingcosts $20 per squaremeter.uhat will
carpeting for the entire floor of the room cost?
(A) l 0
(B) l 5
(c) l 8
co)20
(E) 25
(A)
$800
(B) $1,280
(c) $1,600
(D) $r,680
(E) 52.320
a +
-T
If the value of the expressionaboveis to be

halved by doubling exactlyone of the five
numben a, b, c, d, or e, which shouldbe
doubled?
(A) a
(B) b
(C) c
(D) d
(E) e
r77
Questions2l-25 refa to tbe folbwing gaphHEALTH EXPENDITURESIN THE UNTTED STATES.

1950AND1979
I
1
I
I
\
\
!)
1950(total expendirures:$12.7billion)
=5212.2billion)
1979(total expenditures
(t billion: 1,000,000,000)
1 \
\\
q)
rt)
o
ag
C)
c)
t)
cr*
*-*-
^f
Category
''''
? t " For how many of tltc categorieswastlrc pcrcent

of total heatthcxpcditurcs greaterin 1979than
in 1950?
(A) Two (B) Thre
(D) Six @) Seven
Of the following catcgoricq for vhicb was the

percent of otal bcalth expendituresin 1979least?
(A) Dentist s6r/ices

(B) Nusingbome carc
{C) hur
(c) Dru$ aod dmg sun&ics

(D) Gorcrumentpublb bcalthactivities
(E) Research
178
Ltj
Which of thc following can bc inferrcd from the

Sraph?
In ly79 for how many of thc catcgories was the

amouol of health expedirurcs lessthan $21 billion?
al
(A) Tro
(B) Thres
(D) Ten
(E) Twehe
(C) Nine
I.
II.
Approrimarcly what was the ratio of health expendifures fs hospital care in 1979 to health expenditures
for horyital care in l95O?
(A)?
(')f
Iil.
The numberof paticots needinghospital

careincreasd from 1950to 1979.
The dolhr amount of health expcnditurcs
for constructionwas grcater in 1979than
in 1950.
In 1979tb dollar amuot of health expenditus for dentist scfvips wasmore rhan half
thc dollar amount of hcalth cxpendituresfor
physicianscNiic6-
(A) Ionly (B) noily

(Q monb
(D) I and II (E) II and m
(qf
(D)?
(E)1
r79
::
ts
x
3
;i
tt
(l-rX.r-l)*
29.
(A) -(r - lf
(B) (x - lf
26. If tbe perimeler of the rctatrgle abovc is 36,

tben [ :
(A) e (B) 14 (C) 16 (D) 28 {e' 32
(c)
(D)
(E)
x2-l
l-x7
21. If 4x is 6lssthan4y, thcn y - x :
(A) -24
(')-1
(q -3
30. If a squarcis inscribedin a circle of radius r as

shownabove,thcnthe areaof the squareregionis
io) ;
($
(E) 24
28. The differ.nce betweeotwo positivenumbersis 16.
If the srnallerof tnese1q,snrrmlgrs is I of the liarger,
rrhat is rb valuc of tb smrller no-Uft
(A) lE
(B) 24
(c) 30
(D) 33
(E) 40
I80
.2
2n
--2
@) T
(c) nr2
(D) ,2
{E) 2r2
t
T
f
FOR GENERALTEST4 ONLY

An3wer Key and Percentages' of Eramlnees Answerlng Each Ouestlon
Corrcclly
'I
2
3
I
5
47
3tt
JZ
87
11
lzo
12
171
E
9
ro
l1
.t2
13
't4
15
16
17
t8
19
?2
u
tr
18
60
61
,t5
E
28
8
30
31
v.
B
34
35
75
I
37
41
'A
58
1a
e<
B
D
't6
I
n
r9
m
21
2.
7(t
9t
n
n
27
lo
28
a
30
B
D
A
68
53
60
t{
lzl
A
P+ tor the group ot ,umrn*
who toot $a GRE Gonsrat r3t in a racsnt threeyear gaod.
r87
I
q
17
18
19
to
D
I
E3
56
82
77
11
12
t3
11
15
IJ
62
53
56
35
30
to
<l
'15
10
n
12
f<
AI
65
64
6l
,;
l0
88
44
a
n
73
31
'E3timat6d
48
42
)7
E
D
n
&t
at
B
n
i41
I51
1
2
B
tr
E4
87
c
o
15
24
75
36
37
38
'I
1
2
3
21
2.
x
24
25
SCORE CONVERSIONS FOR GENERdL TEST 4 ONLY

AND TTIE PERCE\TS BELOW'
Yt'bl
Ber Scorc Sdr
70
w
68
o/
66
N
64
63
62
61
Scalcd Scoree arld Pe.ccntr Bslow'

t
oc|rHrfv.
An.lytlsrl
I
lrh
S.on
3.t0il
Scon
800
790
99
m
n0
7A?
99
99
98
7S
730
724
710
96
ffi
94
91
JV
640
89
88
UU
6r0
83
60
o l
qs
sU
5/0
560
77
550
540
J#
70
67
s
5n
oz
6rn
59
45
44
(t.
42
41
500
490
480
470
460
57
54
51
48
45
51
50
49
48
Rrr Sro't
40
38
37
36
34
VJ
o/u
ry
57
56
a
B.lot
it
800
7aa
780
770
7AA
750
730
7n
710
700
30
29
28
?7
zo
98
95
94
93
4.!0
{o0
40
g
380
360
3fl
350
3.8
42.
12
570
(<n
520
40
b/U
6J
30
zf
5r0
490
ow
6t
27
25
B
480
470
460
30
620
600
75
70
?1
450
430
590
68
tan
t?
10
E
7
7
390
370
360
350
340
330
z&
?1n
aan
66
62
60
57
55
770
7m
750
744
730
99
99
99
1E
17
z7c
zEl
lo
1?
11
h
h
95
94
1C
I
6
7
bc
'Perceot
10
6
7
o
4
?80
'|
I
t
u
21A
m
200
M
2e
m
m
sco.ing below the scaled score based on the pertormanc ol lhs 876.691examtn*
and Seotember30. 1988
r88
18
to
1<
no
m
m
c
who isr
80
N
300
'i5
26
410
400
2C
800
800
800
790
780
640
4n
15
6
qt
91
90
89
e7
510
?1
2i
710
700
690
680
JZ
ol
&
90
4a
45
t
Brtor
$
31
320
310
3*
3@
79
75
73
71
69
il
450
450
ffi
{30
14
Scelcd Scorcr and PGrcent! B6low'

i
9f
An.flicrl
hat$lrtir!
8.b
SC3n
Brbr
Scor!
690
0 /u
650
650
640
610
600
590
YrrLl
Sctr
w
f
w
(ao
9
3
/
<t
520
500
490
47C
450
47
42
3-o
33
?S
110
25
400
380
370
17
13
12
350
1
1
'l
l1n
n0
270
z t r 2
2U0
n0
200
200
0
0
0
0
0
zfi
240
?30
trre Gnsrai
-iesr
?aa
220
210
2
@
1
0
0
0
betweer OctoDef 1. 19gS.
E.
SECTION 3./
Time-30 minutes
*
B
li
30 Questions
Numben:
AII numbcrsusedare realnumbers.
FiIrures:
Position of points, angles,regions,etc. can be assumedto be in the order shown;

and angle measures
Lines shown as straight can bc assumedto be straight.
Figuresrrn bc assumedto lie in a plane unlessotherwisc indicated"
Figure,s,tnat
accompanyquestionsare intended to provide information uscful in anstrring
the questions. Hc'*ever' unlessa note.statesthat a figure is drawn to scale,you shoutd
solvethcsc"proUt"rn,
NoT by estimiting sizesby sight or by measurement,but by using your knowledge
of matbematics (see
Example2 below).
,
a
i
Dirlctions: Each of the Quc+ions t-.15.consistsof two quantities, one in
Column A and one in Column B. you
A
B
C
D
Note:
if
if
if
if

the quanrity in Column B is greater;
thc two quilnritiesarc equal;
the relationship cannot be detcrmincd from the information giwo.
I
i
T.
Common
;-..."".......'..I n l o r m a t t o n :In a question.information concerning one or both of thc quantities
to be comparedis centercd above
the two columns.A symbotthat appearsin both columns represcntsthc same
itring in Column A as it
Examph l:
C o l u m nA
Column B
2x6
2+6
Sampli Answers
o@@@(D
Examples24 referto A ppR.
Example2:
NQ
@@@(D
(sinceequal mcasurescannot
be assumed,eveo though PIY
and NQ appearequal)
E x a m p i e3 :
@(D@@@
E x a m p l e4 :
wlz
r80
@ @ o @ @
20r
i;
A
B
if
if
if
if
the q"an61y in Column A is greater;

the rclationshipcannot be determinedfrom the information eiven.
Column A
t
ColumnB
Column A
C o l u m nB
A man |eft { of his estatero his widow and designated that tie remaindcr be divided equally among
his 4 sons.
The fraction of the
estatdesignatedfor
each son
n
Ttre altitude of
LPQR from Q
+ t--*| R
Q?-'
l-
I
)'+
I
M , N , P, and p are midpoinrs of thc sidesof tbe

rectangle.
The slrn of the areas
./fi205
I
t
PQRS is a square.
The area of the unshaded reglon MNPQ
. r > l
200
(r + 5)(2x + 3)
{.t+3)(2r+5)
a, b" and c are neganvelntegers

abc
x > 0
a(b + c)
x
l4
I A
t {
G OO N T O T H E N E X TP A G E
202.
A
B
c
D
if
if
if
if

the relationship cannot bc determined from the information cir/en.
Column A
Column B
ColurnnA
Thc largestcircular tabletop that can tJgcut from a

ccrtain square piecc of wood has a circumference of
l05z irches.
9. The length of a side
l05a
of thc piccc of wood

beforc tbc tabletop is
cut from it
Column B
x - 1'*0
3x2 - 3y2
x - y
3(x - y)
3 x 3 x n: / x l x p
np * a
\
p
16n: lorl
l0t
Maria's wcekly net salary of $i85 is 65 percent of her

wekly grosssalary.
T
I
\"\_-\
\
\
R
U
RSTU is a parallelogram.
I l . Maria's weeklygross
salary
x
12. The numbcr of different positive divisors
of 12
*rf
The number of different positive divisors

of 50
Sg . i a * i a n
Cc,ff :i
iettrmined
243
r.
t:
t:
Directions: Eacb of thc Questions 1630 has five answer choices.For each of these questions. selectthe best of the
answeritoiccs given.
16" If 8x - 3y = 24 and -y : 0, tbstr r :
(A) 3
(B) 4
(C) s
(D) 6
20. Three ln6iyi{rrals contributed $800each toward the

purchaseof a computer. If they bought the computer on salefor S1,950plus l0 percentsalestax,
how much mone:)'should be refunded to each individual?
tE) 8
I 7. If the sum of 3, 7, and x is I 8, then the average

(arithmeticmean)of 3, 7, and r is
(A) 6
(B) 7
(C) 8
(D) e
(A)
(B)
$65
$85
(c) $r50
(D) $l9s
(E) $255
(E) l0
18" If n : 3, what is the valueof 2n + l?

(A) e
(B) 13
(C) l7
(D) 33
(E) 65
l 9 In the figureabove.x =
(A) 30" (B) 35
(C) 60
(D) 75
(E) r 50
2U
Questions2l-25 refer to the follo*ing graphs.
NATIONAL HEALTH EXPENDITURES:t960TO 1978

I
{it I
I
y E
I 2A
I 00
ETF
t t t t i l t t l
Total HeairhExpenditures
--- PrivateHealrh Expenditures

"'; Public Health Expenditures
80
60
S.*"sTfs"ds"$s*
Note: Drawn to sale.
TOTAL NATIONAL HEALTH E.XPENDITURES

AS A PERCENTOF GROSSNATIONAL PRODUCT
1)
I
sss"\8ge
969"o96 se$"$-$SI$$S."S
205
24. For the year in which public health expenditures

were closestto $40 billioru total health expenditures
were approximately what percent of tbc gross
national product?
21. In llX9 approximately what was the amount of private health expe.nditures?
(A) $25 billion
(B) $30 billion
6r>) $50 biltion
(E) $70 billion
(O $45 billion
22. For rhe years shown, what was the first year in
"
which the amouot of public health expenditures
was at leastS3Obillion?
(A) 1960
(B) 1962
(A) l0%
(B) e%
(C) EYo
(D) 7%
(E) 6o/o
25. Approximatety what was the amount of the gross
national product in l96E?
(c) r964
(D) 1968
(E) 1970
(A)
(B)
(O
(D)
(E)
23. ln 1976approximatelywhat wasthe ratio of the

amount of privatehealthexpenditurcsto the
amountof public healthexpenditures?
Sfin biil'ion
$750billion
S800billion
$950billion
h cannotbe dcterminedfrom the information
given.
(A) 3;l
(B) 2:l
(C) 3:2
(D) 2:3
(E) l:3
GOON TO THE NEXT PACE.
zffi
26. lf x and y arc intcgersand x > y > 0, how

many integersare there between, but not including, x and y?
(A)x-r
( B ) , r+ y
(C)x-r(D)x+y{E)x-r+
Note: Figurc drawn to scalc.

29. According to the numbcr linc aborrc, which of the
following points has a coordinate most ncarly cqual
to P x v2
27. For which of thc following expressionswould thc

value be lcssif 350 were replaced by A7 ?
(A)l
- 350
r. 2.500
I
II" ^;
I
l' +
(gc
(D)D
(E)E
30. A rctangular rug covcrs half of q rectangular floor

that is 9 fect widc ad 12 fcct long. If tbc dimcnsions
of thc rug are in thc samc ratb as tbosc of the floor,
how maay fect long is tbe rug?
JX,
il"
(B)8
350
(A) None
(D) I and III
(B) II only
(A) 6
G)?
ilf
(O III only
(E) II and IiI
(q 2.,n
28. If the circumferenceof circle P is 15.714and the
circumferenceof circle Q is 6.28. then the diametcr
ofcircle P minus the diamcter ofcircle e is
approximalelyequal to
,",
lL
a- b= ?Y\7
tD 6.,n
{o 4,fr
n
'r'--:
9
_
r t
'
(A) r.5
(B) 3.0
(c) 5.5
(D) e.0
tE) e.4
c
l a
'
F,
1'-
t
i ^ _ _
-1-
'
l . \ l ' )
C = - v , 1 -
t
E
E
i
zVI
/
SECTION 6 V
Time-30 minutes
30 Questions
Numben:
All numbers uscd are real numbers.
Figures:
Position of points,angles,regions,etc. can bc assumedto be in the order shown; and angle measures
can be assumd to be positive.
Lines shownas straightcan bc assumedto bc straight.
Figures can bc assumedto [e in a plane unlessotherwiscindicated.
Figuresthat accompanyquestionsare intendedto provide information useful in ans*ering the questions. However,unlessa note statesthat a figure is drawn to scale,you should solve thescproblems
NOT by estimatingsizesby sight or by measurement,but by using your knowledgeof mathematics(see
Example2 bclow).
Directions: Each of the Questionsl-15 consistsof two quantities,one in Column A and one in Column B. You
A
B
C
D
Note:
if
if
if
if

thc qu8Dtityin Column B is greater;
Sincethercareonlv four choices,NEVER MARK (E).
Common
Gi6iffiiion:
In a question,information concerningone or both of the quantitiesto be compared is centercdabove

the two columns.A symbol that appearsin both columns represcntsthe samething in Column A as it
does in ColumnB.
E x a m p l el .
Colurnn A
Column B
2x6
2+6
SampleAnswers
(D@@@(D
Examples24 reter to A PpR.
Frample 2:
NQ
@ @ @ (D @
(sinceequal nrasures cannot
be assumed,even though Pd
and /VQ apparequal)
Example3:
@ O @ @ @
(since l[ is betweenP and Q)
Examplc4:
r80
w+z
@G)(D@@
(sincePp is a straightline)
G O O N T O T H E N E X TP A C E .
220
A
B
if
if
if
if

Column A
Column B
Column A
(3)'
ColumnB
3
l
4 - j
There are two diving boards at a certain pool. Thc

height of the lower board is 3 meters. The height of
the higher board is I meter greater than twice the
height of the lower board.
2" The height of rhe higher
board minus the height
of the lower board
y < z < x
y < w
4.5 meters
x : 3
y : - |
J,
y - x
xy2
9. The number of minutesin 3.15hours
The number of minutes in 3 hours l5

minutes
: , ty : 5 ,l
P
s
z:30
4. The perimeterof
square PORS
The perimeter of the

shaded rectangular
region
5. A number between
5 and l0
A number between
8 and 14
x + y
30
221

B if the guantity in Column B is greater;
t
C if tbe two quantities are equal;
D if the relationship cannot be determined from the informalion given.
Column B
Column A
_r'.and : are positiveintegers,and z > x > 7'
-T-
II
l ' ' 470

l m
l--+ro m--l
Fa70 m---1
ColumnB
Column A
l ,
I t.
II
The remainderwhen
z is divided by .r
The remainderwhen
z is divided bv y
Fields X and Y are to be enclosedwith fencins

that costs$24 per meter
I L The costof the
fencingneeded
to enclosel'
The cost of the

fencing needed
to enclose )'
n > 0
t2
90
dl--L-lll--n l--l
-k " t)t
The crrclehas center O a n d R f : 5 .
t l The circumferenceof
l0,r
the circle
222
c:
L
9
l:
E
t
Directions: Each of the Questions1630 has five answer choices. For cach of thescquestions,
sclectthe bcst of thc
answeiifioices givcn.
16. A certain machinc fills a bag with 7 ouncesof
potato chips in 3.5 seconds.At this rate how many
seconds*dl it takc the macbine to fill a bag with
l5 ouncesofpotato chips?
(A) 6.5
(B) 7.0
(D) 8.0
(E) ll.5
19. If45 perccntof z is 405,whatis 35 pcrcentof n ?

(Ai 6l
(B) &
(9 ta
(q 7.5
(D) 250
(E) 315
17. On a number linc, the disunce bctwcn thc nro

points with coordinates - 5 and I is how much less
than the distance betwecnthe two points with coordinates 2znLd14'!
(A) 6
(B) E
(C) t0
(D) t2
(E) 16
(r + l0)'
2r'
In tlrc trianglc abovg r =

(A) 65
(B) 40
(C) 35
{D) 25
(E) l0
tE. In the figure abovs, if x = 4y, then y :

(A) 30
(B) 16
(g
37.5
(D) 40
(E) 50
223
Questions 2l-25 refcr to the following graph.
FAMILY T'S EXPENDITURESAS A PERCENTOF

ITS GROSSANNUAL INCOME'
JJ
30
27
24
2l
;
t8
d 1 5
t/
9
6
J
0
-o*j
*o':l::w
*"1r""'
t"s
.*"'".tsx;
::.-.::""""*
* I n 1 9 8 1 .1 0 0 %= 550.000
I n 1 9 8 4 .1 0 0 %= M5.000
Note: Drawnto scale
41,
LLA
lt.
iI
B
E
F
a:
a'
2l. In 1984for how many of the sevencategorieslisted

wereerpendituresgreatcr than 9 perceni of Fam_
ily X's grossannual incorne?
(A) T*'o
(B) Three
(D) Five
(E) Six
@pFamilX X's grossiacome is the sum of Mr. X,s

rncomeand Mrs. ,y's income.In l9g3 Mr. and
Mrs, X each had an income of $25,000.If
Mr. X's income increasedby l0 peicent from
I983 to | 984, by whar perceni did Mrs. X's
lncome decrcasefor the same period?
{C) Four
(A) l0%
22. In 1983Family X useda rotal of 49 prcntof its

grossannual income for fwo of the categorieslisted.
What was the total amountof Family i's income
usedfor thosesamecategoriesin tggi ?
(B)
15%
{c} 20%
( D )2 s %
(E) 30%
(A) St6.200
( B ) Sr 7 . i 5 0
(C) Sl9.r00
'
./t' o
,,/^."
Lr
'(
.1 ..
_ > i . / _ z ) _ _j _ , _ . 2
;"'L
s .1
,
T--/'38
25. By approximately
whar*otL Ototheamountrhat
Family X put into savingsdecrease
from l9g3 to
1984?
(D) S2t.0s0
(E) 521..t00
(A\ 13%
{B) 23%
23. From i9t_t ro 1984the increasein Family ,y-s

miscellaneous
expenses
was most nearly which of
the follorînp?
(c\ 3s%
(D)4s%
(E) s7%
{A) 53.0t10
( B ) S 3 .i _ < 0
(c) s3.5i){)
(D) 54.500
(E) Ss.000
))<
26. Of thc following, which is greatest?

1
4
9
(^t ;1 (B)
rs- (c) ffi
(D)
# G)lffi
27. If x, 1', and z are consecutivepositive integers,
with x < y <e and .r + I + z anevennumber, which of the following could be the value
of z?
(A) r
(B) 2
(C) 4
(D) 5
29. In the figure above, arcs PR and QS are semicircles with centersat Q and R respectively.
lf PQ : 5, what is the perimeterof the shaded
region?
(E) 8
28. If x2 = 68, which of the fotlowing could be true?
(A) 5a+5
(B)
5n + 15
(C)' l0z + l0
(D) l0z + 15
(E) l00z
( A ) - 9 < x < - 8
( B )- 8 < x < ' 7
(C) -8 < x < 8
(D) 7<x<8
(E) 9<x<10
If $4,500was investediri a bond fund u,henthe

price per sharewas $9 and $3,000u'x invested in
the fund when the price per sharewas $10, what
was the average(arithmetic mean) price per share
purchased?
(A)
(B)
(c)
(D)
(E)
226
59.625
$e.50
$e.4i)
$e.375
Se.20
E
ft

Ansrser
'nl P"tt$g:1otjt"-in"."
A*ing
Eacheuee$,oncorrectty
F
lJultTlclll3tttrY
SccdoaI y'
hnt r
93
4
B
E
,l
/5
3
4
7
I
t0
o
7
8
9
10
65
B
D
26
83
1<
57
E
o
7
I
E
n
c
n
c
e
c
o
o
l6oJ 5
1 5 6 17
lml a
16zl e
lerl ro
t
l
ll il
lsel rz
lsal 13
larl r
liel rs
r
t
r
77
79
64
165
163
I
57
45
2a
E
D
B
qa
&
<7
36
&|
IJ
49
4J
26
2A
29
26
w
o
<6
88
/o
62
58
U
4
D
E
E
-stimatad
P + tor th group ol eraminee3 who look the GFIE

General Test in a rrcent Freeyea,
2n
88
87
80
85
z5
.
B
I
c
o
A
lrE
ls6
lmfm
l b
8
i0
Oraod.
11
1?
't1
tf
16
17
1A
19
20
e lszlro
17
lr3
171
ls7
l5e
176
o
e
c
A
e
e
e
o
c
e
'
lu
lsr
laz
lssl
l".l
'
l
lso
lss
lez
186
ln
l
irrl
E
B
l3sl
Jsli 18
c
r
ls6l
lnl
l12l 20
tsel
e
c
E
B
o
lro
132
i61
ltr
lsa
a fol rs
2,
73
21
x
farmr lp+
'r
2
3
4
D
D
A
o
c
ta
Ss|bo 5
Hnnnr
I
?
3
4
s
B
A
12
lf +
91
87
78
84
63
frmr
al
t8l
l
3sl
xl
21
n
n
24
zs
laof
FOR GENERALTF,ST5 ONLY

SCORECON\TERSIONS
Scalcal Sco?.t aod Pcrcgntr Ecloi'
f r I f f f i i f r . t t J t
tctr
!.lr
t ar
!.5r
trr Saora ta'r
7976
72
T1
99
?90
7t0
99
99
99
98
97
n0
760
750
730
7n
65
84
63
62
6l
710
7m
0
5?0
e60
96
60
5
58
650.
6.0
Eto
6e0
6t0
89
EE
86
85
&i
55
54
s?
5m
g0
<t
560
50
4
4E
:.a17
ir. 45
550
540
530
520
510
a5
4
43
12
41
5m
(t
{0
474
160
lfl sro.r
S.rt
&
3
4{n
450
14
37
s
430
Scalsd Scorca and Parcaotr 8'low'

AtdYred
t
A
bsEdvr
Scott
lrhr
Sott
lalgr
15
43
40
37
34
44
410
34
410
4S
32
31
390
3EO
540
530
s20
(1n
500
I
l.br
{6
43
41
38
s
73C
94
710
92
690
E9
680
88
&4
660
31
31
2A
6
21
490
480
40
450
44
31
at
630
7E
610
74
25
73
600
71
580
66
2
18
1E
16
14
430
4&
410
400
390
?1
19
17
16
14
ru
550
530
520
500
11
12
10
9
7
370
360
.s
3.{0
11
10
4in
470
4g
440
120
37
94
92
91
82
80
g,
!.If
70
@
68
6f
66
55
y.rtd
ta
75
13
71
6E
65
63
60
55
52
49
.5
8@
800
790
760
98
97
$
/w
750
730
91
68
u
v
7m
6A0
18
660
650
71
12
630
67
620
65
610
62
580
5E
580
55
570
s3
51
560
800
&
m
s
s
30
29
a
27
6
374
25
?1
z3
2.
21
340
330
a
19
1E
17
16
?4
14
't3
m
m
1
'I
24
12
210
2t0
0
n
210
99
s
u
800
790
9S
$
97
760
710
o7
99
l l
'10
8
7
95
fl
360
g
340
w
310
3fl
N
270
260
zfi
.g
310
300
I
N
34
a
lv
400
390
18
16
1:
340
1
1
320
270
260
m
m
200
N
200
ffi
N
200
200
m
0
48
.fl
2@
200
58
,I
u
n
210
?00
0
0
0
G5
.pcrcdt
sing
rnd Sspt$5d
bctow thc $etd
sr6
bsrd
th" prrtqBsrca
of thr 84,a,96O enminos
30, 1987
228
\
:1
[|lo
t6k
tho Gncral
T6t
berteen
october
'l'
i984'
i.,
l:
'8,.
5rL i lu} J
T-rme-30 mrnutes
30 Questions
Numbcrs:
FiSures:
]'
+
:i
Positionof points,angles,regions.ctc. can bc assumedto be in the order shown;and anglemeasures

Figures can bc assumedto lie in a plane unlessothcrwiseindicated.
F
T
Dircctions, Eachof the Questionsl-15 consistsof trro quanriries"

onc in Column A and one in Column B. you
are to comparethc two quantitiesand choose
if
if
if
if
a-
r:
Figure-s-that
accompanvquestionsare intendedto prorrdcinformationuscfulin answcringthe qucstions. Howcver. unlessa note_slates
that a figure is drarrn to scale,you should solve these-problems
NOT by estimatingsizesb1'sightor bv rneasurcment,
but by'usingyour knowledgeof matirematics(see
Example2 below).
A
B
C
D
t h e a u a n l i t ! i n C o l u m nA i s g r e a t e r ;
t h e q u a i : r i i 1i n C o l u m nB r s s : ea l e r :
t h e r w o q u a n t i t i ea
s r ee q u a l ;
the relarionshipcannorbe der:rrnjnedfrom rhc informationgiven.
it
i
F.
a
ii
z:
*
$
F'
7
t.
t
i
g'
Notc:
Common
iii6friiion,
S i n c et h e r ea r e o n l y f o u r c h o i c e sf,i E V E R M . . 1 , R K
(E).
h a question,information concerningone or boih of thc quantitiesto bc compared is ccnteredebove
the two columns.A symbolthat appean in born columnsrepresents
the sime iling in Column A as it
d o c si n C o l u m n B .
Example l:
C o i u m nA
ColumnB
2x6
2+6
rD@@@@
N8
@ @ @ (D @
Sample Ans*tn
Exarnples
24 referto L peR.
E x a m o l e2 :
(sincecqual measurescannot
bc assumed,even tbough Plf
and NQ appearequal)
E x a m p l e3 :
@(D@@@
(sincel{ is betweenP and Q)
E x a m p l e4 :
rt0
*-*z
@@(D@@
(sinccPQ is a straightlinc)
141
A if tbe guantity in Column A is greater;

D if thc rclationshipcannot be detcrminedfrom the information given.
Column A
ColumnB
1.76x 100
0 . 1 7x6 r 0
C o l u m nA
Column B
S
^v l,
22
RSTV is a square.
The length of RI
2.
x+y
y+z
r=2
s =|
One bacterial cell of a cerrain type is placed in

t petri dish. Cclls of this type divide once every
day.
(r - 35)r
| 3. The total numbcr

of
bacterial cells in thc
dish at the end of
4 days if no cells die
4.
9 . T h e s h o r t e sdt i s t a n c e
from point P to
point R
t3
3 , 4
I 0 . T h e n u m b e ro f p r i r n e
numbersbetweenl0
and 20
3{51+ 4(4)
4{5)
a-3
(r
3s)5
An aviator in Mexico flev 300 kilometers

in a straightline due easrfrom point P to
point Q and then 400 kilometersin a straight
line due north ro point R.
s+f=:+f
5.
Twice the length

of R.S
550 kilometcrs
The numberof prime

numbersbctween30
and 40
-21r 12
-l (y( I
6.
242
i
b:
F
t
1
A if
s if
C if
D if
Column A

the quantity in Column B is grcatcr;
the relationship cannot bc dcrcrmincdfrom thc information given.
Column B
x)o
I L Thc number of
minutesin x * 100
houn
ColumnA
li
E
ColumnB
(
t/fr=4
The numbcr of scconds
in 6O(x + l0O) minuter
and y2=6
t4.
15. Thc length of the

diagonel of a square
with cach side of
lcngth 2
+.,6
12.
Thc hcigbt of a
trianglc with cach
side of lengtb 3
t.
a
I
t-
CO ON TO THE NEXTPAGE"
t3.
(R,5)2
+ 1542
(RT)2
,13
Directio{rs:. Each of thc Qucstions l6-30 has five anssfcrchoiccs.For each of thcsequestions,sclectthe
bcstof thc
answer chorcesglven.
r c .t x | =
(A)
t 9 . If x equals25 percent of a number, thrn

125pcrcentof the number is
(B) I
(c, 3
(D) 6
(E)6*
(* - 2)180
17. lf k = 15,then - =
k
(A)
(B)
156
23
(A) #
(B)f
(D) ax
(E) 5x
(c) r.25x
lf the cost of a long{istance phone call is
(c) -23
c centsfor the fint minute ana
cenrsfor
t,
eachadditional minute, whar is the cosLin
(D) -204
(E) -360
ccnts, of a lO-minute call of this type?
(e)i.
(B)6c I
+,
( D )7 c ( s )? .
18. In thc figureabove,thearcaof square PQR^Sis

64. Wharis rhearcaof AeRT?
(A) 48
(B) 32
(C) 24
(D) 16
(E) 8
244
:.
t.
I
rt
F
t:
Question2
s l - 2 5 r e f e rt o t h e f o l l o w i n gg r a p h s .
i:
E
F'
P E R C E N TC O N T R I B U T E D
T O P R O F I T SB Y E A C H O F T H E
6 DIVISIONSP
, T H R U U , O F C O M P A N YY F O R t 9 ? 9 A r . i D t g E O
l-
E.
!
,
t
ll
E
t
il
{:
t980
Profits = t30,000,m0
='?13.*.ooo
,,on,.
..'
2 l ln 1980whatwasrheaverage
of theamounts
contributed
to profitsby DivisionL and
Division 7"?
(A)
(B)
(c)
(D)
(E)
24. lf the six divisions are ranked eachycar

accordingto thcir dollar contributions to
profits, from grcatestcontribution to lowest,
how many divisions ranked lower in 1980rhan
i n 1 9 7 9?
Sr.000,000
Sr,500,0o0
$3.000,000
54,500.000
56,500,000
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
22. DivisionR contributed

howmuchlessto the
profitsof CompanyY in 1980rhanin I979?
(A)
(B)
{c)
{ D)
{E)
None
One
Two
Three
Four
25. How many of the divisions contributed more

dollarsto profits in 1980than in I979 ?
5600,000
$300,000
$t80,ooo
$ 120,000
$too,ooo
. (A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
2 3 . ln 1979thegreatest
contr-ibution
to profitsby
One
Two
Three
Four
Five
o n e o f t h e s i x d i v i s r o n sw a sw h a t p e r c e not f t h e
l e a s tc o n t r i b u t i o n ?
(A) tjEc (B) 90c; tc) 100%
(D) 900ra (E) 1.000%
245
26. In a certainspartment buildingexactly j of
2 9 .t f x ) 0 a n d 2 x - t = 2 ; i ,
the apartments have two bcdroomsand exactly
(A)t
f of the two-bedroom apartmentsarc front

apartments.Which of the foltowingcould be the
r;
(B)Y
total number of apartmentsin the building?

tA)
{B}
{c)
(D)
(E)
then x =
(c) |
42
50
5l
56
57
(D) v'7
(E) jT+ t
27" \l hich of the following could be the arca of an

isasceles
trianglewith pcrimeterlE and one side
of length8 ?
p0/1 lf the radiusof a circleis decreased

by 30 pert i l l t h e a r e ao f t h e
c e n t ,b y w h a t p e r c e nw
circular region be decreased?
(A) 6
{B) t2
(Aj
(B)
(C!
(D\
(E)
(c) t4
tD) l6
{E) rE
28. When a certain number is dividedby 7, the
remainderis 0. If the remainderis not 0 when
the number is divided bv 14.then tfr-eremainder
must be
{A) |
(ts) 2.
,,*
(C) 4
(D) 6
(E) 7
244
t1Va
a97a
St%o
6AVc
907c
t.
SECTION4
Tim-30 minures
30 Questions
T:
*:.
r
1
Numbers: All numbersusedare realnumbcrs.

FiSures:
Positionof points,angles,regions,
etc.crn bc assumcd
ro be in the ordershown;andanglcmG1,ure3
Linesshownassrraightcanbc assumed
to besrraight.
Figurcscan bc assumedto ric in a plancunress
orherwisc
indicated.
questions
areintendcdto provideinformationuscfulin answering
thequcstions' However,unlcssa notcstatesthata ligureis drawrilo scalc,y6u
shouldsolvethescproblems
Nor by estimatingsizesby sightor by mcaiuremcnt,
but by usingi"urr""*r.dge of mathcmatics
(sec
Example2 below).
:
:
a
t
:
:
:
F'
i
a
Dryctions: Eachof rht Qu.*tPnt l -ll. consists

of two quantitics,onein column A and onein column B. you
arc to comparerherwo qua-iiilElffihoosc
t:
at
I
I
C
D
Note:
i! tle quantiryin ColumnA is greater;

if the quantiryin ColumnB is treatcr;
if thc two quantiticsarcequel;
if thc rclationshipcannotbcdcterminedfrom the inforrnationgi'en.
Sincethcre are only four choices,NEYER MARK (E).
ts
Common
IffiEiliion:
,.
In a question,informationconccrning oDcor both of thc quantities

to bc comparedis centercdabovc
the two columns. A svmbol that appeirs in borh columns;.;;;;;;-;c
same rhing in Column A as it
doesin Column B.
F
F
E
a:
Erample l:
Column A
ColumnB
2x6
2+6
SamoleAnsrcrs
o@@@(D
Examples
24 rcferto A peR.
Example2:
NQ
@@@lD@
(sinceequal mcasureseennot
bc assumed,even though pl{
and NQ appear equat)
Examplc3:
Example 4:
@(D @ @@
(sincc/Y is bctwecrP andQ)
w+z
rE0
@@(D@(D
(sincePp is a straighrlinc)
GO ON TO THE NEXTPACE.
2n

if the two quantities are equal;
D if the relationship canoot bc determinedfrom the information given.
l.
Column A
Column B
2(t03)+ 5(t02)+ 7
257
Column A
Column B
7n*x=23
n=3
2.
lors
lott
The lengthof PR is 12.
0(x(l
E.
4.
x-y
numberof bonds
6)fl.
L/ tbat werepurchascd
for 12,500
6. The$olume of a
spherethat has
radius4
x=-lxl
x*0
The number of bonds

that were purchard
for $3.500
9.
The volume of a
spherethat has
diameterE
The altitude of a certain triangular sail is

2 metcrsgreaterin lengththan its base.The
areaof thc face of the sail is 24 squaremeters.
a, D, and c are consecutiveodd integers,not

necessarily
in that order.
a- b
Tbe lengrh of pS
y- x
10. Thc lcnglhof the base

of the sail
4 meters
b-c
G O O ] ' iT O T H E N E X T P A G E
248
A if thc quantity in Column A is greatcr;

Column A
lt.
'*
if thc two quntitics are equal;

if the rclationship cannot bc dctcrmined from thc information given.
Column B
Column A
(-t)7? (-2)a
14. Tbc arca of a circular

rcgion yith diametcr x
{
t
i
_
c'!geg_g
Thearea ofa squere

region with diagonal
of lcngth r
On Juty I tbc ratio of mcn ro r'omcn in Club X

was9 to AL During thc monrh,2 addirional
' men aad 2 edditioiel womenjoincd tbc club,
and no membersdroppcdout.
15. Tbc ratio of mcn ro
'
wornDin Club X at
the cnd of July
RS=$T= TU= UR= t0
12.
RT
t3
"r=i t*
Y l 2
5
x, y, end z ere positive aumbers.
t3.
u9
Directions: Eacb of the Qucstioar 1630 has fivc answer choices. For each of thesequestions, sclegtthc bcst of the
answer cnotcsgrven.
16..lf x = 3 is onesolutionto thc equation

x 2 * r x - 2 0 = 4 , t h e n7 =
19. What was the original price of an itcm if a discount of20 pcrccnt reducedthc pricc to ll00 ?
(A) -8
(B) -5
(A) $80
(B) $120
(D) 5
(E) 8
(D) $150
(E) $250
(c) -3
If the value of a ccrtain fraaion is equal to 0.4

and the dcnominator of tbe fraction is 15,then
the numcrator of the fraction is
(A)
(B)
20. The numbcrofconncctions C that can bc

made through a s*'itchboard to which I telephones are connecledis given by tbe formula
-T-.
,.,
.r=- -7IrlI
now many morc coillestrons
6
8
are possiblewith 30 telephonesthan yith X)

telcphones?
(c) e
(Di r2
(E) 37.s
(A) 435
(D) 45
(B) 72 (C) 36 (D) 3
(B) 245
(C) t90
(E) l0
CO ON TO THE }TEXTPAGE.
It" ln thc figure 8bove, the ratio of x to y i s 3

to 2. What is the value of y ?
(A) r0r
(c) st2s
(E) 2
250
Qusstions2 | -25 refer ro the following graph.

1917-1978
TEXTBOOKINVENTORY FOR SCHOOLSX AND
BY YEAR OF PURCHASE
(as a pcrccntof thc 1977-197tinvenrorv)
School X
School I
Total
Invcntory: 1,500 T otal 1971-1978Invenrory: 2,000
l2Vo
t3%
t2%
2t%
EVo
EVo
Notc: All books werepurchascdnew on July I of each year
Whar pcrcentof School I/'s 1977-197g

\21)
tcxtbook inventorywas boughrin 1975?
(A)
(B)
(c)
(D)
24. lf School X purchascd300tcxtbooksin t97l

and all of thesetextbookseitherwerecountedin
the inventoryor had bcendiscarded
beforethe
inventory,what percentof thesctextbookshad
beendiscarded?
e%
t2%
2t%
33%
(A) t$Vo
(B) ZWo
(C) 50Vo
(D) 89%0
(E) t00Vo
(E) It cannot be determinedfrom the information given.

22. ln School X how many of thc inventoricd
textbooks werepurchasedprior to 1976?
(25) Which of the following staremenrs

can be
v
inferredfrom the graph?
(A) 100 (B) 120 (C) 1lf0

(D) t,34O (E) 1,3E0
I.
School X has a smailerenrollmentthan

School I/.
' II. If the ageof a book is the numbcr
of
years since purchase,thcn the average
(arithmetic mean) agc of a book in the
School I/ inventory is lessthan that of
a book in the School X inventorv.
llL According ro the invenlory, Sclobt X
and School Y purchascdthe samc
number of textbooks in 1976.
23. How many of the inventoricd textbooks wcrc

purchasedby the two rhools combincd during
the years1974,1975.
and 1976?
(A)
495
(B) e4o
tc) t,020
{D) t,435
{E) 2,800
(A) None
(B) | onty
(C) II only
(D) I and Il
(E) II and III
251
How manyof the positiveintegerslcssthan

25 arc 2lcssthan an intcgermultipleof 4 ?
26. V t ofthcnumbcrof womcnattendinga

certaindanccis equalto I the numberof mcn
attending,
whatfractionof thoscattendingarc
women?
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
(A)3
1rl ?
Two
Three
Four
Five
Six
lf 7x - 4y = -l
x-y=
(q+
and 5x * 3y = 52, then
(A) -4
(B) -3
(D)i
(c) 3
(D)
(E)
(D*
4
5
30, The floor of a company's storageroom has an

area of 20,000square feet. If thc floor is in the
shapcof 8 sqriare,approximatclyhow many feet
long is eachside?
(A) r40
(D) r,000
2 7 . In thc figurc above, O is tbc center of the circle.

lf A,E = 10, what is thc area of the circlc?
rff:.
(A)-"10r (B) 20r
(C) 25r
(D) 50r
(E) l00r
252
(B) 450
(C) 500
(E) 5,000
,,
7G
r
G
r:
FORGENERAI,TEST6 ONLI'
r
t
AnswerKey and Percentages'of Examinees AnsweringEach ouesrion correcuy
*
*
OUANTITATIVE
ASIIITY
Slction3
Slclionl
Nsmbrr tururr ; P+ i Numbcf Anrrtr

o
82
59
'I
89
75
32
32
40
7
6
I
10
80
'I 1
47
12
13
14
90
84
J3
1A
'Estrma:ed
F-
1
2
3
P-
R
t
ilumber Ans*r ip_

i
l
or
r
.
u
, 9 . t i
6
7
8
9
'10
6
7
I
9
10
t
F
E
E
I
D
93
59
c
o
5;
s.ll
9 i
36
75
16
55
35
63
67
16
17
18
19
20
54
58
59
az
55
a1
OJ
84
84
7?
49
51
J I
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
A
7
&1 i
; l
-a
s
i
r^
I
c a ,
1 )
a'
ra
il a
11
14
15
75
67
7i
E5
5'1i
14
qt I
1<
16
17
18
16
17
i 4 ' i
1 e
1-o
20
tr
20
E
D
E
D
21
..
lo
22
25
z)
i.
X
SO'
,
:-
,.n
J
i.
i'
2e
JJ
;i;
er
a
B
C
3:,
.^
24
z
,
r
r <
=
a
fP
9?
15
:-
60
69
Slsuon6
Humbor An*rr
1
2
3
3
56
Slclion 5
*q
*,
b
F
c
F.
?-
30
l:
;
:A
J I
34
35
36
38
i.
F
r
tor lite group ol examrnees wno look !he G R E G e n e r a i T e s i I n 3 f e c e i i

ih.ee-year oerrod
t
F
265
SCORE CONYER^9IONSFOR GENERAL TEST 6 ONLY

Brr Ssrl
Vlrid
36rr
Scaled Scorer a&d percrntr Bslow

t
06oHrr
llrlt|bd
t
Lbt
Saora
lrbr
trofl
Sceled Scorer rnd Pereenl! Belos

t
krftdn
*
ADstydrd
8.br
Scor!
BG{or
Srorr
\
Bcbw
72-76
aa
n
m
t l
70
69
68
o/
66
21
2
18
1E
17
1(
64
83
62
59
5
56
54
5
52
It
i3
13
10
8
7
800
800
790
780
380
360
350
340
$v
zAO
260
250
24.0
1
3
3
2
310
300
290
284
264
250
1
0
0
no
0
0
68
44
430
414
400
390
n4
750
74
730
TN
700
5@
490
480
460
450
a1
34
6
ZJ
21
18
to
'14
13
10
9
I
7
1
'I
'|
214
mo
?o0
200
M
61
5,9
55
52
.t9
46
a4
39
'Percent
scoring belcw l}le sled
Sptember 30, 1986.
score, bsd m the pertormarce ot the 916,6a] examrEes sbo lOOkt,}e Genatal Test between October '1. i9E3. and
ri
f;
ii
!:.
?ffi
t-'
!:
f,:
L
k,
SECTION 3
Time-30 minures
H
F
30 Questions
rI'
Numbers:
Figures:

Positionof points,angles,reSions,etc. can be assumedto be in the order shown;and anglemeasures
c a n b e a s s u m e tdo b e p o s i r i v e .
Linesshownas straightcan be assumedto be straight.
Figurescan be assumedto lie in a plane unlessotherwiseindicated.
Figuresthat accompanyquestionsare intendedto provide information usefulin answering
thc questions- However.unlessa note statesthat rfigure is drawn to scale,you should solvethese'proUta6
NoT by estimatingsizesby sight or by measurement,but by usingyour knowledgeof matiematrcs
(see
Example2 below).
D i r e c t i o n s :E a c h o f t h eQ u e s . t i o n s l - l 5 c o n s i s t s o f t w o q u a n t i t i e s , o n e i n C o l u m n A a n d o n e i n C o l u m n B . y o u
are to comparethe rwo quantitiesand choosc
A
B
C
D
rL
ft
t,r
t
t:
J:
t
F
F
t
I
$
I
if thc quantity in Column A is greater;

if the quantity in Column B is greater;
if the relationshipcannor be determinedfrom the informationgiven.
!.
I
I
a
i-
Note:
Common
G[5iilIiion,
S i n c et h e r ea r eo n l y f o u r c h o i c e sN, E V E R M A R K ( E ) .
In a question,informationconcerningone or both of the quantiriesto be comparedis centered
above
the two columns.A symbol that appearsin both columns represents
the sameitring in Column A as it
E x a m p l el :
C o l u m nA
ColumnB
2x6
2+6
SampleAnswers
rD@oP@
Examples24 re{erto A PQR.
E x a m p l e2 :
@@@(D
be assumed,eventhough Ply'
and ,,t/Qappear equal)
Example 3:
@(D@@@
(sinceff is betweenP and Q)
E x a m p l c4 :
w i
r80
@@(D@@
279
A if the quantity in Column A is grearer;

B if the quantity in Column B is greater;
D if the relationshipcannot be determinedfrom the information given.
ColumnA
Colugrn B
l. The average(arithmetic mean)of 10,

20, and 30
Column A
C o l u m nB
The average(arithmetic mean)of 12,

20, and 2E
The diameterof the inscribcdcircleis 2.
2.
x2
6. Thc perimeterof
square ABCD
y2
x ) l
x=-7
2t
4"
x2
The price of an article of clothing was reduced

from $25 to $20" The reduced price of the article
was then increasedby x percentto return it
to $25.
'/oo
v15
x2*/2-81
x2-y2-0
5"
xr-ya
280
3'
*:
*
li
s
A
B
C
D
*.
i f t h e q u a n t i t yi n C o l u m n A i s g r e a t e r ;
if the quantityin Column B is greater:
if the relationshipcannot be determinedf r o m t h e i n f o r m a t i o ng i v e n .
I
E*
r
E
E
?
l-.
C o l u m nA
C o l u m nB
C o l u m nA
C o l u m nB
?
:
'{
:
I
8..
tn
I!
s
::-
s+/
r+k
i
t-6
F
E
J:
tl
l l
l4
4.r+ +
< l - 3
)
J
14. x is an integer,and the remainderwhen 2x is

divided by 4 is 0.
v*5
il
8 ' 3 '7 ' m

I l. The grearestof the
The sumof 0.325ard
f o u r f r a c t i o n sg i v e n
the leastof thefour
above
fractionsgivenabove
Q rl l Q z
ro.
The remainderwhen
x i s d i v i d e db y 4
{5-r)0-5)
r
I
!:
I
t:
E
*,
tt
t
0
I
I
r, s, and t are the radii of three circular regions

that have areas R, S, and 7", respectively.
1.
rI
t.
R=25 andS:2I
|5.
2t
a$
3
t
281
GO ON TO T H E N E X T P A G E .
Directions: Each of the Questions 1630 has five answer choices. For eacb of these guestions, selectthe best of the
iiFir:r-E-oiccsgiven.
t 6 . I f 2 x * 3 y = 1 5 a n dy = l , t h e n2 x =
(A) 18 (B) 12 (C) r0
(D) e
(E) 3
1 7 .If a smalljuice can contains 200 milliliters of

juice, how many liters of juice are there in a
casccontaining 48 small cans?( I liter = 1,000
milliliters)
{A) 0.e6 (B) e.6 (C) e6

(D) 960 (E) 9,600
20. In thc figureabove,x =

(A) 35 (B) 55 (C) 125
(D) r45 (E) r50
1t
lE.lf ;6 = 2 , t h e nx =
(A) -E (B) -4
(C) 4
(D) 6
(E) E
t 9 { 3 x 1 0 0 ) + ( 4 xl ) + ( 5 x 1 , 0 0 0 ) + ( 6lx0 ) =
(A)
(B)
(c)
(D)
(E)
3,456
3,564
4,635
5,346
5"364
:5*
282
t,
X:.
E
E
F
ii
Q u e s t i o n s2 l - 2 5r e f e rt o t h ef o l l o w i n gd a t a
;
SPEEDOF WII,IDSIN THE UNITED STATES
(milesperhour)
H
G
t.
?l
Up to and Including 1967

Aveage
High
A t l a n t a ,G a .
B o s t o n ,M a s s .
Buffalo,N.Y.
Chicago,Ill.
Cincinnati,Ohio
Denver,Colo.
Helena,Mont.
M i a m i ,F l a .
Montgomery,Ala.
M t . W a s h i n g t o nN, . t L
NewYork,N.Y.
O m a h a ,N e b r .
Pittsburgh,Pa.
Salt Lake City, Utah
San Diego,Calif.
Washington,D.C.
9.2
| 3.0
t2.6
10.2
7.1
9.3
7.9
9.0
6.9
15.6
9.6
il.1
9.4
8.7
6.5
9.5
t0
65
9t
60
49
56
73
132
60
231
70
73
58
7l
5l
7E
tl
Up to and Including 1979

Avera
9.t
t2.6
12.3
t0.4
7.1
9.0
7.9
9.2
6.7
35.0
9.4
t0.8
9.3
8.8
6.7
9.3
,"
:.
XI
70
65
9l
60
49
56
73
t32
l2
231
70
r09
58
1l
5l
78
f
I
i.,
SPEED AND OFFICIAL DESIGNATIONS OF WINDS
Designation
Miles per
Hour
Designation
Milespcr
Hour Designation
Miles per
Hour
Designation
Miles per
Hour
Calm Lessthan I Moderatebrccze. . 13 to 18 Near gale

32 to 38 S t o r m
.. " 55to 63
Lightair
... tro3
F
r
e
s
h
b
r
e
e
z
e
.
"
.
.
.
.
1
9
t
o
2
4
Gale..
. . . 3 9 t o 4 6 V i o f e n st t o r m . , . . 6 4 t o 7 3
L i g h tb r e e z .e. . . . . . 4 t o 7
G e n t l eb r e e z .e. . . . 8 t o 1 2 S t r o n gb r e e z c . . . . 2 5 t o 3 l S t r o n gg a l e .. . . . . 4 7
t o 5 4 Hurricanc .. . 74 and above
283
24. For which of the placesshown was the absolute

value of tbe differencebetweenthe average
wind speedthrough 1967and the averagewind
specd through 1979greatest?
2 l Through t967 what was the ratio of the highcst

to the awrage wind specdfor Boston, Massachusctts?
(A) 5:l
(B) 6:l
(D) 8:l
(E) 9:l
(O 7:l
(A)
(B)
(C)
{D)
(E)
22. For the three placeswhosc avcrage wind speeds

through 19?9werethe three highest,approximately what was the avcragc (arithmctic mean)
of those wind speedsin miles pcr hour?
(A)
(B)
(c)
(D)
(E)
zJ.
Boston
Chicago
Mt.Washington
Omaha
San Diego
25. The data infers that, betweenDecember31, 1967

and January l, 1980,which of the following was
true?
'I. There was a hurricanewind recordedin
r57
r5l
60
2A
t2
II.
'
IIL
For how many of the placesshown did the

highest*'ind speedchangefrom 1967to 19792
Omaha.
The averagewind speedin Montgomery
w a s 6 . 8 m i l e sp e r h o u r .
The *'ind speedin Chicagowas neveras
high as 60 milesper hour.
(A) I only
(A) One
(D) Six
(B) Two
(C) Three
(B) II only
(D) II andIII only
(C) | and lll only
(E) I, II, andIII
{E) Fourteen
2U
n.
26. Ricardo lives4 kilometersdue westof Pat's

house.Ann lives6 kilometersdue north of pat's
houseand 4 kilometersdue westof David's
house.What is thc straight-linedistance,in
kilometers,from Ricardo'shouseto David's
house?
(A)
(B)
4
5
29. ln the figure abovi, thc circte is inscribedin the

square.If the squarehassideof lengfh 100,then
the perimeterof the squareis approximarely
how much greaterthan the circumferenceof
the circle?
(c) 8
(D) l0
(E) t2
27. Of the following,whichis mostncarlyequal
(A) 9,686 (B) 2,150

(D) t00 (E) 86
toi?
(
(A)i1 (B)i
(c) i1
(D)iit r
15
(E)2T
(C) 243
n
l
(30) One month Mary used of her monthly
f,
' salary for a car payment
and more than the
i
car payment for rent. What fraction of her
If a certain objeA has beenmoving at the

constsnt rate of r metersper minute, how
many metershas the object moved in the
last y seconds?
monthly salarydid Mary usethat month for the

car paymentand rent combined?
(A) TT.
60
(A)t
(B) 60x
(B)i
r
(c) 6-0t
(qt
60
(D) xy
(D)+
(E) 60xy
G)#
285
la
E
f
3
r
*
i-
SECTION 4
Time-30 minutes
30 Questions
Numbers;
All numbers usedarc real numbers.
Figures:
Position of points,angles,regions,etc.can be assumedto be in the order shown;and anglemeasures

Lines shown as straigbt can be assumedto bc straight.
Figures can be assumedto lie in a plane unlessotherwiseindicated.
Figuresthat accompanyquestionsare intendedto provide information usefulin answeringthc questions. However,unlessa note statesthat a figure is drawn to scale,-voushouldsolvetheseproblems
NOT by estimatingsizesby sight or by measurement.but by using'yourknowledgeof mathematics(see
Example 2 below).
Directions: Each of the Questionsl-15 consistsof two quantitics,one in Column A and one in Column B. You
a?-o c66-pare the two qGiliiiEiiiffioose
A
B
C
D
Itiote:
if
if
if
if
thc quantity in Column A is greater;

the quantityin Column B is grcater:
the relationshipcannotbe determinedfrom the i*formation given.
Common
iiF6Tin?Iion:In a question,informationconcerningone or both of the quantiriesto be comparedis centeredabove

the two columns.A synbol that appean in both columns represents
the samething in Column A as it
does in Column B.
E x a m p l el :
ColumnA
ColumnB
2x6
2+6
SampleAnswers
(D@@@@
Examplcs24 refer to A PQR.
E x a m p l e2 :
NQ
@ @ @ o
(sinceequalmeasurescannot
be assurned,
eventhough P,\
and NQ appearequal)
Example3:
@{D@@@
(since ,N is bctq'een P and Q)
E x a m p l e4 :
t80
w* z
' @ @ ( D @ @
{sincePQ isa straightline)
GO O\- TO THE NEXT PAGE.
286
A
B
C
D
if
if
if
if
t h e q u a n t i t yi n C o l u m n A i s g r e a t e r ;
t h e q u a n t i t yi n C o l u m n B i s g r e a t e r ;
t h e t w o q u a n t i t i e sa r e e q u a l ;
the relationshipcannot be determinedfrom the inforynationgiven.
C o l u m nA
Column B
Column A
M a r i a i s 5 0 i n c h e st a l l .
H e r c o a t w e i g h s2 p o u n d s
l . T h e t o t a ln u m b e ro f
poundsthat Maria
and her coat weigh
Column B
Jx2=21
6.
t00
-r*4= l0
2.
-_,'
x p e r c e n to f 2 4 i s 1 2 .
50
D, E, and .F are midpoints of the sidesof
LABC asshown
7. The sum of the areas
The area of the region

enclosedby quadrilateral DBEF
b=2o*l
8.
4.
m-{.x*-;')
2b
4a*l
n-(r+t')
n=7.193
5.
(- l;to
9. The number of
distinct positive
factors of n
( - l 1 tt
l0
GO ON TO T H E N E X T P A G E
?47
A if tbc quantity in Column A is greater;

if thc two quantities are equal;
D if the rclationship cannot be determinedfrom the inforrrration given
ColurnnA
C o l u m nB
C o l u m nA
Column B
Let lrl=J.
let @=6,
l I f i is an odd integer;
i f x is an eveninteger.
r a n d s a r e i n t e g e r s ,3 r i s o d d , a n d 5 + s
is odd.
lJ.
t0.
{J
QR
72-x2-l
It.
r ^t
y4
andr*0f+l
The length of an edgeof cube R is 2 and the

lengrhofan edgeofcube I is 3.
..
The ratio of the
12. Thciatio of the
v o l u m eo f c u b e R
surfacearcaof
to that of cube ?"
cubc R to that
of cube I
O i s t h e c e n t e ro f t h e c i r c l e .T h e d i s t a n c e
betrreen P a n d Q r s 4 .
I A
xr'= I and r'-,x:0

l_5
288
Directiols Eachof the QuestionslG30 hasfive answerchoices.For eachof thesequestions,select bestof

the
the
.
answerchoicesgiven.
| 6. If the sum of two numbcrsis l4 and their

diffcrenceis 2, what is the product of the two
numbcrs?
(A)
(B)
(c)
(D)
(E)
t e .I f i + * = } ,
(A)
tnenx=
(B) e
24
28
40
45
48
(c) ll
(D) t3
(E) r5
4 , 4 , 4 4 4
9 ' 9 ' , 9 ' 9 9
- =
17. A secretarytypcd 6 letters,each of which

had either I or 2 pages.If the sccrctarytypd
l0 pagesin all, how many of the lettershad 2
pages?.
4
9
a
( ^ ) f) i ( B
) ; (' c ) i r ( D )9 i ( E )
{A) |
(B) 2
(c) 3
(D) 4
(E) 5
t\
t \
ii
;
1
{
E
;
t X
t 8 . lf the areaof L PQR aboveis 32. what is the

lengnhof PR ?
(A) 2
(B) 7
(C) 8
(D) t6
(E) 32
289
Questior,s2l-25 refcrto thc followingtablc.

CO}.ISUMERCOMPLAINTS RECEIVED BY THE CIVIL AERONAUTICSBOARD
t980
(Pcrccnt)
Category
F l i g h tp r o b l e m s, . ,
Baggage
Customcr scrvice
Oversalesof seats
Refund problems
Fares ...
Reservationsand ticketing
Tours .
Smoking
Advertising
Credit
Special passengers
Other .
20.aEo
l8.3
r.3.I
r0.5
t0.I
6.4
5.E
3.3
3.2
t.2
1.0
0.9
6.2
...; '..
lffi.0Va
Total Number of Complaints
22,988
l98l
(Pcrccnt)
22.t%
21.8
rr . 3
I 1.8
E.l
6.0
5.6
2.3
2.9
l.l
0.8
0.9
5.3
100.0%
13,27E
whatperccntdid thetotal
22. By approximatcly
from 1980to
decrcasc
numberof complaints
r 9 E l?
2 1 . Approximately how many complaintsconcerning Credit were receivedby the Civil

AcronauticsBoard in 1980?
(A) 4A9o
(B) 60Va
(C) 'tSVo
(D) 10070
(E) t7SVo
(B) 220 (C) 230

{A) n3
(D) r,330 (E) 2,300
2m
23. lf thc categories,cxcept*Other,-are

ranked by
of complainc from grcatestto tcast,
for
l:Icent
now many of the catcgorieswould
thc rank
c h a n g ef r o m l 9 g 0 t o t g g t ?
(A) Three
(D) Seven
(B) Four
(E) Eight
(C) Six
24. lf the circle graphsbelow (drawn

to scale)
represe
nt total consumercomptaintsfor -f 9gO,
"
whichgraph showsa shadedsecror
rh;;
correspondsto Flight problems
and Refund
proDtemscombined?
W h i c h o f t h e f o l l o w i n gs r a t e m e n r s
canbe
I n r e r r e dl r o m t h e t a b l e ?
t . I n 1 9 8 0a n d i n 1 9 81 .c o m p l a i n rasb o u r
Flighr problems.Baggage.
and Cus_
tomer servicetogetheraccountedfor
more than 50 percentof all consumer
complainrsreceivedby the Civil
AeronauticsBoard.
I t . The number of Specialpassenger
com_
p r a l n t sw a s u n c h a n g e fdr o m l 9 g 0 t o
l 9 8r
ill
F r o m t 9 8 0 r o l 9 g I t h e n u m b e ro f F l i g h t
problem complaintsincreasedby
moi
than 2 percent.
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
I only
ll onty
I and ll onlv
t and llt oniy
l, ll. andttl
291
jv
29. The volume of a cylindrical tank is directly

proportional to the height and the squareof
the radius of the tank. If a certain tank with
a radius of t0 ccntimeters has a volume of
20,000cubic centimeters,what is the volume,
in cubic centimeters.of a tank of the same
heightwith a radius of l5 centimeters?
(A) 300,000
(B) 45,000
(c) 30,000
(D) 15,000
(E) 4,500
26. ln the figure above, LMNO and GHJK are rect-
angleswhere
GH= tLM
andP:
luN.
What fraction of the rcgion bounded by L*{NO
30.If y=
of x?
is NOT shaded?
( A ) l r n r I r o | { D ) 3( D i
(A) -*
2 7 . At 9:00a.m. train 7 left tb train station and
(B) | *x
two hours later train S lcfi the same statioo

on a parallel track. Iftrain I averaged60 kilometers per hour and train .S averaged75 kile'
meters per hour until S pasred I, at what time
did S pass I?
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
( c )r * *
(D)#;
2:00p.m.
5:00p.m.
6:00p.m.
7:00p.m.
9:00p.m.
(E) j-f;
2 8 Bv weight,liquid ,{ makesup 7.0 percentof

solutionI and 14.5percentof solutionII. If
grams of solution I is mixed with 2 grams of
solutionll. then liquid ,{ accountsfor what
percentof the weight of the resultingsolution?
(A') 6.WEo (B\ lUTa C\
{D\ 2t.57o (EJ 507o
a
a * b
rc.75%
292
and x :
f;,
what is y in terms
ir
FT
:
FOR GENERALTEST 7 ONLY
i
.i
Answer Kcy and Percentager' of Eramlnecg Anrwerlng Each Qucr{on Co,rccdy

qNl.'TIfiIVE AI',ITY
YSUU,IilUTY
ftEt.
l'3||t
3
1
t rd.|2
8Gth.
I
A
7
8
B
D
P + l{|'r!at
03
66
6l
62
58
Êrrt
P+
fr|ttr
87
75
1
2
4
59
60
,t0
1
2
4
5l 1
5t
l z
s I' E
9t
10
a, l
11
12
45
3C
45
J1
12
B
o
IJ
14
1t
t6
18
19
20
2.
tr
B
36
.to
21
94
86
<t
36
42
28
JI
15
to
18
19
7a
n
n
18
19
63
20
87
96
w
s
23
v
21
2.
6a
24
58
)1
tr
21
25
ZJ
87
62
89
66
48
15
13
2
3
1
5
13
14
ct
17
18
19
71
73
g)
A
B
D
B
A
B
o
o
D
ZJ
t
4
3
,to
a
11
12
13
lrt
1t
86
79
76
16
17
j8
A
D
64
73
1q
o
A
26
44
52
59
90
81
79
35
2A
29
30
u
n
al
3|3
3
AR
5a
45
36
a<
B
E
78
53
17
3Kl
41
36
37
38
32
a,
1t
38
&
&l
30
82
3l
x
w
E
26
a2
26
a
a
30
50
c
6
27
28
a
w
E
l
B
-o
lv
&l
l 34
l tt1
3|
'Estimatcd P + tor
lhc group ot axaminoas who took t}!r GRE Goneral Test in a rsc6nt tttre!-yoar tloriod.
305
c
B
80
l 68
3)
ll 7 1
I 17
E
I
D
8
9
10
?1
23
24
Affi
3
4
12
13
14
15
17
st
B
12
83
4a
st
1l!0i.
I
6E
&)
8.t
50
45
30
17
?r
68
56
Rt
16
21
25
P+
21
2.
73
24
25
b3
B
t.ilrI
t c$aa I
htf,t
10
t<
90
e5
86
81
lo
B
A
P + iurnar
2'
54
52
72
49
30
&sr!t
lMr.mcrltmJTl
3.3U|| a
ltsllcl
?+
186
172
lnl
l a
i'
lsl
la4
lsr
lso
ltt
l*
112
167
l5r
t 4
||tf,t
|Ha
2
3
4
5
c
7
E
9
10
ll
12
13
14
15
D
B
E
A
o
o
E
E
a
A
P+
65
52
87
58
86
91
81
75
5.t
n
e,
EO
57
6l
24
16
17
16
19
D
E
A
51
G}
12
36
32
16
16
&
52
18
35
17
21
2.
n
A
I
32
24
Q,
E
A
B
A
12
c2
SCORE CONVERSIONSFOR GENERAL TEST 7 ONLY

AND TIIE PERCBNTSBELOW'
ulrld
rc-ie'
Scrhd Scorq: .dd Perccotr Eolor

I
hdrh
rr|'ocd
t
72
71
8fi'
7$
rdo
9e
99
I
70
69
s
67
66
760
79
7&
730
7m
99
96
98
97
96
7m
g)
95
94
93
c2
91
u
63
62
6l
880
670
660
27
a
25
24
n
E&
g)
gl
ECX)
800
790
99
99
55
54
53
52
51
590
580
7X'
9n
560
550
750
740
73)
50
49
48
47
46
540
540
aio
520
510
15
44
13
42
41
40
39
38
a7
36
Scglad Scorer and porccntr Brlon

l
hnndtrthr
f
&$*r
30
650
610
600
Ylrtl
n
n
@
59
53
57
58
s30
6An
86
n0
710
2.
s
r9
18
17
15
c!
97
94
15
14
13
c2
91
0
670
680
87
E5
8
3
79
n
800
{p
S
9
800
800
99
99
9
99
99
sff)
490
4(}
474
460
650
6g)
620
6r0
590
7
70
67
65
61
m
9
7W
TtO
750
7s0
9
9E
98
97
96
450
4A
448
430
4m
580
570
550
540
s30
58
55
51
45
7m
7m
' - . F7r0
O
670
660
330
330
320
310
300
89
81
78
76
70
450
430
420
410
390
'/0
550
548
58
62
60
360
348
.s
320
300
m
zfi
zfr
ZQ
7&
200
200
ru
m
m
J/U
200
7
G5
6.{}
630
610
600
580
380
290
280
270
ta
510
500
490
470
460
zfi
240
5r0
51
490
470
1&
444
430
46
39
37
30
n
410
400
380
370
350
n
21
17
15
t1
z
1
1
0
210
200
0
0
0
0
0
200
200
200
M
1
'I
7
1
1
-1
94
93
91
8Il
86
"Porcant scoring betow tha grven scaled icore, 5ased on ths portormance
ol $e 7gs.276 examinees wno look the Genarsl Test betleer
1981, and Scptembr 30. ,t984.
306
Ociober 1
3:.,
&.:
SECTION2
Time-30 minutes
3'.
f
f
I:
30 Questions
Numbers:
Figures:
ji
3'
All numben usedare real numbers.

Position of points, angles,regions, etc. c;rn bc assumedto
bc in the order shom; and angle measures
Lines shown as straight can be assumedto bc straight.
Figurescan be asiumed to lie in a plane unlessorhcrwisc
indicated.
Figurcsthat accomPanyquestionsare intendedto provide
information uscful in answeringthe questions' However,unlessa note statesthat a figure is
drawnto scale,you should solve theseproblems
Nor by estimatingsizesby sight or by meaiurement,
but by using your knowledgeof mathematics(see
Example 2 bclow).
s'r
*
F
'{
F
Each qf the Ques-tionsl-.15.consistsof two quandties,

one in column A and one in column B. you
3T!!tf
""st
are to compare
rhe two quantiriEilEFhoose
A
B
C
D
Note:
if the quantity in Column A is greareq

if the quantiry in Column B is lrearer;
if the rerationshipcannot be determinedfrom the information given.
Sinccthereare only four choices,NEVER MARK (E).
Common
IiEiEiIion:
In a question,informationconcerningone or borh
of the quantitiesto be comparedis centeredabove
the two columns'A symbol thar appe-arsin both
columnsrepresents
E x a m p l el :
Column A
ColumnB
2x6
2+6
Sample Answen
(D@@@@
Examples24 referrc A,peR.
Example 2:
NQ
@@@(D
(sinceequal measurcscannot
be assumed,even though Pil
Example 3:
@(D@@@
(since,l/ is betwesnP and Q)
Examole 4:
w*z
t80
@@(D@@
(since PQ is a straight linc)
313

if rhe two quantities are equal;
D if the rclationship cannot bc determinedfrom thc information given.

Column A
Column B
Column A
,F * Jss
A team won 75 percentof the 24 games it played.

L The numberof games
2A
2x+5y=24
l5.xS3
the teamwon
2.
(4)(t05)
ColumnB'
400,000
rt = Q
.r>0
* 0
1
.r-
. t * l
4.
8 - (-12) - 5
5+(-8)+12
G
Sevencars were usedto transport the members

of a chessteam to their match. and each car contained either 4 team memben or 3 team members.
5. The total numberof

merd&n on rhe chess
team;r
45"
25
ACEF is a square.
Thc area of triangular regon BCD is L
9. The area of region ABGF
3.5
3r4
A
B
C
D
if
if
if
if

the relationshipcannotbe determinedfrom the informationsiven.
Column A
The areaofa rectangular regionwirh sides

of lengths?5 and 3.I
Column B
ColumnA
ColumnB
The area of a circular

region with radius 5
I I - The ratio of the lesserof rwo

consecutivepositivein tegers
to the greater
)
;
In the rectangularcoordinatesystem.segment Op
is rotatedcounterclockwiserhrough an angleof
90'to posirion OQ (not shown).
The -r+oordinate of
point p
- I
RS is a diameterof the circle.

12- The measureof L RIS
The measureof l_ R,fS
*:-:2
-r_t': - 3
(-t - -r,):
t6
Tiiangular garden ABC is redesignedby increasing

the length of AC by 20 pcrcent to point C' and
decreasingrhe lenEh of AB by 20 percent to
point 8'.
| 5- The area of rhe
ongrnal gardet ABC
The area of
the redesigned
garden AB'C'
Each of the Questbns l&30 has five answerchoices.For each of these questions,selectthe bestof the
gven.
Drections:
InFE6ices
l
16.
? ' d
l
I
I
1-4
.t-\-tl-
(A) 0
(B)
;
19. Eachedgeof thecubeshownabovehas
a{ t-BDE?
length s. What is theperirneter
(c)i
I
(D) I
(A) 3s
(E) 7
(B) 6s
/:
(c)-1c
t 7 A train travels60 milesperhour for 3 hoursand
then45 rnilesper hour for I hours.What is the

tr3in'saveragespeedin milesper hour duringthe
5-hou period?
p) 3sy?
(A) 55
(E)2r +'JT
tB) 54
I
\c) s2t
fD)5r
.:,
20. If the perimeterof a triangleis 18.then the

length of one of the sidesCANNOT be
(A) r
(B) 3 (C) 6 (D) 8 (E) e
(E) 50
It
If 4-t ls 9 grcaterthanthesumof .t and 3.v,then

x is how muchgreaterthan y ?
(A) 3
(B) 6
(c) e
(D) 12
(E) l5
316
+
4
v;
f
i
9qesti,ons 2l-25 refer to the following graphs. Alt referencesto "dollars" in thcsc qr:estionsarc the l9g5
dollan referrcd
to in the graphs.
TOTAL EXPENDITURESFOR MEDICAL CARE IN THE UNTTED

STATES
1975AND 1985
Sourcesof Expenditures
(in billions of 1985dollars)
1975toral: $240
Paid By
r
1985total: 5425
m"ffiL
;alFederat
H government
Slnai"iauar
State and local
ffi government
Other private
sourcss.such as
on-siteindustrial
scrvices and
philanthropies
t
Paid For
Distributioir of Expenditures
( i n b i l l i o n so f 1 9 8 5d o l l a n )
1 9 7 5r o t a l : 5 2 4 0
1985toral: 5425
care
ffi Hospiral
Other personal
health care expenditures.such as
drugs, eyeglasses,
and orthopedic
appliances
ElPhysician scrvices
Other national
health expenditures.
suchas constnrction
offacilities and
rescarch
QNoninghome
carc
&
e
a
317
21. The categorythat accountedfor $27 billion of the

distributionof medicalexpendirures
in l9?5
accountedfor how many billion dollarsof the distributionof medicalexpenditures
in 1985?
(A) re
tB) 22
(c) 30
(D) 35
(E) 53
(A)
(B)
(g
(D)
G)
20%
2s%
30%
35%
q%
24. The prcentof total medicalexpenditurespaid by

private insurancein 1975was most nearlyequal to
the percentof total medicalexpenditurespaid by
which of the following in 1985?
22" In 1985the amount of medicalexoendituresoaid bv

the federal government was how many times'the
amount paid by state and local government?
(A)
23. In 1985approximarelywhat percenrof all medical

, expenditureswas paid for physician services?
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
'a
I
(B) t a
(c) t 4I
Private insurance
Federalgovernment
Individuals
Stateand local government
Other private sources
25. What was the approximateprcrnt increax in total

medicalexpendituresfrom 1975to 1985?
(D) '. 1l
(A) 44%
(g\ 1't%
(E) L. 73
(c) 85%
(D) 88%
(E) r35%
,i].:
i1
iJ:;
3r8
28. lf -x -andI F on tbe numberline shownabove,

which of tbc following statemcntsutu"tU" tn eZ
(A)
ral{<z
26. In tbefigureabove,nllp. lf x : 30 and

-y = 80, what is the valu of z 2(A) 70 (B) 6s
(g 60
yl t z-
t *'i
(D) 55 (E) 50
-.-:t ::'
ti.ft
(D).r+7<l
27. Of the following; which is thc closcst
(9 *y <t
approximationto
(A)
(B)
29. If thc prodrrt of fivc-integersis an odd inqrr,

exacttyhow many of the fir,emust be odd?
I
5
(c) lo
tD) 20
(A) One [B) T"o (C) ThEe

(D) Four (E) Five
(E) t00
30. One-&th of a circular pie has beenservd- If the

rcst of-the pie is divided into n equal sewinp, tben
each of thesc servingsis what fraction of tbc whole
pic?
(A)
,ft
(B)?
(c)
n -T
b - r
(D)=#
(E)L#
319
SECTION6
Time-30 minures
30Questions
Numbers:
Figures:
All numbersusedare rial riumbcrs

Positionof points,angles,regions,etc.canbeassumed
to be in theordershown;andanglemeasures
can be assumed
to bc positive.
Linesshownas straightcanbeassumed
to be straight.
Figures'can
be assumed
to lie in a planeunlessotherwiscindicated.
questions
areintendedto provideinformationusefulin answering
the questions.However,unlessa note-statesthata figureis drawnto scale,you shouldsolvetheselroblems
NoT by estimating
sizesby sightor by measurement,
but by usingyourknowledg.of *"r[r.*atics (see
Example2 below).
D i r e c t i o n sE: a c h o f t h e Q u e s t i o n s l - l 5 c o n s i s t s o f t w o q u a n t i t i e s , o o e i n C o l u m n A a n d o n e i n C o l u m n B . y o u
are to comparethe two quantitiesand choose
A
B
C
D
Note:
if
if
if
if
the quantity in Column A is grcater;

the retationshipcannotbe determinedfrom rhe informarionsiven.
Sincethereare onl.vfour choices,NEVER MARK (E).
Common
;-;.,..._
I nlorEratlon: ln a question,informationconccrningone or both of the quantities
to b comparedis centeredabove
the two'columns.A symbolthat appclrs in both columnsi.pr.r.nt, rhe sameitring in Column
A as it
d o e si n C o l u m n B .
E x a m p l el :
Column A
Column B
2x6
) + A
SampleAnswers
o @ @ @ @
Examples24 referto A peR.
Examole2:
NQ
@@@(D
bc assumed,eventhough Pff
and NQ appearequal)
Example 3:
@ o @ @ @
(since .ff is betweenP and Q)
Examole 4;
w+z
t80
@ @ o @ @
332
GOON TO THE NEXT PAGE.
A if rhe quantity in Column A is greatc6

if the two quantiticsare equal;
D if rhe relationshipcannot bc dctermincdfrom the information givenColumn A
ColumnB
Colunn A
The arneragc(arithrnetic mcan) of

5 numbcrs, each less
than 7 and geater
than 6
(-t)7
x>2an4z>2
)
3.
"l
2s(26)+ 2q1s)
ColumnB
The averagc (arithmetic nrcan) of
7 nurrbers, cach less
than 6 and greater
than 5
s a n d t are positirc nunben
N
60
Point O is the csnter of the circle in the rectangular

coordinate systema * b
m * n
CO ONTO THE NEXT PAGE.
333
!:
"i
2.500
4.
5,
li:
E
A if the guantity in Column A is grearer;

D if the relationship cannot be determinedfrom the information given.

ColumnA
Column B
ColumnA
n and. r are positive integers such that

4 n_ 2 r + l
Column B
Last year retail salesin Country M totzld x dollars,

and the retail salesofthe 5 largest retz;lersin
Countr.v M accountedfor 75 percentof this total.
12. The average (ari thmetic

mean)retail salesfor the
5 largestretailersin
Country M last year
fi ootlu",
Lines I and m are parallel.
t0.
AB
BC
F-}-|
xl*
4
The areaof the

shadedregion
6 11-nrrmbris a positiveiategerwirh the special

property that 3 times its unis' digit is equai ro 2
timesits tens'digit.
14.The number of K-numben

Il.
x + z
betweenl0 and 99
X)+y
In an election eachvoter voted for one of two candidates, X and I. The numberof votcs that CanciiI
date X receivedwas j more than the number of

votes that Candidate ), re.ceived.
1 5 .The fracdon of the total

vote thar Candidate X
received
4
.
GO ON TO THE N'EXT PACE.
334
'!,.
ii.-
ts
E<
Drections Eachof the Qucstions1630 hasfive answerchoices.

For ach of thcscqrslbas, schctthe bestof thc
answcrdroicrs gitrcn.
{.
a
T
i
t:
16" If iatcger r w,erc dividcd by 7, the quotient would

be 12 with a rcmainder of t. Ttrcrcfore, r equet-c
(A) el
(B) go (c) 88 (D) 85 (E) 83
17.lf y * 0 and 2x + y: 12,thcnwhbbofthe

followingis NOT a p6ssible
valucof x ?
19. If 4x * 3y : 8 d
of y?
:'},
whatis tbcvatuc
(B) 2
(E,+
20. Two peoplewerchired!o mowa lawn for a total
of ry:.Tbey completed
thcjob with oneperson
workingfor I hour and20mioutesand theother
working 40 minutes.If r.heysplit the S45in proportion to theamountof timeeathspcntworkingon
thejob, how mrrchdid thepcrsonwho worked
longerreceive?
(A)
(B)
(c)
(D)
(E)
(A) 1 8 0 - s
(B) 1 8 0 + z
(c) z - 1 8 0
(D) z * l E O
fE)
533.75
S30.00
s27.50
$25.00
S22.50
@ ON TO THE NEXT PAGE-
335
::
f
i
!l
(D) 3
18. In the figure above, what is x * y in terms of z ?
(A)I
(.,3
(A) t2
(B) l0
( g t
(D) 6
(E) 4
Qucstions3l-25 refer to rhefollowingablc.

NUMBER OF MOTOR VEHICLESIN FI!'IE COUNTRTES
1983AND l9E5
Number of Moror Vehicles
r983
Countr,v
Per Square
Mile
r985
Per1.000
Per Square
Population Kilometer*
Per1.000
Population
109
182
49
?46
60
243
l3
752
tz)
29
lo/
D
,
r09
r90
49
220
447
9
t l squaremile = 2.6 square
kilometers
./-J
21. If in 1983the toral areaof Counrry g was

95,000squaremiles. how many million motor
vehiclesdid ir have?
453
24. If rhe populationof Country D in l9g3 was

80 million, thenthe numberof motor vehicles
in thar country was how many million?
(A) r,6
(B) 2.2
{c) 4.r
(D) 5.7
(E) 6.3
(A) ls.2
(B) 16.5
(c) l7.o
{D) 17.6
(E) r8.l
22" In 1985Country D hadapproximarely

howmany
motor vehicles
per squaremile?
25. In 1985thenumberof square

kilometers
per
100motor vehicles
in Country C wasapproxrmately
(A) 190
(B).125
(c) I l0
(D) 50
(E) 35
(A)
(B)
(c)
tD)
(E)
0.29
0.34
1.34
2.90
3.45
23" In 1983the numberof motor vehiclespersquarc

mile for Country .E wasapproximatelywhat
percentof rhe numberof motor vehiclespcrsquarc
mile for Country I ?
C'OON TO THE NEXT PACE.
(A) l8%
(B) 2t%
(c) 27%
p) 33%
(E) 47%
336
26. If 5 pcrccnrofa recrangular

lot is coveredby a
rectargularshedthatis 25 feetlongand 24 feet
widc,whatis thc areaof the lot in squarefeet?
29. ln a certain country, a pcrsoa is born

every
3 secondsand a person-diesevery fO scconOs.
I herclorc, the birth and death rat6 account
for
a population grovth rate of onc person svcry
(A) 3,000
(B) 5,700
(q t2,000
(A)'1*
(D) 2a500
(E) 30,000
2 7 . F o rx * 2
a n dx * 3 ,
',
(B) 4i sx
(g
*+;{l
7 sec
1
(A) I
@) tl j sec
r');-
@ l3sec
30- If r and s are positiveintegers,eacficraterthan
I, and if ll(s - l) : l3(r - l), whai is the least
possiblevalueof
r * s?
,^ X -2
(L/
t:---=
s - J
-L..
/h\
u4
G.-zt6=5
(A) 2
(B) ll
(c) 22
'r: - 4:r + 6
,o,
'-' (-r 2)(.r - 3)
(D) 24
(E) 26
A cirnrlarregionhascircumferencec inchesand
areak squareinches.Ifc = 3ft, whatis the
radiusof thecirclein inches?
(A)f
.')f
(q3
(D)f
1-
(E)?
337
FOR GENERAL TEST 8 ONLY

Amsgr Key urd PerDernegerof ExernlneesAnmrlng
E!
trtttTt
|ltarTrTfimAl|uTY
t (!0|t
hniar
SrE
lrrltf
1
2
B
A
r3
4
5
A
C
E
7
6
e
A
9
1
I
1
1
11
1
t
2
3
1
1
1
1
A
D
P+
94
9{
71
&l
55
E
7
8
9
lErrr
1
2
3
4
6
7
8
I
't0
A
B
D
D
B
78
TI
74
55
e0
D
A
68
38
47
z7
11
12
13
't1
15
81
80
63
16
n
A
c,
c)
56
78
cl
&+
c)
c
c
A
2
3
4
5
o
7
I
9
10
11
12
t3
1,1
t5
1
1
1
r
N
6
7
8
9
E
C
B
A
B
t9
86
tt{'
88
5a
t
6
1
7
'r8
1
9
N
E
8
A
D
E
49
18
13
20
2
2
D
C
zl
17
71
81
/t0
21
2
N
21
6
E
0
A
C
B
92
71
71
55
37
21
2.
23
24
25
58
3C
6
2
A
C
26
N
3
E
D
62
44
41
9.
27
8
7
8
9
E
A
C
C
27
92
53
34
B
A
8
C
E
58
68
81
59
/tg
A
E
34
E
E
8rt
60
3
9
3
3
3
}
4
5
D
C
E
8
8
75
76
58
37
45
*Sl
-32
,is3
3
3
3
6
7
8
E
D
A
37
26
3
3
6
N
3
D
E
A
B
E
a,
st
e
C
A
c
68
64
57
3
rl0
37
6
E
A
E
.i3l
-36
21
A
A
3
a
s7
P+ bt the gtor.p ol mtnines
Anrmr
A
D
9{
4
t5
llus|la
fi/U.YIEAAUUfi
6
P+
93
&l
83
CI
89
61
58
53
38
I
6
7
'Estimalsd
Xonbr
11 "c
.E
r2
1
3
4
11
B
1
5
C
D
E
0
B
?+
59
44
4l
31
lrrilt
t
)
A
B
C
D
$.td
2
2
L*-2
79
@
B
D
8
D
D
21
2
.
2
3
21
25.
lrnlcr
1
2
3
,' 51
tl3
53
Eaehajedlon corrGcty
A
D
A
o
o
B
B
B
A
E
28
29
30
P
91
p
a2
74
68
B
E
period
*
2
3
4
5
I
I
t0
49
35
6
c7
6
1t
12
13
l1
t5
93
8l
80
75
70
'rn
t6
17
t8
19
JO
66
56
3/t
d5
40
32
15
lnrrw
T7
7A
61
45
17
t
E
who t@k fle GR Gneal Tesl in a recn! three-)ar
3M
A
B
b.6ri
E
B
D
E
U
A
D
A
I
A
E
B
A
21
2
24
6
n
B
B
s.toe t
P+
9'l
80
90
77
79
68
59
8l
57
78
61
64
llumbrr Armr
1
?+
i80
l n
172
162
i61
E
A
D
I
i51
| 6-/
lel
181
I
1p8 6
7
6
10
B
B
A
1I
70
62
13
14
t<
B
B
E
53
35
49
9
63
16
17
18
19
20
46
3l
44
59
41
21
E
E
24
25
n
n
A
D
B
h
l7e
.16
50
49
44
52
55
28
25
't8
63
73
59
SCORE
COIIVERSIONS
FORGEIIERAITEST8 OI{LY
ANOTHEPERCE}ITS
EELOW'
Sco'r
%
B:lor
S..lra
Scoil
%
Brlor
3.$d
%
Esan Srlor
69
68
67
66
65
u
ff,
29
28
27
a.
51
60
s3
52
51
5i)
s.rha A
Ec!il ldil
S.d.a *
Sco.. Ltor
0
1m
420
{10
1{n
390
380
370
3q)
360
610
6m
590
5g}
560
550
540
5A)
510
5q)
S.d
Sr'|
t
ldgr
H
tI
i
7r.76
72
71
70
59
58
tl
s
55
54
a'
m
frn
800
P0
610
590
580
570
560
550
540
530
84
82
79
76
74
7'i
69
66
64
600
790
7m
780
n0
760
lfi
740
730
25
21
t3
2.
21
20
19
18
16
l4
49
48
47
45
45
14
13
12
11
10
u
43
42
I
8
7
6
5
&4
3.|
31
31
I
6
2
20
17
15
15
1g)
170
160
450
{t{)
4A)
t10
390
380
370
350
340
KX}
310
290
zffi
260
?44
230
210
60
5E
55
53
16
45
(l
3S
37
31
c)
27
25
n
19
17
l5
12
1l
I
650
6/q)
a0
610
m
5dl
5il0
560
5{t
5C'
s2e
5m
4C)
4m
4dt
1$
(X,
+m
ill0
3!n
7
6
2
I
1
I
1
200
200
2m
200
m0
1
I
I
I
1
xm
'Percent sorinS
below lhe scaled score is based on the perfomance of 1,04o.3-16eramin who tmk the
Ceneral T6t betwen Ocrober l, 1988, and September30, 1991. This tErcent below information is ued for
rore repons during the I 992-91 testing yeat
345
F.
SECTION 3
Trme-3O minutes
Numbcrs:
Figures:
3OQrmtions
All numbers used arc real numbers
Position of points, angles,rcgions,etc. can be assumedto bc in the order shown; and angle measures
can be assumed to be positive.
Figures can bc assumedto lie in a plaoe unlessotherwiseindicated.
Figuresthat accompany questionsare intendedto provide information usefut in ans*ering the questions' Howevel, unlessa notc.statesthal a figure is drawn to scale,you shoutd solvethese"problems
NOT by estimaiing sizesby sight or by meas-urement,
but by using your knowledgeof mat|ematics (see
Example 2 bclow).
Directions: Each of the Questionsl - 15 consistsof two quantities,one in Cotumn A and one in
Column B. you
are to comparethe two guantitiesand choosc
A
B
C
D
Note:
Common
I-il66iiion:
if
if
if
if

the relationship cannor bc determinedfrom the information given.

Il a question, information concerningorc or borh of the quantities to be comparedis centeredabove
the two columns' A symbol that appearsin both columns iepresentsthe sameining in Column A as it
doesin Column B.
E{ample l;
Column A
Column B
2x6
2+6
(D@@@@
NQ
@ @ @ (D @
SampleAnswers
Exampfes24 referto A,peR.
E x a m p l e2 :
be assumed,cven though P/V
and NQ appearequat)
Example 3:
@rD@@@
(since ff is between P and Q)
.Example 4:
w*z
tE0
@(g)(D@@
(sincePp is a straightlinc)
358
A if tbe quantity in Column A is grcatcr;

if the two quartities arc equaf
D if tbe relarionship cannot bc detcrmiaed froo the information girCn

Column A
Cotumn B
Column A
A hardcrarcstorepurchasedltcrtical saos shords

at a cst of $9 apie ad soH eachof them fior
20 pcrccotabora cogt.
t. Thsficeatwhichth
hanlwarestoresold each
shoral
Carolb c Centimctcrstt|,e
d catimss
shorlcr then C
7. Tbcm
$loto
higtrdK,i
hrigfu
n*?- t * 3
2.
6;
x < 0
x - l
l - r
r * y * z
n : 105373
4. The total number of

triangls Sown above
GO ON TO THE NEM PAGE.
4t
x * t : 8
x-ft:4
6.
359

B if thc quantity in Column B is grcater;
D if thc rclationship cannot bc detcrmined from the information given.

Column A
ColurnnB
ColumnA
Colurnn B
x2-3x * 2 : O
12. Twicethe sum of the
roots of the equation
ScgmentCS tisects LPQR and segmentRS

bisectsLPRQ.
Point S (not shown) lies above the x-aris such
that ARST has area equal to 6.
1 3 .The x-coordinate of
point ,S
The y-coordinate of
point S
105
5r
2 5. 5 2
rs tLO
(r + s)2
12+s2
The figure represcnts the floor of a certain room.

I I.
Thc area of the floor
350 square feet
360
Directions: Each of tlrc Questiops lG30 has five ansnrcr choiccs. For cach of thesc qucstirons, eclcct tbc bcst of tp
ffiEffiies
givcn.
'
15-If 9x - 3 = 15. tbcn 3x - t :
19.
-i- + -*- + -i- r
(A)
:
{B) 3
(A) g
(c)5
rD\
t-t
(D) 6
t2
TJ
12
(c) -T1
?o
{E} 45
(D) r
17.Ifth sumof 12,15,rnd x is 45,tbcnthcproduct

of5and(r + 2) is
(A) 100
(E) e
20. What is the arca of a circulai rqioir:ttatta"
circumfercnce 8zr?
(B) e2
{c) 80
{D) 4l
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
(E) 2s
18. If thc average{arithmaic mean) of two 1"m!ers is

20 and one of the numbers is x, what is thc otlrcr
numbcr in tcrms of r ?
(A) '10- x
(B) 40 - 2r
{ C )2 0 + x
(D)20-x
F' m-2x
4n
Er
16z
32n
6an
GO ON TO THE NE'CT FT(;E"
361
Questiors2l-25 referto the following graphs.

HOUSING PRICE AND FAMILY INCOME*
70
60
RATIO OF HOUSING PRICE TO
PER CAPITA INCOME*+
-E 50
7.4
'1.2
(.. zm
7.0
6.8
6.6
6.4
6.2
6.0
5.8
0
F : o
F 2 0
t0
r950 19551960 1965 1970t975 t980
'median saleprice
1950 t955 r960 1965t970 1975t980
and'median family income
**Rario _ Hou.ingP.!ol*$je!
Elq png)
rer Laplia lncome
Note: Graphs drawn to scale.

21. Approximatety what was the median sateprice
of an
ex$tng home in 1975?
24. lf in 1985the per capita income*as $7,200and the

ratio of the median saleprice of an existinghome to
per capita income was the sameas in lgg0, what was
the median saleprice of an existinghome in l9g5 ?
(A) $1s,000
(B) $35,000
(c) 936,000
fD) $38,m0
tE) s40,0m
(A) $s0.040
(B) $44.640
(c) sl1,600
(D) $5.040
22" tn l9m, what was the approximate difference

between the median s"le
i;"e of an exiJng
bome and the median family income?
(E)
25. By approximatelywhat percntdid the mediansale

price of a new home increaselrom 1955to 1975?
(A) $42,000
(B)
(c)
tD)
(E)
$l,l60
$45,m0
s44000
t4{r,500
t47,500
(A)
26%
(B) nlw
(c)
23. For which of tbe following years was the ratio

of the mcdian sale price oi a new bome minus the
mcdran sal'eprice of an existing home to per capita
incomc least?
62:%
(D) 167%
(E') 267%
(A) r960
(B) r965
(c) 1970
{D) t975
fE) 1980
GO ON TO THE }iEXT PAGE.

362
E'
l;.
e
E
a:
a
i:
.r-l
tr-:
5a
&
l0 miles
8 miles
28. The rectaogularsolid aboveis-ry{e up

of eight
cubesof the samesizc,ech yhich ti*
9f
gge.faccpainrcdblue.What i, rh" er"tc;i"o,roo
"#try
of th roratsurfaccarcaof thc *tii*oituB
*
blrrc?
(A)
26. Accordingto the ligure above,travelingdirecrly

trom potnt ;{ to point B, ratherthan from
point
4 to point C and then from point C to
point 8, wouldsaveaprproxinately
Lo*,n"oy
rniles?
(')*
(c)i
(A) l
@)2
{c) 3
(D)+
{D) 4
(E) 5
(E)i
0.50%:
27.
29. lf a > 0,,
(A),h
l :
t + l
c
or#
(A)q-#
(c)
Gr qi*!
(D)
> 0, and c > 0, a
rct@j#!
(E)+
r'D*!#
pte#*#
30. Jhe buyer of a certain mechanical toy must choose
2 of 4 optional motions and 4 of 5 optional aaessories.How many different combinations of motions
and accessorics
are availabh to the buyer?
(A) 8
(B) il
(c) t5
[D) 20
(E) 30
363
F
t'
l:
t:
NumbErs:
Figurcs:
ECTION 5
Trme-30 minutes
30 Questions
All numbcrs uscd arc real numben.
Position of points, angles,reSrons,etc. can bc assumed
to be in thc order sbown; and angle measures
Lines shova as straight can bc rssumed to be straight
Figurescan be assumedto lic ia a plane unlcssorherwise
indicatcd.
Figurcsthat accompanyquestionsare intended to provide
information useful in answeringthe questions' Howerar, unlessa note statesthat a figure ir'ar"*"
ro tlrr, fJu ,noura solve theseproblems
Nor by estimatingsizesby sighror by meas-urement,
Example2 bclow).
Directions: Each of the

ETllons.l-=qconsists
are to comparethe rwo quanti-iEi
andThoosc
1
I
I
D
Note:
Common
iffiE?iiou
of two quantities,one in column A and one in Column

B. you
rlr quantiry in Cotumn A is greater;

i{
quantity in Cotumn B is jrearer;'
i{ t1,.
the
rwo quantiticsare equal;
i{
if the relationshipcannot be determinedfrom the information
given.
Sincethcre are only four choices,NEVER MARK (E).

In a questioo,information concerningone or
both of the quantitiesto be compared is centeredabove
the two columns' A symbol that appearsin both
columns represcntsrhe samething in column A as it
does in Column B.
Exemplel:
ColumnA
C o l u m nB
2x6
2+6
SampleAnswers
o @ @ @ @
Exampfes
24 refertb A peR.
Examnlc 2:
NQ
@ @ @ (D @
(sinceequal measures
cannot
be assumed,eventhough py'y
Example3:.
@o@@@
(sincc H is betweenpand
Q)
Example4:
wlz
lE0
@@o@@
(sincePp is I straighrIiDc)
370
A
B
C
D
if
if
if
if

the relationshipcannot be determinedfrom the information given"
t:
,i
B
F
:'
Column A
Column B
ColurnnA
ColumnB
x + 5 =
2 l
v - -r: -8
0 . 12 5
2.
a * c * e
b+d'rf
.).
-t '6. 0t t . j '
255
2
Inrectangle ABCD, sides lD and BC havebeen

divided into segmelts of equal length as shown.
4. The length of f,F
Thc length of GC
The price of a pen is (l0x + ),) cents,the price

of a notebook is (l0y * x) cents,and the sum
of the two pricesis $ I .43.
x + y
I
4+---
AREAS OF THE FIVE

LARGESTSTATES
3*i
Alaska
Texas
California
Montana
New lV{exico
r00 200 300 400

Area (thousandsof squaremiles)
Note: Dra*-n to scale.
5. Sum of the areasof
Texas.California.
Montana. and
New Mexico
Area of Alaska
A if
B if
C if
D if
thc quantity in Column A is greatcri

thc quantity in Column B is grcareq
thc two quantitiesarc equal;
the relationshipcannot be detcrminedfrom the information given.
Column A
Column B
ColumnA
x a n d y are positiveintegers.
Among the 900 spectatorsat a football game,

there was a total of x students from College C
and a total of 7 students who were not from
College C.
x > l
y < 2
1
r
_1
ColumnB
l . Thgnumberof spectators
at the game who were not
students
900 - x - 7
L
,
t2
!
f
t3"
'The
area of a square
regie'n wrth a perimeter
equal tC)the perimeter
of rectangular region
WXYZ
O is the centerof the circle,and l_ ROS

a right angle.
l9
36
n.t
3T2
Directiots; Each of the Qucstions lG30 has five answerchoices.For eachof rhcsequcstions,
selccrthe bestof rhc
answerchoicesgiven.
1 6 r. f ; + r :
t 5 , t h e nr :
19. If the average(arithmetic

mean)of 16,20.and n
is berweenlE and21,inclusive,
whatis thgrearest
possibhvalueof n ?
(A) 5
(B) 7
(c) l3
(D) 28
(E) 2e
(A) l8
(B) 2l
(c) 27
(D) 54
(E) 63
17.If l5 piescosta totalof Sl 1.50,thenat thisrate,

whatis rhecosrof 9 pies?
(A) 36.75
(B) $6.e0
(c) s7.50
(D) 58.50
(E) 59.45
18"If 2(-r + .r) : 5, then,in rermsof r, y =
(A) ;
(B)
5
20. In thefigureabove,whatis theareaof
squareQRST2
(A) 25
@) 2oJt
(C) 5 - 2-r
(q 2sJt
r
(D) -\ - - 2
(E)
!.
,L
(D) 50
G) soJt
C,OON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

z
-*
373
2t-25 referto the foltowinggraphs.

Questions
DISTRIBUTIONOF WORK FORCEBY OCCUPATIONAL
CATEGORY FOR
COUNTRY
X IN I98I AND PROJECTED FOR 1995
TotalWork Force: 150Million
Service
Total Work Force: l?i Million
Farm 2
Professional
Blue
Col
Blue
Collar
anagerial
Sales
Sales
I 9 8|
1995 (Projected)
2 l In 1981,therewere how many million Service
24. From l98l to 1995.thereis a projectedincreasein

the nurnberof workersin which of the following
categories?
workers in the work force?
(A) l-s.o
(B) 20.J
(c) 22-5
(D) 28.0
(E) r75.0
L Sales
IL Service
IIL Clerical
22 I.n l9ll, how many categorieseachcomprisedmore

than25 million workers?
(A)
(8)
(C)
(D)
(E)
One
T*'o
Three
Four
Five
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
None
III only
I and II only
Il and III only
I, II, andIII
25" Approximately whar is the projectedprcent

decreasein the numter of Elue'-Collai*orkers
in the work forceifeountry X from l9gl
to 1995?
What is ttn ratio of the number of workersin

the Professionalcategoryin lggl to the prdjected
numberof suchworken in 1995?
(A) 42%
(B) 3s%
(c) 20%
(D) t7%
(A)i
(B)
Managerial
Clerica
(E)
7oh
(o#
(D)
(E)f
374
#:
tr
F
5
::
$
'?
F
i,
tI
28. If the figureaboveis a rectargularsolid

composd
of cubes,eachwirh edeeof leigttr + cenli;ciers,
what is the volumeof the rectaigur", *iiJ
in cubic
centimeters?
26. P-oints(_r, -3) and (-2.

.r.)"not shownin
the figurc above, are in quadrants IV and II,
respectiwly.lf xy * 0, in which quadranr is
point {,r. y) ?
(A)
(B)
a:
100
2s6
(c) 4oo
(D) 5.120
(E) 6.400
(A) I
(B) rr
(c) ril
(D) rv
(E) It cannotbe determinedlrom the information
given"
?i.
(.t-."2),=
2 9 .I f L : ( a - b ) * c
t h e n L - R =
(A)
(B)
andR
&_4,
2b
2(
(c) 0
( D )- u
(A) I - 2V6
E.
(E) - 2c
( B )l - v e
tc) 5- 2v'e
:
F
;
At the rateof 1,000revolutions

pel minute,how
many revolutionswill a wheelmakein fr smnds?
(D) 5 - 2JT
(E) I
(A) 3.000k
(B) 50*
(.^.
L ' 50
F
3,000
(D)
\-t
k
:
,}
E
tr
{
t
t
F
(E) t80:000
k
?
I
$
f
t
I
tr
I
375
FOR GENERALTEST 9 ONLY I

Answef Key and Percensesr of FxemineesAnswering Each Question Correctly
YERSII|8IUTY
8.e2
W
lnr
'
2
3
4
5
1
1
1
1
X
21
6
7
8
9
P+
A
A
8
E
E
8
7
.8
9
!
0
'tl
1
2
1
3
't1
1
5
E
g
E
B
8
E
8
D
0
D
8
C
A
D
E
A
? . 3 8
2
a
E
E
A
6
N
n
E
3
31
3
E
4
3
3{t
3
3
A
B
)
2
5
7
8
A
C
A
B
0
E
C
0
E
A
A
'Estimeted P+
Srafin
hrd.?
l|.r.f
l s l
|'71|
1 7 11
1 5 91
C
I
3
4
lrtl
l r l I t o
l s 8l f l
1
2 8
I
I rr
i 6 {
1 8 .
79
90
71
38
53
47
57
,19
6l
TI
79
73
5{t
3A
33
35
34
2
29
1
'16
1
r
1
N
5
7
8
9
21
2,
A
?
4
2
f
2
N
N
3
I
E
c
3
3
3
6
7
8
D
E
S
a7
o
7
8
9
71
71
78
77
a9
81
2
3
4
5
52
44
50
3
29
11
1
2
1
3
l/t
'r5
1
7
l
1
C
4
A
E
1i]
6
7
8
9
88
78
64
6it
1
1
l
1
N
61
65 1
21
2 .
z J
21
2 5
6
N
8
2 ' t
$
D
A
c
I
0
E
B
D
E
E
6l
.rlt
.ol
4Cl
4 l
n 1
A
t o
7 E
D
A
0 c
8
8
A
A
D
C
D
C
0
l3t
lfit
0
.B
A
8
et
2
3
1
5
l3E
B
C
0
E
A
.
2
3
4
5
88
t1
1
1
1
1
157
| 'lE
A
8
A
A
o
lss
183
lso
lrf
168
lso
l m
E
A
A
E
,fomtlr
l7e
| 6.r
l+5
1 4 2I t z
1 3 51 1 3
Sedlol t
?+
ls5
l-79
| 1{' 1
6
1 3 71 7
l E I t
l s 7 l e
l u lr4
AMt YilC$ rSuTY
17 1
e{l
s l
?ul
6
7
8
9
6,r
87
&!
63
59
38
52
4A
,K!
3
8
7
E
9
21
A
C
D
A
B
0
A
C
C
I
0
8
A
C
D
C
n
n
21
2
5
2
2
2
A
3
B
C
B
8
A
6
7
8
)
c
c
E
0
A
C
E
E
B
l7 e l
HI
3 2 C l
3 3 o i
3 4 o l ++l
3 s A i3 e l
b{ the group d 6ratnhe6
l 26 I
l
l
nl
rdE toot t|e GR GrFrdTes{ in I rBcernthre+year prbd
382
81
6
8t
8t
l't'|t
2
3
1
5
6
7
8
9
1
0
1r
1 2
1
3
S
D
C
D
A
D
D
A
4
E
E
0
85
Tf
71
71
57
1
6
1
7
1
8
'19
N
79
73
21
2
.
2
3
2
4
2
5
s,
cl
s7
68
72
65
57
63
5{)
49
3)
12
35
53
3t'
52
e.
49
Seclon
6
P+
lbr$ry
tegri
Pr
76
78
60
51
I
2
8l
74
86
69
78
gl
62
45
91
6
6
9
t0
65
E
D
A
ta
8
E
A
B
D
2A
5.t
54
41
t1
l5
-t6
62
56
4!)
17
18
l9
20
B
8
E
0
E
56
31
50
40
42
'r9
' J
21
a
n
21
25
E
o
A
A
E
E
87
65
T7
79
17
68
66
64
37
62
$
48
13
5l
6l
35
51
44
3B
31
::
&
*t
r
F
*i
sconEcor{vERsr0ils
FoRGEtfERAt
TEST
I0tfty
TIIDTHEPERCE}ITS
BILOI,V'
3..H
S.rt
,)t
Sc.La
i
Scrt.d
Sd.
Bclor Sco.t ldo|
lt
tdr
l.*d
$fi
n-76
71
39
3E
37
36
m
69
6E
1(
31
gt
ol
66
65
61
63
52
51
60
(o
58
7t
55
55
54
(1
32
51
50
_1
ltc
1gt
10
1.r0 37
(x'
31
1m
31
110 A
4fl1 25
{S
E
3qt
B
3{n
m
370 lE
n
2t
30
29
a
640
630
620
610
6 0
s90
580
570
550
550
87
s00
E5 800
s]
790
32
789
0 m n o
;8
7s0
i5
740
n
738
71 710
69
7N
27
?6
25
24
7J
96
96
95
93
n
88
87
85
81
79
n
21
360
360
350
34{l
340
330
3m
310
300
290
15
15
13
lt
lr
I
E
7
5
4
Sclha %
Scn !.|-
Scd.a Z
S.lt ldfi
570 5l
560 49
550 46
51{l 14
5$
41
520 39
510 37
500 34
490 32
470 28
nO
m
m
6m
610
Str
fig
6tn
590
Sm
460
150
U0
430
110
400
390
380
370
360
25
8
21
tg
.t6
14
12
11
10
E
560
54{,
sg]
5t0
5q)
{n
1m
450
w
1m
55
5{,
47
12
3S
$
il)
26
?3
t9
690
6E0
660
650
640
69,
6m
600
590
sEO
n
73
71
69
67
55
62
58
56
53
erd
bdov
6c qtcd
osrobqr,Igfl-idscpmr*io.
k b!.d
Ir
sr
t
f
i:
i
a
f,
1a
:
|.
800
800
E00
E00
791
n0
760
7s0
730
7m
ta
14
IJ
12
It
10
0
E
s6
.ftrH
if
t9
1E
t5
49
4E
47
46
45
44
4il
42
::
s
m rhc FfrrnG
1990.
Thispca urtr rl..i
of 9jaJg,
trilE
wno trlof th
f,i'",***gorBdrirrrh"
383
GsEd
Tcrr brtrq
r9gr-9zsurrcr-
SECTION3
Time-30 minutes
30 Questions
Nurnbers: All numben usedarc real numbers.
Figr'lres:
Positionof points,angles,regions,etc.can be assumedto be in the order

shown;and anglemeasures
Lines shownas straightcan be assnmedto be straight.
Figurescan be assumedto rie in a plane unressotherwiscindicated.
Figurestbat accompanyquestionsare intendedto provide information
useful in answeringthe questions' However,unlessa note statesthat a figure is drawn to
scale,you should solve theseproblems
NoT by estimatingsizcsby sight or by measirrement,but
-J using
--.''o Jyour knowledgeof mathemarics(see
' - -- by
ExamPle2 bctow).
Directions: Each of the Que.s.tions

I -.15.
consistsof two quantities,one in ColumnA and one in column B. you
are to comparethe two quantiiieiandihoose
I
B
C
D
Note:
Common
ffiffiEiion:
if
if
if
if

the relationshipca'nor be determinedfrom tbe information given.

In a question,information concerningone or both of the quantities
to be comparedis centerbdabove
the two colunns' A slnbol that appearsin both cotumnsrepresents
the samething in column A as it
doesin ColumnB.
E x a m p l el :
Column A
ColumnB
2x6
)+A
SampleAnswers
o @ @ @ @
Examples
24 referto L peR.
E x a m p l e2 :
NQ
@@@(D
be assumed,even though piy'
a,ndNQ appearequal)
Example3:
@(D@@@
(since.|y'is betweenP and Q)
Examnle4:
w*z
tE0
@@(D@@
(sincePQ is a straight line)
396
i
q;
a
:
A
B
C
D
if
if
if
if
the quantity in Columa A is greater;

the two quantitia are equal;
the relarionship cannot be detcrrnind from tbc inforrration given.
Column A
Column B
On map X cz,chcentimeter represcnts 20 hlomctcrs

l. The actual distance, in
kilometers, between
two locations that are
l7 ccnrimetersapart
oo map X
qo
3m
Column A
F
I
Column B
7t9
a.
Thc ratio of thc kngth of a si,Ccof square S to tbc

length of a sidcof cquilatcral trianglc I is 4 to j.
7. Thcpcrimetcrof S
Thc perimetcrof I
^* r : t
r-
?o
J-
p + q * r * s
J.
w * x * y * z
54
4.
(.'6'Jf
0.5
t)
t7
--=-
4 r * t : 1 0
12ft
:"a
i
e
18ft
Thc figure shows the dimcnsions of a certain ptot of
Iand.
l2
A
B
C
D
if
if
if
if

the two quantitiesare equal:
the relationshipcannot be determinedfrom the information eiven.
Column A
Column B
ColumnA
(x-3[x*2):g
ColumnB
Pencils have the sameunit cost regardlessof the

number sold. x pencilscost a total of $0.50,
and n pencils cost a total of y dollars.
Lry
LABC and LDEF havethe samearea.

AD>CF
) 2 Thealtitudeof AABC
from .8 ta AC
Thealtitudeof LDEF
from ,E to DF
A
x > l
I
l3
-;J
ACEF is a squareregionald B, D, and G are

midpoints of AC, CE, aad 8D, respectively.
.r'--
1 5 .The fraction of
ACEF that is shaded
t6
398
pirections: Eachof the QuestionslG30 hasflve nnswerchoices.For eachof thcscquesrions,

selecrthe b51 of thc.
-.
ans*'ercnorces
E!'en.
19. Which of the followingis the graphof thecquarion

y : lxl for all realralues of x ? eiolg All gaphs
drawa to scalc.)
(A)
(B)
16. if tbe length of the longest sidc of the triaaglc sbown

above is 36, what ii the perimeter of thc riangle?
(A)
(B)
{c)
(D)
(E)
5l
63
8l
108
162
l ? . I f : : l and y :
6
|,
what is the value of x + 6y ?
1nr#
(B) 2
(qf
(D) 6
(E)#
18. The daiiy ratefor a hotel room that sleeps4 people
is $39for onepersonand x dollars for eachadditional person.lf3 peopletakethe room for oneday
and eachpa,'-s
S2l for the room. what is the value
of r?
(A) 6
{B) 8
20. The average(arithmeric mean) of a set of 12 numbers,

which includes 34. is N. If 34 is removcd from the
set and 38 is added to the set, what is tbe average of
the new sct of numberr in terms of t{ ?
(c) rl
(A) ls , t
J
(D) 13
{E) 24
(B) N -, C1 -9
(q.rr+4
(D)n+6
(E) l2r{ + 4
399
C'O ON TO THE NE)ff PAGE.
Questions2l-25 refer to rhe following graph.
PERCENTRETURNON SHAREHOLDERS'
EQUITY
MANIIFACTURER X VERSUSALL LNTTEDSTATESMANUFACTURERS
[-l u*orr"tuerX
etr UnitedSuresManufacurrers
20%
20Vo
159o
l5Vo
q)
e
e)
t0%
10Vo
I
5%
5%
r984
1985
r986
1987
r988
Year
Note: Graphdrawnto scale.
21. If shareholdersin Manufacturer X had Sl00 million
in equityin 198?,thenthe dollar amount of tbe
shareholden'return on this equity was
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
582.0mittion
S18.0million
S15.5million
S12.5miltion
S1.85million
8%
(B)t2i%
I
(q ts:%
L
(D) t7%
(q n:%
S0.0t
S0.02
s0.025
50.035
S0.045
25. Which of the following statementscan be supported

by the darain the graph?
- I. Th9 prcent
return on shareholders.equiry for
all United Statesmanufacturs decreased
from 1984to 1988by lessthan l0 percenuge
points.
II. A rcnrrnon shareholders'equityof more than
7 pcrcentwas achievedby each United States
maaufacrurerin 1988.
IIL The shareholden'equity for Manufacrurer X
was grearrrin 1987than in l9gg.
23. The decrease

in percentreturn on shareholden'
equify for all United Statesmanufacturers from
1.987
to I988wasapproximatelyhow many times
the decreasein percent retrun on shareholders'
equiry for all Unired Statcsmanufacturersfrom
1 9 8 5r o 1 9 8 6?
(A) e
(B)
(q
(D)
(E)
24. For tbe yearshowa,other than 19g7,in which

the
percentreturn on shareholders'equityfor
Manufac_
turer l( wasmosr nearlyequal to tirit for 19g7,
what was the percentreturn for all United States
manufacturen?
(A)
22. In 1986ManufacturerX's returnperdollar of

shareholders'
equitywasapproximarely
how much
greaterthanthatof all UnjtedStatesmanufacnrers?
(A)
(B)
(c)
(D)
(E)
'
6
4.5
3
1.5
(A)
(B)
(C)
@)
(E)
I only
III only
Iandtronly
II aod III only
I, Ii' and III
400
29. A positirc inagcr with cxaaly mo difacnt divisors

grcatcr than I must be
26. \Yhich of &e foliowing inequqlitiesis truc?

t
(A)0<*<0.01
(A)
(B)
(9
(D)
(E)
( B )0 . 1 2 < B < 0 . t 3
I
(q0i0.A.0.50
I
(D)0.30<i<033
(D 1.35.;
a priru
an eveointcger
amultipb of 3
thc squarc of a prim
thc aguareof an odd iatcgcr
30. Thc qprcssion
,-'6
-| {L
tbfollowing?
. 1.56
b cquiveknt to whhh of
!
' l -
6) | +1J2
27- lI apcrsotrc:rnsaw $380in 5 weeks,in how many
naeks,at this sameratc, cas tk pcrsonsave
26 timsthis amount?
7 (B) -r - iJ2
(c) -l
(A) 13
(B) l2.s
(c) ll
(D) 10.6
(E) 8
@)3+2{
(E) -3 - ?-.6
28. Ir the figure above, if the measure of 4R is 30',

then y :
(A)
(B)
60
80
(c) ioo
tD) 120
(E) r40
i
;
4r
SECTION 7
Time-30 minutes
30 Questions
Nurnbers:
All numbers usedare real numbers.
Figures:
Position of poinu, angles,rcgions,etc.can be assumedto be in the order shown;and anglcmeasures

Figures can be assumedto lie in a planeunlessotherwiseindicated.
Figures that accompanyquestionsarc intendedto provide information useful in answeringthe questions. However.unlessa notestatcstbat a figureis drawn to scale,you should solvethcseproblems
NOT by estimatingsizesby sightor by measurement,
Example 2 below).
D i r e c t i o n sE
: achoftheQuestionsl-l5consistsoftwoquantities,oneinColumnAandoneinColumnB.You
are to comparethe two quandriesand choose
A
B
C
D
if
if
if
if
tlre quantity in Column A is greater;

the two quantitiesarc cqual;
tbe rclationshipcannotbe determinedfrom the information given.
Note:
Since therc are only four cboices,NEVER MARK (E).

Common
Inlq!:mation: In a guestion,informationconcerningone or both of the quantitiesto be comparedis centeredabove
the two columns. A symbol that appcarsin both columns representsthe samething in Column A as it
does in Column B.
t$]
ColumnA
C o l u m nB
2x6
2+6
(D@@@
NQ
@ @ @ o
SamoleAnswers
,Sl
E x a m p l el :
Examples24 referto L PQR.
E x a m p l e2 : .
be assumed,eventhough Piy'
and NQ appearequal)
E x a m p l e3 :
@ o @ @ @
(since.V is between
P nd Q)
Examole4:
180
w+ Z
@ @ - @ @
(sincc Pp is a straight line)
414
g,
f;
A
B
C
if the quantily in Column A is grearer;

if the quantity in Colurnn B is grcatq;
if the wo quantities arc cquat
if the relationship cannot bc determined from &e
information given.
Column A
-{ _ I
r:,
Column B
C-ohmrnA
t-
F
Column"B
4t+5=5r-30
lo+*
IU
R.S:s|
L
= IR = uY : YII/ : wx : x(J
The area of
region RSI
|.'.
The area of
regsoa UVWX
A\'/rE-.,
(0.3F
l ,r ,
A-car traveling at a constant speed of 50 miles pcr

Dour uses t gallons offirel each hour.
3. Tbc number of galt6nsef
fuel this car usesto travel
200 milcs at a constanr
spced of 50 milc per hour
l nl : 5 1
lz-ll:62
4k
$*n=r
)-
Of tbe 7 msrnbers of the city cound 4 are

Democrats and 3 are Republicans. i i,
O" tot"t
number.of different 3-personcorrminees ttrat
L
oe apporntcd from tbe counsil mernbership
srrch
that each corrmittce consists of Z Oem#ts
anO
l Republican
* ' " = t
4"
l <r \J,
l5
RT
415
A
B
Column A
if
if
if
if
tbe quantity in Column A is greaterl

Column B
Column A
The average(arithmetic mean) of k numbcrs is 27,

and k is greater than 10.
ll.
The sum ofthe

t numbers
Column B
xy:6
x 2: 9
300
It
n
Q and .i? are the centersof thetwo squareswith
sidesof length2.
t 1
t L.
The lengthof line

scgmentPS
1 5 .The areaofrecr"nguiar
(rrxsu)
region RS?'U
3JT
32 percentof x is 75.
x is ,t percentof 75.
13.

300
4t6
mffi,offit".oj.thtQgtioo:.ler
hasIirc 2nswcr
choiccs.Foreachof thcscqucstions,
sctect&e bestof tbc
16. A bu.ar soundsevery15minutcs.If thc buzzcr

Sundcd at 12:4$,whicbof thc followingcorH
be a timeat wbich the buzzersoundcd?(A)
(B)
(C)
@)
@
19. If r = 2w, z = 3r, ad

valw of { ?
r9z
4f5
S::O
6:a5
7:t5
8:t0
(A)3
(B) I
(.)3
t 7 .+ . * * * * * * i * l :
(A)
rrz *A, whatisthe
(D) 4
(E) 6
;
2 A . I f x> 8 a n d y < 3 , ther it must be truc that
G)i;
(q#
(A).r +y > 5
(B).r+y<ll
( 9 r - y > 5
(D):-y<5
(E)x-.y<tl
(D) I
(E) :
18. Of the follo.*ing pairs of coordioates,which

represeots a point ia the shadedregiou on thc graph
sbown abow?
(A) (3, -t
(B) (-3, _5)
(c) (-3" 5)
(D)(-5,3)
(E) t-5, -3)
417
Questions2l-25 refer ro the following chart.
ENROLLMEM EACULIY SLZE FACI.ILTYSALARY.

AND TUITION AT COLLEGE R FOR SELECTEDYEARS
l960
1970
Number of
Srudents Enrolled
1,490
I,600
Number of
Faculty Membcrs
166
r60
Ratio of Students
to Faculfy
l0
Averager Faculty
S"l.ty
Tuirion per Student
$1,400
1980
1,790
ll
I
$r4,360
$28,400
$2,000
$3,700
Total Faculty
Salaries
$1,245,000
Income from
Tuition
$2,086,000 $3,200,000
$4,529200
tArithmetic mean
2l " What was the
-total
amount of faculty salariesat
22. T1tenumber of studentsenrolled in I 960 was

approxrmately what fraction of the rumber enrolled
in 1980?
CollegeR in 1970?
(A) $143.600
(B) $200,600
(c) s255,000
(D) $2,04s,000
(E) $2,2e7,600
(A)3
G);
(q3
(")i.
c)i
418
7<
If rhc incrcasc in thc number of students enrolled

funn t950 to 1960rvas half thc increasc from 19@
to 1970,what was th studentgatellmg!{ itr 1950?
{A) 14s
{B) 1,340
(c) 1,380
Gr) r.435
(E) r,545
If thc total anouat of faculty salariesin t9g0 was

paid from tuition incorc, ajproxinarcty bow mucb
of eachstudent's.ruitionwai uscOt" p.i fr"dt
salarics?
(A) sl60
(B) $1,100
(c) sl25o
(D) $2,600
(E) $3,700
in tuirionpcrsrudeotfrom 1970to
Tk incrcasc
1980wasapproximatdyhow many timesas great as
tlr increascfrom 1960lo1970?
(A) 2
(B) ^ l
GO ON TO THE NE)(T PAGE.
"1
(c) 3
I
(D) )" 1
(E) 4
4t9
a.
3a+3r*3m:
f
tB) P
(A)
(c) 3eo
(D) 3n
(E) 3 - '
rll
26. In the figureabove,rectanglePQR.Sis inscriH in

the circle and PQ : 6. If theareaof rectangular
regSonPQRS is 48,what is theareaof the sircular
region?
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
l0z
25r.
36n
48r
l00r
27. The expression i , , wheren is not equalto

I
| --
30. In the figure above, a student whose eyesare 6 feet

above the ground and 8 feet from a vertical flagpole
views the top of the flagpole at a 30{egree angle of
elevation What is the height, in feet, of rhe flagpole?
0 or l, is equivalent
tJ whichof the following?
(A)
'
----i-n - l
(A) 6 + 8/t
( B )r _ ;
(B) r4
{C)n-l
,^
--r .
(D)
'
n - l
(D) 6 - 'L . :/ ;
(E) =-I- n
(E) r0
\ !,1
28 A cyclist travels x miles in w hours and

a minutes" What is the cyclist'sspeedin miles
per hour?
;T
r:-
(4,
16
vr
602
60rv * z
,*.,
\-t
x
60x
tA
(.-,
;-+;
/n\ w +z
\-,
x
60x
lE) ffiw+z
420
h
E.
B
t.-
i:
FOR GENERAL TEST TOONLY

Ansr. Kcy end trccnbgc.'st
Erunlnoa Anslrlng
Elctr alqdon
cfinccily
BIIL'I||ITY
hmlcr
t drt
Lilat
E
o
c
c
2
3
4
5
&, l
71
B
E
l1
12
13
l4
t5
E
A
E
E
1
6
1
7
'18
1
9
0
E
0
E
3ri
11
12
13
,1
15
O
71
71
66
71
1
1
1
1
2
2 1
4
.
? 3
2 1
? 5
E i 10
B
l T)
c l 31
D l 5E
c l g,
X
2
?
2
n
?
2
3 0
3 t
Q
3
3
3
3
3
3
77
.E
I
.(t
c
E
c
IEI|I
1
2
3
1
5
A
C
A
g
D
6t;
88
71
72
v8
75
5l
&)
cl
71
6
7
' 89
7('
73
78
C
A
B
I
A
dt
73
ils
t
2
3
6
7
8
9
D
D
A
D
D
s
a
l
1
1
lil
1
6
7
8
9
0
E
8
8
0
A
21
56
76
p
51
1
1
1
1
A
.
3
B
8
E
o
8
D
C
C
C
D
c
B
A
,
c
B
E
8
la
rl5
I 84
l e.
n l 72
c l 4
.
C
l 51
|
D
l 41
z l A l 38
s o l 31
6
7
8
a
E
E'
Pr
sl
88
86
95
6at
A
A
I
50 l
6
38 l
7
88 l
s l 89
al 1 1 0
8
9
10
lgrrr
lI
|||rlTI.r|'rlrrl
!..ilr
P + fralrr
9{ l
r
88 l
2
82 l
3
B
E
A
l 3t
l5
l 19
65
35
l 51
l m
^ l 50
A l u
2 6
2 7
? a
? 9
3 r
B l 60
D l 91
D l T7
A l 90
3 1
3 ,
3 s
3 /
3 s
E l 53
E l rl0
B l 42
D l 42
D l *t
3 6
3 7
3 s
C l 35
A l 3l
c l n
? | t B
2
.
E
N
D
21
D
6
A
2
2
A
6
7
8
A
B
66
56
38
6
e.
39
88
rc
66
50
5{)
3
4
5
C
A
D
7S
79
6
7
8
9
1
A
C
C
B
A
78
75
53
67
,|9
11
1
1
1
1
2
3
4
5
D
C
A
D
c
5E
a0
tKr
1
1
1
1
6
7
8
9
E
D
C
A
6/r
2
2
N
A
3
8
A
E
E
D
ils
'Eslimard P+
br the gpoupo{ sumins urho tool the GRE cjclerat T6t in a rocgnt thr6e.}ar prbd.
421
l {
l r r
&
f,tl
20 1
sal
l f l
l r 8
l r 9
lt z ol
A
A
x
E
g]
h*r
lffi
l
lt
m
.5S
z
3
1
56 l
8
7
8
lI 3r BP
Il rt ao
75
g7
71
5E
43
E8
la
dt
s3
E
8
D
C
D
61
4
26
26
l r
3El
21
2
.
N
21
A
6
7
2
3
r
I t 2
1 1 3
l r {
87
75
54
50
1
t
l
P+
u
C
a
D
7R
c7
&2
ia
f:
ffia
IEI
I
A
c
A
E
A
D
A
A
o
E
B
a7
60
l
I
e6 j
79 l
c6 l
71
e
lt r o
I lt'
l r 2
1 1 3
l 1 4
I 1 5
4l
16
17
17
30 . r 8
g.
t9
70
9,
81
,16
50
a
c.
&
68
dt
51
. 2 1
2
21
6
o
A
o
E
a
I
D
A
ib
,^
' G
o
o
7+
7t
TI
3it
88
59
s
.a
E6
72
5r
56
$
5a
E
E
A
A
.
;
I
a
5a
6e
70
o
E
E
a
e
ct
3l
30
{5
18
56
F:
;
: 1 .
I
F
,-
SCOHE
CONVERSIOI{S
FORGENERAL
TEST1(l OI{LY
ANDTHEPERCENTS
BELOW'
Yr*sl
R.r Scalod 'L
Scorl Scqr l!l'I
74-76 800
73
790
ta
780
n0
ai
0urrttrthr
Itrlytlcrl
Yerbrl
0!!nfltrUyt
Anrtydc8l
Scrlcd % Scslod %
Rtr sf:]sd
%
$rlsd
% scrloa %
Scors Bclor Scon Betot Scon Scorr Ealor Scorr Bclor $on tlor
39
38
37
36
35
99
99
99
99
99
TW
u
69
68
ol
D
65
61
DJ
v
61
60
J9
58
<7
s
55
54
(2
52
51
50
710
7g
n0
710
7n
6E0
670
660
650
6,10
98
97
96
95
94
93
91
90
88
87
^:
31
30
a
28
,a
to
800
25
24
96
620
610
600
590
5s0
570
560
550
540
530
U
82
80
78
76
73
71
69
66
63
800
790
780
780
n0
7fi
750
75{1
740
730
5m
DU
7m
710
7m
82
80
78
96
95
al
22
21
cl
90
88
88
87
84
't9
ZJ
18
17
16
800
98
800
800
790
780
760
750
730
720
710
690
98
98
98
12
!l
l0
ll
14
49
48
46
45
44
42
4l
40
Etn
500
490
480
470
460
450
4rl0
430
55
52
il
47
43
40
J/
690
680
o/u
bou
N
s40
630
75
73
70
68
bb
64
t2
420
420
410
400
390
380
370
360
360
350
31
31
28
25
n
20
18
15
15
13
620
610
600
580
570
560
550
540
5m
510
340
340
g]0
320
310
300
300
290
280
270
11
11
9
I
7
5
5
4
3
2
500
490
480
460
450
30
25
23
u0
a l
260
?8
2n
230
220
210
200
200
2 3 f i J 1 1 4 1
1
370
9
390
1
350
7
380
1
340
6
370
l
3i]0
5
350
1 3 1 0 3 3 3
r 3 0 0 3 3 2
1 2 8 0 2 3 0
1 2 7 0 1 2 9
r 2 5 0 1 2 8 f
2m
200
430
420
400
390
62
60
58
50
48
tt6
43
JY
JD
34
JI
19
14
12
680
670
650
640
630
620
600
590
580
cbu
550
540
520
510
490
480
460
450
4&
429
85
U
TV
n
74
7'
66
64
61
56
JZ
49
41
41
JO
s
28
ZD
,2
t9
0 1 7
11
12
11
8
0 6
0 5
0 3
0 3
l 2
96
9J
93
92
90
7
D
6I
(F4
2m
200
200
200
200
M
1 2 4 0
1 2 3 0
1 2 1 4
1 2 0 0
1 2 0 0
r 2 0 0
1
1
1
1
1
1
260
250
230
n0
210
200
,l
1
I
'I
1
1
'Percent rorint below the scaled score is based

on the performance o{ r,04o,136 examinftg who t@l the
General Test betwen October'1, 1988, and septembe.3O, 1991. Fhis prcent below information is used fgr
{ore reports during the 1992-93 testingyear.
Aaa
TEST11
SECTION I
Tkn_30 minutes
Numberr:
FiSures:
30 Qrestions
All numbersusedarc real numbers.
Position of points, angles,regons, etc. can be assumedro be in thc order
shown; and angle qlsasurcs
cau be assumcd to bc positive
Lines shown as straight can bc assumcdto bc srraight.
Figures can bc assumedto lie in a planc unlessotherwiseindicated.
Figures that accompany questions8re intended ro provide information rxcfut
in answcring thc qlrcations. However' unlessa note statesthat a tigure is drawn to scale, you
shoutd solrre tlrcse problcmr
Nor bv estimatingsizesby sight or by meaiurcmenr,bur by using your
knowteJ;;J;:d.r";Htr..
Examplc 2 below).
Pi-rections: Eechof thc QucLti.onsl-.15.consistsof two quantities,one in Column A and one in Column
B. you
arc to comparethc two quantitiesan<lchoosc
A if
! if
C if
D if
Note:
Common
Iffifiion:
thc quanrity in Column A is grcater;

the quantity in Column B is grearer;
th+two quantiticsare equal;
thc rclationshipcannot bc determinedfrom the information given.

ln a question,information concerningone or both of thc quantities
ro be compared is centeredabove
the two columns. A symbol that appein in both columnsrepresenrsthc
same thing in Column A as it
doesin Column B.
E x a m p l el :
C o l u m nA
Column B
2x6
2 +6
Sample Answers
(D@@@@
Examples24 nfer to L peR.
7
fi
4
.
R
Example2:
NQ
@ @ @ (D @
(sincc equal measurescannot
bc assumed, even though Pl{
rnd NQ appcar equal)
E x a m p l e3 :
@(D@@@
(since.f/ is bctweenP andQ)
Example4:
w*z
It0
@@(D@@
(sirrcc Pp is a straight line)
t
i
423
if the quantityin Column A is greater;
B i f t h e q u a n t i t yi n C o l u m n B i s g r e a t e r ;
C i f t h e t u o q u a n t i t i e as r e e q u a l ;
D if the relationshipcannot be determinedfrom the informationgiven.
Column B
C o l u m nA
C o l u m nA
C o l u m nB
n ) l
+ nl
n * l
Maria purchased3 poundsof candy X for 57.98

a n d 5 p o u n d so f c a n d y I l o r S 1 0 . 9 5 .
1
The price Maria paid per

pound for candy X
The priceMaria paid per

pound for candl f
The areaof rectangular

region ABCD
x <-}'<0
r is an integergreaterthan I
l.
2.x*5
4.
-t(2s)
The areaof tnangular

region ADE
5,r+2
ln LABC, AB : BC.
)t 1-l
I f . The measureof L B
@'
O is the centerof the two circles

andOX:XY:1.
Half'thecircumference
of the largercircle
The circumlerence
of
the smallercircle
Questionsl2-l] referto the following numberline.

P
-p
p + r
r - n
Iq=a
rq:l
0.9 x 0.9
0,9x0.9x0-9
A studentcan purchasea researchreport for 55.00,

or reproducethe -r pagesof the report at a cost of
S0.15per page.
8. The greatestpossible
valueof .r if the cosr
of reproducingthe .r
pagesis lessthan the
cost of purchasingthe
report
The areaof the

triangularregion
25
The lengthofa rectangulargarden is increased

by p percentand its width is decreasedby
p percent.
t 5 .The areaof the new

gardenif p : 19
The area of the new

gardenif p : 29
@ ON TO THE NEXT PAGE
Drctions: Each of the Questions1630 hasfive answer

choices.For each of thesequestions,sekctthc
bestof the
answerchoicesgrven.
| 6. Whichof the followingis NOT a divisorof 2& ?
19.C isa circle.I isa line,andp isaooint

on line L. lf C. L, and p arein thesam.
plane and p is insidc C, howr*ip"inir
O"
C and Z havein common?
(A) 4
(B) 8
(c) e
(D) ll
(E) t2
(A),0
(B) I
(c) 2
(D) 3
17. lf 3(x + I) : 4x - t, rhenx :
(E) 4
(A);
20. If one numberexceeds

anothrrnumbcrby l3
ard
the largernumberis j tinrs thesmalbrnumber,
thenthe smallernumberis
G);
(c) 2
(A) t3
(B) 26
(c) 3l
(D) 39
(E) 65
(D) 3
(E) 4
18. If 55percentof the peoplewho purchase

a certain
productarefemale,what is theratioof thenumber
of females
who purchasetheproductto thenumber
ol maleswho purchasetheproduct?
(A)t
(B)f
(q*
(o)#
(E)
r
a
425
2l-25referto the followinggraph.

Questions
22. For how many of the yearsshown did Country X

import more than 2ffi million metric tons of wheat?
COUNTRYX'S TOTAL WHEAT IMPORTS

COMPAREDTO ITS WHEAT IMPORTS
FROM THE UNITED STATES,I9?3.1983
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
Two
Five
Six
Seven
Eighr
23. The amount of wheatCountry X importedfrom

countriesother than the United Stateswasgrearest
in which of the followingyears?
F
(A)
(B)
(c)
(D)
(E)
{)
t974
1976
t978
r98l
le83
=
1 l
L+
For the year in which total wheatimportsand wheat

imports from the United Statesweremost nearly
e q u a l .h o * , m a n y m i l l i o nm e t r i ct o n so f w h e a td i d
Country X imporr?
(A) 150
(B) 125
(c) eo
(D)
75
(E) s0
2 5 For the year in which the amount of Country X.s

to-talwheat imports was greatest,approximaiely
what percentol that total was importedfrom the
U n i r e dS t a t e s ?
2 l From 1973ra 19'7'7,

inclusive,
howmanymillion
metnclonsof wheatdid Country X importfrom
rhe[JnitedSrates?
(A)
(B)
(c)
(D)
(E)
(A)
(B)
(c)
(D)
(E)
450
400
350
320
250
35o.,;
40%
50%
65e6
7s%
426
I
i
I
l
rr.
: oi : . i ) ' - ( ' - i ) ' :
28. If thedegrecmeasures
of theanglesofa triangtcare
in theratio3:4:5, whatis thedegrec.rneasure
of
the smallestansle?
( . {,) =6
(A) 15"
(B) 30.
r B ):
(c) 4s'
(D) 60'
(E) 75'
(c) 3
(D) I
29. A board of lenglh Z feet is cut into two piaes such

that the lenglh of one piece is I foot more than fwice
the lcngth of t-beorher-piece.Which of thc foltowing
is the length, in fect, of thc longer piee?
(E) *
I
@+
(B)4#
(c)?
.)t
(D):
-L
et2L-ll
27 tf eachwcun,ed
s r v v u iside
l u ! rin
r r the
r r r r rfigure
rButs d
above
L J v s lis
s d
a ssemicircte
cml(;lfctg
wrth
w
t l h radius
rarlirrs ?
O and
e n d rthe
h . rtwo
\ L , ^ ^parallel
..-ll-l
.sides
;J-^^L L^..^
20,
each
have
length 100.whar is rheareaof rhe shadedregion?
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
*"0*offlt*T;te
diViSOn Of
!
i
'o
and
r
&
F
integersare both multiplesof 4

&?
a
d
t
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
2,000
4,000
2,000- 2Wr.
4.000- 20Ou
4,000- 400a
Two
Three
Four
Five
Six
Aa1
lLI
E
t!
:
Numbers:
FiSures:
SECTION5
Time-30 minutes
30 Questions
All numbersusedarerealnumbers.
Position of points,angles,regions,etc.can be assumedto be in the ordershown;and anglemeasures
Lines shown as straightcan bc assumedto be straight.
Figurescan be assumedto lic in a planeunlessotherwiseindicated.
Figuresthat accompanyquestionsare intendedto provide informationusefulin answeringthe questions. However,unlessa note statesthat a figure is drawn to scale,you shouldsolvetbeseproblims
NOT by estimatingsizesby sightor by measurement.
but by usingyour knowledgeof mat-hematics
(see
E x a m p l e2 b e l o w ) .
D i r e c t i o n s : E a c h o f t h e Q u e s t i o n sl - 1 5 c o n s i s t o
s f t w o g u a n r i r i e so, n e i n C o l u m n A a n d o n ei n C o l u m nB . y o u
are to compare the two quantitiesand choose
A
B
C
D
Note:
Common
GTo-iili]on:
if
if
if
if

the quantityin Column B is greater;
the two quanririesare equal;
the relationshipcannorbe determinedfrom rhe informationgiven.
S i n c et h e r ea r e o n l y f o u r c h o i c e sN, E V E R M A R K ( E ) .
In a quesrion.informationconc-erning
one or both of the quantitiesto be comparedis centeredabove
t h e t w o c o l u m n sA
. s y m b o l t h a t a p p e a r si n b o t h c o l u m n sr e p r e s e n t sh e s a m et h i n gi n C o l u m nA a s i t
ere.glg_!-'
C o l u m nA
C o l u m nB
2x6
2+6
o @ @ @ @
NQ
@ @ @ o @
SamDleAnswers
E x a m p l e s2 4 r e f e rt o L P Q R .
E x a m p l e2 :
(sinceequalmeasures
cannot
be assumed,cven though P.iy'
and NQ appearequal)
E x a m p l e3 :
@(D@@@
(since,\ is between
P and Q)
Example 4:
w*z
tE0
@ @ O @ @
446
A
B
C
D
if
if
if
if
the quantity in ColumnA is greater;

the quanrityin Column B is greater;
the relationshipcannot be dctermincdfrom the information given-
ColumnA
')
Column B
ColumnA
The numberof
secondsin an hour
The numbcr of days

in l0 yean
The average(arithmeticmean)of 13,

3 1 .a n d8 l
m e a n )o f 1 3 , 3 0 ,a n d 8 l
-Column B
A rectangular box is feel widc aod 3 feet tong

-2
and has a volume of l5 cubic feet.
9. The hcight ofthe box
3 feer
24 percentof75
r : 4
_1,Y
The height of righr circular cylinder C is 3 times

the diameter of its base.
lu
I l " The circumference of

the baseof C
Ttre heighr of C
12. The areaofa square

region with perimeler 24
The areaofa
rectangular region
with perimeter 28
88
(5 9 8 . 9 5 ) l
75 perccnt of24
L \ + 3.y: lo
x +2y:E
360.000
a
t
x + y
3.4(5.5)
The cost of -r apples
atacostof y + 2 cents
aptece.
l(5.5) + 0.4{5.5)
The cost of y oranges

alacostofx*2ccnts
apicce
In the rectangular coordinate plane, points p.

Q, and R havc coordinarcs (2, 3), (-S,6),and
(5,3), respcctivety.
PQ
- / :
)v)
QR
x is an integergreaterthan |.
3r* I
4x
GO ON TOTHE NEXT PAGE
47
Directio{rs: Each of t}rc Questions lG30 has five answerchoices.For each of thesequestions, selectthe best of the
answerchoicesgven.
1 6 ,l f n * n : k + k + k a n d n * k : 5 ,
19. If 2x : 7 and 3.v : 2, then 9_r1':
then n :
(A) r4
(A) 2
(B) 3
(B) l8
(c) 2l
(D) 28
(E) 63
(ct s
(D) 6
(E) e
1 1
20.lf trQ : 16, then x :
What is the length,of a rectanglethat has width l0

and perimeter 60 ?
(A)
(B)
(c)
(D)
(E)
(A) 4
(B) 8
(c) 16
(D) 32
(E) 2s6
l5
20
25
l0
40
t 8 . A watchgains 7 minutes and 6 secondsevery6 days

If the rate of gain is constant.how much doesthe
watch gain in one day?
(A) lminlsec
(B) lmin6sec
(C) Lmin ll sec
(D) I"min l6 sec
(E) frnin 2l sec
{:'
448
F
a
Qucstions2l-25 refer ro the follo*.ing graph.
PERCENT
oF
trHb#*t #frKt#-tr!9it[!,tffi
rorar-
B
I
(Total male faculty is 250.)

@flMales
N\\\lRnraies {Total femalefaculty is 200.)
Field
Bioloeical
Scierices
Business
Education
Engirlqering
Fin furs
Hed*r
Sciences
Hurrunities
Physical
Sciences
Socid
Sciences
Other
(including
loumalisir,
taw,etc.)
Percent
Note:Drawnto scale.
:
a
a
t:
F
t
449
24. Ifthere are275 studcntsin engineeringat

Univcrsity X, wbat is the approximate ratio
of the number of cngineeringstudents to the
number of engineeringfaculty?
2 l For how many of the fields is the percentof

total male faculty at University X greaterthan
I I pcrcent?
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
Two
Three
Four
Five
Six
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
22 How many femalefaculty membersare therein fine
whatprcentof thehumanities
2 5 Approximately
facultyis male?
arts?
(A) r4
(A) 35%
(B) 38%
(c) 4t%
(D) 4s%
(E) 5r%
(B) l6
(c) r7
( D )r 8
(E) 20
t3
If the number of femalefaculty membersin social

scienceswere to increaseby 75 percent,how many
female faculty memberswould thercbe in social
sciences?
(A) t 2
(B) l 4
(c) 2 l
(D) 28
(E) 3
8 to
12 to
14 to
l8 to
20 to
.F*
0 Y
?;
450
2 6 .l f 2 r - s : 3 . r
- 2r, whatis s in termsof r?
29. lilbat is thc lcastinbgs valu of n srrh
tuta<o.ot?
(A)
(B)
(A)
(B) rr
(g so
(D) 5l
(8") Thcre is no suchhast veloc.
(C) '
(D) 2r
(E) lr
27. lf n * 0, which of the following must be greaar
than n ?
l. 2n
II. n3
lIl.4-n
{A)
(B)
{C)
{D)
(E)
None
I only
II only
I and II
I and III
30. What is tlrc arca of tbc hcragonalregionshowain

thc figure above?
(A) s4JT
(B) 108
28. The distanccfrom point X to point I is 20 miles,

and the distancefrom point X to point Z is
12 miles. If d is the distance,in miles, between
points Y and Z , then the range of possiblevalues
for d is indicated bv
{A)
{8)
(c) to8f,
(D) 216
(E) It qurnot bc dctcrsrincdfrom thc inforrration
given.
8sd<20
8<d<32
(c) t 2 < d < 2 0
(D) t 2 < d < 3 2

(E) 2 0 < d < 3 2
451

Answer Key and Percentagest of Examinees Answering Each
euestion Correctlv
llrurnctlAS|UTY
]
2
3
4
A
C
c
C
<
'
2
3
4
5
A
0
C
E
C
E
A
g
0
c
96
74
71
55
59
4:t
2A
94
&3
75
6
7
8
9
1
E
E
B
A
c
l
t
1
?
1
3
't4
1
5
D
E
E
E
E
63
49
39
37
32
11
1
1
1
1
2
3
4
5
D
C
c
D
A
C
A
D
D
B
27
1
1
1
1
2
6
7
8
9
L
E
8
8
C
A
6
7
6
9
1
1
't7
1
1
N
6
8
9
?1
2
2
N
2
4
2
5
2
B
D
A
E
B
1I
2
8
3
3
7
3
l
2
3
A
A
D
D
a
3
s
3
6
3
7
3
8
'Estiaated
E
D
A
E
aa
71
80
68
t^
69
47
38
41
31
41
e9
a2
72
74
21
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
3
31
?
3
42
3
3
3
l
2sl 3
?9 1 3
17 1 3
E
C
8
0
C
89
7S
59
50
57
3{t
24
81
86
<a
<l
e.
30
14
54
74
52
57
A
8
4
B
A
8t!
s
54
65
83
rts
3il
98
81
83
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
C
D
0
E
8
A
A
8
76
64
39
41
31
26
28
21
.
3
4
5
6
7
8
'
2
3
.
.5
6
7
8
9
1
A
A
B
A
C
C
A
B
D
8
l
1
1
1
1
t
2
3
4
5
D
A
8
C
A
1
1
1
6
7
8
c
E
A
tQ
21
8
A
58
83
71
7g
to
v
64
74
N
32
86
IO
78
63
62
to
68
2
21
2
8
D
0
59
64
64
2
2
6
7
8
8
53
45
37
A
3
90
83
88
83
E
D
19
1
2
8
A
4
5
A
8
9
0
B
c
67
64
A
D
18
41
46
60
20
T7
t
'tl
1
11
1
A
D
1
1
1
1
6
7
8
9
8
8
C
C
TI
72
74
80
21
2
2
2
?
2
3
4
5
C
D
D
A
E
90
E3
65
68
44
2
?
2
2
3
6
7
8
9
0
c
A
8
A
A
64
P+ tor the group of xamines who took tho GRE Gnrarres{ in roceflt
a
three-y";;
458
88
85
85
81
80
21
Sec{ion2
lbobrr Arrrr
1
c l
2
0 1
3
D l
1
A l
5
6
7
I
' 9r o
11
1 2
'1t 4 3
1s
1 6
1z
18
19
m
2't
c
B
o
c
E
^
Srsffooif
P+
z
5
s
a
s
4
s
e
l n
l z s
l t s
l 8 o
l s l
ltz
E la6
o l i o
C l e z
E leo
E
1.8
A l s t
e lez
A 127
D ls3
c
1 6 2
E ln
22
E
23
B
2 4 B
25
B
B8rflba, lffrrr
I
3
4
5
o
10
12
I J
14
t5
16
17
18
20
121 n
l s s <J
l s r 24
l a o 25
I
I
c
e
E
A
c
A
B
I P+
ls6
178
178
lae
111
I79
178
lea
176
lrt
D
o
o
A
E
I
B
E
C
166
117
142
137
167
189
les
151
173
o
E
D
c
lzs
110
169
l7s
l *
166
SCORE
CONVERSIOIIS
FORGEIIIRALTEST11 O}ILY
ANOTHTPEBCENTS
BELOW'
Yrrtrl
Brr
ourilltelin
s..hd
Scorr
%
Srlc
71-76 E00
/J
800
T2
790
78{)
70
n0
9{l
q)
Sc!fl
dl
6E
67
65
6
&l
53
62
5t
60
59
56
57
30
\)
5{
53
52
5t
50
49
lE
47
46
15
u
(l
12
11
'P@tt
(w
750
744
73tt
7m
710
700
690
6&,
670
660
Ssl?d
%
3coo Brlor
fualtlbl
Ssrht
*
$rr
hlor
3)
3E
c7
36
!t{t
9!)
gl
98
!n
97
96
95
95
94
93
92
90
AO
ro
$o
3flt
350
650
640
630
6A)
610
6{X}
590
580
570
550
87
85
E4
E2
80
78
76
71
72
8m
800
8{Xt
7ffi
760
7fi
730
7m
7fi
690
55{'
5.10
520
510
50O
490
48o
474
16{,
45O
69
67
61
59
56
54
51
48
u
ill
670
650
540
630
610
600
5$
570
560
550
6
6
21
7J
2.
21
ta
97
97
97
94
{50
tLo
tlilo
0
410
3a
3
32
3l
30
a
n
8(x,
llnstitrtivr
rdd
nfi
S.2hd
*
tdr
Ecoar $rr
3Xt
3C'
s0
37{)
:xo
cn
340
310
3t0
n0
N
19
18
270
260
llcrlrl
Ecan
{1
38
36
3
ct
25
2a
2a
t2
20
540
tlt
520
510
500
4r0
470
160
150
t6
16
t,l
12
t0
I
7
6
130
4A)
if10
100
3Ct
370
360
350
340
3X)
ll
8dil
45
12
4
37
35
32
a
26
21
t2
m
1E
16
l4
13
10
9
6
3
2
EO
78
800
sl
71
72
68
66
6r
59
57
s1
49
4E
8m
8m
e!0
7E0
n0
760
710
74
710
690
9{t
99
ql
$
97
96
95
16
t5
Itl
'13
tn
2(n
12
1t
10
m
?m
2m
9
8
2m
2m
200
2m
n
91
8E
0{
ffint
belo* oE sL{
rm b bscd o tbc perfm
o4 923J59 c'eiG
l. 19t6. {td Scpi.tnbd3o. 19t9. This FtHbdd
iJsraion
i! Bcd fsse
459
'|
I
I
1
3m
310
300
N
n0
N
2q)
m0
200
rho mt
GtoGdrin!
m
6a0
510
5!0
5q)
50
s{t
530
5m
5m
I
'l
'|
1
I
ldt
E7
85
EI
76
7a
a:n
{20
{ql
4&t
rm
/150
3m
360
340
331
310
29
m
260
26
m
n0
2m
2(n
a
f
i:
e
n
I
61
58
55
19
$
10
38
35
31
I
t3
sn
4
3
2
2
N
26
N
210
200
680
670
650
{n
n
89
86
A!.lytiEl
S..ld
S.Dn
k4
F
a
t:
17
t5
12
10
t
a
3
2
t
x
n
I
I
I
thc Cml
Tsr bctrc
dE l99().9l Briq ta-
TEST 12
SECTION 1
Trme-30 minutes
30 Questions
N_umbers: All numbers uscd are real numbcn

Egurc!
Position of points, angles,regions,etc. can be assumedto be in the order showa; and angle measures
Lines shown as straight can be assumcdto be straight.
Figures can bc as.sumedto lie in a planc unlessotherwisc indicated.
Figurcs_thataccomPanyquestionsare intendedto provide information useful in answering
the questions. However, unlessa note statcsthat a figure is drawn ro scale,you should solve theselroblcms
NoT by estimatingsizcsby sight or by measurement,but by using your knowledgeof mathematics
(see
Example 2 bclow).
D i r c c t i o n sE: a c h o f t h c Q u c s . t i o o s l - l 5 c o n s i s t s o f t w o q u a n t i t i e s , o n e i n C o l u m n A a n d o n e i n c o l u m n B . y o u
are to comparetbe two quantitiesand cboose
A
B
C
D
Nste;
Common
Iii66iTon;
if
if
if
if
thc quantity in Colnmn A is greater;

the relationshipcatrnotbc dcterminedfrom thc information given.
Since there are only four choices,NEVER MARK (E).

In a question,information conccroingone or both of the quantitiesto bc compared
is cenreredabove
the two columns. A symbol that appearsin both columnsreprescntsthe same
thing in Column A as ir
doesin Column B.
Examplel:
Column A
C o l u m nB
2x6
2+6
SampleAnswers
3 @ @ @ @
Examplcs
24 referto A peR.
Example2:
NQ
@@@(D
be assumed,even though pil
Exampls
3:
Example4:
@{D@@@
(since./t/is bctweenp and e)
w* z
180
@@o@@
4&
ii
L
A if thc qr:antityin Col.'mnA is grcatcq

B if thc qr.antiry in Column B is grcatct;
:,
fr
if tbe two qu.ntitics arcc<lual;
D if tbc rcLationshipcaaoot bc dctermind from the information giveo-
Column B
ColumaA
l
2
15-15
6plrrmn A
C-olumnB
n-n
A machirc packagcs milk at the rate of g quarts

pcr hour.
2. Thc numbcrofhoun
requiredfor thc
machincto packagc
5,000quaru of milk
x + y
C
x > z
y > z
x + y
D
P is thc interscction of thc two diagonals
of rectanglc ABCD.
Thc lcngth of sidc ,{8
The shortcst distance

from P to sidc l8
r<o<y
4.
x - y
On thc cirarlar targct, C is tbe ccntcr of both
circlcs. CIY : 8 inchcs and CT :30 inch.
Tlrc average(arithmetic mean) of the 4 numbcn
p, q, r, and s is 7.
5.
1
I
23.752x 10.000
tl&4r sq in
9. Thc arca ofthe shadcd

prt of thc target
p * q * r * s
x:
x
23,752
-10
5
,:1
v
461
A
B
if thequantiryin ColumnA is grcater;

if thequ"ntity in ColumnB is grcater;
c if the rwo quantiticsarecqual;
D if therelationshipcannotbc dercrminedfrom tbeinformationgiven.
Column A
The length of PQ
ColumnB
ColumnA
3o
In 1982the priccof oneshareof CompanyX stock

increascd25 perccntfrom JanuaryI to FebruaryI
and decreased
20 percentfrom FebruaryI to March L
t 1
tz,
Tllp.io of one sharc

of Company X stock
on Januaryl, 1982
Column B
Thepriceof oneshare
of CompanyX stock
on Marchl. 1982
The point (not shown)with rectangutarcoordinates

(m , n) is aboveline ,t .
I J.
2(Jso+ s)
irl
e
sQ+ ?Jt)
462
?uections: Eachof the QuestionslG30 hasfiveanswrchoiccs.For cachof thescquestions,sclecttbc bcstof

the answerchoiccsciveo_
19. In tbc figure abovc, the trianglcis cquitatcral,and

the arca of thc dqriarcrcgion is 100.Wbat is rlE
pcrimctcr of the uianglc?
16. If C is the center of thc circle above.
thcnx]-y:
(A) r0
(B) 30
(c) s0
(A) 4s
(B) 6s
(q e0
(D) 100
tE) 130
(D) 60
(E) 75
Tom ate of a wholepi.za, andJaneate of the

I
I
remainingportion. Whar fractionof the piz-'^
17. If 0.768: +x. then x is closcstto whichof the

tw'
following?
wasnot eaten?
(A)#
(A) 0.n
(B) 0.80
( q 8
(D) 76
(E) 77
(B)
s*
18" If tbc remainderis I whcntbe intcger n is

dividedby t5, what is thc rcmainderwhen r
is dividcdby 5 ?
(")3
(A) I
(B) 2
(E)?
(c)3
{D) 4
(E) It cannotbe dctcrmincdfrom theinformation
gven.
GO ON TO T}IE NE)ff PAGE"
463
2t-25 rcfcr to thc foltowinggfaphs.

Questjons
EXISTINGAND NEW ONE.FAMILYHOMES*SOLDIN THE UNITEDSTATES
FROMI97OTO 1982AND THEMEDIANSALEPRICEFORSELECTED
YEARS
Numberof HomesSold
MedianPriceof HomesSold
Millions of Horres
Thousandsof DoUars
$. $P $" $" $F s s+
'All rcferenccsto homes
in tlre dataand restquestionsshould be
inarprcad as one-family homes.
Note: Graphsdrawnto scale.
)l
{ogrdiog to the information in the grap[ which of

the following could bc the actual n".U". of new
homessold in l9E0 ?
(A) 49,900
(B) 2r0,300
(c) 503,400
(D) 750,000
(E) 805,SOO
22- For which of the following years wursthere an

increaseover the previous year in the number of
existing homes sold, but a decreascin the number
of ncw homes sold?
{A) t972
(B) 1973
(q 1974
(D) r977
(E) 1979
GO ON TO TT{E NEXT PAGE.

464,
*'
23. In th )ar sbownin wbichthc medianpricc of

cxistingboracssold wascloscstto thc mcdian
priceof ncwbomessol4 approximatclyhow
manymilliea existinghomesweresold?
25. From 1970to l9?5, thc percentincrcascin thc

mcdianprice of ncw homcssotdwascJoscstro
(A) 15%
(B) 2s%
(c) 40%
(D) 50%
@) 7A%
(A) 1.2
(B) 1.6
(c) 2-0
@r 2.4
,4
(E) 2.8
24. In 1977thc n"gnbcrof cxistinghomcssoldwas

approximately
how manytimesthc s"mbcr of
newbomessold?
(A)
(B)
(g
(D)
(E)
t
g:
:.
,
?
*:
3l
3
3.5
4.5
5.5
6
465
26. If x =2 andy :
-z,then 2x - 2y :
(A) -8
l8 cm
(B) o
(c) 4
(D)
(E)
'P # s
6
8
30 crn
29. What is the area"in squaremeters,of rectangular

regsonPQRS abovc?(l metcr = 100ccntimcten)
A
t
I
-
B
t
C
t
N l
I
3
D
t
i
E
l
I
(A)
0.054squaremeter
(B)
0.54squaremercr
(g
5.4squarcmetcrs
(D)
54 squarcmeters
(E) 5,400squaremeters
Note:Dravmto scale.
)1
30. TheintegersberwecnI and 100,inclusive,are put

in list ,{ if they aredivisibleby 2 and in tist f if
theyaredivisibleby 3. How manyintegersin tist
A arenot in list I ?
On the numberline above,whicharrow could be

pointingto A ?
(A) A
(B) I
(A) il
(B) l6
(c) c
(c) 2s
(D) D
G)r
(D) 33
(E) 34
This year a ciry has altorted 60 percent of is

budget for school expenditures,and its budget
is 15 percenthigher than last year's budget of
n dollars.In terms of n, how many dollars of
this year'sbudget has the city allotted for school
expenditures?
(A) (0.6)(0.85n)
iB) (0"5)(l.l5n)
,^' 0.6n
tu.,
T .r . 5
(D) 0.85n
dê-
(E)
1ft + o.on
466
SECTION 4
Trme-30 minslgs
30 Qucstions
Numbers:
Figures:
All numbcrs used are rcal numbers.

Posir"ionof points, aoglcs, regioos, ctc. can bc assumedto bc in the order sbowq and aagle mcasures
can be assurDedto bc positiw.
Lincs shown as straight can be assumedto be straigbt
Figures can be assumedto lie in a planc unlessotherwiseindicated.
Figuresthat accompanyquestionsare intended to provide information usefulin answeringthe questions. However, unlessa notc statcsthat a figure is drawn to scale,you should solvethesc-problems
NOT by estimatingsizesby sight or by measurement,but by using your knowledgeof matiremarics(sce
Example2 bclow).
D i r e c t i o n s :E a c h o f t b c Q u e s t i o n s l - l 5 c o o s i s t s o f t w o q u a n t i t i e s , o n e i n C o t u m n A a n d o n c i n C o l u m n B . y o u
are to conrparethe two quantiticsand choosc
A
B
C
D
Note:
Common
iiffiGZlion:
if
if
if
if

the quantity in Column B is grcater;
thc two quantitiesare equal;
the relationshipcantrotbc determincdfrom rhe information given.
Since there are only four choiccs,NEVER MARK (E).

In a question,information cooccrningone or both of the quantitiesto bc comparedis ccnteredabove
the two columns. A symbol that appearsin both columnsrcpresentsthe samething in Column A as it
docs in Column B.
E x a m p l eI :
ColumnA
Column B
2x6
2+6
o @ @ @ @
NQ
@6t@(D@
SampleAnswers
Examples24 referto A PQR.
ry
(since equal tncesurcscantrot

be assumed,evtn though Pd
and NQ appcar cqual)
Example 3:
@o@@@
(sincc ff is bctwecn P aad Q
Examplc 4:
t80
w* z
478
@@a@@
(sincePQ is a straiglriinc)
t'
n
F
&
e
A if thc quantity ia ColumnA is grcatcq

B if tbc qrranligyin Colurrn B is greater;
if thc nro qu"'tilics arecqual;

if tbe relatiooshipcannorbedearmiaedfrom the iaformation given.
D
ColumaA
Coh'mn A
6glrrmn B
Column B
s- - !3
54
2- The ycarly rcnt for a

rcctangular ofljcc with
dimcnsions 100 feet
by 200feet ar the
*rng3l rate of $20
per squarefoot
$500,000
lRS : RU and IS = T(J.

f, and F are two points on circlc OPoint G is inside circle O.
Point ff is outsidecircle O.
3, The degreemeasure
of LEGF
The degreemeasure
of LEHF
P
\
'l \
t
L
a * b
The cost of 48 cans of soda is SZ0.

At the same rate, the
cost. in dollars. of n
of these cans of soda
R
N
t\
6l \
\
\
h \.
?0
4" Tbe hngrh of pp
ll0
(0.24)n
+t:7and2l>3.
'
The lengthof RS
r > 0
- x : x
.
a <0
10. The area ofthe shadcd
triangular region in
rectangle PQRS
- lal
'a
:l
:
479
A if the quaatity 1oQelrtrnnA is greatel

B if tbe qr'"ntity in Column B is greatcq
if the two quentitics ale equat
D if thc rclationship cinnot bc dcarmined from tbe information givcn

Qglrrrnn A
Column A
ColumnB
x 2 + kx + 7 : ( x - 7)(x - l) for all x .
(x - lXx +2)(2x
-t
(0.777T2
Column B
!4. Tbe numbcrof

possiblevalucsof
x that areintegers
Ju?rn
+ l):o
4
n ls a posluve tntcgpr.
1 3 "Thc rcmainder
whenn(n * l)
is dividedby 2
The circle has ccnter O and radius l.
1 5 .Length of arc AQB
Z.
o
480
Directionr: Eachof the Qucstions1630 has five answ"rcboiccs.For eachof thescqucstionq

selccttbc bcst of
th:ffiifrEchoiccs given.
16- Wbat.ralucof x satisfiestheequation

x - I : | - x?
(A)
(B)
(c)
19. Karl's nct incomeis alwaysg0 pcrccotof his gross

incomc.What will bc thc i*rcise in Karl's rrct
incomcwhcn his gro6sircomc increascsfrom
$20,000to $25,000?
2
I
(D) -2
@) No valuc
(c) s3,000
(D) S2,000
(E) S1,000
17. Which of the following pairs of distinct lincs or line

scgments CANNOT be parallcp
(A)
(B)
(O
(D)
Tpo chords of a circle

Tro rangenrsto a circle
Two diametersof a circle
A chord of a circle and 1 rengcnt to the
same circle
(E) A diameter of a circle and a tangcnt to the
same circlc
fi
20- Ifa circrrlar region has radius r and area k, then

k .
; ls equal to
(A) z
(B) 2n G)
f
(D) *
(E) rn
1 8 I. f n - l - i . ' J r c n n * l =
)'
( A ) l r o ) ; ( q 3r o ) ir o +
481
);
t:
?:
(A) 35,000
(B) $4,000
2l-25referto the followinggraphand table.

Questions
I.JNITEDSTATESJLINETINEMPLOYMENTRATESAS A PERCENTOF WORK FORCE
l9?9-1989
l0
o
t ) -
6 )
UNEMPTOYMENT
DATA FOR THE ELEVEN SIATES WTTH THE LARGEST POPULATIONS IN 1989
UnemploymentRate
May
(as a percentof
sute work force)
UnemploymentRate
June
(as a percentof
statework force)
Califmir
).)
5.6
7n
Ncw Yort
5.3
5.0
439
Texas
5.9
6.1
Illinois
5.7
5.5
542
??s
Pennqylvrnia
4.6
4.0
?39
Florida
6.4
6.1
3U
Ohio
5.4
5.6
307
Michigaa
6.7
New Jersey
3.0
Nortb C:rolina
M4psrchscns
Sua
"
'
Numberof Urrcmployed
June
(in rhousands)
339
4.2
r65
3.7
3.6
124
3.6
4.0
r26
2t. In June1989,how manyof the elevenstates[sted

had an gployment rate greaterthan that for
tbe natioaasa whole?
22. Of thc followingsrates,which had the grearest

increascin theunemplolmentrate from May
to Jure of 1989?
(A) Thrc.
(B) Four
(A)
(B)
(C)
@)
@)
(9 Frc
(D) lir
(E) Scven
&2
Ncw York
Texas
Penasylvania
Michigan
NewJerscy
n..
*
t
$
E
T
6
E
Of the following, which was tbe longestpcriod of

consccutirrcdercascs in tbc Unitcd Sutes June
uacmploymeat rales?
(A) 1985to 1989

(B) 1984to 1989
(g 1984to 1987
{D) 1983ro 1989
(E) 1983to 1984
25. In Junc 1989,if s total of dJ million pcoplcwere

ulonploycd in thc Unitcd StatcCOcn Oc sunbcr
of pcoplc uncurploycdin Ohio wasapproximarcly
what pcrccnt of the 6.5millioa?
(A)
(B)
(c)
(D)
(E)
5.5%
4.7%
3.7%
0.5%
0.4%
6
Et:
F
n
F.
i:
g
a.
t'
24. Thc chaogein thc uncmplo)@cnt ratc in thc Unitcd

Statcsfrom Junc 1986 to Junc 1987was how many
rimesthc shangcin thc unemptoymcnt ratc from
Junc 1988to June 1989?
i
c
F
GO ON TO'THE NEXT PAGE.
(A)
(B)
0.01
0.1
(c) t . 0
{D) 10.0
(E) r00.0
483
26. Multiplying which of the following by tbe nonzero

number
will gve a productof -t ?
+
29. A manufacturer packagessoap powder io *atainerS

of threc differeDt sizcs. The amouat of soap powdcr
in a full large container could fill exactly 3 of tbe
medium containers or exactly 5 of the surall cootainers. If an equal nnmbcr of mall aud large conrriners
are to be filed witb the amount of soap powder that
would fill 90 medium containers,how many slall
containers will bc filld?
b) T+*
I
(B)zr-s
(A) 25
(B) 27
ta1'-5
(c) 30
(D) 45
(E) 54
')-_<
(D)=-
30. Each of the following numbers has two digits blotted

out. Which of the numbers could bc the number of
hours in x days,where x is an integer?
(E) 7(2jr - 5)
27. lf x is the smallest prime number greaterthan 3l
and y is the largesr prime number lessLhan58,
then x * y :
(A) e4
(B) e0
(c) 8e
(D) 88
(A) 2sl,r06
(B) sol,126
(q 56r,102
(D) 62t,150
(E) 651,t20
(E) 86
8 inches
8 inches
28. The figure above shows a large squarc formed by

fitting three L-shaped tiles arrd one small squaie
tiie together.Ifa rectangularfloor l0 feet by 12feet
is to be tiled in large squaresof this design,how
many L-shaped tiles will be needed?
(A) 8 r 0
(B) q5
(c) 2't0
(D) 1 3 5
(E) 45
484

Examinees Answerlng Each Questlon Corr*ty
Ans*rr Key and Percantages'ol
(IIAIIIIATIUI|lN.lI'
vaurrd.JIY
t c0.. I
klar
lrrs
?+
3
4
5
A
C
C
66
{a
79
6
7
8
9
1
E
E
B
A
c
64
N
87
64
58
6
7
8
9
1
55
54
41
4il
11
1
2
1
3
!'t5 4
A
0
D
A
A
58
5t
46
46
39
8
E
50
4a
54
40
68
1
1
1
1
N
D
8
A
E
D
D
A
A
A
8
51
51
27
56
40
21
2
N
2
2
78
2
2
2
A
3
C
0
D
A
8
c7
81
&{
63
e
6
7
8
9
1
D
E
D
8
8
11
1
2
1
3
lit
1
5
c
C
E
B
A
1
7
8
7
D
8
2't
2
N
2
2
4
5
at
e
3
3
3
S
3
3
D
A
E
s
31
A
A
S.coc t
Lrnlar
Artr.t
1
A
2
A
3
B
4
8
5
C
P+
86
67
71
72
68
1
2
3
4
5
1
N
trst{ |
l|rnirr
lailr
4
5
A
A
8
7
8
D
D
C
e
6e
8f)
85
83
IY
79
F
rt6
51
35
6
7
8
9
,
4
5
6
7
8
0
AI,|IYTE|LANI'Y
L.'orl
Pr
94
89
73
70
60
trnlrr
85
59
'
2
3
4
5
lart
lr;rrr
?+
78
91
A
B
0
B
B
68
64
es
72
79
73
|hrer
I
2
3
4
5
g
A
D
A
E
l
I
B
D
60
73
,18
3t]
17
l
1
l
2
D
Q
t6
l7
1E
t9
E
B
A
D
A
19
67
52
41
e.
1
1
1
1
N
21
2
a
21
6
E
c
31
35
51
38
44
21
2
A
2
%
64
71
57
t
10
11
1
2
1
3
't1
1
5
B
C
8
c
D
49
36
35
52
21
1
1
1
1
1
t
2
3
4
5
B
8
8
C
C
56
53
,15
3E
17
1t
t2
t3
l1
15
26
75
34
49
70
1
6
1
7
't8
l
9
N
C
E
A
B
D
83
81
a3
75
3!)
1
1
1
1
2
5
7
8
9
0
8
C
D
8
E
g7
73
77
79
61
B
D
A
E
8
6S'
54
58
56
38
21
2
N
2
2
C
8
B
C
E
86
68
62
52
.fO
21
2
N
2
2
0
8
A
D
8
88
g7
8
C
C
C
8
s
41
93
87
84
%
2
2
N
3
E
A
8
A
E
78
45
al
36
2
2
2
A
3
C
8
4
A
E
.18
37
79
48
4
38
41
u
n
31
a
3
Y
3
.
3
5
B
E
A
D
E
3
3
3
6
7
8
E
S
4
7
8
0
4
5
6
7
8
0
73
&
6
7
E
9
40
C
A
A
D
c
4
5
lFrt
O
B
C
C
a
6a
81
72
6
7
8
9
1
E
D
A
85
77
81
fi)
58
hdr
1
2
3
4
5
6
E
?+
A
A
D
A
A
D
A
4
l*lrl
lE||r
6
7
I
E
B
11
1
A
A
6
7
8
9
0
E
A
C
E
D
A
D
C
D
P+
Itt
eE'
58
50
(5
4
70
ct
a
E'
7A
I'
:l
:.
I
g
58
sat
35
a
itl
50
Q
3}
v
6
6l
70
37
25
19
k
I
'Eglnaled P+ br fhe gror.p

ol exarnineesydro took th GRE Gneral Test in a rec8ot threeyeaf prbd.
t
I
t';
497
SCORE
CONVERSIOIIS
FORGENERAT
TEST12 ONLY
AI{OTHEPERGEIITS
BELOII''
YltLl
Rr 3.rba 7,
Scon Edr &la
n-76 E{n
n
7C)
71
70
69
6E
D/
DO
u)
64
DJ
62
61
60
59
58
57
56
55
51
53
52
51
50
49
7W
7G0
750
73)
7m
7m
6S)
670
660
650
640
frio
620
ffi
6m
5C)
59,
t8
560
550
54{l
5C,
520
18 1 520
17 1 510
46 15q,
45 1.lg)
14 1 4&t
13 1 4m
12 1 lm
160
:- : ll{50
0mdrffivr
Sc'lca *
S6n lrlor
ldl|k.l
Sc.ba %
Scrr &lol
9S
9{l
99
99
V.rtd
Rrr Sctl.d
A
Scon Scarr Llfi
39
3t
37
36
35
98
97
96
91
9,1
91
33
n
31
30
c)
88
87
85
2E
27
26
25
21
81
80
g)
78
76
73
t l
69
06
dt
60
60
58
55
52
50
17
17
40
8m
96
800
800
8m
790
7ffi
96
96
96
95
93
92
88
E7
na
7gt
740
7{
rm
710
690
6E0
670
660
640
630
620
610
600
u
v.
80
75
I5
70
66
64
62
60
58
n
n
21
m
t9
.|E
800
8$
8m
8m
800
7S)
na
760
718
7fl)
7m
98
98
98
98
98
97
96
94
17
16
15
11
13
la
l1
10
I
E
cz
6
&5
4r+8
u0
430
420
410
410
400
$n
3{t0
380
370
370
360
350
3{0
340
.s
t20
310
300
29
2W
n0
260
37
37
3{
?t
28
28
25
2.
2.
m
18
18
'15
13
t1
11
9
E
7
200
M
200
M
M
Anrfllcal
Scstsd %
Scors B.lor
580
570
560
550
540
530
520
510
500
490
53
50
48
46
43
41
39
36
34
32
710
690
680
670
650
540
620
610
590
580
90
87
85
83
79
n
72
70
64
61
480
470
460
450
430
120
410
400
380
30
27
25
23
19
17
15
)bu
550
(2n
55
JZ
47
44
38
520
500
490
470
450
to
Jb
JU
u0
IJ
27n
424
19
JbU
350
I
7
2
2
SU
410
390
370
360
340
330
310
290
280
278
17
14
11
I
7
6
4
3
2
2
260
240
230
210
200
m
250
210
r20
m0
200
0otDlllalh!
Scrlal
%
Scoru Brl0I
1
1
I
I
1
1
1
1
I
JZV
310
290
270
260
240
230
1
1
1
1
210
2N
200
200
200
'|
1
1
1
I
rl
'Percent Kdint
below the-scaled score is based on the perfumame of 1,o4o,336 examines who took rhe
General Tes| betwen October l, 1988, and Septembs 30, l99l. This prcmt below information is used for
sqe report5 durint th 1992-93 testint year.
498
*
*
ffi
f
SECTION2
Time-30 missts
30 Questions
'qj
ii
7
t:
Numbers:
All numbers used are real numbers.
Figures:
Position of points, angles,regions,etc. can be assumcdto be in the order shown; and angle mslsur?l
cen bc assumedto bc positive.
Y
:
Lines shown as straight can be assumedto bc straigit.

Figurescan be assumedto lie in a plane unlessotherwiscindicatcd.
thc qu6Figurcs that accompany questionsare intended to provide information uscful in

"nr*ring
thesc probbns
tions. However, unlessa nstc atetesthat a figure is drawn to scale, you should solve
NOT by estimating sizesby sight or by measurement,but by using your knowhdge of mattrcmatics(sce
Example 2 below).
Di4gtions: Eachof rhc Questions l -t 5 consistsof two qurtrtitcs, one in Column A and one in Columrr B. You
are ro comparc rle rwo qGnrrrGEA-aoosc
A if thc quantity io Column A is greatcr;
C if the two quantiticsare equal;
D if thc relationshipcannot be detcrmincdfrom the information given.
-Nt!n
"
Common
iilGlffiiiion:
Sincc thcrc are only four choiccs,NEVER MARK (E).

In a quesrion, information concerningonc or both of the quantities to be compared is centcredabove
thc two columns. A symbol that appearsin both columns repre$cntsthe samething in Column A as it
docsin Column B.
Example l:
Column A
Column B
2x6
2+6
SamDleAns*crs
(D@@@(D
Exemplcs 24 rcfcr to L, PQR.
Example2:
NQ
@ @ @ o
be assumed,evcn though PN
@ o @ @ @
Examole3:
(since l{ is betweenP nd Q)
Examole4:
r80
w*z
@@
(D@ @
(sincePQ is a straigit line)
505
t)
N

B if tlle quantity in Column B is greater;
D if the relationshipcannot be determinedfrom the information given

ColumnA
Column B
3.960+ 65
60
Column A
Column B
Ti:am ,Y scored l0 points in the first half of a cerrain

game. In the secondhalf of the game, team l' scored
15 pointsmore than team X.
Thc numberof poins
scoredby team X in
the lirst half of the
game
The number of poinrs

rored by team I in
the first half of the
game
)
8
,.tM,
The perimeterof
tnangle PpR
x > ) ' > x ' > 0
e'
r)'
yt+
4+2Jt
2 + 4!/t
M N i l P g and PRll sr
4.
y - x
t5
-t +)
5.
p + q
t5
90 percentof 30
13.5percentof 200
506

if thc two quantiticsare equal
D if thc relationshipcannot bc determined from rhe information given.

ColurnnA
Column B
ColumnA
On a turntable,a recordof radius6 inchcsis rotating

at theratc of 45 rcvolutionsper minule.
I l. Thc numbcrof inchcs
lrarchd pcr minutc by
a po,inton tlrc circumfcrenccof the record
t2" Thc grcatcst even

factor of t80 that is
bss than 90
The numbcrof inclcs

travclcdpcr minurc by
a point on thc rcord
5 inchcsfrom the ccntcr
ofthe record
Thc greatcst odd factor
of 180
cide
Cs
In a history dassthat consistcdof 3Oshdcnts,

the numbcrof scoiorswrs 3 morc thao tcdocthc
numbcrof juniorq and
of the srudcntswerr
t
ncithcr junbrs nor scniors.
14.The numbcrof
junion in thc class
4xt + 4yz
(2t + 2y)'?
@ ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.
In circles Cs and C2 , thc lorglh of rgment

PR equals thc lcngth of scgmcnt QX.
1 3 "The circumference of
Colrrnn B
Thc circumference of
circle C2
507
Drections: Each of the Questions 1630 has five answer

choices. For each of thesequestions,sclect the best of
the
given.
ffi66;ccs
16. lf ZSpcroentof a certainnumberis 1,600,what is

l0 percentof the number?
l5 cm
(A)
&
(B) 400
(c) ffi
(D) 1,44t)
(E) 4,000
l2 cm
17. The ratio of 1.8to 2 is cqualto theratioof

(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
9to I
9 ro t0
9 ro 20
18to 100
t8 to 2@
20. What is the maximum number of cubes, each

3 centimeterson an edge,that can be packed
lnto a rectangularbox with insidediminsions
as shown above?
(A) 360
'
(B) t20
(q e0
(D) 40
(E) 20
18. If 2x + 7 : 12, then 4x - 7 :

(A) 2
(B) 2.5 (C) 3
1 9 I. f x * y : n , t h e n
(At 2n
.::;
(B)
.1
n2
(D) l0
(E) t3
-r2+Zxy*y2=
(C) z(x -r')

(D)
n2 + 2y(n - y)
(E) n2+an-*2
s08
Qucstions2l-25 refer to thc following Fdphs.
AVERAGENUMBEROF HOURSPERWEEK SPENTIN MAJOR

TYPESOF ACTIVITIESBY EMPLOYEDPERSONS
56
52
48
-*, 44
q)
* 4 0
I* 13 ' 6
3zs
I2 4
t t
3
zo
u
1 6
J
t')
8
4
0
K
L
Single
Married
Men
Women
Croup
Married
Men
M
Single
Womcrr
AVERAGENUMBEROF HOURSPERWEEKSPENTIN LEISURE.TIME

ACTIVITIESBY EMPLOYEDPERSONS
48
4
Activities
510
f x
b 3 2
" 2z Et
7
= 2 0
u z
L
7l
b 1 6
Other Leisure
Recreation
Social Life
Media
Organizations
2 8
4
0
J
Married
Men
K
L
Single
Married
Men
Women
Group
M
Single
Women

21. In whir$ m4ior typc of activity is the average
26. If x is an integerand y : 9x * 13, what is thc
numberof houn spcnt pcr weck most ncarly

thc samcfiorall four groupc?
greatcstvalucof .x for which y is lessthan 100?
(A) 12 (B) ll
(A) Slcep
(B) Work for pay
(c) kisurc time
(D) Fcrsonalcarc
(E) Family care
(c) l0
(D) e
(E) 8
22. Approximarly what is thc averagc numbcr of

27. What is the value of y in the figure abovc?
houn per weck that ernploycd single women

spcnd in leisure-timc activities?
(A) 70 (B) 80 (q e0
(D) r00 (E) I l0
(A) 4? (B) 3e (C) 37 (D) 30 (E) 17

23. Approximately what is the avcrage numbcr of hours
28.What is thc perimeter,in meters,of a rectangular
per weck that employed married mcn spend on

media activitics?
playground 24 meters wide that has the samc area

as a rectangularplayground 64 meters long and
48 meten wide?
(A) t2
(B) l6
(A) rr2
(B)r52
(c) 19
(D) 22
(E) 25
(c) 224
(D) 256
(E) 304
24. Whichof thefollowingliststhe four groupsfrom

lcastto grealestwith respectto thc avcragenu'nbcr
ofhoun pcr weekthat cachspendsworking for pay?
(A)9, K, M, L
(B) "I, L, M, K
(c) z, J, M, K
(D) r, K, M" J
G)r,M"K,J
a. Saplingsareto be planted30feetapartalongone
sideof a straightlane455feetlong. If the first

saplingis to be plantcdat oneend of thelane,how
manysaplingsarc needed?
(A) 18 (B) 16 (c) 15

*
col rr (E) 14
30. The average(arithmetic mcan) of five numbers is 25.
25" Approximately what percent of thc average number

of hours per week spcnt in lcisure-time activitics by
cmployed singlc men is spcnt on social-lifc activities?
After one of the numbcrs is removcd, the averagc

(arithmctic rnean) of the rernaining numbcrs is 31.
What number has bccn removed?
( ) s% (B) e% (c) ts%

@) 20o/o (E) 27%
(A)
(B)
I
6
(c) lt
(D) 24
@) It cannotbedercrminedfrom thc information
gven.
510
SECTION 5
Trme-30 minutes
30 Questions
Numbcn:
FiBurcs:
All numbcrs uscd arc rcal numbers.

Position of points, angles,regons, etc. een bc assumedto bc in the ordcr shown; and angle measures
cen bc assumedto be positive.
Figurcs can be assumedto lic in a planc unlessotherwise indicated.
Figures-thataccompanyquestionsare intendedto provide information useful in answering
the questlons. However, unlessa note statesthat a figure is drawn to scate,you should solve theselroblems
NOT by estimatingsizcsby sightor by measurement,but by using your knowledgeof mat'hematics
(see
Example 2 below).
Directions; Each of the QuesJionsl- | 5 consistsof two quantities,one in Column

are to comparcthe two quantiticsand choosc
A
B
C
D
Notc:
Common
InfGiion:
if
if
if
if

the relationshipcannotbc determinedfrom the information given.
Sincethere are only four choices,NEVER MARK (E).

In a question, information conccrningone or both of the quantities to bc comparedis
centeredabove
thc two e-olumns.
A symbol that appearsin both columns iepresentsthe sameitring in Column A as it
does in Column B.
E x a m p l el ;
Column A
Column B
2x6
2+6
(D@@@@
NQ
@ @ @ ( D @
SamDleAnswers
E x a m o l e2 :
cannot
be assumed,eventhough P.lV
and NQ appearequal)
Example3:
@(D@@@
(sinceIt' is between
P andQ)
ExamDlc4:
w+z
lE0
@@(D@@
(sincePQ is a sraightline)
C O O N T O T H E N E X TP A G E ,
522
C i f t h e t w o q u a n t i t i e sa r e e q u a l ;
D if the relationshipcannorbe determinedfrom the informationgiven.
Column A
'
1(,-l)
h
"
2.
Column B
l
2
Column A
Column B
2
9
l
4
t
E
l
t6
I
to
l - n
r5
-)-
5t
R and S aredistinctDoinison a circleof radrusI

4. The lengthof
line segmentRS
-lx : 4-r'
r_t, I 0
r<5 a n d v>1 2 .
u - x
9. The ratio of -t to )'
The raiio of l
:)
F
I
F
1
7
l E O- r
i.'i
;.
6.
20
GO ON TO THE NEXI P{tlE
,n
t
I
r;
tl
)
I
F
xt
F
r
t
523
)I
I
:
:
)

B if the quanrity in Column B is greater;
if thc tryo quantitiesare equal;
D if the rclationshipcannot be determinedfrom the information given.

Column A
ColumnB
Column A
The area of a circular rcgion having a radius of

I
metcr rs x square mcters.
J
Average(arithmeticmean) of
TestScoresin Class R
Averagescorefor the boys
Averagescorefor the girls
Averagescorefor the class
1
The cost of x pounds
of meat at y dollan
pcr pound
(a + 5)(a
The cost of y yards of

material at :r dollan
psr yard
The numberof boys

in theclasswho took
the rest
9:o
o + 5
90
8l
84
The numberof girls

in theclasswho took
thetest
-r>l
),>l
(D + 5)(D 5 ) : o
13.
ColumnB
b + 5
I
-
- t -
t
-l)
5U
fi
F
?:
r,
Forcachoftkcqucstions,sclcctthbcstof the
Drcctions:EachoftbcOucstionslG30hasfiveanswcrchoiccs.
giwn.
choices
answer
19. Todayis Jack'sl2th birthdayrd his fatbcr's

rlOthbirthday. How manyycan frm today will
Jack'sfattrcr bc rwiccasold asJac* is at thet timc?
16.If + of a certainnumberis 4, thcn I of thc

number is
(A)
(A)
(B)
(c)
(D)
(E)
(B) 2
(qf
(D) 7
(D)
(E)
18. The lengths of the sides of triangle ln are x * | '

Zt, and 3x. The sum ofthe degrecmeasuresofthc
threc interior aaglcs of I is
(A) 6x
(B) 60x
(c) 90
{D) 180
(E) not dctcrminablefrom the inforrnationgiven
525
,
*
!:
(".t*(u*!)=
6
3
(B) r0
(c) ls
(D) 20
(E) 25
(A) r2
(B) r0
(c) 8
t.
(A) 5
17. At Collegc C there arc from ? to 4 introductory

philosophy classcseach semcster,and each of these
itasseshas from 20 to 30 students enrolled. Ifone
sernGiterl0 percent of the students enrolled in
introductory philosophy failed, what is the greatest
possiblenumbcr who failcd?
$
t'.
l2
14
16
18
20
2 0 .\ f a + D = l 0 , t h c n
(E) 28
*.*.
;.
5.
*
i
2l-25 referro the followinggraphs.

Questions
PLiBI-ICAND PRIVATESCHOOLEXPENDITURES
(t"biJtR::?lnr,"*,
(l billion= 1,000,000.000)
$r60
SCHOOLENROLLMENT BY LEVELOF INSTRUCTION

1965-1979
(in millionsof studenrs
I
iU
70
$r60
Total
lq
50
50
120
g
100
4i)
r00
tr
4A
r.ElementarvSchool
.^
30
E R o
/_
t
r
l
t l
'y School
Secondar
* J t
,L--i*l
lr.,l
20
t0
l0
ollege
r965 1967 1969 t97t 1973 t975 1917 lg7g

Year
21" Of the following yean, which *owed the least

d i fferencebetwcen public school expendit uTESand private school expenditurts?
24. Whichof the followingperiodsshoweda conrinual

increase
in the total schoolenrollment?
(A)
(B)
(c)
{D)
(E)
(A) r965
(B)
(c)
{D)
{E)
r970
1974
r978
r979
?{
22. Foreachyearfrom 1965to 1979,thetotalenrollmentin college.sccondaryschool,andelementary

schoolwasin whichof the followingranges?
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
t967-1969
t969-1971
I97r-r973
r973-1975
t9is-t977
ln 19'12,
publicschoolexpenditures
wereapproxrmatelywhatpercentof thetoralschoolexpendirures
for that year?
(A) 20%
(B) ffi%
(c) 7A%
(D) 80%
(E) 9A%
50to 60 million
55to 60million
55 ro 65million
60 to 65million
60 to 70million
ln 1970,approximarely
how manybilliondollars
$'ereslxnt on publicelementary-schools?
tAr 3l
(B) Y)
(c) 60
{D) 87
1E) It cannotbedetermined
l'romtheinformation
given.
526
t
2
rg'
F
u
26. If thc sumof thc first n positiveintcgen is equalto
n(a + l)
---T-,
tbenthe sumof thc first 25 positive
integen is
29. lf x is positivearrd y is I lcssthan the sourc

of x, whichof tbcfollowingexpresscsx in
tCrmSOf y ?
(A)x-y2-l
(A)
(B)
(c)
(D)
(E)
5l
s2
313
325
325
(B)r:y2+l
(9x=rfr*l
( D l x =J T - ,
(E)r-.5.1
2 x- t- 'l , t h lc2n x : .
zn t- ., n" T
c);
(A) E
(B) 24
(c) 64
(c) 4
(D) 4sJi
tl
(E) 216
(E) 7
What is thc perineterof the pentagonabove?

(A)
(B)
(c)
(D)
(E)
.";,:r':.
J
l-.i':l'
' 'i,:j'i*:r:.Fi;"
30. If thctoal surfacearcaof a cubcis 2{ rftat is tbc

volumcof thccube?
(A) i
(D)
rri'
r, 1 .: ',::.
2l
26
2E
3l
4t
527

Answer Key and Percentagesfof ExamineesAnswring Each Question Correctly
YERITIABIUTY
$rguon'!
SrctlonI
iarlt
1
a
I
5
I
- 7
I
I
10
12
13
t/t
r5
tc
17
t8
19
21
2
21
E
E
27
n
a
s
l6r.t
D
A
E
D
1
2
3
1
5
71
58
65
/t8
1t
12
13
14
B
A
E
B
B
1E
53
73
59
5t
63
C2
37
50
63
c
c
c
B
z
3f
3E
97
62
63
60
17
I
7
E
9
t0
a
:El
3a
tlDmtrr
17
45
qt
85
76
E
B
A
B
A
A
3l
P+
o
ts
r5
16
17
18
19
Art|'t
P+
9t
71
80
61
55
50
41
98
92
A
D
E
A
B
A
o
B
o
B
D
21
2.
21
25
E
A
27
28
B
B
I
30
A
o
$
38
38
31
3A
3(l
34
35
3}
21
13
36
37
38
35
69
95
8a
86
68
(1
0ulrfrTAnvEAB|LITY
I
1
D
E
r
2
1
l
l
r
s
79
73
37
17
36
P+
l t s
67
I
79
65
7A
59
55
64
/3
8g
79
85
68
63
N
2
89
88
7n
61
40
2sl
91 l
88 1
erl
A
6
8
7
A
E
3
1
2
3
4
5
A
C
E
D
0
t o
E
B
p A
P+
Srclion 3
lbmlrr Ansrlf I P+
Soction6
l|tlmbrr
Jlnselt
P+
1
2
3
4
5
E
A
B
E
A
81
87
82
73
6
7
8
9
1
C
0
A
C
D
58
72
90
53
80
62
36
56
A
C
B
D
A
87
80
90
78
77
B
C
A
A
D
76
71
4
56
4a
6
7
E
9
10
E
E
B
c
1 4 3
1 6 4
i 8 o
1 7 3
45
2
3
4
5
B
C
D
8
0
11
12
c
B
c
D
t 8 3 11
1 6 0 '11 3 2
l 6 r 'r4
1 6 6
1
8
17
'r8
1
9
D
AD
C
B l s )
B 1 7 6
A
l 1 1
c 1 7 2 6
B 1 7 6 7
A 1 7 1 E
9
B I 6 0
c l
1
I
1
6
C
1
7
B
'lt
c
1
9
8
8
0
Xumbrr lgmr
A l82,
0 1 8 2
1 6 3
1 7 0
3 D
39
/t3
c
D
28
l 1
l i l
A}|ATYTICAIA8[.lrY
Scsdon
5
t
8
1
7
I
r
l
s
I t o
I r l A
l 1 2 A
A
E
lccdon 2
furr|'
Hc
't1
1
1
1
1
2't
2
2
2
2
7'l
48
3{t
33
29
2
2
2
N
3
.
3
4
5
6
7
8
0
16
'17
18
19
nl
65
a7
2'l
22
69
n
63
51
17
2sl
'Esfnalsd P+
for thc group cd oxarnine lyho took thr GRE GrEr8l Test in a recsnt three-yrar priod.
t ?
90
a7
76
D
8
8
E
A
,;l
t4
15
85
57
80
11 |
-u ' ll
2
3
38
21
A
C
E
8
D
80 1
s3 l
63 1
534
aa
tt
21
25
<
D l s s
A l 8 s
D 1 8 3
c
l s t
E l *
B
8
I
E
C
1
1 7 1 1
1 3 8 1
6
7
8
8
A
E
21
7
2
A
4
"A ll s. ts
D
E
A
D
E
E
B
D
A
1 2 1
l o 8
1 3 4
1 1 9
1 3 7
l 3 s
1 1 2
10
2
2
4
5
8
C
53
47
49
30
50
46
49
26
45
52
40
7
*
i#"
:
al
t'
FoRGfiltRAL
TEST
13o]tLy
sc08EcolrvEssrofls
k.
IIIO THEPERCEIITS
BELOW'
Ysr!:l
Scelcd \
Scon 8.lor
R.f
ScGr
7+76
llrn
na
99
99
99
39
7ff)
96
790
780
'J
72
71
70
59
5E
74{'
o/
\,
720
710
690
680
o /u
na
Dil
51
o3u
60
{JU
66
b5
64
0mtrlihliY!
lt
Sc.ld
Scot! 8tlfl
fdt|iJ
S.8ha
a
Sc..r ldt
98
97
96
95
94
ql
V.r!d
Frr q6hd ^1
Scorc Srdr hld
39
38
37
36
35
130
1m
120
410
3!L
380
370
370
360
33
n
31
30
29
2A
540
92
90
89
87
800
630
520
510
590
580
s 4 i 570
-^
I
560
"52r 1l
550
,a ,' II 540
50 1 530
85
84
8?
78
76
74
72
69
67
64
790
790
i60
7S0
740
730
720
7jO
590
680
96
94
92
89
88
86
U
82
78
77
8qt
99
4 e l 520
4 E l520
47 1 510
45 1 500
,5 1 490
44 1 ,180
43 1 470
42 1 460
51
61
s9
55
y
670
650
650
640
620
610
500
590
580
570
74
72
7s
6E
63
61
se
3V
s4
sr
E00
Em
7$
n\
760
7*
7$
7m
710
7m
99 l 2
9!l 1 2
s ] ll
97 1 't0
e6 I
o
$l
e 1 l il
921 I
e1 | 0-6
$l
59
(t
II
4 1 | 450
40 1 440
51
48
U
41
38
al
26
25
23
22
21
20
19
l8
to
15
14
{n
36
3t
33
30
6
21
zl
m
m
ID
ts
14
340
340
330
320
310
300
290
2E0
270
t2
12
10
9
7
260
250
240
230
n0
210
200
200
200
200
20
200
M
200
*
0urdilrtin
%
Fl.a
Scorr Brlr
550
540
530
520
5to
50
gt
170
460
150
1E
45
12
4{t
3?
.*
c,
A
26
21
ferldcll
Sc{.{ tf
Scorr artir
666 8t
670 gg
660 E3
65S, 3r
s30 ,F,'
-74:l;
*
810 72
590 6l
5&l
61
5?0 61
440 2.
430 2A
410 16
400 14
3-od 13
380 12
370 10
350
I
340
6
gl0
5
550
540
520
500
490
470
450
&0
4a)
410
320
310
3{n
29)
274
260
250
240
m
2m
390 15
370 12
360 l0
340
7
3 3 0 6
310
4
290
3
270
2
260
1
240
1
1
1
1
'|
'|
1
I
1
't
I
I
'I
200
I
1
n8
n
200
2fi
210
N
55
5?
46
40
38
32
27
21
20
.!E
*
I
i
7
-:
&
7;
{
!-
'r
1
I
1
t
i
i7'
t
'Pacat
rffint b.lo* dE sLd Fm b bc.d e tb frfwmn

of 923J59 cxrmirc
wno mf rhc Csat
Ta bct
Oclobq I . | 9EC &d Scpdnbq lO. I 969. Th! F6
beic infmrim
ir uscd fc sm rcFs dqrnt dG | 99G9 I teht yw.
I
535
:
.:
!
tr
R
SECTION 2
Trme-30 minutes
30 Questions
Numbers:
All numbers usedarc real numbers
Figures:
Position of points, angles,regions,etc. can be assumedto be in rhc order shown;and angle measures
Figures can be assumedto lie in a phne unlessotherwiseindicated.
Figures that accompanyquestjonsare intended to provide information usefulin answeringthe questions. However,unlessa note'statesthat a figure is drawn to scale,you should solve these"prolt.-,
NOT by estimatingsizesby sight or by measurement,but by using your knowledgeof mat'tre*atics (see
Example 2 below).
Diryctions: Each of the Questionsl-15 consistsof two quantities,one in Column A and one in
Column B. you
A
B
C
D
if
if
if
if
the quantityin Column A is grearer;

tbe quanriryin Column B is greater;
the relationshipcannot be determinedfrom the information givcn.
Note:

Common
;:...I n l o r m a t r o n : In a question,informationconcerningone or both of the quantitiesto be compared
is centeredabove
the two columns.A symbolthat appearsin both columnsieprese
nrsthe samettringin Column A as it
doesin ColurnnB.
Exsmplel:
C o l u m nA
Column B
2x6
2+6
o @ @ @ @
NQ
@@@(D
SampleAnswers
Examples 24 rcfer to A PQR.
E x a m p l e2 :
be assumed,even though P.l{
and NQ apparequal)
E x a m p l e3 :
@(D@@@
Example 4:
w*z
t80
@@(D@@

542
7:
,i.
$
?i
E.
A if the quantity in Column A is grcarcr;

B if thc quantity in Column B is grearer;
if thc two quantitiesare equal;
D if thc relationshipcannot be dctcrmincd from thc informatioo giwn.

Column A
ColumnB
ColumnA
ColumnB
t'1
\:
The arrerage(arithmetic mean)of 15, 16,
and 180
The average(arithmetic mean) of 57, 58.

and 60
| : :
ai
E.
fr
"r+3:23
24-y:3
2.
t20
nistofn
A certain car gets24 miles per gallon of gasoline

for city driving, which is 6Opercent of the number
of miles per gallon of gasoline the car gets for highway driving.
t6
4.il+(-12)+13+(-t4)
5" Thecostprgramof
carrotsif 3 cansof
carrotscost$0.90
6.
'.
2(- t)
The number of gallons

of gasolineused to
drive this car 30 miles
in the city
The cost per gram of

onionsif 5 cansof
onionscost S1.50

of gasolineu*dto
on the highway
6 + ;
('' *)
6
)
6
r > 0
Thc arcaofa squarc

regionwith side r
The area of a sircular

region with radius r
x + y
543

if the two quantities are egrFl
D if the relationship cannot bc determinedfrom the information given.

Column A
Column B
Column A
Column B
.L----l--__
{ !s a point in the rectangutar coordinate sysrcm
and OR = 5.
13. The x-coordinate of
point R
The volume of the cube is .r cubic metersand the

surfacearea is r squaremeters.
t 5 .The length of an edge
6 meters
x > 0
n > 0
xn
xn+|
v4
Drections: Each of the Questions 1630 has five answer choies. For each of thesequestions,
selectthe bestof the
inswe-f,6ices Even.
t6.
(12)(27')
----------;:---(27){s) =
ll
(A) 0
t 9. The selling price of a cerrain book is $ 12.00.For

each copy of the book sold, the author receives
$2.zl0.What pernt of the selling price does the
author receive?
(B) I
(qT ro)27
(E) 189
(A) 20% (B) s% (q 2%

(D) 0.s% (E,0.2%
1
l0
ll
l 6 )5. l 4 1 3 t2
t7 l 8
)q
20 2 l
26
25
.A
23 22
28 29 30
l5 cm
JI
17. The figure above consistsof 25 squares.lf the fieure

were folded along the dotted diagonalro form a-flat
triangle, then 26 minus the number in the square
that would coincide with the squarecontaining26
would be
(A) l3
(B) 14
(C) 15
r 8 . r f r : ( ^ r -W)T
(D) t6
(E) 17
25 cm
The rectangularbox shown abovehas beenwrapped
with two tapes,eachgoing once around the box
without overlap and running parallelto the edgesof
the box. How many centimetersof tape were used
on the box?
(A) 70
and D + 0. then S :
(B) 80
(c) 120 (D) 140 (E) 150
6)w-;
6 1| + w
( c )D T - w
(D) DT + ty
(E)D+WT
545
Questions2l-25 refer to the followinggraph.

MEDIAN INCOME OF
COLLEGEGRADUATES'/S. NONGRADUATES
IN REGIONS X AND Y
Rigion
r i*;:L:""'
ffi
Region
, ffi in'J:[:,,*
$r6,000
14,000
iiiiil
r 2,000
U
r0,000
()
--J
8,000
cft
E
t)
z,
6,000
::iiil
iiit
:;:1i;f-iiit
iiifiiil
.t1:-
4,000
2,000 v7
iii+_
ii:l
iii.
v.
iirf
iiil
v
X
1965
1975
r980
Year
Note: Graph drawn to scale.
56
,
.:
T.
i..
0r
sF
1'
l.
2 l Th_cmedian income of graduatesin Region X in
1980was most nearty equal to the mediin income of
{A) graduatesin RegionX in 1975

(B) graduatcsin Region y in 1975
(c) graduatesin Region I/ in 1980
{D) nongraduates
in Region X h 1980
{E) nongraduates
in Region y in 1980
(A) $5,000
(B) $3,000
22. For nongraduatesin Region X, the median income
in 1980was approximaGlyhow many timesas grear

as it was in 1965?
(A) 2
(B) 2.5
(C) 3
(D) 3.5
From 1965to 1975in RegionX, theincrease

in rhe
medianincomeof graduates
washow muchmore
thanthat of nongraduates?
(E) 5
(c) s2,500
(D) s2.mo
(E) $t,ooo
25. For.how many of the four categoriesgiven
did the
median income increaseby at least :O-pe.ceni

trorn
1975to t980 ?
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
) 7 Of the following 1980median-income

ratios, the
greatestwas the ratio of the median incomesof
(A) graduatesin Region I to graduatesin

Region ,y
(B) nongraduatesin Region I' to nongraduatesin
Region X
(C) graduatesin Region It to nongraduatesin
Region I
(D) graduaresin Region _y to nongraduatesin
Regron X
(E) graduatesin Region X to nongraduatesin
Region I
None
One
Two
Three
Four
547
:
n
$
r
26. Which of the foltowing indicates all x

that -r2 < x?
{A) ' - l < x < 0

{B} - - l < r < |
(q
{D)
(E)
0 < . r < l
x < 0
" r>l
29. If t = 40, what is the degreemeasureof
(A) r40 (B) 120 (c) I l0
LIIISR?
(D) 100 (E) 80
30. What is the distancebetweentwo points on a

number line if the coordinatesof the points are
4+r/E and2-JTt
6)2-zJi
{B) 2 + 2jT
27 In the rectangularcoordinatesystemabove,the area
(c) 6 + 2\,6
(D) 2
(E) 6
of the shadcdregion is
( A ) tl i ( B ) 2 ( c ) 2l i ( D ) 3 ( E ) 4
Which of the following equals
r "r' 11' + Q + xy)y?
{A} r(l + "y)2
{B) .x(2 + ,}' + }'2)
tC) 2"t(l -t- l) * ,y
(D) 2rr'(l + r')

(E) .r:(l + r,:)_r.
548
fi.
i,:.
SECTION 5
Time-30 minutes
30 Questions
f$umbers;
All numbers usedare real numben.
Figures:
Position of points, angles,regions,etc. can be assumedto bc in the order shown;and angle measures
Lines shbwn as straight can be assumcdto b straight.
Figures can be assumedto lie in a plane unlessotherwisc indicatcd.
Figures that accompanyquestionsare intended to provide information uscful in ansrrcringthe questions. However, unlessa notc statesthat a figure is drawn to scalc,you should solrc thcsc problcms
NOT by cstimating sizesby sight or by measurement,but by using your knowlcdgpof mathematics(sec
Example2 bclow).
Directions: Esch of the Questionsl-15 consistsof two quantities, one in Column A and onc in Colu6n B. you
ere to comparethc two quantitiesand choosc
A
B
C
D
biotc:
if
if
if
if

the two quantitics arc equal;
the rclationshipcanBot be determincd from thc information giwn.
Common
IffifGiion:
In a question, information concerningone or both of the quantitiesto be comparedis ccntcredabove

the two columns. A symbol that appcars in both columns representsthe samething in Column A as it
doesin Column B.
Examole l:
Column A
Column B
2x6
2+6
(D@@@@
NQ
@ @ @ (D @
Sample Answen
Examples 24 rcfet to L, PQR.
Example 2:
(sirrceequal measurescannot
be assumed,even though PIY
and lfp appear equal)
Example 3:
@(D@@@
(sincely' is betweenP and Q)
Example 4:
rr+ z"
t80
@@(D@@
GO ON TO THE NEXT PACE"
561
A if the quanrity in Column A is greater;

B if thc quaatity in Column B is greaterj
D if the relarionshipcannot be determinedfrom thc information

given.
Column A
Column B
Column A
Column B
20)+(7x4)
n > 0
n2+2
4 _ n
0.9
J.l
(3)(t
J.
x : y
y = z
4.
t-_4
x + l
____+l
z - l
Ifchecks of$455 ard x dollan are deductedfrom

a@ount that has a balanceof $g00,then
1^c,h,ec\ing
$305 of the balanoewill be left.
5"
45
The perimeterof triangleI equalsthe perimeter

of
triangle II.
The number of
minutes in y
weeks
The number ofhours

in 60y weeks
PQRS is a parallelogram.
6,
562
il
&
9+
fi.
A if the quantity in Column A is greatcq
B if the qusntity in Column B is greater;
C il thc two qusnritiesare equel;
D if thc reletionship cannot bc detcrmincd from thc information givea,
ColumnA
AB\DC
ColumnB
and DC > AB.
,n
' u ' Arca
@ of triangularr@._4lL
I L The ratio of the circumference to the diamter

of a circle that has
radius 6
ColumnA
1
The ratio of the circumfercnceto the diameter
radius 6.5
xfi
r3
15. TheFeatestprimefactor
or 1/;2 - t
563
Dir*tions: Each of the Questions t G30 has five answer choices.

For each of thesequestions, selectthe best of the
answr choices girm.
16. A certainwritcr notedthat, on the average,3 pages

of a-m-anuscript
wereequivalentto I pagi of the
publishedbook.If theivriter hasa 30)_fagemanu_
seript,abouthow manypageswiil the pubished
book have?
,
(A) t00 (B) tsO (c) 300 (D) 600 (E) 900
/-rl+-._-x*4---.{.
Y i------V7777777r---,\
1 7 . l t x - . 1 , : 0 , then xy must equal which of the

following?
(A) 0
(B) |
(O x
(D) x?
20. In the figure above,squre pgR.S has side of

length r + 4 and each of thJ four smallersquares
has side of length 2. If the area of the shadedrlsion
is 48, what is the valueof x ?
(E) x2y
r8. If t 3_ 1 : n, then n is
4
7
(A) I
(A) greater than 3

(B) between2and3
(B) 4 (C) 4.,/t
(D) 8 (E) 12
(g betweenI and 2
(D) between 0 and I
(E) lessthan 0
19. In therepeatirydccimal0.0157901579.
. , the 29th
digit ro theright of thedecimalpoint is
(A)0 (B)t
(q5
(D)7
(E)e
5&
i..
^.
E
,.
t,
*'.
,:
Questions2l-?5 refer to the following table"
UNITED STATESPOPULANON
(oflicialcensusl 89Gl980)
Year
Population
(in millions)
1890
62.9
1900.
76.0
f 9l0
lGytar
Incrcasc
(in millirons)
F
?^
?
ar
Year
Population ttffi
(in millions)
(in milioos)
1940
131.7
8.9
t3..1
t950
150.7
19.0
92.0
t6.0
1960
l't9.3
28.6
t920
105.7
t3;l
t91A
m3.2
23.9
| 930
122.8
l7 -l
t980
223.9
n;l
2 t . By how many million did the United Statespopula-
24. In which of thc following years will th Unitcd

Statcs population first reach 260 million?
tion increasefrom 1920to l95O?
(A) s.3 (B) le.o (c) 45.0

(D) 74.7 (E) 87.8
(A) leeo (B) t995 (c) 2000 (D) 2m5

(E) It cannot bc dctermined from thc information
gven.
22. During which of the fotl;wing lGyear intervalswas

the United Statespopulation irrcreasethe least in
actualnumber?
25. If the percent increascin population from l9l0

to 1920had beenapproximately thc sarneas rhe
prcent incrcascfrom 1900to 1910,the lsyear
increase,in millions, from l9l0 to 1920,would
have been approximatcly
(A) r89Gr900
(B) r9OOl9t0
(c) r920-1930
(D) r93Gr94o
(E) r94+t950
(A) 3
(B) 6
(c) 16
(D) re
(E) 2e
t3 By approximately
what percentdid thepopulation
of the UniredStatesincrease
from 1900to 1980?
(A)
1.6%
(B)
2.560/o
(c) t1a/o
(D) I16",'6
(E) 195%
565
26.The AcrneRent-a4ar agencycharges$10.00per
day andl0.lO per mile to rnta car.Thc Super

Rent-a{ar agpncychargesS20.00per day aird
S).05pcr mile to rent a car. If a car is rcntedfor
I day,at how manymileswouldthe rentalcharees
of the two agenciesbe equat?
(A) s0
(B) r00
(c) r50
2 8 . rrf: 1 , ' *
R), thenwhat is r
in terms
of R?
(A)
1n
J
(B)
)n
(c)R+2
(D) 175
(E) 200
(D) 2R
(E) 3R
29. If theaverage
(arithmetic
mean)of 5, 9, k,
and m is | 2, whatis theaverageof k + 7
a n dm - 3 ?
tq
(A) r4
(B) r7
(c) te
(D) 2t
(E) 38
27" If O is the centerof thecircleabove,whatis the

circumferenccof the circle?
(A) ar
(B) 8r
.,*,
.#
(O l&r
30.The length of rectangularfietd X is 2 kilometers
grcaterthan the sideof squarefield )., and the

width of field X is 2 kilometerslessthan the side
of field Y. lf ;.'2is the trea of field y in square
kilometers,which of the following givesthe area,
in squarekilometers,of field X ?
@) 32n (E) 6{r
(A)y2-4
( B )y 2 - z
(c) y?
(D)y2+2
(E)y2+4
566
FOR GENERAL TEST 14ONLY

Answer Key and Percentagestof ExamineesAnswering Eacheuestion Correctly
VEB8ftA'IL'TY
Seclion1
l
t
l
t
t
tlsmlr
1
2
3
4
5
l
7
l
8
l
s
1 1 0
t . ' l.
I
l 1 2
I 13
1 1 4
II
ls
l t 6
lnsrrt
A
A
c
A
B
I
o
o
A
A
o
E
18
t9
?o
21
22
B
A
24
8
26
27
2g
29
30
o
I
E
11
s
a
u
D
A
Srcdert
97 I
83 |
v1 I
5l I
.|i'
4l
26
92
80
50
21
&
73
21
74
60
8t|
84
TA
32
JI
38
'Estimatod
16
17
18
19
to
s
68
39
Iro
a4
s
o
7
8
e
20
83
65
81
64
57
50
12
34
39
32
33
34
I
I
|
|
I
2
o
r
56 I 1 1
3Kt
12
{t
13
1tt
11
28
ls
bb
1,7
2A
$dai2
lGsrlar fugmrIfi
P+
E
E
B
E
D
o
A
B
O
E
A
A
E
E
O
B
A
B
o
A
A
t
c
30
31
32
33
3,4
3s
B
C
c
36
37
38
ls8
lB7
l s
l s
lEg
la
l6a
155
l
l
l3n
l2l
168
ln
l3g
E ls]
a
x
27
n
2e
lE8
la4
l.16
lsg
0
D
o
E
E
157
l3r
137
114
l *
144
170
l85l
l80l
l*l
tbt|!at
1
2
3
1
s
6
T
8
9
OUIXTITAIIYE|IUTY
Srclioo5
Arrrr
A
B
A
C
I P+ baD.r t|srrt
'
t
B
l 9 O
2
B
l g t
1 7 9
3
A
.
A
1 8 5
o l t o
c l a o
A
l
s
B l e o
B
ro
1 7 9
^ l.u
A
1 1
1 5
1 2 0 1 5
1 3
B 1 5
1
4
0
1
7
9
{
5
1 5 c 1 1
16
D 179
1 7
1 8
1 9
2 0
2 1
2 2
n
21
25
26
27
n
a
30
O
l
A
1 7 9
7 , r
l & {
6
7
8
9
8
A
A
C
i
1
1
t
61
1
1
1
1
0
l
2
3
a
5
c
C
B
o
c
6
7
6
9
A
0
8
D
. l z
&
21
C
2
0
N
E
21
E
2 3 O
2 6 E
2 7 8
a
8
l g r
0 1 6 5
c 1 7 1
E 161
A
l44
C ls3
A Is6
A l s 2
D l s 2
B I49
a
3
l66l
l4sl
lsll
l12 l
l15l
h
F,'
UTY
P+
$
at
6l
a,
3
E
6I
66
70
a9
at
6
95
a
80
a7
60
9t
71
6a
7l
3
60
60
52
45
SSrt
n3
7r
z
E
3
c
. r E
5
c'
c
E.
7
o
E
9
r
11
1
1
til
1
r
1
1
1
2
N
A
A
21
6
0
2
3
5
0
7
8
9
0
Srrdoo 4
ldr
B
8
A
0
8
A
c
E
A
E
C
c
0
E
E
A
C
C
87
a
' E1
o
7+
29
87
ut'
5C
&
91
6S
65
73
58
34
61
4t
gt
3'l
2A
65
53
lrilrr
ffi
?
2
3
4
'5 c:
- 7
8
.
9
r o
i
l
t 2
1 3
1.3
t5
t 6
1 7
1 6
l 9
2 0
21
A
n
2 4
2 5
E
E
D
8
C
c
C
F
l
I
E
A
A
0,
0
C
A
c
A
E
E
8
0
D
f+
88
83
5l
TT
p
a
a
$
7a
57
5a
6l
*,
33
t5
3t
76
a
&t
al
.(t
34
6a
45
45
:
,t
i
tE
E
j
i
,
!
lssl
l37l
t26l
P+ tor the group c/ eraminees who bot 're GBE Gen.al Tsl in a rcnl threo.yar prbd.
573
SCORE
COIIVERSIOHS
FORGEIIERAL
TEST14OIILY
AIIOTHEPERGEI{TS
BELOW'
3celad Scores end Perccnts Bclow
Vrrtl
*
krtydc.l
Qnu$bth| I
hr Scon $r.!
klor
$cgl
hh
Scd|
73-76
72
800
790
77A
760
99
99
99
99
69
68
67
66
65
6,1
53
62
61
60
750
730
720
71A
700
680
670
660
650
98
97
96
95
59
58
57
56
TU
<R
g
53
52
51
50
49
48
47
45
45
44
42
4A
t:;
1 3 5
l 3 s
1 3 4
1 3 3
JI 3? r 2
tI ;
qq
ru
800
o7
630
620
600
590
580
570
560
550
540
530
85
84
80
7E
76
74
72
69
67
A1
800
800
784
760
7*
730
7?O
7ffi
690
670
97
97
94
92
89
85
U
80
78
74
64
61
59
56
t+
51
48
44
41
38
B:y Scon
l 3 e
93
92
90,
E9
87
n30
s20
510
50o
490
480
474
450
4s0
440
*
hltf
550
6s0
640
620
610
600
590
s80
570
550
72
70
68
63
61
s9
57
54
sl
49
350
3s0
14
1 2 8
i z z
340
10
18
99
99
97
96
94
92
90
88
85
83
n
m
l 2 s
2.
21
2A
800
8O0
770
750
730
7n
700
690
670
660
J/U
38
36
33
30
26
24
24
'rA
99
440
4il0
420
410
400
390
390
380
360
26
25
24
800
Scaled ScorGsand Percnts Below

Ylrbrl
*
ouiotltrtivs L
An.lyiical %
Scorr
8rhr
Scsn
hlow
Scoru hlor
16
15
14
13
12
11
l
I
|
I
|
9
|
I
|
7
|
| 0-5
'Porcenl
'len
320
310
310
300
290
280
270
260
250
240
230
220
210
200
200
200
200
200
no
200
t<
10
7
b
4
2
t
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
550
540
530
520
510
500
490
470
460
450
48
45
42
40
37
35
32
28
26
24
640
630
610
600
590
570
550
540
530
510
79
76
72
69
67
61
58
52
49
440
430
420
410
400
380
370
360
350
340
22
20
18
16
14
12
l0
I
7
6
500
480 470
450
440
420
410
390
380
360
40
35
32
27
24
20
18
15
13
10
320
310
300
290
5
4
3
2
2
1
1
0
0
350
340
320
310
300
290
280
270
250
o
0
240
230
zlv
2@
240
230
?10
2ao
200
200
200
200
alv
l lu
200
I
7
4
4
: I
.
1
1
1
l
l
l
:l
;l
scoring bt}. th scaled scorc is based m thg prlorfita rcr of 923,359 examinees who took ths General Tesi betwen fuober .l, 19g6,
Nrd Sptornbr 30, 1989.
574
SECTION 3
Time-3O minutes
30 Quesrions
Numbers:
All numbers usedare real numbers
Figures:
Position of points,angles,regions,etc. can be assumedto be in the order shown;

and angle measures
Linesshownas straightcan bc assurhedto be straight.
Figurescan be assumedto lie in a plane unressotherwiseindicated.
Fliguresthat accompanyquestionsare intended to provide information
usefulin answeringthe questions' However,unlessa note statesthat a figure is drawn t*li,
should
torui ih.o'pr'Jt.,n,
i""
1"
Nor by estimatingsizesby sight or by meas-urement,
but by using your lnowledge of mathematics(see
Example 2 below).
Directions: Eachof the Que!.tions

I -.15.
consistsof two quantities,one in Column A and one in Column you
B.
are to comparethe two quantitiei-nd-hoose
A
B
C
D
Note:
Common
IiJ6Jill'iJ.n:
if
if
if
if

tlie rclationshipcannot be determinedfrom the information given.
Sincethereare onty four choices,NEVER MARK (E).

to be compared is centeredabove
the two columns'A symbolthat appearsin both columnsrepresents
the samething in cotumn A as it
doesin Column B.
Ersslle!
Column A
Column B
2x6
2 +6
Sample Answers
(t@@@(D
Examples24 referto L peR.
E x a m p l e2 :
NQ
@@@(D
be assumed,even though py'V
and NQ appearequal)
E x a m p l e3 :
@(D@@@
(since1{ is betweenP ande)
ExamDle4:
w*z
r80
@@{D@@

586
A
B
C
D
if
if
if
if
thc quantityin ColumnA is greater;

thc quantityin ColumnB is greater;
the two quantiticsareequal;
the rclationshipcannotbe determinedfrom thc informationgiwn.
Column A
Column B
Column A
CotumnB
-7
K
v_
f-
J2
x(x*l)*l:x*l
r00
4x2
Percent of Carl's starting weight lost on the

diet
+ 5 : 7
- 5 : 8
r + J
5.. The average(arithmeticmeau)of 67,78,

and 89
t5
10.The area of a circular
The average(arithmetic mean)of 66,78,

and 89
hrcent of Linda's starting wcight lost on tlr

diet
region that has radius

5 centimeters
Six times the ara of

a circular region that
has radius 2 ccntimetcrs
The lengtb of
arc ABC
Thc length of
arc ADC
Whea Fred drives from his home to the nearest

mountain rgsort, it takes 4 houn at an average
spcedof 5Omiles per hour. When Fred drives from
his home to his beach housc, it takes 3.5 hours at an
averagespeedof 55 miles per hour.
6. Fred's driving distance
from his home to the
nearestmountain
resort
&
.
Whcn Carl and Linda startcd to diet, Carl's starting

weight was 8 pounds more than Linde's starting
weight. At the end of thc dict, eachhad lost 15
pounds.
144
f
.l
'
x : 3
3.
5r
25
ti!
Fred's driving distance

from his home to his
beach housc
587
z:
i
i
A if the quantity in ColumnA is gpeater;

j
if the two quantitiesareequal;
i
if the relationshipcannotbedeterminedfrom the information given.
Column A
Column B
ColumnA
Column B
n+0
n - 4
x : l - y
x?+y2
z'

A crrculartabletop is to be cut from a squarepiece
of wood as shown above.
Percentof the:frood
surfaceshown above that
is not to be used for the
25%
uSiEiop
588
Directionc: Each of the Questions 1630 has five answer choices. For each of the.sequestions,selct the besr of the
answer cf,-oicesgiven.
16. If y = | thcn y + 0\t

(A) 32
(B) 34
(C) 64
(D) 66
(E) 128
17. If 6 * 5x = 30 - x, thsn x =
(A)4
(B)5
(c)5
(D)7
(E)t
(A) 20
(72)(456 + 28)
(4s6)('t2 + ?3)
({56 + 28)(72 + 455)
(456 + 72)(28 + 456)
(4s6 + 456)(72 + 2E)
(B) 40
(c) 60
(D) Eo
(E).100
19" Which of the followingequalsthc ratio of

t
20. In the figureabove,if Pcn^S is a paralklogram, then / :
l8- Which of th followisg is equalto

4s6472)+ 28{456}?
{A)
{B)
(c)
(D)
(E)
2) ta 3i?
{A) 2ts 3
{B) 5to7
(C) 3 ro2
(D) 7to5
(E) 35 to 4
589
Questions 2l-25 refer to the following graph.
STATEZ UNEMPLOYMENT RATESI
fi$luut"
(Numbers
indicatepercenrs.
)
TFemales
7.9
8.0
*Ratesare based
on male and femalelabor forces,respectrvelv.
2l. For how many of the yearsshownwas the unem_
ploynent rate for femaleslessrhan the unemolov_
menl rate for males?
(A) One
(B) Two
(A) 7.8%
(B) 8.3%
(c) t5.6%
(D) t6.6%
(E) It cannotbe determinedfrom the information
given.
(C) Three
(E) Five
@) Four
22" For how many of the yearsfrom 1977throueh

1982,inclusive,did the unemploymentrate f6r
malesrncrease
over the rate lor malesthe
previous year?
(A) One
24. What was the unemployment

rate (includingboth
malesand females)in State Z dunng i,9771
(B) Two
[D) Four
25. Which of the followingsratements

about unem_
ployment in State Z canbe inferred from the
graph?
(C) Three
(E) Five
I.
-
23" la State Z in 1982,the totat labor force was I million, of which 55 percentweremales.If the unem_
ployment rate for malesis definedas the ratio of
the number of unemployedmalesto the number of
males in the labor force, what was the approximate
number of unemployedmalesin State 2' ii lSgZI
II.
The samenumberof femaleswere unem_

ployedin l98l as in t980.
The unemployment
rate for malesin I9g2
\ilasmore than l] timesthe rate for males
IIL
in 1976.
From 1978to 1979,the numberof unemployed malesincreased.
(A) None
(A) 70,000
(B) 55,000
(D) III only
(B) I onty
(C) II onty
(E) I,II, andIII
(c) 50,000
tD) 4O,0m
(E) 1s,000
590
at
*,
E:
F
If.
26. In a classof 120 students. 60 percentcan speak

Fremb and the rest can speak only English. If
25 pcrcent of those in the classwho can speak
French can also speak English, how many of the
students in thc class can speak English?
*t
i
*
;
7:
(A)
(B)
(c)
(D)
(E)
s4
60
66
84
c0
i
i
ii
s
4
(v
2 7 l. t k : ? * d
)v
k+0,tuo#:
(A)l te)# sl
to)j
29. In the rectangular coordinate system aborrc, if the

equation of [; is y : x and 11 ll t2, whatis
the shortest distance between QI and l 2 ?
@+
@ J - c g ) rs , *
28" The dimensions,in centineters, of rectangular

R are 6 by 8 by 10. Which of the following
F
CANNOT be the totd surface area, in square
centimeten, of two facesof R ?
(D)l c)l
30. The positive quantities x, y, and z vary over time.

)and
alwayssquals l6yz. If y istripledand z
J
is halved, then x is
(A) e6- (B) t20 (q t2s

(D) 160 (E) t80
(A) decreased by 5O%

(B) decreasedUy ll{X
(C) unchanged
(D) increasedVy n\n
(E) increasedby 50%
591
I
t
E
Numbers:
Figures:
'
SECTION6
Time-30 minutes
30 Qrestions
All numbersusedare realnumbcrs.
Position of points, anglcs,regoilr, ctc. cra bc assumcdto bc in thc order rhown; and angle
o,easun s
can bc assumed to bc positivc.
Lines shown as straight can bc assumcdto bc straigbt,
Figures can be assumcdto lie in a phrc ualessotherwisc irdicatcd.
Figures that accompany qucstionsarc iotcrdcd to provide information uscful in answering the qucstions. However, unlcssa notc statesthat a figure is drawn to rcalc, you should soh'c tbesc-p;;til;
NoT by estimating sizesby sight or by mcasurement,bur by using your knowledg" of ."th.*;til:1..c
Example 2 bclow).
Dirgctions: Each of thc QucElions t-.15.consistsof tso quntities, onc in Column A ad oae in Column
B. you
are to compare thc two quantities and cboosc
A
B
C
D
Note:
Common
-.-
lilormatlon:
if
if
if
if
the quantity ia Column A is grcatcr;

the quantity in Col"na E ir grcatcr;
the two quantitiesare cquet
thc rclatiooship cirtrnot bc dctcrmincd from thc information gircn.
ColumnB
2x6
2+6
(D@@@@
NQ
@@@(D(D
Sa|,rpleAnswcn
Examples2{ referto A peR.
(sincccqual Elcesuresc8nnot
bc assumcd,even thougb P/V
@o@@(D
(sincc i/ is bctvctn P end Q)
Example 4:
r80
w* z
@@(D@@
(sincePQ is a straight linc)
603
*
I
i7 ,
:l
n
F
a-
: $
r
&
3
f
Column A
Example 3:
:
f
):
Ia a question, information concerning onc or botb of thc quantities to be comparcd is centcrcd above
thc two columns. A symbot that appean ia both columns rGprescntsthc samcihing in Column A as it
doesin Column B.
Example 2:
t
l:
7
Siocethere are ooly four cboices,NEVER MARK (E).
E x a m p l el :
A if the quantityin ColumnA is greater;

B if thc quantityin Column B is greater;
D if the relationshipcannotbe dcterminedfrom thc informationgiven.
ColumnA
CotumnIi
Column A
ColumnB
x2-3
y = 2
At a grocerystorcRay paid $1.S5for 5 poundsof

pohtocsand $1.29for 3 poundsof apptes.
2. Thc amountRay
pardpcr pound for
thepotatoes
The amountRay
pardper pound for
the apples
The three lines above intersect at a single point.

z - Y
a b+ 0
a + !
I
5
a i b
4.
t
5
l
6
l
7
t
t
8 ' , 9
0.54
Triangle,{ hasverticcs(0,0),(0,4),and (3,0),and triangk I hasvertices(0,0),(-3,0), and (0,-4).
5. Thc area of 'l
The area of I
A precinct is divided into four wards as shown.
The two northern wards have exactly 30 Democrats
each and the two easternwards have an average
(arithmetic mean) of 35 Democrats per ward.
x * 2 = 3 - x
Tbe average(arithmetic mean) number

of Dcmocrats in the
fivo southern wards
25
;;rl l
;:;
ffi
l.':l
A
B
D
Column A
if
if
if
if

the relationship cannot be determincd from thc information given.
ColumnB
Column A
Column B
t is a digit in thc dccimal 1.3t5,srd 1.3t5 is lcss

than 1.32.
t4.e{ + ref
O is the centerof the circle" Thc areaof &e shaded
region is 3a.
1 0 .Thc degreemeasure
of LAOB
t l
(0.4)6
t20
l9
Johnfras a flat square garden with a perimcrcr of ;r

fect. David has a llat rectangular grdcn with a
perimeter of x feet and thelenglh I foot tongcr
than thc width.
The area ofJohn's
garden
(t - 0.o4
- 3)
The area of David's

garden
!;
c
,4i
E
st
I
f
&
k
*e
;i
CrOON TOTI{E NEXT PAGE"
3'
ri
7:
'e
i
'.;,
12. The lengthof Xy
The length of YZ
605
Directions: Each of the QuestionslG30 has five answer choices. For each of thesequestions,
selectthe best of the
aisw,er ctroices given.
16"If 2r *.y :
(A) 2
l0 and 2x :4,
theny :
(B) 6
(C) 7
(D) 8
(B) 3
(C) 4
(D) 12
(E) 14
t ' t 4:
J
(A) ;
(E) 36
18. The illumination E, in footcandles,provided by a

light sourceof intensity ^1,in candles,at a distance D, in feet,is given bv E = 4.
po, an illu-
mination of 50 footcanat.rlt u dir,?;"" of 4 feet

from a source, the intensity of the sourcemust be
(A) (-2, -2)

(B) (-2,5)
(A)
50 cdndles
(B) 200 candles
(C) 800 candles
(D) 1,600candles
(E) 2,500candles
20. In therectangular
coordiaatesystemabove,if the
areaof rectangular
region ppRS is 35,what are
thecoordinates
of point p ?
(c)(-3,5)
(D)(-4,5)
(E) It cannotbedeterminedfrom the information
given.
896r3,59n
1,58A
6
19. If thesolutionof thedivisionproblemaboveis cor_
rect,whatdigit does I represent?
(A) 6
(B) 4
(c) 2
(D) I
(E) 0
606
6
B:
E
l
t
:;
Questions2t-25 refer to the following graphs.
POPULATIONOF THE UNITED STATESAGE 55 AND

OVER,
1984AND PROJECTIONS
FOR 1995
(in millions)
m
t5
t0
5
Age 55-64
Age 65-74
Age 75_84
Ase 85 +
INCOME DISTRIBUTION FOR

POPULATIONAGE 55 AND OVER. I984
ffi
ffi80?"
$14,999
ffi
H 6 o % ro*
"
$re,eee
7-
',
1\x1i:::l:i,
:;
ri!;
Age55-64
Aee65+
Drawn to scale
ffi1
E
s
I
i
24. In 1984approximatelyhow many more people age
from
2t. The agecategorythat is projectedto decrease
55-64had incomeslessthan $10,000than had

incomesof $50,000or more?
1984to 1995is projectedto haveapproximarcly

how many rnillion peoplein 1995?
(A) 17
(C) 2l
(B) 18
(D) 23
(E) 24
(A) 2.2 rnillion

(B) 3.3 million
(C) 4.4 million
(D) 5.5 million
(E) I 1.0million
22" In 1984the medianincoqe for a personin the

55-64agecategorywasin which of the following
intervals?
(A)
(B)
(c)
(D)
(E)
Lessthan $10,000
$10,000-$19,999
$20,00G-s24,999
$25,m-$34,999
$35,000-s49,e9e
25. For the agecategorythat is projectedto have the

largestpercentincreasefrom 1984to 1995,approximately what is the projectedprcentincreasein
population?
(A) r0%
(B) 15%
(c) 20%
(D\ 2s% (E) 3s%
23. Ifit is projectedthat thepopulationage55and

I
over will comprise . of the total population in

1995,then the total-populationis projectedto
be approximately how many million in 1995?
(A\ 27s (B) 260 (C) 250

(D) 24s (E) 220
i4.
608
{ i ,
q
e
{ i :
4 f a
i
^ . 3 3 - 3 2/o. -----;-
{A) 0
i
i"
(B) I
(c) 3
(D) 6
(E) e
]
27. A certain rectangJehas perimeter54. If thc ratjo of
the length of the rectangtcto tbc width is 5 to 4,
what is the length of the rectangh?
(A) 30
{B) 27
a
ii
:
I
:
(g 24 (D) 18 (E) ts
29. In thc figure above, what is thc area of the square
inscribcd in the circlc ofradius a ?
The expression(x + 4){2x - 3) is equivalent to

L 2x(x + 4) - 3(x 4)
II. (x - 4)(2x + 3)
III. 2x2- l2
i:
t.
(A) 2a
(q ,rfza'?
{D) 2o2 G) 4d2
{C) o2
30. A certain form letter is to be sent to prospective
(A) I only (B) II onty (C) III only

(D) II and III onty (E) I, II, andIII
customers.If 4 model-X computers working independentlycan do a combined total of 4 of the letters

in 4 minutes,then 100model-X computers working
independentlycan do a combined total of 100 of the
letters in exactlyhow many minutes?
(A) 4 min
(B) l0 min
(c)
25 min
(D) 40 min
(E) 100min
ffi9
FOR GENERALTEST 15ONLY

Answer Key and Percentagee' ol Examlneer Answering Each Oseslion Correctly
YERErtTSIUTY
Slsiloa 2
Itq$cr
P+
&$rt
n
1
30
32
tr
q1
16
17
IA
19
A
A
21
a l
38
90
89
80
27
2A
n
30
u
2(
36
37
38
'Estimated
B
8
c
n
74
l
l 50
ln
<l
E I34 1
D
A
8
8
25
51
21
)7
ll
6
7
8
9
JY
35
62
zo
l2 1 |
14 1
D
A
6
)/
50
38
23
21
25
s
38
6
27
n
a
81
tt
32
33
3.1
Ansurt P +
10
54
69
11
12
a.
8il
o/
93
21
IJ
67
6
27
?E
14
33
?8
94
s
54
81
44
14
14
{<
16
17
18
64
16
17
18
19
30
E
E
az
58
ZJ
24
25
23
22
10
o
A
25
29
P + for the group ot xaminees who took tha GRE Gaf,gral Test in a rccsnt thrge.yaat period
P+
Yf,
74
81
73
E
n
81
72
68
59
54
10
1t
4043
21
62
610
88
A
B
E
33
31
A
B
E
E
B
16
10
'11
12
FI
82
80
73
24
23
45
33
s
64
71
15
oz
il
tr
68
7
o
lnsrcr
IJ
t5
61
17
18
,l
76
n
aa
OY
to
P + llunb!|
$sllil
v.
83
83
T7
79
69
Atsrlt
59
64
40
28
nunbrr
tr
AI
tC
35
37
38
1
1
1
1
12
C
D
8
S
63
?
3
{
5
y2
ru
79
1
1
1
1
't0
S!c0o6 1
o/
89
93
86
g2
s
61
;"
71
19
23
24
25
at
P + lt8aber
7
I
s
45
3?
46
68
17
90
ts
fl
t3
4Sl
2.
23
24
25
1
Aq
16
17
't6
trsrrt
l(
c
A
Xrnlcr
12
13
l<
P+
ITALYTTCAL
AEtLtrY
t*ller I
S.cdo. 3
11
11
lffEr
(a
59
50
35
'|
72
10
t?
tlurllf
88
79
73
58
75
ASITTTY
OUAHTNANVE
Sr3llcr I
n
n
6
E
70
87
52
38
4
z)
u
46
JY
D
B
IJ
E
L
sc0f,Ec0ltvEf,stoils
FoRGEltERtL
T8I15oilty
AilDTHEPERCEXTS
BELO}Y'
Ystul
Scorr
Scalcd Scorer and Pcrcantr Brlow.

t
&an&rthr
%
Aodydc.t
&br
Sam
Brtoy
Scor!
9a
Brtor
vlrhl
Scor
/+/o
4(l
1lq
71
3{t
37r
38
70
no
s9
OY
760
710
730
7m
99
s
97
96
710
700
680
670
660
96
95
s
y2
91
650
640
$o
620
610
89
86
86
u
83
600
590
580
570
5,c0
81
79
T7
73
70
540
540
530
520
5't0
67
67
65
62
59
640
500
490
480
470
460
57
54
5t
4a
45
620
610
600
5O
570
6
67
w
a{
AA
0z
61
w
59
5
57
30
52
5l
50
49
47
46
45
4
43
42
41
4to
4@
390
380
370
a
27
6
98
97
90
at
34
310
300
290
280
270
260
250
240
7n
710
370
360
350
350
340
ta
690
680
660
230
20
210
210
200
200
200
200
m
2W
*'*
a
3tt
35
34
34
30
27
6
n
21
scor'based
ontt'"p'no'-"^
36
sao
530
s20
510
5q)
4S0
4EO
460
450
40
17
{a
lc
ifao
t5
4q)
390
tl
24
73
2.
21
/N
/w
730
18
1n
35
3]
E
98
gtl
4(r,
u
3:!
32
3t
800
80
8C0
790
780
450
44
Scelcd Scscr lnd Percenlr 8clow.

r
osr.a$t
!.
r8|tytcl
&br
l$a
lrbr
Slon
8
7
i
&br
50
4tt
4q.
38
680
6g)
660
650
630
8S
87
84
82
n
33
620
75
33
ss
s':;'.i:So
70
6E
6. :.,.t,Ilg
"
24
5o
62
s9
2'
20
18
ls
13
se
5r
4
a,
36
E4q, '
53O'
510
509
4&
380
370
360
350
340
F
!
320
310
300
290
770
5
4
3
3
z
390
380
360
a
5
3 / '
0
o
I
I
260
?40
1
1
1
0
0
3
3
2
2
2
2
1
9
8
6
0
0
0
0
0
6
5
3
3
2
0
0
g
2
2
n
5
3
0
0
1
1
0
0
2
2
0
0
m
210
200
200
?00
200
M
200
0
0
0
5
t
15
13
10
9
8
0
0
1985.
"nHlfJ*td"lg.1"
a
t
/
,?;
t
';
1i
i
Y
E
F
;
r
;:
I
6n
SECTION 2
Time-30 minutes
30 Questions
Numbers:
AII numben usedare real numbcrs.
Figures:
Position of points, angles,regions, etc. can be assumedto bc in the order shown; and angle measures
Lines shownab straightcan be assumedto be straight.
Figures_thataccompanyquestionsare intended to provide information useful in answeringthe questions. However,unlessa note statesthat a figure is drawn to scale,you should solve thesc-problems
NoT by estinlatingsizesby sight or by measurement,but by using your knowledge of matiematics (see
Example 2 below).
D i r e c t i o n s :E a c h o f t h e Q u e s t i o n s l - l 5 c o n s i s t s o f t w o q u a n t i t i e s , o n e i n C o l u m n A a n d o n e i n C o l u m n B . y o u
A
B
C
D
Note:
Common
iiF6?iiliion:
if
if
if
if


In a question,information concerning one or both of the quantiriesto be compared is ccntered above
the two columns'A symbol that appearsin both columnsrepresents
the samettring in Column A as it
Example l:
Column A
Column B
2x6
2+6
(D@@@@
NQ
@ @ @ ( D @
SamoleAnswen
E x a m p l e2 :
(since equal measurcscannot

be assumed,cven tbough P.iy'
and NQ appearequal)
Example3:
@(D@@@
Example4:
w*2
r80
@ @ o @ @
619
t.
A if
B if
c if
D if
thc quantity in Colunnn A is greater;

the two quantiticsare :qual;
thc rctationship cannot be determincd from the iaformation givcn.
i{
l-
7
F
$
I
l.
ColumnA
ColumnB
ColumnA
0.0230102301
0.023023
6.
*
t;
I
I
s450
8.
LPQR is inscribedin a circle.
$,
+
l , l
a'3
30
3
E
l
1-1
On a 5Gquestion multiplc-choicetcst,3 points

were given for each question answeredcolTectly
and I point was deducted for each qucstion
answered iocorrcctly.A student who answered
all of the questions on the test receiveda totsl
of98 points.
QR
m*2=8
t-2:7
4. 4@+2)+(r-2)J
t'
5:
',//l1537
7. The area of the

shaded region
PQ
f:
A purchaseplan for a stcreoreceivcrrequircs

20 perccntof thc total costas a down payment
and monthlyp8,"mntsof $30.
2. Thc total cost of the
stcreo rcceiver
Co'lumnB
9. Thc number of questions on the test that

thc student answered
incorrecrly
(m+2\r-2)
t0.
(0.4)3
l4
(0.2)8
5.
619
r
F
t
A
B
C
D
if
if
if
if

the two quantitiesarc equal;
the relationshipcannot bc determined from the information given.
Column A
Column B
Column A
Column B
35xs5
65y5l0
I l. The avemge(arithmetic mean)of r
and y
12" The lengthof a
diagonal of a square
with sideof lengrh s
P Q i lS r n U V
The lengthof a
diameterof a circle
with radius s
14. The areaof triangular

region RUY plus the
area of triangular
region RST
The area of triangular

region RPp
Zx*l_x-l-x-l
4
t
4
2
15.
2x* |
_2x*l
8
x- I
The sum of $a three numbersin the horizontal

row equalstbe sum of the three numbers in the
vertical colurnn.
t3.
GO OI\iTO THE NEXT PAGE.
:-ril
620
::
,::
F
'i
Direaiole:. Each of thc Qucstions l&30 has fivc ansser choie.

answer choiccsgiven.
For each of thcsc questions,sclccr ttrc bcst of the
;1.
-.
F
t6. If of a ertaia numberis 2, thcn j of t*
i
numbcris
(A)* pt*
1 7 .2 . v -
(qr
t9. Thc chargefor a telcphorrccal rnadeat
10:00a.m. from City f to Ciry X is t0J0

for the first minurc ad S.34 for cachadditional minute.At thescrates,what b thc
diffcrcnce bet*len the tobt cos of threc
S-minutecallsand thecostof one l!.minute
calP
1o)4 (E)8
2*=
(A)
(B)
(c)
(D)
(E)
(A) 0.09 (B)0.t4 (c) 0.re

(D) 0.2e (E) 0.32
t8 If n-t=t,thcn
n=
$0.00
$0.r6
f0.32
$0.4E
S1.00
m. The lengthsof the sidcsof a rrianglcare in the

ratio of 3 to 5 to 6. lf thc perimererof thc rriangleis 70,whatis thc lengh of the longest
side?
(A)il (B)t (C)+

( D )- *
a-
( E )- r l
(A) .5
(B) 6
(C) 15
(D) 2s
(E) 30
I
I
**
a
t
.
L
F
F
ta
I
E
t
fi
t
CO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE
F
i
t
t'*
:.
n
::.
ll
il
a
T
.:
t
\:.
i
+
v
e
t
F
]
E
5
i
;
621
Questions2l-25 refer to the following data.
STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENTEMPLOYMENT

AND SALARY,
BY OCCUPATIONAND SEX, 1977
By Occupation
5. I Vc OfficiaU Adm i nisrrative
17.67o
Professional
17,99cSemicr-,/
Maintenance
9.9VoTechnical
8.77oSkilled Crafr
| 3.9VcPr otectiveService
lE.7lp Officr-iClerical
8.2/s P arapr ofessi o naI
IAO16=4,4t5,000
Median
Annual Salary
M a l e Female
Females
As a Percent
o f t h eT o t a l , B y O c c u p a t i o n
$12,390$ 9,093
All Occupations
3E.0
t8,723 t4,066 Official/ Ad ministrative

15,74{) r2,650
'
Professional
12,885 9,445
Technical
13,622 9,827
Protective Service
9.054 7,761
Paraprofessional
9,723 8,456
Office/Clerical
I I,657
8,E92
9,54"7 7,30'1
20.7
34.2
67.7
SkilledCraft
Service/Maintenance
l'7.4
40
50 60
Percent
622
2 1 . Approximately what percnt of statc and local
25. Which of thc following statcoents ebut sttte
Sovcrnment employeeswcre male?
aad local governmcnt cmployecs can bs iifcrFd

from thc data?
(A) 3t% (B) s2% (C) s8%

(D) 62Eo (E) Wo
I.
II.
22. Statc and local governmnts cmployed approximately how many more office/clerical employees
than skillcd craft employecs?
(A)
(B)
III.
384,000
441,500
(c) 650,500
(D) t25,6@
(E) 1,209,'tW
(A)
(B)
(O
(D)
(E)
I 23. For state and local government employees,the

median annual salary for maleswas approximately what percentgreaterthan that for
females?
(A) tOVc
(B) 2Wo
Fewerthen i of thoscin paraprofc+

sional oeuptions werc Elhs.
Therc neremorethan 5 timcstbc
ntrmbcr of femalesin thc tccbdcat
occupationss! in thc skilcd cfaft
occupations.
Thcre rtre morethar 6 timcsthe
number of fcmrhs in thc profcssional
oocupatione$ in the ofiiciall adminb'
trative occupations"
I only
II only
I and II only
II and III only
I, II, and III
(C') 25Vo
(D\ 35Va (E) 75Vo

24. For stateand local governmcntemployees,
approximately what was the differencebetween
the number o[ femalesemployedas professionals and the number of fcmalesemployed
in servicefmaintenanceoccupations?
(A)
(B)
75,000
185,000
(c) 765,000
(D) 1,070,000
(E) r,840,000
623
l_10
t5 10 2.s 30 35 q
4s 50
28. Which of the following cxpressionshas (have)

t h e s a m e v a l u c f o rn = 5 a s f o r n =
*?
26. On thc number line above,what numbcr correspondsro a poinr that is of the distancefrom
{
l0to40?
(A) 6
(B) 8
(C) t2
(D) 15
n + n!
II.
n-L
n
(E) 22
III.
-?
n
(A) I only
(D) I and II
27. lt polygon ABCDE abovehasperimerer26

and equilateraltriangteBCD hasperimeterlt,
what is rheareaof rectangular
regibnABDE?
{A)
(B)
(c)
(D)
(E)
6
t2
24
32
48
(B) II only
(C) III only

(E) II and III
_-.
624
30.If e =t
(A)-t
a n ar = 4 , t h e nt p r / l l , - ( r * * ) =
(B)-;
(c);
(D)|
(D +
'.+
t
+..
f:
ft:.
*
29. The figure aboveshowsthe path tracedby the
end of a pendulumasit movcsfrom point X
to poini Y. How manycentimetendixs the end
of the pendulumtravelalongthc arc from X
to f?
va
f
*
I
i'
(A) 4r
(B) 5r
(C) l0r
(D) 20zr
(E) 36zr
|:
1
625
Numbcrs:
Figurgs:
SECTION5
Trme-3O minutes
30 Questions
used
are
real
numbers.
All numbers
Position of poiats, angles, rcgons, etc. can bc assumedto be in the order shown; and angls measures
can be assumedto bc positive.
Figures can be assumedto lic in a plane unlessotherwiscindicated.
Figuresthat accompany qucstions are intendedto provide information usefulin answeringthe questions. However, unlessa note statesthat a figure is drawn to scale,you should solve thcseproblems
NOT by estimatingsizcsby sight or by measurement,but by using your knowledgeof mathematics(see
Example 2 below).
Directions: Each of ihe QuestionsI-15 consistsof two quantitics,onc in Column A and one in Column B. You
arc to compare the two qGiiiiliEi6hoosc
A
B
C
D
Note:
if
if
if
if

thc relationship cannot be determirrcdfrom the iirformation given.
Sincethercare only four choices,NEVER MARK (E).
Common
Gliffiiiion:
In a question,information concerningone or both of thc quantitiesto be compared is ccnteredabovc

the two columns. A symbol that appearsin both columnsrepresentsthe samething in Column A as it
docs in Column B.
Example l:.
Column A
ColumnB
2x6
2+6
SampleAnswers
o@@@@
NQ
Example2:
@ @ @ o @
Exsmple3:
@o@@@
(since l{ is betweenP and Q)
Examplc 4:
IEO
w*z
@@o@@
(sinccPQisa straight
line)
638
a
tr'
Y &*
i 4{t
A
B
C
D
if
if
if
if
thc quantity in Column A is grearcr;

the quantity in Column B'is greatcr;
the relationship cannot be deterrnined frorn the informatirongiven.
Column A
Column B
ColumnA
Column B
r=5
s=2
r- 2s*2
IJ
T
5.
x2
f
x-*0
6.
Figure I
2. Thc area of the
shaded region
shown in Figure I
Figure II
The area of the
shadedregion
shownin Figure lI
Lila purchascd a hat and a scarf for a total of

940. She received a 25 percentdiscount on the
price of the scarf and a l5.perccntdiscounl on
the pricc of the har.
3. The amount Lila
saved on the scarf
4.
(25Vo
of 12)+ 8
7. Thc pcrimcterof
tnangle PQR
The amount Lila

savedon the hat
is a positive integer"
8.
25%ot (12+ E)
(- r;z'
(-1;2rt I
9. Thc greatestinteger x
suchthat 7x1.49
The least intcger y

such that 6y) 3O

T
l!
I
639
A
B
C
D
Column A
10. The average(arithmetic mean) of
x* 5. 2x * 3. and
l-3r
if
if
if
if

thc relationshipcannot be determined from the information given.
Column B
Column A
The averagc(arithmeticmean)of 5,2,

8, 6, and 4
Column B
A rectangularfloor with an area of l2 square

metersis drawn to scalewith 2 centimeters
representingI meter.
13. The areaof the scale
drawing of the floor
24 souare centimeters
A deck of n cards contains exactlv & marked

cards. (ft * 0)
14. The ratio of the number of unmarked
cards in the deck
to the numberof
marked cards in the
deck
,{^8 is parallel to CD.

II.
12.
x +y
JT+6
15.
r e +y
25'56
4 - I
K
5(loF)
,fr+ tF
G OO N T O T H E N E X T P A C E .
&a
Pireaionr:,. Each of thc Qucstions 163o has five answer choiccs. For each of thesc questions,sclect the best of the
answer cboicesgiven,
1 6 .I f 3 x * 5 = 2 r * 1 0 .r h e nr =
(A) r
t
tB) 2
(c) 3
(D) 5
19. Of thc following fraaions, which has rhe least

value?
{E) 15
( A ) 96 ) B ( q ; p ) 3 G ) &
17. i + f equals
howmanytwetfrhs?
(A) 2
tB) 4
(C) 6
(D) 8
(E) e
18. Of the 4O0cadets in a graduating class, 30 per.
cent were women and, of ,f,"r.,

became
I
instructors. If the number of nren who bccamc
instructors was twicO the number of womcn who
becamcinstructors, how many of the men
m" V APQR and APRS abovearcequilateral,

what fraclion of PQRS is shaded?
becarneinstructors?
( A ) +1 r ) i ( q * t o ) + ( E ) *
(A) 120
(B) 48
(c) 40
(D) 24
(E) 20
!t:
i
&l
:
:
:
i
I
L
i'
:
:
Questions2l-25 refer to thc following Sraph.
AVERAGE' DAILY TOTAL AMOUNT OF SALESAND

NUMBER OF SALESFORSTOREX
a
()
$1,000
900
t00
tr
,
7ffi
o
600
500
q
400
0
F
300
{)
bo
2N
!!
o
100
t/)
Averap Total Amount of Sales

\ r
0eft-hand scale)
I
'l
I
/i
/i
A.
\
\
\
\
3sT
3 0 3
\
.t)
/ t
50
45
N E
| / l
Avenge"T---f- Numbcrof Salcs-(right-handscale)-
2 5 3
20r
15 I,
r 0 g
s F '
Mon. Tucs. Wed. Thur. Fri. Sat.

rAverage' means'arithmeticmean."
2 l What is the averagetotal amount of salesmadc

on a Fridayfor Store X ?
(A) $200 (B) $300
24. On which of the following days is the average

amount of a sale greatest for Store X ?
(c) $400
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
(D) Ss00 (E) s6oo

22" On the averagc,what is the total amount of
salesper week (Mondsy through Saturday) for
Store X?
(A) $2,700
(D) $3,600
(B) S2,800
(E) $4,lm0
Monday
Tucsday
Wednesday
Thursday
Saturday
25. During the first week of a ccrtain month, how

rnany more salcswerc made in Store X on
Saturdaythan on Monday?
(C) $3,300
(A) 15 (B) 25 (C) 30 (D) 35

(E) It cannot bc determined from the information given.
23. What is the averageamount of a sale made on a

Wedncsdayfor Store X ?
(A) S0.s0 (B) $2.00 (c) $10.00

(D) $20.00 (E) s40.00
&2
26. A trrin travclsfrom City X to Cily y in
4- nfl6
4- nEJS
3 iours ad 30 minutcsat an avcragespcedof

60 milesper hour. lf thc train rEturnsat an
syeraScspccdof 50 milcspcr hour, bow long
doesthc return trip tatc?
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
28. lVhicb of the followingsymbolsshould bc
substitutedfor E to makeboth of thc ctate.

mcntsabovetruc for all intcgersn suchrhat
-2(nS3?
2 hr 55 min
3 hr 40 mtut
4 hr 12min
4 hr 32 nin
,t hr 40 rnin
(A) s
(tg-
29.
\-:j-l
(B)<
(C)=
(D) >
{E) >
a\' =
:;
:
(A) e- 4\/2
(B) 36- rcrn

(c) 8
(D) 9
(E) 32'/,
2'7. In the figureabove,il point T is 6 cenrimercrs

lrom ertry point oruarc PQ andfrom every
point on arc R.S,what is thc sum of thc areas,
in sguarcentimctcrs, of regions peT ud
rR^s?
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
6
4r
6r
24
l2r
30. In thcfigureabove,
ffu=
( A ) +t s ) * ( q 3 ( D ) l E ) *
I
tt
&3
FOR GEI{ERAL TEST 16ONLY

Answer l(ay and Percantages'of Eramlneer Answerfng Eacft euesson cof'octty
guilIlrmwrl|uTY
YTBIT III1ITY
3!t|h
H&tr
lsu
2
3
A
D
E
4
5
6
6
9
10
P + llsD.r
l a
l @
60
6a
5.t
o
c
50
36
9,
78
6l
U
A
63
52
45
46
ts
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
c
o
B
B
16
tn
78
41
47
2,
0
B
FT
55
38
52
67
56
n
24
ZJ
lo
27
2A
8
30
D
B
3l
52
9{
c)
A
66
'11
12
13
14
IR
'16
9{
75
7f
D
A
ZJ
o
c
54
47
90
B
D
30i
24 1
at
te
49
52
51
zl
1t
t2
t3
l4
t5
B
B
D
a
9,,
85
85
70
68
16
17
1E
19
20
78
75
iKt
21
2.
a
21
5
't1
12
13
14
B
A
16
88
&l
71
1A
18.
19
75
w
21
2,
ti
21
25
a
24
25
81
g)
35I
241
to
D
E
e3
e.
A
A
s7
D
a
B
a
n
2A
29
36
a
c
c
16
17
18
19
E
B
a
7
E
B
A
1(
21
24
qt
71
6a
64
5l
6
7
E
I
't0
36
D
A
B
t
2
3
r
5
o
c
A
A
42
2.
53
51
E5
93
E5
66
61
14
15
8E)
88
70
2E
B
A
P+
2
3
4
a(
c
A
D
o
58
*l
37
35
32
6
27
a
29
30
t firt
An3an
12
13
tr
36 1
I
3tt
lltFnllr
90
86
ct
86
76
76
65
36
63
10
P+
B
B
B
A
xratTtcfi.rt[''rl
8.rlhr !
40
45
75
s
5t
3
A
A
57
62
21
2.
a
n
e'
a
o
c
E
7
E
17
18
lo
I
lsr
I
lffi
I
2
3
a
5
tef
illrnl||
l8s
171
161
ls4
B
E
c
8
0
76
5l
54
.18
38
8
I
10
C
S
A
E
0
31
3 2
3at
3 4
3 5
31
9.
33
34
35
'E3timstsd
P+
ll.r|f
1
2
3
4
5
$mt
tGllo.
4!
I
41
I
A
A
A
tC
4!)
61
73
51
45
3E
37
441
18 1
P + tor tha grxJpof examinee3 who took tha GRE Genoral T6t
in a rec.nt thrs6.y"8r pariod.
u9
tHr
tt|rru
8
0
E
c
A
tGilt|l
P + hr
q)
2
3
4
5
66
8t
q,
E1
79
66
6E
Ie
70
17
55
55
30
36
26
A
E
E
41
19
23
3'
fH.r
?+
I
E
A
179
lo
t:
91,.
A
E
7
6
O
B
E
t;
l3
180
11
1
2
1
3
11
1
5
0
4
C
D
8
16
17
18
19
B
I
A
E
11
63
36
54
n
2 1
c l
ls
ll s*2
150
fea
t36
a
31
l 1t
7 3
o l
2 1
D l 24
38
l4 t
SCORECONYERSIONSFOR GENERALTEST 16 ONLY

AND Tffi PERCENTS BELOWI
I-U
Rrr Scorl $.f|
Scdled Scorer and Percantr Bclor'

I
fr|'*d
osrffi|r
*
lrbv
Salrr
Erlor
Sa!.!
73.78
72
71
e0
7s0
780
99
99
99
70
68
n0
750
7&
99
98
98
b/
til
7n
96
65
64
63
7t0
690
s
94
e)
61
60
59
58
JT
56
54
53
52
<t
50
49
4
17
16
45
44
43
4?
t
tdfi
Rrr Scon
Vlrtd
Scorf
40
3
38
37
35
450
/t40
/}30
420
410
35.
34
3
32
31
400
400
390
380
370
30
E
360
m
610
660
650
610
530
610
600
seo
580
570
560
560
91
89
88
86
N
80
78
75
73
71
800
800
800
800
800
790
7&
760
'
750
7&
5m
68
65
63
60
57
7n
710
690
680
670
a.
4$ :
180
470
il60
460
55
52
49
46
46
650
610
630
610
600
540
530
520
510
27
6
98
98
98
s
98
25
24
w
ol
on
&
8m
8m
80
78
76
800
800
8e
72
70
b/
62
61
7$
770
760
78
99
99
99
99
99
95
'Permnt scoring blow the scaled score

basad on the pertomance
and Septembr 30, 1987.
4iI
37
34
n
6
z
2
120
410
390
380
360
2
n
16
14
11
340
330
310
300
2 8
8
7
5
4
3
.u
18
18
16
14
450
4A
430
4t0
400
25
390
370
360
350
330
m
m
230
20
210
o
5
274
2n
24
230
?1
n
n
'16
1
1
I
m0
200
0
?w
10
I
o
500
480
170
450
440
490
480
470
260
250
240
tuq
63
60
55
52
45
6
?4
2.
320
310
570
s60
540
530
510
200
200
200
83
78
76
71
69
41
270
200
650
530
620
600
590
49
<ld
19
13
17
15
no
94
E?
91
88
86
(l
520
r0
,9
0
0
f
trlor
730
710
700
580
670
la
J4
58
10
o
8
YI
560
570
560
550
530
2.
2',1
15
14
13
12
t1 .
99
98
350
340
4!t
40
37
34
31
310
300
290
2W
97
96
Jw
ScsladScorar.nd Parconb Below'

q,r'om
AmttH
*
i
tabf
scd|
lclos
Sco'r
270
250
240
200
200
200
200
0
0
n0
m
210
ot the 844,960 examinees who took the General Te$ between Oclobr 1,
650
2
t
1
1
0
Numbcn:
FiSures:
SECTION3
Time-30minutss
30 Questions
All numbcrsuscdare rcal numbcrs.
Positionof points,angles,regions,etc.can be assumcdto bc in thc ordcrshown;and angle measurcs
canbc assumed
to bc positirc.
Lincsshowqasstraightcanbc assumcdto be straight
Figurescanbeassumedto lie in a planc unlcssotherwiscindicarcd.
Figures that accompany qucstions arc intgndcd to providc information useful in answering the questions. However, unless a notc states that i figure is drarrn to scale,you should sgtvc thcsc problirns
NOT by estimating siics by sight or by measuremcnt,but by using your knowtedge of mat-hematics(sec
Example 2 bclorv).
1'
3
Dircctions: Each of thc Qucrtions I - t 5 consistsof two quantitics, onc in Column A and onc in Column B. you
are to comparethe two quantiticsand choosc
A
B
C
D
Notc:
Common
Ii?ffiiliion:
if
if
if
if
thc quantity in Column A is grcater;

th? qudntity in Column B is greater;
the relationshipcannot bc determinedfrom thc information given.

Il a question,information concerningone or both of the quantitiesto bc compared is centeredabove
the two columns.A symbol that appcarsin both columnsrcpreScnts
the same ttr;ng in Column A as it
doesin Column B.
Examole l:
Column A
ColumnB
2x6
2+6
o @ @ @ @
NQ
@ @ @ (t@
SamDleAnswers
Example 2:
(since equal mcesurescannot

bc assumed, even though PiI
znd NQ appear equal)
Examole3:
@(D@@@
{sincei/ is bctwecnP and Q)
Exaarple 4:
t9i
r80
@GD(D@@
(sinccPQ is a srraightline)
63
1:
e
z
A if rhequantityin Column A is greater;

B if tbc quantityin Column B is greatcr;
if thc two quantiticsarc cqual;

D if tbe rclationshipcannotbc detcrmincdfrom thc informationgiven.
ColumnA
Column B
l. The costof3 pounds

of pcachcs
at S0.34
pcr pound
2.
Column B
$l.00
t4 _ 3z
lE km
ColumnA
I
t2
Coaltown
The circles above, with centers O and P, cach

have radius r.
6. Twicc thc area of the
shadedregion
Woodland
The map showsthc only roadsthst connectthe

four towns and showsthe distancealong each
road.
3. Thc road distance

betwccnAustenand
Seburg
4.
y=-3
7.
y2*3y*lO
f-3y-2
The road distance

betweenCoaltown
and Woodland
5s+53
103
x y = I t a n dx + y = 9
5.
The area of the

circular region
with ccnter P
8.
x
0(x(y(
9.
xy
x+y
64
i &
: F
E
a
A if thc quantityin Column A is grcatcr;

B if thc quantity in Column B is greaar;
c if thc two quaatiti* are equal;
D if thc relationshipcannotbc dctcrmincdfrom thc informationgircn"
F.
A:l
F
:
i
ColumnA
10. Thc area ofa rcctangular region with
sides of lcngths a
and 5
It.
Column B
ColumnA
The area ofa rectangular region with

sidcs of lcngrhs
(a+ l) and4
2,
6+
3i
ei
Column E
When integer n is dividcd by 9, thc remaindcr

is 2.
13. The remainderwhcn

n is dividedby 3
A ccrtain store sclls cach pcncil at tbc san
price regardlessof the nunbcr of pcncils sold.
& of these pcncils beve a total pricc of g cents,
and r of thcsc pencils have a toral price
of s cents.
t4.
t5.
a2*bz
(a+bY
In the rectangularcoordinatesystcmabove,
PQRS is a square.
t2. The pcrimeter of PQRS
665
::
';
i
't
Directions: Each of tbe Questions t630 bas fivc answer choicss. For each of these qucstions, selectthc best of the
given.
iiffif6iccs
1 9 . Eachof the followingis thesquareof an integer

EXCEPT
16" On a number line, what is the distancebet\Yeen

-i andT ?
(A) r0
(B) 8
(c) 7
(E) 4
(D) 5
(A) 8r
(B) r00
(c) r2l
(D) re6 (E)2r5

,obof, S
b-a
,9
sf -f
& -{
24. Thc average(arithmctic mean) of two numbers

is 2x * l. If one of the numbcrs is x. then the
other numberis
-*""^L1""
C *S ^f, $"-*
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
t 7 " In the figurc above,eachofthe bcadsabove thc

horizontal bar represcnts5 timcs thc placevalue
indicatcdand eachofthe beadsbelow the.bar
representsI times the placevalue indicated.
What number is reprcscntedby the ligure
above?
rr*
2x 3x +
3x+2
G O O N T O T H E N E X TP A G E .'
(A) 512,651
(B) 512,615
(c) 156,651
(D) t52,651
*
(E) 152,251
a
7
t 8 " In thefigureabove,rt PQRU and URSI are

squares,what is the arcaof reaangularregion
PQST?
(A) 2E (B) 42 (C) 4e (D) e8
(E) It csnnot bc'dctermined
from thc information given.
ffi
Qucstions 2l-15 refer to rhc following graph.
22. Whst fraction of thc totel numbcr of votcscasr

did thc two winncn reccivc?
RESULTSOF A SAMPLEOF VOTERS

IN DISTRICTX
k
(A)j* G)it (cri ro)* (E)*

23. What percsnt of tbe samplc vofbd for at least
onc of the two rrinnq.s?
.o
(A)
(B)
19
(D'
(E)
7
'
^
t
()
.:
C
q
k
l r%
2{& .
55%
6t%
e0%
:. ...,;
1.;
24. Howmanyvoteswrrc castia distrit ,f ?
.g
o - ,
(A) lr (B) 90 (g ao
(D) 360 (E) 4OO
25. In disrict X, candidatcI rcccivcdboy many
morevotcsthancandidatee1
(A) 2
_ The graph aboveshows how a sampleof l0 different voters (verticalaxis) voted for ldifferent
candidates(horizontal axis). Each voter voted for
cithcr one or two of,the five candidates.(No voter
voted twice for the samecandidate.)The two candi_
dates receivingthe most votes were the winners. The
sa-mpleconstituted5 percentof thosein the district
who voted,and the number of votesin the district for
each candidatewas in the sameproportion as the
numbcr of votes in thc samplefor eachcandidate.
(B) l0
(c) 20
(D) {O
(E) r0
21" H.ow many peoplc in the samplevoted for both

winners?
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
Onc
Two
Thrcc
Five
Six
67
I
I
29. If p is a prime number greater than t l, and p

is the sum of the two prime numben x and y,
then x could be which of the following?
(A) 2
(B) 5
(C) 7
(D) e
(E) 13
30. If 18 idcntical machinesrequired 40 days to
completea job, how many fewer dayswould

have been required to do the job if 6 additional
maehincsof the same type had beea usedfrom
the beginning?
26. ln the figure above, thc numbcr of shadcd

squsres is what pcrccnt grcater tbsn the number
of unshaded squarcs?
(A) t0
(A) 2s% @) n% Q) 50Vo

(D) &% (E) 7s%
(B) l3i
(c) t6
27" lf .r, y, and z are three dilferent positive

integers lcss than 10, what is thc greatest
*
possiblc valuc of thc expressio
n l,
t
,
(D) 25i
(E) 36
(A) r
(B) 7
(c) 5
(D) 5
(E) 4
2t. In the figurc above,r,ertcxR of square PQRS

is thc ccnterof thc circlc.lf QT= TR = 3,
what ir tbe arcaofthc shadedrcgion?
(A)
e+ + t
(B) 9 * T l r
(c) $ + ! r
(D) 3 6 * 9 r
(E) 36 * 2lr
668
Numberr:
Figures:
SECTION4
Trmc-30minutes
30Qucstims
All numbersusedare real numbcrs.
Position of points, angles,regions,etc. can bc assumcdro be in the order shown; and engle
masures
can be assumedto be positirc
Lincs shown as straightcan bc assumcdto be straigbt.
Figures can be assumedto lie in a planc unlessotherwiscindicated.
Figures that accompanyquestionsare intended to provide information uscful in amnrcring the questions- Howevr, unlessa note statesthat a figurc is drawn to scatc, you shoutd sopc thcscirobtims
NoT by estimating sizesby sight or by mcasurement,but by using your knowlcdge of matiemati'cs
{sec
Example 2 bclo*).
Directions: Eacb of the Questionsl-15 consistsof tvo quantitics,one in Column A and one
in Column B. you
A
B
C
D
Note:
if
if
if
if
the quantity in Colurnn A is grcater;

the quantiry in Column B is gratcr;
the two guantitiesarc equat
thc relationshipcannot be detcrmined frorir thc information girrcn.
Common
GTiEiliion:
In a question, information concerning one or both of the quantiries to be compared is centcred above
the two columns.A symbolthat appcarsia both columns ieprescntsthc samc-thingin Column A as it
does in Column B.
E x a m p l el :
Column A
Column B
2x6
2+6
(D@@@@
NQ
@@@(D@
Samplc An6wers
E x a m p l e2 :
(sinceequal mcasurcscannot
be assumed,cven though Pif
E x a m p l e3 :
@(D@@@
F x a m p l e4 :
w+z
180
@@(D@@
69
t
E
I
A if tbc quantity in Column A is greateri

B if the quantity in Column B is greate4
,
if the rclationshipcannot bc determined from the information given.
r5
l. Thc leastcommon
dcnominator of
t
Column B
Column A
Column B
Column A
j, j', anaf
t r t l
Ll/
The figure aboveis a cube.

The distanccfram A
toC
6. The distancefrom A
toB
7.
2"
r+ y
(2.3X
r2.4s)
J f x
(0.23X
r24.5)
-l
9x*9=90
8.
In AR.S]', RS = SI
lR.S?r is 20o.
T o n i b o u g h t n d o z e n c g g s f o r $ l 2 a n dm
half gallons of milt for $6.
4. The pricc Toni paid
for a dozen eggs
5.
z+,fi
2x* y
9. The measureof IIRS
The price Toni paid

for a half gallon of
milk
2y* x
and the measureof
80"
l+\fr
670
A if thc guantityin Column A is grsatlr;

B if the quantityin Column B is greatcq
c if tbc ttro quantitiesare equat
D if the relationship cannot bc dctermincd from thc information given.
..,.r.f.,: --.-t
ColumnA
,.''
"',.:.
Column B
r and y are positite numbers.
fn /r+rY _ l,-y\,
'-'\-z
w
lF-40
Thc diagramrcprcsentsa rectangulargardcn.

Thc shadedregionsare plantedin flowen, and
the unshadcdregionis a walk 2 fcet widc. All
anglesarc right angles.
The diasreter of the rmicircle is 12 and the

bcight of the triangle is 8.
I l. The arca of the scmicircular rcgion
The area of triangr'le;

region PQR
Fahrenheit temperaturesrecorded at location

X at 4-hour intervalswere -8o, -5o, 7" , 5o,
3". lo.
t2" The average
ft -----l
13. Thc sum ofthe areas

of thc shadcdregions
2,800squarefcct
14.
86+2.86+4.84
87
x*0
15.
lo F
(arithmctic mean)
of the temperaturls
rccorded above
1920'
(t)
?s
671
Directions: Each of thc Questionsl6-30 has fivc answerchoiccs.For eachof thesequestions,selectthe bestof thc
given.
ilsrililif,6ices
16. If a : 36 + c, whatis thevalueof 6 when

a = 1 7 a n dc = 2 2
(A)
( B ) 6 I+
J
(c) t2
(D) r5
t 9 . In the squareabove, M, N, P, and Q are
midpointsof the sides.If the areaof the square

region is A, what is the area of the shaded
rcgion?
(E) 4s
I
t, ., . - 3T :
(A)
( ^ ) iI A
t
( B )i A
2 ( B t i ( c ) i ( D l i ( E )l T
l
( C )i A
?
( D )i A
t 8 " If 4.x - 2y = 8, what is the value of 2x - y ?

(A) 3
(B) 4
(C) 5
(E) f1 /
(D) 6
informa(E) It' tcannpt

i o n S v ebe
n .determinedfrom the
20. What is the leastnumber x for which

(2x+l)(x-2)=0t
.:
(A)-2 (B)-r (C)-+ (D)+ (E)2
672
Questions2l-25 refer to thc followinggraphs.

FEDERAL BUDCET OUTLAYSOF THE UNITED STATES
FOR MILITARY EXPENDTTURES,
19661979
Billionsof Dollan
120
'1;;t,
pcrcent
, . .,,i.$.ii'l
;, ,, ltt,
./
/
100
80
,/
ffi
eft s<ale
40
I
.r
ight scale
lv
tuhm
30
20
Expcndituresas a Percenr
ffiMtlitary
w of Total Federal Budget Outlays
l0
(/,
ab
,ta",td .t&,""t .$" .$t,{ft rdo,+nC 1 9 '
\g'
rS. r$t
Ngg; Drawn to scale.

W O R L D W I D E M I L I T A R Y E X P E N D I T U R E S : 1 9 6 8T O l 9 ? 7
Billionsof Dolhn
Billions of Dollars
175
150
countries*
lNero
Nlwarsaw Pactcountries
ffi Uoitcd Statcs
125
f--lother
tm
75
50
25
t970
1912
'
t976
1974
tincludes thc
United Statcs
673
24. ln 1977,fedcralbudgctoutlaysfor the United

Statcstotaledapproximatclyhow manybillion
dollan?
21" In 1968 thc military cxpcnditurcs of thc Unitd

States wcre approximatcly how many billion
dollan?
(A) 100 (B) 80
(c) 70 (D) 60 (E) 40
(A)
(B)
(c)
(D)
(E)
22. For the ycar in which the Unitcd Stater bed

approximately 70 billion dotlars in miliury
expcnditures, that amount was approxicatcly
wliat perccnt sf total federal budget outlays?
200
300
400
500
600
'
25. In whichof theyeanshownwerecombined
for theNATO countries
military expcnditures
equal
othcr thanthe UnitcdStatesmost.nearly
to 50 billiondollan?
6) 39q6
@) 40qo
(c)w
@) 6ayo
(E) ftVo
(A) re68 (B) 1972 (C) le74

(D) le75 (E) te77
23. In which of the following yearswas the amount

of United Statesmilitary expcndituresapproximately 80 percent of thc amount for 1978?
(A) re67 (B) re68 (C) re73

(D) 1975 (E) re76
674
t.
F
i
9i
F
-
In a ccrtain ctub for mcn and tryomcn,40 perccnt

of the mcmbersanermn. If 20 pcrcent of thc
men snd l0 pcrccnt of tbc womcn membcrs
went to a thcater performancc, what perccot of
the total membershipvent to thc pcrformancc?
(A) t2%
(B) t4%
-.
,ii
lf r, y, ad z arsconrccntiwincgcnand
J ( I ( f,"Yrhiif of tbc folowiig must.bctruc?
I. .ryz L,crca; ':.:' rr i

U. x*ytr, irevcu.
II|. (x*y)f *a) isodd.
(C) t5%
5
ta
*
[.
F
F
:r
a
(D) 16% (E) 3{&
1
tI
,I
:!
i9
:
tl.
lr
27. The figurc abovc shom the angles of interscction of thrsc atrcets.At what angle do Sccond
Avenuc and Maia Strcct intcnca?
(A) 50o
(B) 55.
(c) 65.
(D) 70o
(E) 75'
675
29. lt <n>="i(h!\)
forallinrcgersn, and
rn = (J). thcn (rn) =
(A) t20
(B) 22s
(c) 240
(D) 420
(E) E40
30. In the figure above, what is the perimererof

triangle OPQ?
(A) 4 + 2\E
(B) S+4!a
(C) 6 + 2rvE
(D) 6 + 6\,E
G) 6\E+ 2Jto
676

Answer Key and Percenlages' of Examlnees Answerlng Each Ouesllon Correc{ly
ourilnTAnyEAJUTY
YERSAL
ASILTTY
Slbn I
fiumblr
,l
l@?r
tr
'I
)l
59
51
7
8
Y
10
tr
'11
7
9
11
12
l3
45
J2
15
E
E
16
17
18
D
n
d
?1
17
15
16
17
't8
43
5
20
Jb
21
tr
64
?,,
?3
?5
27
28
a
/o
26
?7
94
z6
s
31
n
34
s
tr
38
B
D
39
15
27
51
36
64
69
72
4A
42
49
86
w
,13
45
45
ai
n
k
/b
f9
16
17
18
19
70
t t
12
3V
t?
B
tr
42
a9
14
D
n
95
90
80
17
18
1?
to
A1
?5
?7
28
29
45
It
18
19
59
21
B
6
?3
47
16
25
B
47
27
28
JO
l2
1n
91
81
55
58
46
61
J/
n
34
s
73
46
34
E
tr
J I
ZJ
20
'Estimatsd P+ tor the g/oup

ot examioees who tek lhe GRE General Test in a recent thre+year period
689
D
B
21
25
tr
87
91
94
70
63
74
1r
12
13
14
15
D
A
ED
B
16
17
18
c lor
- t " "
s
41
D
40
?i
D
B
E
!
A
E
46
a7
m
n
6
7
il
15
93
9
'!0
Ar3rrr I P+
66
E
48
li6rl?|
69
A
8
1!
1
J I
49
E
n
?3
24
25
71
64
53
10
82
s2
80
69
A
A
tr
?1
89
8s
82
8rcllor t
A''rcr lP+
49
49
41
E
E
P+
AO
84
83
81
81
Scrflon5
|lurDlrr
tr
36
E
ta
a1
12
zd
Arrrlt
llrrD&r
95
59
s
7A
,I
66
72
E
A
SactlonI
llurDber fuiswu P +
46
48
88
89
88
12
9.1
47
?1
92
86
ArsYlt iP+
80
Srction3
Srstttn 2
lrsrcr I P+
AXttYTlClt ^8tt|TY
10
l8t
lst
t59
|ut
l*
130
133
1.2
I70
146
i4?
o lzz
o
21
27
l3e
?1
19
51
49
44
o
c
c
B
za
126
i37
ls5
141
t50
r
a
t
t
2
I
I
SCORECOI{IERSIONS FOR GENERALTEST17 ONLY

AND TEE PERCENTSBELOWI
Scaled Scores and percents Below
V!$ellQtEatttatiy!XAaeB;sal
Scrlcd Scores end percents gelow

I
oBrlnrftr
I
lEMGrt
Brb|
S.or!
B.br
Srot
99
99
w
59
/w
750
740
730
72A
99
98
w
700
ovu
ffi0
670
95
94
93
72A
39
38
690
89
680
88
36
670
86
35
34
650
64C
630
610
6@
81
78
74
72
2i
19
18
16
14
590
570
560
540
530
69
54
61
56
53
10
9
8
50
44
41
35
33
aa
32
J I
J8
ory
91
o)u
640
89
88
86
i?
t<
'11
82
10
NU
56
6i0
tw
590
580
u
550
93
tz
i7
430
120
410
4aa
390
2tn
80
360
350
340
t5
J4U
520
500
490
470
460
310
300
290
280
260
5
{
3
3
2
440
4m
410
390
370
27
?3
21
t6
13
?
*
1
240
t
230
I
220
I
? s 0 0
30
340
3r0
?90
270
11
9
5
3
2
73
71
s
o5
1
49
780
98
I tt'
v6
7*
97
| +L
yf,
7vJ
9d
0
0
n
0
.'PercentscoringbJowthesca|edscore,bE5edonthepr'o'madceol1he816,6c1"'".in"**lffi
September 30, '1986_
690
SECTION 3
Time-30 minutes
30 Questions
Numbers:
A l l n u m b e r su s e da r e r e a l n u m b e r s .
Figures:
.
Positionof points,angles,regions,etc. can be assumedto be in the order shown;and angJemeasures

l - i n e ss h o w na s s t r a i g h ct a n b e a s s u m e dt o b e s t r a i g h t .
Figuresthat accornpany
questionsare intendedto provideinformationuscfulin answeringthe quqsttons. However,unlessa note statesthat a figure is drawn to scale,you shouldsolvetheseproblems
NOT by estimatingsizesby sight or by measurement,but by usingyour knowledgeof mathematics(see
: a c h o f t h eQ u e s t i o n s l - l 5 c o n s i s t s o f t w o q u a n t i t i e s , o n e i n C o l u m n A a n d o n e i n C o l u m n B . Y o u
are tc, cc'mparethe rwo qGiiili?3 aidThoose
A
B
C
D
Note:
Common
fiGiilfiJon:
i f t h e g u a n t i t yi n C o l u m n A i s g r e a t e r ;
i f t h e q u a n t i t yi n C o l u m n B i s g r e a t e r ;
if the relationshipcannot be determinedfrom the informationgiven.
S i n c et h e r ea r eo n l y f o u r c h o i c e sN
, EVER MARK (E).
ln a question,informationconcerningone or both of the quantitiesto be comparedis centeredabove
the two columns.A symbol that appearsin both columnsrepresents
the samettringin Column A as it
elss.Plel
C o l u m nA
ColumnB
2x6
2+6
S a m p l eA n s w e r s
{D@@
@ @
Exampies2-4 refer.ioA PQR.
E x a m p l e2 :
,\,Q
@@@(D
(sinceequalmeasurgs
cannot
be assumed,ven though P.lV
and l{Q appearequal)
E x a m p l e3 :
@o@@b
E x a m p l e4 :
t80
wi z
@@(D@@
702
A
B
C
D
l.
if
if
if
if
the quantity in Column A is grearer;

the quantity in Colurnn B is grcater;
the two quanritiesarc equal;
the relationshipcannot be determinedfrom the information riven.
C o l u m nA
C o i u m nB
(40Vcof 50)+ 60
GAVaaf t0) + 40
2.
$ofi;
Column A
For eachhome in Town X, the amount of

propeny tax is p percenrof the value of the
home.The propeny tax on a home whoscvalue
is $45,000is $1,200.
Sofr2
7. The propertytax on
a h o m ei n T o w n X
whosevalue is $54,000
x+y=-l
4.
x
23(-tS4)
Column B
SI ,300
The areaof squareregion S is 36
24{781)
8.
The perimeterof S
01r 1t
<
A printcr numberedconscutively
the pagesof
a book, beginningwith I on the first page.In
numberingthe pages,he pnnred a rotal of lg9
digits.
r
t
9. The numberofpages
in the book
100
Thc average(arithmetic mean) of x. y,

and 6 is 3.
t0.
6
r+y
2
35
703
F
i
:l
I
l-
A
B
C
D
if
if
if
if
t h t q u a n t i t yr n C o l u m n A i s g r e a t e r :
the quantin' in Column B is greater:
s r ee q u a l ;
tle two quaniiriea
t h e r e l a t r o n : t ' rc, p
a n n o l b e d e t e r m i n efrom
d
the information given.
C'olumnA
ColurnnB
C o l u m nA
'l-2
n t . p , and x are positiveintegersand mp:
Triangularregions ?', and

have e.itral
a r e a sa n d h a v eh e i g h t s/ ; , a n c i A z . r e r p e c t j v c l v
It.
l2
1}re area of 7",
'lh:
C o l u m nB
x.
area ot- f.,
r l\r
l a i
A 8C D is a parallelogram
r5. 'ihe areaof region
24
ABCD
The area of ghe crrctrlar region with ccnter

is l6rr.
t3
G O O N T O T H E N E X TP A G E .
7M
Directiols:. Eachof the Questionsl6-30 has five answerchoices.For eachof thesequestions,selectthe bestof
the
answer choicesgiven.
16. l#hen walking,a certainpersontakes l6 complete stepsin l0 seconds.

At this rate,how many
complelestepsdoesthe persontake in 72 seconds?
(A) 45
(B) 78
(c)
86
{D) 9e
(E) il5
1 8 . 5 2 . 6 x8
#=
(A) 0.05268 (B) 0.5263

(D) 526.E (E) 52,680
1 9 .l f b - c = 3 ,
(A) 30
(C) 5.263
a n d a * c = 3 2 . t h e na * D =
(B) 35
(C) 40
(D) 42
(E) 50
20. A rectangularfloor l8 feerby I0 feet is to be

completelycoveredwith carpetingthaI cosrs
x dollarsper squ4lgyalg. In rermsof x.
how many dotiai witi ttrecarperingcosr?
(l yard = 3 feet)
t 7 . In thefigureabove,whatis thevalueof '*

(A) 2
(B) 3
(c) 4
(D) 5
{=*
45
, ?
(E) 6
(A) 20x
(B) 28x
(C) 60x
(D) l80x
(E) 540x
GO O}- TO THE \EXT PAGE
705
Questions2l-25 referto the followinggraphs.

C O L L E G E R : E N R O L L M E N T A N D CONTRIBUTIONS
I 976-r 980
A l l o c a t i o no f A l l
Contributions
f o t a l S t u d e n rE n r o l l m e n r
l--l
7m
$500.
Fullrime
PartTime
l--_-l Capital lmprovements
400.000
V V Z s c h o l a r s h i p sa n d
OperationalExpenses
300.000
=
I
40c
.r
ioo
200.000
r00.000
1976
t9't7
t978
19'79 1980
t978
Note: Drawn to scale
2 l What wasthetotalnumberof students

enrolled
at Clollege
R in thefall of 1979?
(A)
(B)
(c)
(D)
(E)
1979
1980
SchoolYear
22. By whatpercent
did rhenumberof part-time
students
enrolledincrease
from thefall of I979
to thefall of 1980
?
200
250
500
650
?00
(A)
17a
g)
a2Vo
.,
-(c) 66j%o
(D) 75Vo
(E) 80To
706
2 1 . W h a t w a st h e i n c r e a s. ei f a n y , i n r h e n u m b e ro f
full-time studenrsenrolledat College R from
the fall of 1976to the fall of 1977'!
(A) 0
(B) 50 (c) 100
(D) t50 (E) 200
28. In thc figureahrrve.if the areaof rhe inscribed
rectangularregi()nis 32. rhen rhecircumference
of thc circleis
24 In the 1978-1979
schoolyear. if I 2 percentof rhe
amounl ol'contributionsallocatedto scholarshipsand operationale.\penses
was allocatedto
h e a t i n gc o s r sa. p p r o x r m a t e l hy o * , m u c h w a s
NOT allocared
i o h e a l i n ec o s r s l
(A)
(A) 20r'.
(B) .ln,e.3
(C) anrrT
(D) 2z-J5 $,) zrJl
$2,000
(B) s25,ooo
29. Which of the following equalsthe :.eciprocal

of
(c) $ 176,000
(D) 5205.000
(E) $250,000
w h e r er -
.-;,
,!*ol
( A ) -I - u
25. Approximately
wharwasthetotalamountof
contributions
ro CollegeR from the l97g-1979
schoolyearthroughthe 1980-198
I schoolyear,
inclusive?
(B)
(c) -I,
x - |
(A)
5967,000
(B) St.000,000
(c) $e.00c,000
( D) se.667,00c
(E) Sr0,000,000
(D)
(E)
-r
.tv- I
v
x-v- I
30 A certaininteger n is a multipieof borh 5 and 9.

Which of the following must be true?
26 I t x * 0 . t h e n x ( x z ) s -
I. n is an odd inreger.
I I . n i s e q u a lt o 4 5 "
I l l . n i s a m u l r i p l eo f 1 5 .
-2
(A) .x2
(B) x3
(C) xa
(D)_rs
(E) x6
(A)
(8)
(C)
(D)
(E)
2 ' - "S e v e ni s e q u a it o h o w r n a n yt h i r d s o f s e v e n ?
I
ier i
{B)
III only
I andII only
I and III only'
II and Ill onlyI, II. andIll
(c ) 3
(D) 7
{E) 2l
707
.:
i
Ia
I
1
:
i
SECTION 6
Time-3O minutes
30 Questions
Numbers:
Figures:
Position of points, angles,regions,etc. can be assumedto be in the order shown; and angle measures
can be assumcdto be positive.
Lincs shownas straightcan bc assumedto be straight.
Figures_thataccompanyquestionsare intended to provide information usefulin answering the questions. However,unlessa note.statcsthat a figure is drawn to scale,you should solve these-probt.1n,
NoT by estimatingsizesby sightor by measurement,
but by usingyour knowledgeof matiremarics(see
Example2 below).
Directions: Each of the Questionsl-15 consistsof two quantities,one in Column A and one in
Column B. you
are to comparethe two quandtiesand choose
A
B
C
D
Note:
if
if
if
if
tbe quantityin Column A is greater;

thc quantityin Column B is greater;
the reiationshipcannot be determinedffom the informationgiven.
Common
Ii?6iilfiion: In a question,informationconcerningone or both of the quantitiesto be comparedis

centeredabove
the two columns.A symbolthat appearsin both columnsi"pt.r.nr, the samettr;ng in
Column A as it
doesin Column B.
Exqmple l.
Column A
ColumnB
2x6
2+6
SampleAnswers
.D@@@@
,!
Examples24 refErto L PQR.
E x a m p l e2 :
NQ
@ @ @ | D @
cannot
be assumed,even rhough P.fy'
and NQ appearequal)
E x a m p l e3 : .
@(D@@@
(since.A/is betweenP ande)
E x a m p l e4 :
w+z
r80
@ @ c @ @
724
A if thc quantity in Column A is greatcq

C if the two quantities are equal;
D if thc relationship cannot bc determined from thc information givcn.
ColumnA
Column B
ColumnA
k* n= 13
n*3=8
t.
5.
ll*x
i**
ColumnB
t+3
Tfi
Bctty spcnt $?5 for a bicycle and she also spent

$27 repairing it. She then sold it for $120.
2. Thc moncy Bctty rcceived in excessof thc
total amount shespent
$20
Squarcs PQRY and YRST have sidesof

Icngth 5.
7. Thc area ofshadcd
region PQS
R, S, and I are 3 consecutive odd integerc
and R<,S< f.
Q'll[,
8.
R + . S +I
s+7-l
fI
t
4.
-2(-3) (-4)
0(4)(8)
721
if the quantit;,in Column A is greater.

if the quantit.yin Column B is
lreateri
if rhe two quantiriesare equal:
t) if the rerationship
cannot be determinedfrom the information
siven.
ts
,Lq!.rtlL4
C o l u m nB
C o l u m nA
t)
! p e r c e not f 1 . 1 2 0
't 2
ColumnB
2 2' 7
W o r k i n ga t c o n s t a n rt a t e s ,m a c h i n e
R com_
pletelypressesx recorcisin 0.5 hour
and
m a c h i n eS c o r n p l e t e lpy r e s s e sx r e c o r d s
in
u ./ ) h o u r( x ) 0 ) .
l - 1 . T h e n u m b e ro f
recordscompletely
pressedby R in 3
hours
I n i h c r c i : t i : : , u t ' . . . i soliti shor*i:"

TLI = 3.
[.'i'=.4. errd l.]?
I.
The numberof
recordscompletely
pressedby .S in 4
hours
Ihe ;trea ()f lhr

sha<ledreciangular
rr!: l ()n
:-:r') 0
,r')r<0
t0"
T h e c i r c l ew i t h c e n t e r O h a sa r a d i u so f
5
1 4 . T h e p e r i m e rreo f
AABC
at
.r, -1.,,
and z are negativeintegers
15. The productof .r, ),.
.
and z
The sum of x. )'.

and z
Tlre ciianrcrer
of rhecircleis 10.
t l
I t -
The arra of rhs region

enclosed
b i ,q u a d r r laterai ABCD
4g
C O O N T O T H E N E X TP A G E
722
Dirccrio?r:. Ea.chof thc Qucstions| 630 hasfivc aruscr choicer.For eachof thcscquationr, rclcct the bcst of the
answ?rchoiccsgiven.
'6. Ji4t- 5xttTllt

(A) 6 (B) t8 (c) 36
(D) 120 (D 1,296 .
17. Tbc pricepcrpeirof brand X cocksis 32and
thc priccpcr pEirofbrand f !ocl! is S3.If

thcre is no relcr tu ad a custoncr chooscs
only from riong tbcsetso bnndr, wbet ir thc
Sreatcstnumberofpairs of sockstbst hc can
buy rith cxactlyt25 ?
t9. In thc figurc rborc, BP = CP. If r = l1l,

tbn Y=
(A) 30 (E) 60 (c) 75 , (D)_ry (E) la
(A) e
(B) t0
(c) il
(D) 12
(E) 20
18. What is th remainderwhen 6a is dividedby 8 ?
lI. y = 3.r and Z = 2!, thcn in tcrmr of .r,

xl y* 7=
,
(A) lOx (B) 9x

(D) 6r
(E) 5r
(C) 8x
(A) 5
(B) l
(c) 2
(D) I
(E) 0
{
l
:
t
723
2l-25referro the followingdata.

Ques_tions
EXPENDITURES
ON FOOD AND SELECTEDNONFOODITEMS.
t973
Percenr
of Average
AnnuarIncome(beforetaxes)Spentby Familieson
Food and Selected Nonfood ltems
A 1
- H o u s e k epei n g
,- Supplies
....-PersonalCare
Items,Nonprescnption Drugs
l9
.16
J-t
-1U
27
Other Fuels
\Gasoline
1/
!
1 l
L I
rsl
r5i
,tl
Food Away
from Home-
Food at Home
el
I
6- l
1 t
Self-employed
Workers
Profession- Clerical
a l sa n d
and Sales
lv{anagers Workers
Craft
Laborers
Workers
and
and
Service
Machine
Workers
Operators
OccuparionalCategoryof Family Head
Retirees
1a A
Average Weekly Food and Houschold Expenditurcs

Perc.entof Food and Houschold Expenditures
Food at Homc
Ccrcals,Bakery
and Dairy
Other
Products.Fruits Food at
and Vegetables Home
Food
Away
from
Home
Pcrsonal
Care ltems,
Nonprescription
Drugs
Housckeeping
Supplies
t4
to
s35.88
23
tl
ll
$3t.77
22
tl
tl
$32.d7
Occupational
Category of
Family Head
Meats,
Poultry,
Scafood
Self*mploycd
Workers
22
25
Professionals
and Managcn
l9
2l
Clcrical and
Sales Workers
Average Weekly
Food and
Houschold
Experditurcs
Craft Worken
and Machine
Operaton
23
25
r5
2l
'l
l-aborers and
Service
Workers
24
27
l4
t9
$28.86
Retirees
23
l4
t6
ll
$r9.83
21. For which of the following categorieswas rhe

perccnt of the averageannual income (before
taxcs) spenton food at hoine the least?
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
$35.44
{A) 7To @, tWo

G) Wo
(D\ 23Vo (E\ 3t%o
a
':
25" Which of the following statementscan be inferred

from the information given?
22. Approximately what averageamount per week

did the families of professionalsand managers
spcnd on food away from home?
I.
(A) $2
(B} $E
(c) $l I
II.
(D) S2e
(E) $38
III.
23" Approximately what percentof rhe average

weekly food and householdexpendituresof
clcrical and salesworkers was spcnt on fruits
and vegeubles?
(B) 77o
24. Approximately what percent of the total avengc

annual income (before taxes) of rctireeswas
spent on meats.poultry, and seafood(consumed
at home)?
Sclf*mployed worken
Professionalsand managers
Clcrical and salesworkers
Craft workers and machine operators
Laboren and rrvice workers
(A) 4Va
Of the categoriesshown. retireeshad rhe

greatest average annual incomes (bcfore
taxes).
For all the categoriesshown. the average
amount spent per weck on housekeeping
supplieswas the same.
Of the categoriesshown. the average
amount spent pr week on meats,
poultry, and seafood(consumedat
home) was greatestfor craft workers
and machine operators.
* (A) I only
(B) II only
(C) tlt only
(D) I and II
(E) II and lll
(C) 22Vo (D\ 25Vo
(E) It cannotbe determinedfrom the information given.
725
!
I
l;
a
?
F
28. How many positivcwhole numberslessthan 8l

arc NOT equal to squaresof whole numbers?
(A) e
(B) 70
(c) 7r
(D) 72 (E) 73
29. Of the following,which could be the graph of

(
A- 2 - S x S 2 -_;J
(A)
The rectangularrug shownin the figure above

has a floral border I foot wide on all sides.
What is the area,in squarefeet, of that portion
of the rug that cxcludesthe border?
(B)
( A ) 2E
( B ) 4A
(c) 4 5
( D ) 48
( E ) 53
(c)
(D)
= l , w h i c h o ft h e f o l l o w i n g m u s t b e
ffi
true about the relationshipbetweend and n?
27. lf
(E)
0
(A) n is 4 more than d.

(B) d is 4 more than n.
A=
(C) nisiof d.
tdz
x
"*l
30. If the formula above givesthe area A of a

circularregionin terms of its diameter d,
then x =
( D ) d i s S t i m e sn .
.+:
( E ) d i s 2 t i m e sn .
(A) i.
726
(B) i
(c) r
(D) 2
(E)4

Anewsr Key and Percnlags'ol EramlneeeAnswedng Eaerrouestlon correct{y
0urilmllrvE tilLfrY
tr{ills t
|ho'f
,
2
1
5
E
A
E
B
D
B
E
9
10
o
A
tr
E7
86
6E
61
52
4
1E
9r
76
50
51
38
41
38
83
54
55
78
60
A
n
x
n
29
30
tr
E
E
A
59
52
76
29
60
5l
41
91
E7
81
D
12
13
't4
16
17
18
19
50
54
71
<o
87
79
42
<1
26
81
30
77
66
51
42
3t
32
33
34
35
36
D
n
3a
25
80
a
8
30
7
8
I
t0
't1
ls3
162
160
ls8
146
39
3
27
I
A
B
D
12
13
14
lq
16
17
18
19
. 2 0
50
B
59
64
17
12
27
84
6
7
E
I
10
E2
72
74
5S
4
8g
E
D
^
o
a,
21
2.
z3
24
IJ
40
s
4?
8Si
75
7g
17
16
19
t
2
3
1
5
't6
91
94
!B
87
86
30
10
fllnLr
11
12
14
l5
P+
IJ
tail.r
1
2
3
4
trctrr 2
Xu6!q
ct
8?
a
A
A
J'
fs3fi{ IF+
2,
86
7A
26
24
4
5
19
86
2
3
1 l
2.
23
24
7Q
59
42
27
28
B
A
'Estimeled
!l
15
/Y
6
7
8
9
10
88
0
79
tr
2
3
AXrttTCrtrts.'II
E.[ilf
o
E
B
A
87
81
86
88
71
n<
$
qo
%
27
28
fl
53
59
6'l
s
41
24
?5
&
n
5r
62
45
Q,
32
v
t1
12
c
: A
Ol
.i,..,
A'.
di
B
c
A
E
t4
15
16
D
D
B
A
n
?1
25
A
o
o
E
?+
8 0I
3.
6
E.
A
B.
?!l
8{
60
4t
sl .
*l 5
82 I
181
7rl
71 |
sdl
6
|
8
e
lo
8sI
3el
651
s8l
71t
l'l
12
13
14
ts
D
B
E
A
c
Pl
15
1t
18
ls
20
D
D
c
I
lQ l 2 1
ln l 2
l6-/l a
l 3el 21
lslti
s l
72|
s5l
s2[
?41
n
?'l
2.
fhalt
E1 |
18
19
?+
tffi
ta
t.d|'t
21t
25
8'
s
A.
lr
rltt
78
52
a l
B
A
1l
:rl
II
I
I
I
44
10
$
n
28
P+ for the group ot eramines who took s! GRE GEneral Test in a recent threeyear
727
priod
IJ
SCORECONVERSIONSFOR GE|\'ER{LTEST 18 ONLY

AND THE PERCEI{TSBELOWI
f
^nslyticrl
0t rnltllfrr
f
Rtr Scsn
Ylrbl
73
72
71
800
790
780
770
99
99
99
99
750
740
730
720
7W
98
98
97
96
95
70
ov
68
&
65
64
v
61
ul
59
58
57
56
54
q?
52
51
50
49
4a
15
45
43
1',|
40
38
JO
690
680
s70
560
650
94
93
92
91
8-o
640
620
610
600
590
88
85
83
81
80
Scaled Scores and Percenb Below

X
&rrnlthlh!
I
Anrtyflcrl
Brr Srqr
Vlrb.l
400
390
.&
34
3?
31
.D
20
'&
ZJ
500
440
470
40
440
31
?a
24
430
18
?s
26
?5
800
800
780
770
580
570
560
550
548
7g
76
73
71
08
/w
740
730
710
700
<AA
AA
520
510 :'
500 I
490.
63
60
57
55
690
680
480
474
450
450
4r0
d40
430
4?0
410
400
w
9S
98
73
52
49
46
4i
43
6m
67
610
600
590
570
64
6'1
40
37
35
32
a
cw
550
'Percent scoring below tlre given

sted
1981.and Seglember 30. 1984.
?70
19
zw
18
2s0
24A
?n
12
650
640
520
510
z1
13
81
77
750
730
724
700
v5
s4
ovu
91
11
l0
v
0-8
720
210
200
200
200
200
200
200
330
5
290
2SO
260
250
240
1
0
210
200
2@
200
?40
200
76
70
s
@0
580
)/u
550
540
al
w
520
510
490
440
450
51
4S
43
37
450
430
420
400
390
U
n
26
21
19
370
360
340
330
310
15
1 t
I
6
4
300
2 8 o 3
270
2
?
*
1
1
240
220
210
2 o
0
0
0
88
86
51
45
4it
uo
7
e(
370
15
13
10
280
?80
't5
99
w
99
98
97
11
16
800
800
790
780
310
300
12
400
390
380
io
14
23
94
92
91
87
340
330
3?0
640
dJ
81
Aln
78
s@re, based on the pertormance ol !\e 765,276examinees who took lhe Genef al Test between October 1
':
728
SECTION2
Time-30 minutes
30Questions
Numbers:
Figures:

Position of points,angles,regions,etc. can be assumedto be in tbe ordcr shown; and angle mcasures
can be assumcdto be positivc.
Lines shown as straigbt can bc assunrcdto bc straight
Figurcs can bc assumedto lie in a phnc uulcs othcrwisc indicatcd.
Figures-that accompany questions arc intended to provide informatioa useful in ansurcring
tbc gucs!i-ons-However, unlessa notc.statcs that a figurc is-drawn to sale, you rbould rche thcscirobhms
sizcsby sigbior by mcasurement,

but by usingi"* r";Ldg.
fOr uy estimating
'
Example 2 below).
r,
r:'..:::r:ii:i,:l.i:,'
"ir"in.r"1*i*,
::
Dirgctions:F:choftheQu.eqtionsl-l5consistsoftwoquantitics,oneinColumnAeadoncinColumnB.you
are to comparethe two quantities
andiboosc
A
B
C
D
if
if
if
if
the quantity in Column A is geater;

thc quantity in Colr"nn B is grearer;
the relationship cannot be deteroined from tbe informtion
giwn.
Note:
Common
;'---.....'....Inlormatton: In a question,information concerningone or both of
the quantitiesto be comparcd is centeredabove
the two columns.A symbol that appcarsin both columns i.prct"nts tbc samc'thing
in Column A as it
doesin Column B.
Example l:
ColumnA
Column B
2x6
2+6
Samole Answcrs
(D@@@@
Example 2:
NQ
@@@(D
(sinceequal mcasurcssrnnot
be assumed,even thougb Plf
E x a m p l e3 :
@rD@@@
(since.ltfis betweenP and Q)
E x a m p l e4 :
w* z
180
@@(D@@
(sinc* PQ is a straig}t line)
735
A
B
C
D

the relationshipcannot be determinedfrom the information given
if
if
if
if
ColumnB
Column A
C o l u m nB
Column A
2 x * v : 5
3x - y = I0
t +-3
A sprayingmachineuses6 full 5-gallonbucketsof
fung:cideevery20 minutes.
of fungicidethe machine
usesduring 8 hours of
spraying
720
34
0J39
100
For a temperatureof x degreesFahrenheit,the

equivalenttemperaturein degreesCelsiusis
J
a (x
- J/J.
140
The temperature in degrees

Ceisiusthat is equivalent
to 270 degreesFahrenheit
IJ
D
ABCD is a rectangle.
The area ol region ABCD
"il
:i!
!:
.t,
.l
A
B
if thc quantityin Column A is grearcr;

if thequantityin Column B is greater
c if therwoquanritiesareequal
D if therclationshipcannotbedcterminedfrom theinformationgiven.
ColumnA
Column B
ColumnA
Q1 is not paraUelto Q2.

x+y
Column B
A rectangilar label is attached to a right circtlar

cylinder with radius r. The label, which encircles
tbe cylinder without overlap, has width p and an
area equal to the area of the base of the cylindcr.
180
x and y are consccutiveodd integers

W
10.
3(, - yf
4E
& is a positive integer.
Points P, R, and I lie on a straigbt line. The

distance from P to R is 2l- and the distance
from P to ?. is 9.
I L The distancefrom
Rtoln
l6
F*F
yz>0
xy(0
t:
i
&
b
*
a.
t
n :24.56
iih
f,
ft is an integer.
td is a factorof n.
Thegreatqt possible
valueof l0r
10,000
r
I
a
737
,
t
E
I:
t.
Direcrio{rs: Each of the Questions I G30 has five answer choices.For eachof thesequestions,seiect
the best of the
.
ans\r'ercnotcesglven,
l6 Whichof thefollo*'ingequations
canbe usedto
flncithclalueof ,r if 8 morethan 9x is 3 rimesihe
sirmof 6 and x ?
(A)9x*8=3x*6
( B )n + 9 . x : 3 ( x - 6 )
(C)9x=8=3(x+6)
(D) 3(8 "r-9x) = f;s
(E)9;*8=3*6*x
17.
19.In thefigureabove,if theareaof AXyZ is 60,

then WY =
43is u'hatpercentof 70?
(A)
(B)
(c)
(D)
(E)
(A)
(B)
(c)
(D)
(E)
57o/b
60%
6i%
i0%
161%
5
l0
l2
t3
18
20. Ground oats,wheat bran. Iinseedmeal. and
r8 \vrrich
orthe
rorowing
isequivaren,
,o$ ?
ff:?lr'5:.J.ffiffiff.
ilJ'H::;",:1iTiff.:,
bran are there in 15 tons of the mixiure?
F
(A) 2o
(A)rl
(B) 22
tn)2i
(c) ;
(c) 3
(")+
(D)4i
rH*
,.'
\E)
^l
t,
t?.
;&
jrt"
:.i*
.:.:i
7.38
2l -25referto thefollowinggraph.
Questions
THENUMBEROF PONDSAND THE POPULATIONS
OF DUCKS(MALLARDSAND PTNTATLS)
oFTWO SPECTES
IN A REGIONOF NORTHAMERICA: l9?0 - 1988
Mallards
Pinails
Ponds
ll
It
l0
9
8
1
l0
I
v
N
\l
6
z.
)
4
J
L I
I
I
5
\
U
.l
2
I
\t,
3
2
I
1910 1972 1974 1976 19'78 1980 1982 1984 1986 1938
739
/..r. During whicb of the following periods was the
21. By approxirrately how many million did the mallard
percent decreasein the mallard population closest

to 25 percent?
popuiation decreascfrom 1970to 1988?

(A) 0.6
(B) 2"8
( A ) 1 9 7 0t o
( B ) 1 9 7 2t o
1 9 7 4t o
{q
[D) !980 to
(E) 1984to
(c) 3.6
(D) 4.3
(E) 7.0
22 In 1984thepopulation
of pintailswasapproxi'
matelywhat fractionof themallardpopulation?
25.For any pair of successiveyears between 1977 and

1982,inclusi"-e,the increascor decreasein the
number of ponds was between
(A) i
(B)
( L l-
(D)
(E)
1973
1973
1986
1984
1985
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
t2
I
;J
0.7 and 2.8 million

1.0and 3.0miilion
1.5 and 5.3 million
2.5 and 4.8 milljon
4.1 and 5.3 million
;
20
GO ON TO THE ].IEXT PAGE.'
13. What wasthe approximatepercntincreasein the

numberofpondsfrom 1973to 1974?
(A) 80%
(ts)12s%F
(c\ 175"h
(D) 204%
(E) 375%
7N
!:
3
f
:t
29. Of
F po.itit" intqm that are multiphs of 30 and
are kss than or eqrul
to 360,what fraction are
'
nultiphs of 12?
(A)
p)i
(c)i
(D)3
26. Tltc figurcabov:showsa crosssectionof a grad1q1f thatseats1,000pcoplcpcr 2 yardsof sla"t

hcight.Whatis thetotaln'um'Uer
of searsin tbc
grands!asd?
(A)
(B)
(c)
(D)
(E)
;, !;i;j+,
r
';q,+r..",
.,;-,
1, _'jfl:- r ir,
ii,: ri.;ilii:l,i:+
. .:, : ri:;.
'a
c) 11
25,000
35,000
40,000
50,m0
100,000
:. ." .,
r.
. .
a "^:
- ' f :'. ;
"
' .-,i:-.:
30. If x is an intcgeraad x2 ( 37, what is thc ereatest

posiblc yalueof x ninus thc leastpossr'Hcialuc of
x?
(A) 5
(B) 6
(g lq
(D) 12
(E) 36
27. Wbichof thefollowingis equivalent

to -x2< x ?
(A)
( B )(C)
(D)
(E)
0<x<l
l<x<t
x <o
.r <,t
r>t
Ia the figure above, if LCAB is a right aagle,

then r :
(A) 38
(B) 40
(c) 42
(D) 45
(E) 48
74r
SECT1ON 5
Time-30 minures
Questions
Numbers:
Figuresi

Positionof points,angles,regions,etc.can be assumedto be in the
order shown;and anglemeasures
c a n b e a s s u m e tdo b e p o s i t i v e .
Figurescan be assumedto lie in a planeunressotherwiseindicared.
Figuresthat accompanyquestionsare intendedto provide
informationusefulin answeringthe guesttons' However'unlessa note.statesthat a figureis'drawnro;;l;:;;;
shouldsolverheseproblems
Nor by estimatingsizesby sight or by meaiurement,but
by usingyour knowledgeof mathematics(see
Example2 below).
Directions: fuch of the QuestionsI -J5.consistsof two quantiries,

onein ColumnA and one in Column B. you
A
B
C
D
Note;.

if the quantiryin Column B is grearer;
if the r!r'oquantitiesare equal;
if the relationshipcannot be dererminedfrom the informationgiven.
Common
;--7-_
l n I o r m a t l o n : In a question'informationconcerning
one or both of the quantitiesto be comparedis centertdabove
the two columns.A svmbolthat appein in both columns

represents
tbe samcthing in Column A as it
E x a m p l eI :
Column A
C o l u m nB
2x6
2+6
o @ @ @ @
Examples2- referto L peR.
E x a m p l e2 : .
@@@(D
be assumed,eventhough py'f
E x a m p l e3 :
@ (D @ @ @
(since.|y'is betwcenp and
e)
E x a m p l e4 :
w'r z
180
@@(D@@
754
if thequantityin Column A is greatcr;

if the quantityin Column B is grcater;
c if the rwo quantitiesare equat
D if the rclationshipcannot be dctcrminedfrom the infornation girca.
A
B
Column A
ColumnB
ColumnA
Column B
M
'?dy
tr
3:
I
6
I
*
:
J
The circular board is divided into 8 sectorsof eaual

area.
t
t -
(x-a)(x+B
The number of the sector
on which the pointer comes
to rest afrer rorating 480'
clockwisefrom the posirion
shown
t.
x >0
x2-m
n is a positiveintcger.
(-l)n + (-lf*t
o<x <./
The average(arithmericmean)of x, 2x. and

1 5i s 1 2 .
4y
2.
2t
- J
J"
t4
t2
GO ON TO THE NEJff PAGE.
153.2
- !"x-.v
63.4
In the correctly performed subtraction shown

above, x and y represcnrdigits between0 and 9,
inclusive.
4.
x + y
t7
755

C if t}e two quantitiesare equal;
D if the relationshipcannotbe determinedfrom the information siven.
Column
---F-
Column B
Column A
Column B
A contractor can purchasepaint at $19.50per gallon

or at the bulk rate of 20 galionsfor 5335.00.
The amount savedper
gallon by purchasing
20 gallonsof the paint
at the bulk rate rather
than by' the gallon
52.75
The perimetersof R and S are equal.

The area of R
Circie .F has circumference4.
l 0 The radius of F
S q u a r eS
RectangleR
The area of
f
- l
r * s
r
The average(arithmetic mean) of a set of n test
scoresis 80. Thc averagc(arithmetic mean) of
these n scorestogetherwith a scoreof 85 is 81.
LABC is equJlateral.
II
The nreasureof L ADC
60'
x > 0
v > 0
t2
x + y
,ri
:i
:l
i
il
756
*
*
i
Drectiol_ls: Each of thc Qucstions I 6,30 has five answer choiccs.For cach of thcsc qucstions, sclcct thc bcst of tbc
rnswer choicesgiven.
16. Nine piccesof paper numbered consecutivelyfrom
I to 9 areput into a hat. Ifone piecc ofpaper is
drawn at random from the hat, what is the probability that it will have an even number?
(A) ol
19. A schooldistrict has 1,989computers,wbid is

approximatelyonc computerfor every6E.6sndcna.
Of thefollowing,which is the closcstapproximation,
in thousands,of the numberof studensin tbe
schooldistrict?
(A) 30
(B) 120
(c) 140
(D) 160
(E) 200
(")3
(q;
{qt
(E);
t7. I f 6 r - 4 : 5 x
*3, then,x:
(A) -7
(B) -i
(c)
(D)
(E)
I
7
t2
In tbc figurc above,rf MO = OP, then y =

(A) 4 5 - x
(B) 9 0 - - x
(c) x
(D) 4 5 * x
(E) 6 0 + x
r8 . If
p is a positiveinteger, which of the following

could bc a prime number?
(A)
(B)
(9
(D)
(E)
8p
8p + l
8p
8p + 4
8p + 6
a
a-
CTOON TO THE NEXT PAGE"
t*
757
Questions2l-25 are basedon the followrnggraphsfor Counrry X.
EXPENDITURE
OF
DISPOSABLE
PERSONAL
INCOME:1986
tw"/o = )J.U/l
DurabieGoods
SAVINGS AS A PERCENT OF DISPOSABLE

P E R S O N A LI N C O M E : 1 9 5 5 - 1 9 8 6
Dllllon
Housing
14.87c
ndurables
758
?,
21" In 1986approximately
how manybilfiondollars
werespnton durablcgoods?
(A)
(B)
9l
3e3
*^
F
k
(c) 4s3
P) 504
tE) 1,007
(A) r.5%
(B) 2%
(c) 25%
(D) 3%
(E) 6%
22. ln 1986housing and nondurablestogether

accounted for approximately what fraction
of disposable personal income?
(A)
f
t'
24. If thegrossnationa{productia 19g6wasS| ,2I 3

billion morethan disposable
pcrsonalincomc,rhen
savingslhat yearwereapproximatety
what percnt
ofthe grossnationalproduct?
25. Which of the followiug statemntscan be inferrd

from the graphs?
I. In 1986moretlan $1,000biilion of disposable
personalincomewasspentfor services..
II. From 1955to 1986,inclusive,savingsasa
prcentof disposablepersonalincomcwas
nevergreilterthan8.5percent.
IIL The total dollaramountof savingsrl?s greater
in 1975thanin 1980.
(')*
(o+
o
(D)i
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
G)*
23. Savingsas a percentof disposablepersonalincome
was approximately how many timesas grear in 1975
a s i n 1 9 5 5?
I only
II only
III only
I and III only
r, II, and III
(A) 0,6
(B) o.a
(c) r.3
(D) r.5
(E) 1.7
$
i
I
I
759
26.'The sum of 2 numbers, x and ;,, equalstwice their

product. If x : 3, what is the valueof y ?
t
(A) i
{B)
l)
'
(c\ ;
(D)
29. In the figure above, RSTY is a squareinscribedin

a circlewith radius r. In terms of r, what is the
total area of the shadedreeions?
tr, 1
(A) rL(n - Z)
(B) 2r(2 - n)
{C) {r2 - 2)
27. Among all isoscelestriangJesR57" having the

measureof angle S equal ro 40', what is tbe largest
possiblemeasurefor angle R ?
(A)
(B)
(D) zr2 - 8r
@) nrz - 4r
400
70'
30. An emergencyvehicletravelsl0 miles at a speedof

50 miles per hour. How fast must.the vehicli travel
on the return trip if the round-trip travel time is to
be 20 minutes?
(c) e0'
(D) 100"
(E) It cannot be determinedfrom tle information
given.
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
28. S is the sum of three consecutiveintegers,the greatest of which is x. In termsof S, which of the
following is the sum of three consecutiveintegers,
the leastof *'hich is x ?
(A)S-6
( B )S - 3
(C)s+3
{D).S+6
(Ei 2.t
7ffi
55 mph
60 mph
65 mph
70 mph
75 mph
An*er Key and Fercantsg$'of EramlneesAnswcrtngEacfreredon corrocdy
lhnlrr
1
2
3
4
5
D
0
c
A
A
6
7
8
9
'r0
D
B
0
c
r't
1
1
1
1
2
3
4
5
1
t
1
1
6
6
7
8
9
21
l8rat
A
190
gl
93
8E
60
4
5
B
A
A
8
7
8
9
1
E
D
E
C
4
72
e1
95
75
6a
6
7
E
9
10
A
B
D
D
A
4
D
D
A
|l5
B1
5l
51
38
78
73
67
41
'87
70
55
8
A
E
E
56
4it
47
3S
34
t
1
1
1
1
r
2
3
4
5
D
D
C
B
A
39
65
87
79
54
1
1
1
1
N
6
7
8
9
64
21
2
7
2
?
sl
4
5
B
A
E
85
42
6
2
z
6
7
E
E
24
A
3
B
A
B
8
A
2
2
I
2
3
1
9l
93
z3
93,
,
3
4
5
6
2 7
A
1
2
3
1
5
6
7
8
9
A
c
0
C
B
67
6t
59
49
5l
6
7
8
I
lo
/tB
3a
a,
17
38
tl
12
t3
1f
't5
rE
17
rE
19
,16
69
71
5
45
40
29
50
n
a,
e,
!
1
1
11
t
t
2
3
5
A
D
8
A
B
1
r
l
1
a
6
7
E
9
)
c
D
B
C
A
87
E9
79
di
7ts
c7
71
55
$
38
21
D
2
,
8
, | 3 8
2
4
0
E
A
s6 , 2 1
B
72
2 , E
66
? . J o
a,
21
D
38
a
a
c2
80
65
2
?
2
N
3
55
12
55
39
30
N
t 7
A
a
3X)
B
0
D
A
E
-A
B
E
s
49
55
51
41
31
p
g
3
3
.
l
4
5
A
E
E
8
D
54
46
44
54
36
3
s
S
14
3
3
3
6
7
8
A
E
D
37 I
28 1
15 1
'Egimated
7t
75
75
78
76
60
53
70
73
31
B
P
D
f , ] E
3
4
3
5
s
a
21
a
A
c
D
C
D
D
8
C
C
E
A
2
3
a
5
1
1
1
1
N
6
7
B
D
B
72
71
71
66
a
75
85
36
a
86
66
c
o
C
C
8
E
B
B
c
2
3
6
7
8
9
6
7
8
0
C
8
A
E
D
D
A
C
E
D
77
6l
61
P+ fo'r tre grr(xrpol oxarninesufio toor $to GRE GerFrst T6t in a rcril
thrselBargeriJd.
767
6l
4
31 l
25 I
n
z1
2.
a
21
25
0
D
A
I
A
E
A
A
B
E
A
c
E
A
I
A
E
T'
6A
5l
ct
53
72
6a
4
54
1
2
8
1
:
I
7
E
10
8S
85
75
tt
12
13
11
15
7A
58
g
rK)
4
16
17
t8
t9
&
a
18
67
.A
21
21
2.
z3
24
25
E
A
E
D
B
A
5/
63
:K!
17
*t
89
E5
E1
51
70
6r
D
B
E
,l{t
35
29
B
B
31
81
64
60
62
c
c
B
D
B
E
cn
rto
69
78
75
SCORE
GONVERSIONS
FORGE}IERAL
TEST19 Ot{LY
ANOTHEPERCEIITS
BELOW'
Vrftal
Brr kaled
%
Store Scoil E?lor
7y76
72
71
7A
8m
790
na
/N
tw
68
67
bo
64
740
7m
710
700
690
0urr0tr$vr
$ale{t
ScG!
'l;
Blhr
99
99
9!l
99
b1u
vl
6ec
38
37
36
31
1}
JI
JI
30
a
u3
27
ol
b5{J
90
8E
60
610
6l
800
96
59
620
610
600
590
580
570
560
550
540
530
8,1
E2
80
78
800
800
790
780
780
96
96
aq
54
53
52
51
){J
49
48
47
16
15
44
(l
41
40
5m
510
500
190
480
470
460
40
450
w
to
7,|
71
ttv
66
63
760
750
710
730
60
5E
55
52
50
47
43
43
40
37
7N
710
700
690
680
670
660
650
640
630
bY
Varbrl
6
25
24
23
w
s
ta
c2
90
ta
88
1t
6T
800
82
EO
78
800
800
790
770
760
750
730
710
700
680
98
98
98
t5
70
68
66
64
96
95
93
90
89
6f,
ourdtrtiro
lnslytlcal
Rr* Scaled % Ss.t?d \

S$led
%
Scs|r Score Eclor Smn Edor &orc Balor
1dt
s
9E
90
s
94
94
5d
Ansly,llcal
o/o
Scalod
$core Befos
l6
15
11
1?
12
'10
a
E
7
b
d-(
430
420
120
410
400
390
390
380
370
360
34
31
31
28
25
22
72
Z0
18
t5
620
610
600
580
570
560
550
540
530
5m
360
3s0
340
340
330
320
300
790
290
280
15
13
11
11
9
8
5
4
4
3
510
490
480
470
460
450
440
420
41t
400
30
27
25
23
21
17
15
14
380
370
360
340
320
310
1r
I
8
6
4
3
274
260
250
240
230
220
200
200
200
200
240
2n
200
200
200
1
1
1
1
1
1
,l
1
'I
I
1
1
1
50
s
w
18
4E
43
41
39
36
g2
670
m
650
640
630
610
600
580
570
550
540
530
510
490
480
460
450
430
420
100
,ao
270
254
249
1
1
1
?m
370
350
340
320
300
290
280
260
240
230
214
2n
200
200
1
1
1
1
1
230
220
210
210
200
81.79
n
74
70
oo
61
Jd
52
49
47
41
36
33
28
26
22
19
16
11
8
7
1
'I
1
1
1
1
1
'Percent Koring below the raled score is based on the performance

of 1,040,336 exahinees who tmx tne
Ceneral TBt betweeo October l, 1988, and SeptemberlO.199t. This percent below iniormation is u*d for
score report5during the I 992-93 testing yea..
768
3:.,
&.:
SECTION2
Time-30 minutes
3'.
f
f
I:
30 Questions
Numbers:
Figures:
ji
3'
All numben usedare real numbers.

Position of points, angles,regions, etc. c;rn bc assumedto
bc in the order shom; and angle measures
Figurescan be asiumed to lie in a plane unlessorhcrwisc
indicated.
Figurcsthat accomPanyquestionsare intendedto provide
information uscful in answeringthe questions' However,unlessa note statesthat a figure is
drawnto scale,you should solve theseproblems
Nor by estimatingsizesby sight or by meaiurement,
Example 2 bclow).
s'r
*
F
'{
F
Each qf the Ques-tionsl-.15.consistsof two quandties,

one in column A and one in column B. you
3T!!tf
""st
are to compare
rhe two quantiriEilEFhoose
A
B
C
D
Note:
if the quantity in Column A is greareq

if the quantiry in Column B is lrearer;
if the rerationshipcannot be determinedfrom the information given.
Sinccthereare only four choices,NEVER MARK (E).
Common
IiEiEiIion:
In a question,informationconcerningone or borh
of the quantitiesto be comparedis centeredabove
the two columns'A symbol thar appe-arsin both
columnsrepresents
E x a m p l el :
Column A
ColumnB
2x6
2+6
Sample Answen
(D@@@@
Examples24 referrc A,peR.
Example 2:
NQ
@@@(D
be assumed,even though Pil
Example 3:
@(D@@@
(since,l/ is betwesnP and Q)
Examole 4:
w*z
t80
@@(D@@
(since PQ is a straight linc)
313

if rhe two quantities are equal;
D if the rclationship cannot bc determinedfrom thc information given.

Column A
Column B
Column A
,F * Jss
A team won 75 percentof the 24 games it played.

L The numberof games
2A
2x+5y=24
l5.xS3
the teamwon
2.
(4)(t05)
ColumnB'
400,000
rt = Q
.r>0
* 0
1
.r-
. t * l
4.
8 - (-12) - 5
5+(-8)+12
G
Sevencars were usedto transport the members

of a chessteam to their match. and each car contained either 4 team memben or 3 team members.
5. The total numberof

merd&n on rhe chess
team;r
45"
25
ACEF is a square.
Thc area of triangular regon BCD is L
9. The area of region ABGF
3.5
3r4
A
B
C
D
if
if
if
if

the relationshipcannotbe determinedfrom the informationsiven.
Column A
The areaofa rectangular regionwirh sides

of lengths?5 and 3.I
Column B
ColumnA
ColumnB
The area of a circular

region with radius 5
I I - The ratio of the lesserof rwo

consecutivepositivein tegers
to the greater
)
;
In the rectangularcoordinatesystem.segment Op
is rotatedcounterclockwiserhrough an angleof
90'to posirion OQ (not shown).
The -r+oordinate of
point p
- I
RS is a diameterof the circle.

12- The measureof L RIS
The measureof l_ R,fS
*:-:2
-r_t': - 3
(-t - -r,):
t6
Tiiangular garden ABC is redesignedby increasing

the length of AC by 20 pcrcent to point C' and
decreasingrhe lenEh of AB by 20 percent to
point 8'.
| 5- The area of rhe
ongrnal gardet ABC
The area of
the redesigned
garden AB'C'
Each of the Questbns l&30 has five answerchoices.For each of these questions,selectthe bestof the
gven.
Drections:
InFE6ices
l
16.
? ' d
l
I
I
1-4
.t-\-tl-
(A) 0
(B)
;
19. Eachedgeof thecubeshownabovehas
a{ t-BDE?
length s. What is theperirneter
(c)i
I
(D) I
(A) 3s
(E) 7
(B) 6s
/:
(c)-1c
t 7 A train travels60 milesperhour for 3 hoursand
then45 rnilesper hour for I hours.What is the

tr3in'saveragespeedin milesper hour duringthe
5-hou period?
p) 3sy?
(A) 55
(E)2r +'JT
tB) 54
I
\c) s2t
fD)5r
.:,
20. If the perimeterof a triangleis 18.then the

length of one of the sidesCANNOT be
(A) r
(B) 3 (C) 6 (D) 8 (E) e
(E) 50
It
If 4-t ls 9 grcaterthanthesumof .t and 3.v,then

x is how muchgreaterthan y ?
(A) 3
(B) 6
(c) e
(D) 12
(E) l5
316
+
4
v;
f
i
9qesti,ons 2l-25 refer to the following graphs. Alt referencesto "dollars" in thcsc qr:estionsarc the l9g5
dollan referrcd
to in the graphs.
TOTAL EXPENDITURESFOR MEDICAL CARE IN THE UNTTED

STATES
1975AND 1985
Sourcesof Expenditures
(in billions of 1985dollars)
1975toral: $240
Paid By
r
1985total: 5425
m"ffiL
;alFederat
H government
Slnai"iauar
State and local
ffi government
Other private
sourcss.such as
on-siteindustrial
scrvices and
philanthropies
t
Paid For
Distributioir of Expenditures
( i n b i l l i o n so f 1 9 8 5d o l l a n )
1 9 7 5r o t a l : 5 2 4 0
1985toral: 5425
care
ffi Hospiral
Other personal
health care expenditures.such as
drugs, eyeglasses,
and orthopedic
appliances
ElPhysician scrvices
Other national
health expenditures.
suchas constnrction
offacilities and
rescarch
QNoninghome
carc
&
e
a
317
21. The categorythat accountedfor $27 billion of the

distributionof medicalexpendirures
in l9?5
accountedfor how many billion dollarsof the distributionof medicalexpenditures
in 1985?
(A) re
tB) 22
(c) 30
(D) 35
(E) 53
(A)
(B)
(g
(D)
G)
20%
2s%
30%
35%
q%
24. The prcentof total medicalexpenditurespaid by

private insurancein 1975was most nearlyequal to
the percentof total medicalexpenditurespaid by
which of the following in 1985?
22" In 1985the amount of medicalexoendituresoaid bv

the federal government was how many times'the
amount paid by state and local government?
(A)
23. In 1985approximarelywhat percenrof all medical

, expenditureswas paid for physician services?
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
'a
I
(B) t a
(c) t 4I
Private insurance
Federalgovernment
Individuals
Stateand local government
Other private sources
25. What was the approximateprcrnt increax in total

medicalexpendituresfrom 1975to 1985?
(D) '. 1l
(A) 44%
(g\ 1't%
(E) L. 73
(c) 85%
(D) 88%
(E) r35%
,i].:
i1
iJ:;
3r8
28. lf -x -andI F on tbe numberline shownabove,

which of tbc following statemcntsutu"tU" tn eZ
(A)
ral{<z
26. In tbefigureabove,nllp. lf x : 30 and

-y = 80, what is the valu of z 2(A) 70 (B) 6s
(g 60
yl t z-
t *'i
(D) 55 (E) 50
-.-:t ::'
ti.ft
(D).r+7<l
27. Of the following; which is thc closcst
(9 *y <t
approximationto
(A)
(B)
29. If thc prodrrt of fivc-integersis an odd inqrr,

exacttyhow many of the fir,emust be odd?
I
5
(c) lo
tD) 20
(A) One [B) T"o (C) ThEe

(D) Four (E) Five
(E) t00
30. One-&th of a circular pie has beenservd- If the

rcst of-the pie is divided into n equal sewinp, tben
each of thesc servingsis what fraction of tbc whole
pic?
(A)
,ft
(B)?
(c)
n -T
b - r
(D)=#
(E)L#
319
SECTION6
Time-30 minures
30Questions
Numbers:
Figures:
All numbersusedare rial riumbcrs

Positionof points,angles,regions,etc.canbeassumed
to be in theordershown;andanglemeasures
can be assumed
to bc positive.
Linesshownas straightcanbeassumed
to be straight.
Figures'can
be assumed
to lie in a planeunlessotherwiscindicated.
questions
areintendedto provideinformationusefulin answering
the questions.However,unlessa note-statesthata figureis drawnto scale,you shouldsolvetheselroblems
NoT by estimating
sizesby sightor by measurement,
but by usingyourknowledg.of *"r[r.*atics (see
Example2 below).
D i r e c t i o n sE: a c h o f t h e Q u e s t i o n s l - l 5 c o n s i s t s o f t w o q u a n t i t i e s , o o e i n C o l u m n A a n d o n e i n C o l u m n B . y o u
A
B
C
D
Note:
if
if
if
if

the retationshipcannotbe determinedfrom rhe informarionsiven.
Sincethereare onl.vfour choices,NEVER MARK (E).
Common
;-;.,..._
I nlorEratlon: ln a question,informationconccrningone or both of the quantities
to b comparedis centeredabove
the two'columns.A symbolthat appclrs in both columnsi.pr.r.nt, rhe sameitring in Column
A as it
d o e si n C o l u m n B .
E x a m p l el :
Column A
Column B
2x6
) + A
SampleAnswers
o @ @ @ @
Examole2:
NQ
@@@(D
bc assumed,eventhough Pff
and NQ appearequal)
Example 3:
@ o @ @ @
(since .ff is betweenP and Q)
Examole 4;
w+z
t80
@ @ o @ @
332
A if rhe quantity in Column A is greatc6

if the two quantiticsare equal;
D if rhe relationshipcannot bc dctermincdfrom the information givenColumn A
ColumnB
Colunn A
The arneragc(arithrnetic mcan) of

5 numbcrs, each less
than 7 and geater
than 6
(-t)7
x>2an4z>2
)
3.
"l
2s(26)+ 2q1s)
ColumnB
The averagc (arithmetic nrcan) of
7 nurrbers, cach less
than 6 and greater
than 5
s a n d t are positirc nunben
N
60
Point O is the csnter of the circle in the rectangular

coordinate systema * b
m * n
CO ONTO THE NEXT PAGE.
333
!:
"i
2.500
4.
5,
li:
E
A if the guantity in Column A is grearer;

D if the relationship cannot be determinedfrom the information given.

ColumnA
Column B
ColumnA
n and. r are positive integers such that

4 n_ 2 r + l
Column B
Last year retail salesin Country M totzld x dollars,

and the retail salesofthe 5 largest retz;lersin
Countr.v M accountedfor 75 percentof this total.
12. The average (ari thmetic

mean)retail salesfor the
5 largestretailersin
Country M last year
fi ootlu",
Lines I and m are parallel.
t0.
AB
BC
F-}-|
xl*
4
The areaof the

shadedregion
6 11-nrrmbris a positiveiategerwirh the special

property that 3 times its unis' digit is equai ro 2
timesits tens'digit.
14.The number of K-numben

Il.
x + z
betweenl0 and 99
X)+y
In an election eachvoter voted for one of two candidates, X and I. The numberof votcs that CanciiI
date X receivedwas j more than the number of

votes that Candidate ), re.ceived.
1 5 .The fracdon of the total

vote thar Candidate X
received
4
.
GO ON TO THE N'EXT PACE.
334
'!,.
ii.-
ts
E<
Drections Eachof the Qucstions1630 hasfive answerchoices.

For ach of thcscqrslbas, schctthe bestof thc
answcrdroicrs gitrcn.
{.
a
T
i
t:
16" If iatcger r w,erc dividcd by 7, the quotient would

be 12 with a rcmainder of t. Ttrcrcfore, r equet-c
(A) el
(B) go (c) 88 (D) 85 (E) 83
17.lf y * 0 and 2x + y: 12,thcnwhbbofthe

followingis NOT a p6ssible
valucof x ?
19. If 4x * 3y : 8 d
of y?
:'},
whatis tbcvatuc
(B) 2
(E,+
20. Two peoplewerchired!o mowa lawn for a total
of ry:.Tbey completed
thcjob with oneperson
workingfor I hour and20mioutesand theother
working 40 minutes.If r.heysplit the S45in proportion to theamountof timeeathspcntworkingon
thejob, how mrrchdid thepcrsonwho worked
longerreceive?
(A)
(B)
(c)
(D)
(E)
(A) 1 8 0 - s
(B) 1 8 0 + z
(c) z - 1 8 0
(D) z * l E O
fE)
533.75
S30.00
s27.50
$25.00
S22.50
@ ON TO THE NEXT PAGE-
335
::
f
i
!l
(D) 3
18. In the figure above, what is x * y in terms of z ?
(A)I
(.,3
(A) t2
(B) l0
( g t
(D) 6
(E) 4
Qucstions3l-25 refer to rhefollowingablc.

NUMBER OF MOTOR VEHICLESIN FI!'IE COUNTRTES
1983AND l9E5
Number of Moror Vehicles
r983
Countr,v
Per Square
Mile
r985
Per1.000
Per Square
Population Kilometer*
Per1.000
Population
109
182
49
?46
60
243
l3
752
tz)
29
lo/
D
,
r09
r90
49
220
447
9
t l squaremile = 2.6 square
kilometers
./-J
21. If in 1983the toral areaof Counrry g was

95,000squaremiles. how many million motor
vehiclesdid ir have?
453
24. If rhe populationof Country D in l9g3 was

80 million, thenthe numberof motor vehicles
in thar country was how many million?
(A) r,6
(B) 2.2
{c) 4.r
(D) 5.7
(E) 6.3
(A) ls.2
(B) 16.5
(c) l7.o
{D) 17.6
(E) r8.l
22" In 1985Country D hadapproximarely

howmany
motor vehicles
per squaremile?
25. In 1985thenumberof square

kilometers
per
100motor vehicles
in Country C wasapproxrmately
(A) 190
(B).125
(c) I l0
(D) 50
(E) 35
(A)
(B)
(c)
tD)
(E)
0.29
0.34
1.34
2.90
3.45
23" In 1983the numberof motor vehiclespersquarc

mile for Country .E wasapproximatelywhat
percentof rhe numberof motor vehiclespcrsquarc
mile for Country I ?
C'OON TO THE NEXT PACE.
(A) l8%
(B) 2t%
(c) 27%
p) 33%
(E) 47%
336
26. If 5 pcrccnrofa recrangular

lot is coveredby a
rectargularshedthatis 25 feetlongand 24 feet
widc,whatis thc areaof the lot in squarefeet?
29. ln a certain country, a pcrsoa is born

every
3 secondsand a person-diesevery fO scconOs.
I herclorc, the birth and death rat6 account
for
a population grovth rate of onc person svcry
(A) 3,000
(B) 5,700
(q t2,000
(A)'1*
(D) 2a500
(E) 30,000
2 7 . F o rx * 2
a n dx * 3 ,
',
(B) 4i sx
(g
*+;{l
7 sec
1
(A) I
@) tl j sec
r');-
@ l3sec
30- If r and s are positiveintegers,eacficraterthan
I, and if ll(s - l) : l3(r - l), whai is the least
possiblevalueof
r * s?
,^ X -2
(L/
t:---=
s - J
-L..
/h\
u4
G.-zt6=5
(A) 2
(B) ll
(c) 22
'r: - 4:r + 6
,o,
'-' (-r 2)(.r - 3)
(D) 24
(E) 26
A cirnrlarregionhascircumferencec inchesand
areak squareinches.Ifc = 3ft, whatis the
radiusof thecirclein inches?
(A)f
.')f
(q3
(D)f
1-
(E)?
337

Amsgr Key urd PerDernegerof ExernlneesAnmrlng
E!
trtttTt
|ltarTrTfimAl|uTY
t (!0|t
hniar
SrE
lrrltf
1
2
B
A
r3
4
5
A
C
E
7
6
e
A
9
1
I
1
1
11
1
t
2
3
1
1
1
1
A
D
P+
94
9{
71
&l
55
E
7
8
9
lErrr
1
2
3
4
6
7
8
I
't0
A
B
D
D
B
78
TI
74
55
e0
D
A
68
38
47
z7
11
12
13
't1
15
81
80
63
16
n
A
c,
c)
56
78
cl
&+
c)
c
c
A
2
3
4
5
o
7
I
9
10
11
12
t3
1,1
t5
1
1
1
r
N
6
7
8
9
E
C
B
A
B
t9
86
tt{'
88
5a
t
6
1
7
'r8
1
9
N
E
8
A
D
E
49
18
13
20
2
2
D
C
zl
17
71
81
/t0
21
2
N
21
6
E
0
A
C
B
92
71
71
55
37
21
2.
23
24
25
58
3C
6
2
A
C
26
N
3
E
D
62
44
41
9.
27
8
7
8
9
E
A
C
C
27
92
53
34
B
A
8
C
E
58
68
81
59
/tg
A
E
34
E
E
8rt
60
3
9
3
3
3
}
4
5
D
C
E
8
8
75
76
58
37
45
*Sl
-32
,is3
3
3
3
6
7
8
E
D
A
37
26
3
3
6
N
3
D
E
A
B
E
a,
st
e
C
A
c
68
64
57
3
rl0
37
6
E
A
E
.i3l
-36
21
A
A
3
a
s7
P+ bt the gtor.p ol mtnines
Anrmr
A
D
9{
4
t5
llus|la
fi/U.YIEAAUUfi
6
P+
93
&l
83
CI
89
61
58
53
38
I
6
7
'Estimalsd
Xonbr
11 "c
.E
r2
1
3
4
11
B
1
5
C
D
E
0
B
?+
59
44
4l
31
lrrilt
t
)
A
B
C
D
$.td
2
2
L*-2
79
@
B
D
8
D
D
21
2
.
2
3
21
25.
lrnlcr
1
2
3
,' 51
tl3
53
Eaehajedlon corrGcty
A
D
A
o
o
B
B
B
A
E
28
29
30
P
91
p
a2
74
68
B
E
period
*
2
3
4
5
I
I
t0
49
35
6
c7
6
1t
12
13
l1
t5
93
8l
80
75
70
'rn
t6
17
t8
19
JO
66
56
3/t
d5
40
32
15
lnrrw
T7
7A
61
45
17
t
E
who t@k fle GR Gneal Tesl in a recn! three-)ar
3M
A
B
b.6ri
E
B
D
E
U
A
D
A
I
A
E
B
A
21
2
24
6
n
B
B
s.toe t
P+
9'l
80
90
77
79
68
59
8l
57
78
61
64
llumbrr Armr
1
?+
i80
l n
172
162
i61
E
A
D
I
i51
| 6-/
lel
181
I
1p8 6
7
6
10
B
B
A
1I
70
62
13
14
t<
B
B
E
53
35
49
9
63
16
17
18
19
20
46
3l
44
59
41
21
E
E
24
25
n
n
A
D
B
h
l7e
.16
50
49
44
52
55
28
25
't8
63
73
59
SCORE
COIIVERSIONS
FORGEIIERAITEST8 OI{LY
ANOTHEPERCE}ITS
EELOW'
Sco'r
%
B:lor
S..lra
Scoil
%
Brlor
3.$d
%
Esan Srlor
69
68
67
66
65
u
ff,
29
28
27
a.
51
60
s3
52
51
5i)
s.rha A
Ec!il ldil
S.d.a *
Sco.. Ltor
0
1m
420
{10
1{n
390
380
370
3q)
360
610
6m
590
5g}
560
550
540
5A)
510
5q)
S.d
Sr'|
t
ldgr
H
tI
i
7r.76
72
71
70
59
58
tl
s
55
54
a'
m
frn
800
P0
610
590
580
570
560
550
540
530
84
82
79
76
74
7'i
69
66
64
600
790
7m
780
n0
760
lfi
740
730
25
21
t3
2.
21
20
19
18
16
l4
49
48
47
45
45
14
13
12
11
10
u
43
42
I
8
7
6
5
&4
3.|
31
31
I
6
2
20
17
15
15
1g)
170
160
450
{t{)
4A)
t10
390
380
370
350
340
KX}
310
290
zffi
260
?44
230
210
60
5E
55
53
16
45
(l
3S
37
31
c)
27
25
n
19
17
l5
12
1l
I
650
6/q)
a0
610
m
5dl
5il0
560
5{t
5C'
s2e
5m
4C)
4m
4dt
1$
(X,
+m
ill0
3!n
7
6
2
I
1
I
1
200
200
2m
200
m0
1
I
I
I
1
xm
'Percent sorinS
below lhe scaled score is based on the perfomance of 1,04o.3-16eramin who tmk the
Ceneral T6t betwen Ocrober l, 1988, and September30, 1991. This tErcent below information is ued for
rore repons during the I 992-91 testing yeat
345
F.
SECTION 3
Trme-3O minutes
Numbcrs:
Figures:
3OQrmtions
All numbers used arc real numbers
Position of points, angles,rcgions,etc. can be assumedto bc in the order shown; and angle measures
can be assumed to be positive.
Figures can bc assumedto lie in a plaoe unlessotherwiseindicated.
Figuresthat accompany questionsare intendedto provide information usefut in ans*ering the questions' Howevel, unlessa notc.statesthal a figure is drawn to scale,you shoutd solvethese"problems
NOT by estimaiing sizesby sight or by meas-urement,
but by using your knowledgeof mat|ematics (see
Example 2 bclow).
Directions: Each of the Questionsl - 15 consistsof two quantities,one in Cotumn A and one in
Column B. you
are to comparethe two guantitiesand choosc
A
B
C
D
Note:
Common
I-il66iiion:
if
if
if
if

the relationship cannor bc determinedfrom the information given.

Il a question, information concerningorc or borh of the quantities to be comparedis centeredabove
the two columns' A symbol that appearsin both columns iepresentsthe sameining in Column A as it
doesin Column B.
E{ample l;
Column A
Column B
2x6
2+6
(D@@@@
NQ
@ @ @ (D @
SampleAnswers
Exampfes24 referto A,peR.
E x a m p l e2 :
be assumed,cven though P/V
and NQ appearequat)
Example 3:
@rD@@@
(since ff is between P and Q)
.Example 4:
w*z
tE0
@(g)(D@@
(sincePp is a straightlinc)
358
A if tbe quantity in Column A is grcatcr;

if the two quartities arc equaf
D if tbe relarionship cannot bc detcrmiaed froo the information girCn

Column A
Cotumn B
Column A
A hardcrarcstorepurchasedltcrtical saos shords

at a cst of $9 apie ad soH eachof them fior
20 pcrccotabora cogt.
t. Thsficeatwhichth
hanlwarestoresold each
shoral
Carolb c Centimctcrstt|,e
d catimss
shorlcr then C
7. Tbcm
$loto
higtrdK,i
hrigfu
n*?- t * 3
2.
6;
x < 0
x - l
l - r
r * y * z
n : 105373
4. The total number of

triangls Sown above
GO ON TO THE NEM PAGE.
4t
x * t : 8
x-ft:4
6.
359

B if thc quantity in Column B is grcater;
D if thc rclationship cannot bc detcrmined from the information given.

Column A
ColurnnB
ColumnA
Colurnn B
x2-3x * 2 : O
12. Twicethe sum of the
roots of the equation
ScgmentCS tisects LPQR and segmentRS

bisectsLPRQ.
Point S (not shown) lies above the x-aris such
that ARST has area equal to 6.
1 3 .The x-coordinate of
point ,S
The y-coordinate of
point S
105
5r
2 5. 5 2
rs tLO
(r + s)2
12+s2
The figure represcnts the floor of a certain room.

I I.
Thc area of the floor
350 square feet
360
Directions: Each of tlrc Questiops lG30 has five ansnrcr choiccs. For cach of thesc qucstirons, eclcct tbc bcst of tp
ffiEffiies
givcn.
'
15-If 9x - 3 = 15. tbcn 3x - t :
19.
-i- + -*- + -i- r
(A)
:
{B) 3
(A) g
(c)5
rD\
t-t
(D) 6
t2
TJ
12
(c) -T1
?o
{E} 45
(D) r
17.Ifth sumof 12,15,rnd x is 45,tbcnthcproduct

of5and(r + 2) is
(A) 100
(E) e
20. What is the arca of a circulai rqioir:ttatta"
circumfercnce 8zr?
(B) e2
{c) 80
{D) 4l
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
(E) 2s
18. If thc average{arithmaic mean) of two 1"m!ers is

20 and one of the numbers is x, what is thc otlrcr
numbcr in tcrms of r ?
(A) '10- x
(B) 40 - 2r
{ C )2 0 + x
(D)20-x
F' m-2x
4n
Er
16z
32n
6an
GO ON TO THE NE'CT FT(;E"
361
Questiors2l-25 referto the following graphs.

HOUSING PRICE AND FAMILY INCOME*
70
60
RATIO OF HOUSING PRICE TO
PER CAPITA INCOME*+
-E 50
7.4
'1.2
(.. zm
7.0
6.8
6.6
6.4
6.2
6.0
5.8
0
F : o
F 2 0
t0
r950 19551960 1965 1970t975 t980
'median saleprice
1950 t955 r960 1965t970 1975t980
and'median family income
**Rario _ Hou.ingP.!ol*$je!
Elq png)
rer Laplia lncome
Note: Graphs drawn to scale.

21. Approximatety what was the median sateprice
of an
ex$tng home in 1975?
24. lf in 1985the per capita income*as $7,200and the

ratio of the median saleprice of an existinghome to
per capita income was the sameas in lgg0, what was
the median saleprice of an existinghome in l9g5 ?
(A) $1s,000
(B) $35,000
(c) 936,000
fD) $38,m0
tE) s40,0m
(A) $s0.040
(B) $44.640
(c) sl1,600
(D) $5.040
22" tn l9m, what was the approximate difference

between the median s"le
i;"e of an exiJng
bome and the median family income?
(E)
25. By approximatelywhat percntdid the mediansale

price of a new home increaselrom 1955to 1975?
(A) $42,000
(B)
(c)
tD)
(E)
$l,l60
$45,m0
s44000
t4{r,500
t47,500
(A)
26%
(B) nlw
(c)
23. For which of tbe following years was the ratio

of the mcdian sale price oi a new bome minus the
mcdran sal'eprice of an existing home to per capita
incomc least?
62:%
(D) 167%
(E') 267%
(A) r960
(B) r965
(c) 1970
{D) t975
fE) 1980
GO ON TO THE }iEXT PAGE.

362
E'
l;.
e
E
a:
a
i:
.r-l
tr-:
5a
&
l0 miles
8 miles
28. The rectaogularsolid aboveis-ry{e up

of eight
cubesof the samesizc,ech yhich ti*
9f
gge.faccpainrcdblue.What i, rh" er"tc;i"o,roo
"#try
of th roratsurfaccarcaof thc *tii*oituB
*
blrrc?
(A)
26. Accordingto the ligure above,travelingdirecrly

trom potnt ;{ to point B, ratherthan from
point
4 to point C and then from point C to
point 8, wouldsaveaprproxinately
Lo*,n"oy
rniles?
(')*
(c)i
(A) l
@)2
{c) 3
(D)+
{D) 4
(E) 5
(E)i
0.50%:
27.
29. lf a > 0,,
(A),h
l :
t + l
c
or#
(A)q-#
(c)
Gr qi*!
(D)
> 0, and c > 0, a
rct@j#!
(E)+
r'D*!#
pte#*#
30. Jhe buyer of a certain mechanical toy must choose
2 of 4 optional motions and 4 of 5 optional aaessories.How many different combinations of motions
and accessorics
are availabh to the buyer?
(A) 8
(B) il
(c) t5
[D) 20
(E) 30
363
F
t'
l:
t:
NumbErs:
Figurcs:
ECTION 5
Trme-30 minutes
30 Questions
All numbcrs uscd arc real numben.
Position of points, angles,reSrons,etc. can bc assumed
to be in thc order sbown; and angle measures
Lines shova as straight can bc rssumed to be straight
Figurescan be assumedto lic ia a plane unlcssorherwise
indicatcd.
Figurcsthat accompanyquestionsare intended to provide
information useful in answeringthe questions' Howerar, unlessa note statesthat a figure ir'ar"*"
ro tlrr, fJu ,noura solve theseproblems
Nor by estimatingsizesby sighror by meas-urement,
Example2 bclow).
Directions: Each of the

ETllons.l-=qconsists
are to comparethe rwo quanti-iEi
andThoosc
1
I
I
D
Note:
Common
iffiE?iiou
of two quantities,one in column A and one in Column

B. you
rlr quantiry in Cotumn A is greater;

i{
quantity in Cotumn B is jrearer;'
i{ t1,.
the
rwo quantiticsare equal;
i{
if the relationshipcannot be determinedfrom the information
given.
Sincethcre are only four choices,NEVER MARK (E).

In a questioo,information concerningone or
both of the quantitiesto be compared is centeredabove
the two columns' A symbol that appearsin both
columns represcntsrhe samething in column A as it
does in Column B.
Exemplel:
ColumnA
C o l u m nB
2x6
2+6
SampleAnswers
o @ @ @ @
Exampfes
24 refertb A peR.
Examnlc 2:
NQ
@ @ @ (D @
cannot
be assumed,eventhough py'y
Example3:.
@o@@@
(sincc H is betweenpand
Q)
Example4:
wlz
lE0
@@o@@
(sincePp is I straighrIiDc)
370
A
B
C
D
if
if
if
if

the relationshipcannot be determinedfrom the information given"
t:
,i
B
F
:'
Column A
Column B
ColurnnA
ColumnB
x + 5 =
2 l
v - -r: -8
0 . 12 5
2.
a * c * e
b+d'rf
.).
-t '6. 0t t . j '
255
2
Inrectangle ABCD, sides lD and BC havebeen

divided into segmelts of equal length as shown.
4. The length of f,F
Thc length of GC
The price of a pen is (l0x + ),) cents,the price

of a notebook is (l0y * x) cents,and the sum
of the two pricesis $ I .43.
x + y
I
4+---
AREAS OF THE FIVE

LARGESTSTATES
3*i
Alaska
Texas
California
Montana
New lV{exico
r00 200 300 400

Area (thousandsof squaremiles)
Note: Dra*-n to scale.
5. Sum of the areasof
Texas.California.
Montana. and
New Mexico
Area of Alaska
A if
B if
C if
D if
thc quantity in Column A is greatcri

thc quantity in Column B is grcareq
thc two quantitiesarc equal;
the relationshipcannot be detcrminedfrom the information given.
Column A
Column B
ColumnA
x a n d y are positiveintegers.
Among the 900 spectatorsat a football game,

there was a total of x students from College C
and a total of 7 students who were not from
College C.
x > l
y < 2
1
r
_1
ColumnB
l . Thgnumberof spectators
at the game who were not
students
900 - x - 7
L
,
t2
!
f
t3"
'The
area of a square
regie'n wrth a perimeter
equal tC)the perimeter
of rectangular region
WXYZ
O is the centerof the circle,and l_ ROS

a right angle.
l9
36
n.t
3T2
Directiots; Each of the Qucstions lG30 has five answerchoices.For eachof rhcsequcstions,
selccrthe bestof rhc
answerchoicesgiven.
1 6 r. f ; + r :
t 5 , t h e nr :
19. If the average(arithmetic

mean)of 16,20.and n
is berweenlE and21,inclusive,
whatis thgrearest
possibhvalueof n ?
(A) 5
(B) 7
(c) l3
(D) 28
(E) 2e
(A) l8
(B) 2l
(c) 27
(D) 54
(E) 63
17.If l5 piescosta totalof Sl 1.50,thenat thisrate,

whatis rhecosrof 9 pies?
(A) 36.75
(B) $6.e0
(c) s7.50
(D) 58.50
(E) 59.45
18"If 2(-r + .r) : 5, then,in rermsof r, y =
(A) ;
(B)
5
20. In thefigureabove,whatis theareaof
squareQRST2
(A) 25
@) 2oJt
(C) 5 - 2-r
(q 2sJt
r
(D) -\ - - 2
(E)
!.
,L
(D) 50
G) soJt

z
-*
373
2t-25 referto the foltowinggraphs.

Questions
DISTRIBUTIONOF WORK FORCEBY OCCUPATIONAL
CATEGORY FOR
COUNTRY
X IN I98I AND PROJECTED FOR 1995
TotalWork Force: 150Million
Service
Total Work Force: l?i Million
Farm 2
Professional
Blue
Col
Blue
Collar
anagerial
Sales
Sales
I 9 8|
1995 (Projected)
2 l In 1981,therewere how many million Service
24. From l98l to 1995.thereis a projectedincreasein

the nurnberof workersin which of the following
categories?
workers in the work force?
(A) l-s.o
(B) 20.J
(c) 22-5
(D) 28.0
(E) r75.0
L Sales
IL Service
IIL Clerical
22 I.n l9ll, how many categorieseachcomprisedmore

than25 million workers?
(A)
(8)
(C)
(D)
(E)
One
T*'o
Three
Four
Five
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
None
III only
I and II only
Il and III only
I, II, andIII
25" Approximately whar is the projectedprcent

decreasein the numter of Elue'-Collai*orkers
in the work forceifeountry X from l9gl
to 1995?
What is ttn ratio of the number of workersin

the Professionalcategoryin lggl to the prdjected
numberof suchworken in 1995?
(A) 42%
(B) 3s%
(c) 20%
(D) t7%
(A)i
(B)
Managerial
Clerica
(E)
7oh
(o#
(D)
(E)f
374
#:
tr
F
5
::
$
'?
F
i,
tI
28. If the figureaboveis a rectargularsolid

composd
of cubes,eachwirh edeeof leigttr + cenli;ciers,
what is the volumeof the rectaigur", *iiJ
in cubic
centimeters?
26. P-oints(_r, -3) and (-2.

.r.)"not shownin
the figurc above, are in quadrants IV and II,
respectiwly.lf xy * 0, in which quadranr is
point {,r. y) ?
(A)
(B)
a:
100
2s6
(c) 4oo
(D) 5.120
(E) 6.400
(A) I
(B) rr
(c) ril
(D) rv
(E) It cannotbe determinedlrom the information
given"
?i.
(.t-."2),=
2 9 .I f L : ( a - b ) * c
t h e n L - R =
(A)
(B)
andR
&_4,
2b
2(
(c) 0
( D )- u
(A) I - 2V6
E.
(E) - 2c
( B )l - v e
tc) 5- 2v'e
:
F
;
At the rateof 1,000revolutions

pel minute,how
many revolutionswill a wheelmakein fr smnds?
(D) 5 - 2JT
(E) I
(A) 3.000k
(B) 50*
(.^.
L ' 50
F
3,000
(D)
\-t
k
:
,}
E
tr
{
t
t
F
(E) t80:000
k
?
I
$
f
t
I
tr
I
375
FOR GENERALTEST 9 ONLY I

Answef Key and Percensesr of FxemineesAnswering Each Question Correctly
YERSII|8IUTY
8.e2
W
lnr
'
2
3
4
5
1
1
1
1
X
21
6
7
8
9
P+
A
A
8
E
E
8
7
.8
9
!
0
'tl
1
2
1
3
't1
1
5
E
g
E
B
8
E
8
D
0
D
8
C
A
D
E
A
? . 3 8
2
a
E
E
A
6
N
n
E
3
31
3
E
4
3
3{t
3
3
A
B
)
2
5
7
8
A
C
A
B
0
E
C
0
E
A
A
'Estimeted P+
Srafin
hrd.?
l|.r.f
l s l
|'71|
1 7 11
1 5 91
C
I
3
4
lrtl
l r l I t o
l s 8l f l
1
2 8
I
I rr
i 6 {
1 8 .
79
90
71
38
53
47
57
,19
6l
TI
79
73
5{t
3A
33
35
34
2
29
1
'16
1
r
1
N
5
7
8
9
21
2,
A
?
4
2
f
2
N
N
3
I
E
c
3
3
3
6
7
8
D
E
S
a7
o
7
8
9
71
71
78
77
a9
81
2
3
4
5
52
44
50
3
29
11
1
2
1
3
l/t
'r5
1
7
l
1
C
4
A
E
1i]
6
7
8
9
88
78
64
6it
1
1
l
1
N
61
65 1
21
2 .
z J
21
2 5
6
N
8
2 ' t
$
D
A
c
I
0
E
B
D
E
E
6l
.rlt
.ol
4Cl
4 l
n 1
A
t o
7 E
D
A
0 c
8
8
A
A
D
C
D
C
0
l3t
lfit
0
.B
A
8
et
2
3
1
5
l3E
B
C
0
E
A
.
2
3
4
5
88
t1
1
1
1
1
157
| 'lE
A
8
A
A
o
lss
183
lso
lrf
168
lso
l m
E
A
A
E
,fomtlr
l7e
| 6.r
l+5
1 4 2I t z
1 3 51 1 3
Sedlol t
?+
ls5
l-79
| 1{' 1
6
1 3 71 7
l E I t
l s 7 l e
l u lr4
AMt YilC$ rSuTY
17 1
e{l
s l
?ul
6
7
8
9
6,r
87
&!
63
59
38
52
4A
,K!
3
8
7
E
9
21
A
C
D
A
B
0
A
C
C
I
0
8
A
C
D
C
n
n
21
2
5
2
2
2
A
3
B
C
B
8
A
6
7
8
)
c
c
E
0
A
C
E
E
B
l7 e l
HI
3 2 C l
3 3 o i
3 4 o l ++l
3 s A i3 e l
b{ the group d 6ratnhe6
l 26 I
l
l
nl
rdE toot t|e GR GrFrdTes{ in I rBcernthre+year prbd
382
81
6
8t
8t
l't'|t
2
3
1
5
6
7
8
9
1
0
1r
1 2
1
3
S
D
C
D
A
D
D
A
4
E
E
0
85
Tf
71
71
57
1
6
1
7
1
8
'19
N
79
73
21
2
.
2
3
2
4
2
5
s,
cl
s7
68
72
65
57
63
5{)
49
3)
12
35
53
3t'
52
e.
49
Seclon
6
P+
lbr$ry
tegri
Pr
76
78
60
51
I
2
8l
74
86
69
78
gl
62
45
91
6
6
9
t0
65
E
D
A
ta
8
E
A
B
D
2A
5.t
54
41
t1
l5
-t6
62
56
4!)
17
18
l9
20
B
8
E
0
E
56
31
50
40
42
'r9
' J
21
a
n
21
25
E
o
A
A
E
E
87
65
T7
79
17
68
66
64
37
62
$
48
13
5l
6l
35
51
44
3B
31
::
&
*t
r
F
*i
sconEcor{vERsr0ils
FoRGEtfERAt
TEST
I0tfty
TIIDTHEPERCE}ITS
BILOI,V'
3..H
S.rt
,)t
Sc.La
i
Scrt.d
Sd.
Bclor Sco.t ldo|
lt
tdr
l.*d
$fi
n-76
71
39
3E
37
36
m
69
6E
1(
31
gt
ol
66
65
61
63
52
51
60
(o
58
7t
55
55
54
(1
32
51
50
_1
ltc
1gt
10
1.r0 37
(x'
31
1m
31
110 A
4fl1 25
{S
E
3qt
B
3{n
m
370 lE
n
2t
30
29
a
640
630
620
610
6 0
s90
580
570
550
550
87
s00
E5 800
s]
790
32
789
0 m n o
;8
7s0
i5
740
n
738
71 710
69
7N
27
?6
25
24
7J
96
96
95
93
n
88
87
85
81
79
n
21
360
360
350
34{l
340
330
3m
310
300
290
15
15
13
lt
lr
I
E
7
5
4
Sclha %
Scn !.|-
Scd.a Z
S.lt ldfi
570 5l
560 49
550 46
51{l 14
5$
41
520 39
510 37
500 34
490 32
470 28
nO
m
m
6m
610
Str
fig
6tn
590
Sm
460
150
U0
430
110
400
390
380
370
360
25
8
21
tg
.t6
14
12
11
10
E
560
54{,
sg]
5t0
5q)
{n
1m
450
w
1m
55
5{,
47
12
3S
$
il)
26
?3
t9
690
6E0
660
650
640
69,
6m
600
590
sEO
n
73
71
69
67
55
62
58
56
53
erd
bdov
6c qtcd
osrobqr,Igfl-idscpmr*io.
k b!.d
Ir
sr
t
f
i:
i
a
f,
1a
:
|.
800
800
E00
E00
791
n0
760
7s0
730
7m
ta
14
IJ
12
It
10
0
E
s6
.ftrH
if
t9
1E
t5
49
4E
47
46
45
44
4il
42
::
s
m rhc FfrrnG
1990.
Thispca urtr rl..i
of 9jaJg,
trilE
wno trlof th
f,i'",***gorBdrirrrh"
383
GsEd
Tcrr brtrq
r9gr-9zsurrcr-
SECTION3
Time-30 minutes
30 Questions
Nurnbers: All numben usedarc real numbers.
Figr'lres:
Positionof points,angles,regions,etc.can be assumedto be in the order

shown;and anglemeasures
Lines shownas straightcan be assnmedto be straight.
Figurescan be assumedto rie in a plane unressotherwiscindicated.
Figurestbat accompanyquestionsare intendedto provide information
useful in answeringthe questions' However,unlessa note statesthat a figure is drawn to
scale,you should solve theseproblems
NoT by estimatingsizcsby sight or by measirrement,but
-J using
--.''o Jyour knowledgeof mathemarics(see
' - -- by
ExamPle2 bctow).
Directions: Each of the Que.s.tions

I -.15.
consistsof two quantities,one in ColumnA and one in column B. you
are to comparethe two quantiiieiandihoose
I
B
C
D
Note:
Common
ffiffiEiion:
if
if
if
if

the relationshipca'nor be determinedfrom tbe information given.

to be comparedis centerbdabove
the two colunns' A slnbol that appearsin both cotumnsrepresents
the samething in column A as it
doesin ColumnB.
E x a m p l el :
Column A
ColumnB
2x6
)+A
SampleAnswers
o @ @ @ @
Examples
24 referto L peR.
E x a m p l e2 :
NQ
@@@(D
be assumed,even though piy'
a,ndNQ appearequal)
Example3:
@(D@@@
(since.|y'is betweenP and Q)
Examnle4:
w*z
tE0
@@(D@@
(sincePQ is a straight line)
396
i
q;
a
:
A
B
C
D
if
if
if
if
the quantity in Columa A is greater;

the two quantitia are equal;
the relarionship cannot be detcrrnind from tbc inforrration given.
Column A
Column B
On map X cz,chcentimeter represcnts 20 hlomctcrs

l. The actual distance, in
kilometers, between
two locations that are
l7 ccnrimetersapart
oo map X
qo
3m
Column A
F
I
Column B
7t9
a.
Thc ratio of thc kngth of a si,Ccof square S to tbc

length of a sidcof cquilatcral trianglc I is 4 to j.
7. Thcpcrimetcrof S
Thc perimetcrof I
^* r : t
r-
?o
J-
p + q * r * s
J.
w * x * y * z
54
4.
(.'6'Jf
0.5
t)
t7
--=-
4 r * t : 1 0
12ft
:"a
i
e
18ft
Thc figure shows the dimcnsions of a certain ptot of
Iand.
l2
A
B
C
D
if
if
if
if

the two quantitiesare equal:
the relationshipcannot be determinedfrom the information eiven.
Column A
Column B
ColumnA
(x-3[x*2):g
ColumnB
Pencils have the sameunit cost regardlessof the

number sold. x pencilscost a total of $0.50,
and n pencils cost a total of y dollars.
Lry
LABC and LDEF havethe samearea.

AD>CF
) 2 Thealtitudeof AABC
from .8 ta AC
Thealtitudeof LDEF
from ,E to DF
A
x > l
I
l3
-;J
ACEF is a squareregionald B, D, and G are

midpoints of AC, CE, aad 8D, respectively.
.r'--
1 5 .The fraction of
ACEF that is shaded
t6
398
pirections: Eachof the QuestionslG30 hasflve nnswerchoices.For eachof thcscquesrions,

selecrthe b51 of thc.
-.
ans*'ercnorces
E!'en.
19. Which of the followingis the graphof thecquarion

y : lxl for all realralues of x ? eiolg All gaphs
drawa to scalc.)
(A)
(B)
16. if tbe length of the longest sidc of the triaaglc sbown

above is 36, what ii the perimeter of thc riangle?
(A)
(B)
{c)
(D)
(E)
5l
63
8l
108
162
l ? . I f : : l and y :
6
|,
what is the value of x + 6y ?
1nr#
(B) 2
(qf
(D) 6
(E)#
18. The daiiy ratefor a hotel room that sleeps4 people
is $39for onepersonand x dollars for eachadditional person.lf3 peopletakethe room for oneday
and eachpa,'-s
S2l for the room. what is the value
of r?
(A) 6
{B) 8
20. The average(arithmeric mean) of a set of 12 numbers,

which includes 34. is N. If 34 is removcd from the
set and 38 is added to the set, what is tbe average of
the new sct of numberr in terms of t{ ?
(c) rl
(A) ls , t
J
(D) 13
{E) 24
(B) N -, C1 -9
(q.rr+4
(D)n+6
(E) l2r{ + 4
399
C'O ON TO THE NE)ff PAGE.
Questions2l-25 refer to rhe following graph.
PERCENTRETURNON SHAREHOLDERS'
EQUITY
MANIIFACTURER X VERSUSALL LNTTEDSTATESMANUFACTURERS
[-l u*orr"tuerX
etr UnitedSuresManufacurrers
20%
20Vo
159o
l5Vo
q)
e
e)
t0%
10Vo
I
5%
5%
r984
1985
r986
1987
r988
Year
Note: Graphdrawnto scale.
21. If shareholdersin Manufacturer X had Sl00 million
in equityin 198?,thenthe dollar amount of tbe
shareholden'return on this equity was
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
582.0mittion
S18.0million
S15.5million
S12.5miltion
S1.85million
8%
(B)t2i%
I
(q ts:%
L
(D) t7%
(q n:%
S0.0t
S0.02
s0.025
50.035
S0.045
25. Which of the following statementscan be supported

by the darain the graph?
- I. Th9 prcent
return on shareholders.equiry for
all United Statesmanufacturs decreased
from 1984to 1988by lessthan l0 percenuge
points.
II. A rcnrrnon shareholders'equityof more than
7 pcrcentwas achievedby each United States
maaufacrurerin 1988.
IIL The shareholden'equity for Manufacrurer X
was grearrrin 1987than in l9gg.
23. The decrease

in percentreturn on shareholden'
equify for all United Statesmanufacturers from
1.987
to I988wasapproximatelyhow many times
the decreasein percent retrun on shareholders'
equiry for all Unired Statcsmanufacturersfrom
1 9 8 5r o 1 9 8 6?
(A) e
(B)
(q
(D)
(E)
24. For tbe yearshowa,other than 19g7,in which

the
percentreturn on shareholders'equityfor
Manufac_
turer l( wasmosr nearlyequal to tirit for 19g7,
what was the percentreturn for all United States
manufacturen?
(A)
22. In 1986ManufacturerX's returnperdollar of

shareholders'
equitywasapproximarely
how much
greaterthanthatof all UnjtedStatesmanufacnrers?
(A)
(B)
(c)
(D)
(E)
'
6
4.5
3
1.5
(A)
(B)
(C)
@)
(E)
I only
III only
Iandtronly
II aod III only
I, Ii' and III
400
29. A positirc inagcr with cxaaly mo difacnt divisors

grcatcr than I must be
26. \Yhich of &e foliowing inequqlitiesis truc?

t
(A)0<*<0.01
(A)
(B)
(9
(D)
(E)
( B )0 . 1 2 < B < 0 . t 3
I
(q0i0.A.0.50
I
(D)0.30<i<033
(D 1.35.;
a priru
an eveointcger
amultipb of 3
thc squarc of a prim
thc aguareof an odd iatcgcr
30. Thc qprcssion
,-'6
-| {L
tbfollowing?
. 1.56
b cquiveknt to whhh of
!
' l -
6) | +1J2
27- lI apcrsotrc:rnsaw $380in 5 weeks,in how many
naeks,at this sameratc, cas tk pcrsonsave
26 timsthis amount?
7 (B) -r - iJ2
(c) -l
(A) 13
(B) l2.s
(c) ll
(D) 10.6
(E) 8
@)3+2{
(E) -3 - ?-.6
28. Ir the figure above, if the measure of 4R is 30',

then y :
(A)
(B)
60
80
(c) ioo
tD) 120
(E) r40
i
;
4r
SECTION 7
Time-30 minutes
30 Questions
Nurnbers:
All numbers usedare real numbers.
Figures:
Position of poinu, angles,rcgions,etc.can be assumedto be in the order shown;and anglcmeasures

Figures can be assumedto lie in a planeunlessotherwiseindicated.
Figures that accompanyquestionsarc intendedto provide information useful in answeringthe questions. However.unlessa notestatcstbat a figureis drawn to scale,you should solvethcseproblems
NOT by estimatingsizesby sightor by measurement,
Example 2 below).
: achoftheQuestionsl-l5consistsoftwoquantities,oneinColumnAandoneinColumnB.You
are to comparethe two quandriesand choose
A
B
C
D
if
if
if
if
tlre quantity in Column A is greater;

tbe rclationshipcannotbe determinedfrom the information given.
Note:
Since therc are only four cboices,NEVER MARK (E).

Common
Inlq!:mation: In a guestion,informationconcerningone or both of the quantitiesto be comparedis centeredabove
the two columns. A symbol that appcarsin both columns representsthe samething in Column A as it
does in Column B.
t$]
ColumnA
C o l u m nB
2x6
2+6
(D@@@
NQ
@ @ @ o
SamoleAnswers
,Sl
E x a m p l el :
Examples24 referto L PQR.
E x a m p l e2 : .
be assumed,eventhough Piy'
and NQ appearequal)
E x a m p l e3 :
@ o @ @ @
(since.V is between
P nd Q)
Examole4:
180
w+ Z
@ @ - @ @
(sincc Pp is a straight line)
414
g,
f;
A
B
C
if the quantily in Column A is grearer;

if the quantity in Colurnn B is grcatq;
if the wo quantities arc cquat
if the relationship cannot bc determined from &e
information given.
Column A
-{ _ I
r:,
Column B
C-ohmrnA
t-
F
Column"B
4t+5=5r-30
lo+*
IU
R.S:s|
L
= IR = uY : YII/ : wx : x(J
The area of
region RSI
|.'.
The area of
regsoa UVWX
A\'/rE-.,
(0.3F
l ,r ,
A-car traveling at a constant speed of 50 miles pcr

Dour uses t gallons offirel each hour.
3. Tbc number of galt6nsef
fuel this car usesto travel
200 milcs at a constanr
spced of 50 milc per hour
l nl : 5 1
lz-ll:62
4k
$*n=r
)-
Of tbe 7 msrnbers of the city cound 4 are

Democrats and 3 are Republicans. i i,
O" tot"t
number.of different 3-personcorrminees ttrat
L
oe apporntcd from tbe counsil mernbership
srrch
that each corrmittce consists of Z Oem#ts
anO
l Republican
* ' " = t
4"
l <r \J,
l5
RT
415
A
B
Column A
if
if
if
if
tbe quantity in Column A is greaterl

Column B
Column A
The average(arithmetic mean) of k numbcrs is 27,

and k is greater than 10.
ll.
The sum ofthe

t numbers
Column B
xy:6
x 2: 9
300
It
n
Q and .i? are the centersof thetwo squareswith
sidesof length2.
t 1
t L.
The lengthof line

scgmentPS
1 5 .The areaofrecr"nguiar
(rrxsu)
region RS?'U
3JT
32 percentof x is 75.
x is ,t percentof 75.
13.

300
4t6
mffi,offit".oj.thtQgtioo:.ler
hasIirc 2nswcr
choiccs.Foreachof thcscqucstions,
sctect&e bestof tbc
16. A bu.ar soundsevery15minutcs.If thc buzzcr

Sundcd at 12:4$,whicbof thc followingcorH
be a timeat wbich the buzzersoundcd?(A)
(B)
(C)
@)
@
19. If r = 2w, z = 3r, ad

valw of { ?
r9z
4f5
S::O
6:a5
7:t5
8:t0
(A)3
(B) I
(.)3
t 7 .+ . * * * * * * i * l :
(A)
rrz *A, whatisthe
(D) 4
(E) 6
;
2 A . I f x> 8 a n d y < 3 , ther it must be truc that
G)i;
(q#
(A).r +y > 5
(B).r+y<ll
( 9 r - y > 5
(D):-y<5
(E)x-.y<tl
(D) I
(E) :
18. Of the follo.*ing pairs of coordioates,which

represeots a point ia the shadedregiou on thc graph
sbown abow?
(A) (3, -t
(B) (-3, _5)
(c) (-3" 5)
(D)(-5,3)
(E) t-5, -3)
417
Questions2l-25 refer ro the following chart.
ENROLLMEM EACULIY SLZE FACI.ILTYSALARY.

AND TUITION AT COLLEGE R FOR SELECTEDYEARS
l960
1970
Number of
Srudents Enrolled
1,490
I,600
Number of
Faculty Membcrs
166
r60
Ratio of Students
to Faculfy
l0
Averager Faculty
S"l.ty
Tuirion per Student
$1,400
1980
1,790
ll
I
$r4,360
$28,400
$2,000
$3,700
Total Faculty
Salaries
$1,245,000
Income from
Tuition
$2,086,000 $3,200,000
$4,529200
tArithmetic mean
2l " What was the
-total
amount of faculty salariesat
22. T1tenumber of studentsenrolled in I 960 was

approxrmately what fraction of the rumber enrolled
in 1980?
CollegeR in 1970?
(A) $143.600
(B) $200,600
(c) s255,000
(D) $2,04s,000
(E) $2,2e7,600
(A)3
G);
(q3
(")i.
c)i
418
7<
If rhc incrcasc in thc number of students enrolled

funn t950 to 1960rvas half thc increasc from 19@
to 1970,what was th studentgatellmg!{ itr 1950?
{A) 14s
{B) 1,340
(c) 1,380
Gr) r.435
(E) r,545
If thc total anouat of faculty salariesin t9g0 was

paid from tuition incorc, ajproxinarcty bow mucb
of eachstudent's.ruitionwai uscOt" p.i fr"dt
salarics?
(A) sl60
(B) $1,100
(c) sl25o
(D) $2,600
(E) $3,700
in tuirionpcrsrudeotfrom 1970to
Tk incrcasc
1980wasapproximatdyhow many timesas great as
tlr increascfrom 1960lo1970?
(A) 2
(B) ^ l
GO ON TO THE NE)(T PAGE.
"1
(c) 3
I
(D) )" 1
(E) 4
4t9
a.
3a+3r*3m:
f
tB) P
(A)
(c) 3eo
(D) 3n
(E) 3 - '
rll
26. In the figureabove,rectanglePQR.Sis inscriH in

the circle and PQ : 6. If theareaof rectangular
regSonPQRS is 48,what is theareaof the sircular
region?
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
l0z
25r.
36n
48r
l00r
27. The expression i , , wheren is not equalto

I
| --
30. In the figure above, a student whose eyesare 6 feet

above the ground and 8 feet from a vertical flagpole
views the top of the flagpole at a 30{egree angle of
elevation What is the height, in feet, of rhe flagpole?
0 or l, is equivalent
tJ whichof the following?
(A)
'
----i-n - l
(A) 6 + 8/t
( B )r _ ;
(B) r4
{C)n-l
,^
--r .
(D)
'
n - l
(D) 6 - 'L . :/ ;
(E) =-I- n
(E) r0
\ !,1
28 A cyclist travels x miles in w hours and

a minutes" What is the cyclist'sspeedin miles
per hour?
;T
r:-
(4,
16
vr
602
60rv * z
,*.,
\-t
x
60x
tA
(.-,
;-+;
/n\ w +z
\-,
x
60x
lE) ffiw+z
420
h
E.
B
t.-
i:
FOR GENERAL TEST TOONLY

Ansr. Kcy end trccnbgc.'st
Erunlnoa Anslrlng
Elctr alqdon
cfinccily
BIIL'I||ITY
hmlcr
t drt
Lilat
E
o
c
c
2
3
4
5
&, l
71
B
E
l1
12
13
l4
t5
E
A
E
E
1
6
1
7
'18
1
9
0
E
0
E
3ri
11
12
13
,1
15
O
71
71
66
71
1
1
1
1
2
2 1
4
.
? 3
2 1
? 5
E i 10
B
l T)
c l 31
D l 5E
c l g,
X
2
?
2
n
?
2
3 0
3 t
Q
3
3
3
3
3
3
77
.E
I
.(t
c
E
c
IEI|I
1
2
3
1
5
A
C
A
g
D
6t;
88
71
72
v8
75
5l
&)
cl
71
6
7
' 89
7('
73
78
C
A
B
I
A
dt
73
ils
t
2
3
6
7
8
9
D
D
A
D
D
s
a
l
1
1
lil
1
6
7
8
9
0
E
8
8
0
A
21
56
76
p
51
1
1
1
1
A
.
3
B
8
E
o
8
D
C
C
C
D
c
B
A
,
c
B
E
8
la
rl5
I 84
l e.
n l 72
c l 4
.
C
l 51
|
D
l 41
z l A l 38
s o l 31
6
7
8
a
E
E'
Pr
sl
88
86
95
6at
A
A
I
50 l
6
38 l
7
88 l
s l 89
al 1 1 0
8
9
10
lgrrr
lI
|||rlTI.r|'rlrrl
!..ilr
P + fralrr
9{ l
r
88 l
2
82 l
3
B
E
A
l 3t
l5
l 19
65
35
l 51
l m
^ l 50
A l u
2 6
2 7
? a
? 9
3 r
B l 60
D l 91
D l T7
A l 90
3 1
3 ,
3 s
3 /
3 s
E l 53
E l rl0
B l 42
D l 42
D l *t
3 6
3 7
3 s
C l 35
A l 3l
c l n
? | t B
2
.
E
N
D
21
D
6
A
2
2
A
6
7
8
A
B
66
56
38
6
e.
39
88
rc
66
50
5{)
3
4
5
C
A
D
7S
79
6
7
8
9
1
A
C
C
B
A
78
75
53
67
,|9
11
1
1
1
1
2
3
4
5
D
C
A
D
c
5E
a0
tKr
1
1
1
1
6
7
8
9
E
D
C
A
6/r
2
2
N
A
3
8
A
E
E
D
ils
'Eslimard P+
br the gpoupo{ sumins urho tool the GRE cjclerat T6t in a rocgnt thr6e.}ar prbd.
421
l {
l r r
&
f,tl
20 1
sal
l f l
l r 8
l r 9
lt z ol
A
A
x
E
g]
h*r
lffi
l
lt
m
.5S
z
3
1
56 l
8
7
8
lI 3r BP
Il rt ao
75
g7
71
5E
43
E8
la
dt
s3
E
8
D
C
D
61
4
26
26
l r
3El
21
2
.
N
21
A
6
7
2
3
r
I t 2
1 1 3
l r {
87
75
54
50
1
t
l
P+
u
C
a
D
7R
c7
&2
ia
f:
ffia
IEI
I
A
c
A
E
A
D
A
A
o
E
B
a7
60
l
I
e6 j
79 l
c6 l
71
e
lt r o
I lt'
l r 2
1 1 3
l 1 4
I 1 5
4l
16
17
17
30 . r 8
g.
t9
70
9,
81
,16
50
a
c.
&
68
dt
51
. 2 1
2
21
6
o
A
o
E
a
I
D
A
ib
,^
' G
o
o
7+
7t
TI
3it
88
59
s
.a
E6
72
5r
56
$
5a
E
E
A
A
.
;
I
a
5a
6e
70
o
E
E
a
e
ct
3l
30
{5
18
56
F:
;
: 1 .
I
F
,-
SCOHE
CONVERSIOI{S
FORGENERAL
TEST1(l OI{LY
ANDTHEPERCENTS
BELOW'
Yr*sl
R.r Scalod 'L
Scorl Scqr l!l'I
74-76 800
73
790
ta
780
n0
ai
0urrttrthr
Itrlytlcrl
Yerbrl
0!!nfltrUyt
Anrtydc8l
Scrlcd % Scslod %
Rtr sf:]sd
%
$rlsd
% scrloa %
Scors Bclor Scon Betot Scon Scorr Ealor Scorr Bclor $on tlor
39
38
37
36
35
99
99
99
99
99
TW
u
69
68
ol
D
65
61
DJ
v
61
60
J9
58
<7
s
55
54
(2
52
51
50
710
7g
n0
710
7n
6E0
670
660
650
6,10
98
97
96
95
94
93
91
90
88
87
^:
31
30
a
28
,a
to
800
25
24
96
620
610
600
590
5s0
570
560
550
540
530
U
82
80
78
76
73
71
69
66
63
800
790
780
780
n0
7fi
750
75{1
740
730
5m
DU
7m
710
7m
82
80
78
96
95
al
22
21
cl
90
88
88
87
84
't9
ZJ
18
17
16
800
98
800
800
790
780
760
750
730
720
710
690
98
98
98
12
!l
l0
ll
14
49
48
46
45
44
42
4l
40
Etn
500
490
480
470
460
450
4rl0
430
55
52
il
47
43
40
J/
690
680
o/u
bou
N
s40
630
75
73
70
68
bb
64
t2
420
420
410
400
390
380
370
360
360
350
31
31
28
25
n
20
18
15
15
13
620
610
600
580
570
560
550
540
5m
510
340
340
g]0
320
310
300
300
290
280
270
11
11
9
I
7
5
5
4
3
2
500
490
480
460
450
30
25
23
u0
a l
260
?8
2n
230
220
210
200
200
2 3 f i J 1 1 4 1
1
370
9
390
1
350
7
380
1
340
6
370
l
3i]0
5
350
1 3 1 0 3 3 3
r 3 0 0 3 3 2
1 2 8 0 2 3 0
1 2 7 0 1 2 9
r 2 5 0 1 2 8 f
2m
200
430
420
400
390
62
60
58
50
48
tt6
43
JY
JD
34
JI
19
14
12
680
670
650
640
630
620
600
590
580
cbu
550
540
520
510
490
480
460
450
4&
429
85
U
TV
n
74
7'
66
64
61
56
JZ
49
41
41
JO
s
28
ZD
,2
t9
0 1 7
11
12
11
8
0 6
0 5
0 3
0 3
l 2
96
9J
93
92
90
7
D
6I
(F4
2m
200
200
200
200
M
1 2 4 0
1 2 3 0
1 2 1 4
1 2 0 0
1 2 0 0
r 2 0 0
1
1
1
1
1
1
260
250
230
n0
210
200
,l
1
I
'I
1
1
'Percent rorint below the scaled score is based

on the performance o{ r,04o,136 examinftg who t@l the
General Test betwen October'1, 1988, and septembe.3O, 1991. Fhis prcent below information is used fgr
{ore reports during the 1992-93 testingyear.
Aaa
TEST11
SECTION I
Tkn_30 minutes
Numberr:
FiSures:
30 Qrestions
All numbersusedarc real numbers.
Position of points, angles,regons, etc. can be assumedro be in thc order
shown; and angle qlsasurcs
cau be assumcd to bc positive
Lines shown as straight can bc assumcdto bc srraight.
Figures can bc assumedto lie in a planc unlessotherwiseindicated.
Figures that accompany questions8re intended ro provide information rxcfut
in answcring thc qlrcations. However' unlessa note statesthat a tigure is drawn to scale, you
shoutd solrre tlrcse problcmr
Nor bv estimatingsizesby sight or by meaiurcmenr,bur by using your
knowteJ;;J;:d.r";Htr..
Examplc 2 below).
Pi-rections: Eechof thc QucLti.onsl-.15.consistsof two quantities,one in Column A and one in Column
B. you
arc to comparethc two quantitiesan<lchoosc
A if
! if
C if
D if
Note:
Common
Iffifiion:

th+two quantiticsare equal;
thc rclationshipcannot bc determinedfrom the information given.

ln a question,information concerningone or both of thc quantities
ro be compared is centeredabove
the two columns. A symbol that appein in both columnsrepresenrsthc
same thing in Column A as it
doesin Column B.
E x a m p l el :
C o l u m nA
Column B
2x6
2 +6
Sample Answers
(D@@@@
Examples24 nfer to L peR.
7
fi
4
.
R
Example2:
NQ
@ @ @ (D @
(sincc equal measurescannot
bc assumed, even though Pl{
rnd NQ appcar equal)
E x a m p l e3 :
@(D@@@
(since.f/ is bctweenP andQ)
Example4:
w*z
It0
@@(D@@
(sirrcc Pp is a straight line)
t
i
423
C i f t h e t u o q u a n t i t i e as r e e q u a l ;
D if the relationshipcannot be determinedfrom the informationgiven.
Column B
C o l u m nA
C o l u m nA
C o l u m nB
n ) l
+ nl
n * l
Maria purchased3 poundsof candy X for 57.98

a n d 5 p o u n d so f c a n d y I l o r S 1 0 . 9 5 .
1
The price Maria paid per

pound for candy X
The priceMaria paid per

pound for candl f
The areaof rectangular

region ABCD
x <-}'<0
r is an integergreaterthan I
l.
2.x*5
4.
-t(2s)
The areaof tnangular

region ADE
5,r+2
ln LABC, AB : BC.
)t 1-l
I f . The measureof L B
@'
O is the centerof the two circles

andOX:XY:1.
Half'thecircumference
of the largercircle
The circumlerence
of
the smallercircle
Questionsl2-l] referto the following numberline.

P
-p
p + r
r - n
Iq=a
rq:l
0.9 x 0.9
0,9x0.9x0-9
A studentcan purchasea researchreport for 55.00,

or reproducethe -r pagesof the report at a cost of
S0.15per page.
8. The greatestpossible
valueof .r if the cosr
of reproducingthe .r
pagesis lessthan the
cost of purchasingthe
report
The areaof the

triangularregion
25
The lengthofa rectangulargarden is increased

by p percentand its width is decreasedby
p percent.
t 5 .The areaof the new

gardenif p : 19
The area of the new

gardenif p : 29
Drctions: Each of the Questions1630 hasfive answer

choices.For each of thesequestions,sekctthc
bestof the
answerchoicesgrven.
| 6. Whichof the followingis NOT a divisorof 2& ?
19.C isa circle.I isa line,andp isaooint

on line L. lf C. L, and p arein thesam.
plane and p is insidc C, howr*ip"inir
O"
C and Z havein common?
(A) 4
(B) 8
(c) e
(D) ll
(E) t2
(A),0
(B) I
(c) 2
(D) 3
17. lf 3(x + I) : 4x - t, rhenx :
(E) 4
(A);
20. If one numberexceeds

anothrrnumbcrby l3
ard
the largernumberis j tinrs thesmalbrnumber,
thenthe smallernumberis
G);
(c) 2
(A) t3
(B) 26
(c) 3l
(D) 39
(E) 65
(D) 3
(E) 4
18. If 55percentof the peoplewho purchase

a certain
productarefemale,what is theratioof thenumber
of females
who purchasetheproductto thenumber
ol maleswho purchasetheproduct?
(A)t
(B)f
(q*
(o)#
(E)
r
a
425
2l-25referto the followinggraph.

Questions
22. For how many of the yearsshown did Country X

import more than 2ffi million metric tons of wheat?
COUNTRYX'S TOTAL WHEAT IMPORTS

COMPAREDTO ITS WHEAT IMPORTS
FROM THE UNITED STATES,I9?3.1983
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
Two
Five
Six
Seven
Eighr
23. The amount of wheatCountry X importedfrom

countriesother than the United Stateswasgrearest
in which of the followingyears?
F
(A)
(B)
(c)
(D)
(E)
{)
t974
1976
t978
r98l
le83
=
1 l
L+
For the year in which total wheatimportsand wheat

imports from the United Statesweremost nearly
e q u a l .h o * , m a n y m i l l i o nm e t r i ct o n so f w h e a td i d
Country X imporr?
(A) 150
(B) 125
(c) eo
(D)
75
(E) s0
2 5 For the year in which the amount of Country X.s

to-talwheat imports was greatest,approximaiely
what percentol that total was importedfrom the
U n i r e dS t a t e s ?
2 l From 1973ra 19'7'7,

inclusive,
howmanymillion
metnclonsof wheatdid Country X importfrom
rhe[JnitedSrates?
(A)
(B)
(c)
(D)
(E)
(A)
(B)
(c)
(D)
(E)
450
400
350
320
250
35o.,;
40%
50%
65e6
7s%
426
I
i
I
l
rr.
: oi : . i ) ' - ( ' - i ) ' :
28. If thedegrecmeasures
of theanglesofa triangtcare
in theratio3:4:5, whatis thedegrec.rneasure
of
the smallestansle?
( . {,) =6
(A) 15"
(B) 30.
r B ):
(c) 4s'
(D) 60'
(E) 75'
(c) 3
(D) I
29. A board of lenglh Z feet is cut into two piaes such

that the lenglh of one piece is I foot more than fwice
the lcngth of t-beorher-piece.Which of thc foltowing
is the length, in fect, of thc longer piee?
(E) *
I
@+
(B)4#
(c)?
.)t
(D):
-L
et2L-ll
27 tf eachwcun,ed
s r v v u iside
l u ! rin
r r the
r r r r rfigure
rButs d
above
L J v s lis
s d
a ssemicircte
cml(;lfctg
wrth
w
t l h radius
rarlirrs ?
O and
e n d rthe
h . rtwo
\ L , ^ ^parallel
..-ll-l
.sides
;J-^^L L^..^
20,
each
have
length 100.whar is rheareaof rhe shadedregion?
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
*"0*offlt*T;te
diViSOn Of
!
i
'o
and
r
&
F
integersare both multiplesof 4

&?
a
d
t
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
2,000
4,000
2,000- 2Wr.
4.000- 20Ou
4,000- 400a
Two
Three
Four
Five
Six
Aa1
lLI
E
t!
:
Numbers:
FiSures:
SECTION5
Time-30 minutes
30 Questions
All numbersusedarerealnumbers.
Position of points,angles,regions,etc.can be assumedto be in the ordershown;and anglemeasures
Lines shown as straightcan bc assumedto be straight.
Figurescan be assumedto lic in a planeunlessotherwiseindicated.
Figuresthat accompanyquestionsare intendedto provide informationusefulin answeringthe questions. However,unlessa note statesthat a figure is drawn to scale,you shouldsolvetbeseproblims
NOT by estimatingsizesby sightor by measurement.
but by usingyour knowledgeof mat-hematics
(see
D i r e c t i o n s : E a c h o f t h e Q u e s t i o n sl - 1 5 c o n s i s t o
s f t w o g u a n r i r i e so, n e i n C o l u m n A a n d o n ei n C o l u m nB . y o u
are to compare the two quantitiesand choose
A
B
C
D
Note:
Common
GTo-iili]on:
if
if
if
if

the two quanririesare equal;
the relationshipcannorbe determinedfrom rhe informationgiven.
S i n c et h e r ea r e o n l y f o u r c h o i c e sN, E V E R M A R K ( E ) .
In a quesrion.informationconc-erning
one or both of the quantitiesto be comparedis centeredabove
t h e t w o c o l u m n sA
. s y m b o l t h a t a p p e a r si n b o t h c o l u m n sr e p r e s e n t sh e s a m et h i n gi n C o l u m nA a s i t
ere.glg_!-'
C o l u m nA
C o l u m nB
2x6
2+6
o @ @ @ @
NQ
@ @ @ o @
SamDleAnswers
E x a m p l e s2 4 r e f e rt o L P Q R .
E x a m p l e2 :
(sinceequalmeasures
cannot
be assumed,cven though P.iy'
and NQ appearequal)
E x a m p l e3 :
@(D@@@
(since,\ is between
P and Q)
Example 4:
w*z
tE0
@ @ O @ @
446
A
B
C
D
if
if
if
if
the quantity in ColumnA is greater;

the quanrityin Column B is greater;
the relationshipcannot be dctermincdfrom the information given-
ColumnA
')
Column B
ColumnA
The numberof
secondsin an hour
The numbcr of days

in l0 yean
The average(arithmeticmean)of 13,

3 1 .a n d8 l
m e a n )o f 1 3 , 3 0 ,a n d 8 l
-Column B
A rectangular box is feel widc aod 3 feet tong

-2
and has a volume of l5 cubic feet.
9. The hcight ofthe box
3 feer
24 percentof75
r : 4
_1,Y
The height of righr circular cylinder C is 3 times

the diameter of its base.
lu
I l " The circumference of

the baseof C
Ttre heighr of C
12. The areaofa square

region with perimeler 24
The areaofa
rectangular region
with perimeter 28
88
(5 9 8 . 9 5 ) l
75 perccnt of24
L \ + 3.y: lo
x +2y:E
360.000
a
t
x + y
3.4(5.5)
The cost of -r apples
atacostof y + 2 cents
aptece.
l(5.5) + 0.4{5.5)
The cost of y oranges

alacostofx*2ccnts
apicce
In the rectangular coordinate plane, points p.

Q, and R havc coordinarcs (2, 3), (-S,6),and
(5,3), respcctivety.
PQ
- / :
)v)
QR
x is an integergreaterthan |.
3r* I
4x
GO ON TOTHE NEXT PAGE
47
Directio{rs: Each of t}rc Questions lG30 has five answerchoices.For each of thesequestions, selectthe best of the
answerchoicesgven.
1 6 ,l f n * n : k + k + k a n d n * k : 5 ,
19. If 2x : 7 and 3.v : 2, then 9_r1':
then n :
(A) r4
(A) 2
(B) 3
(B) l8
(c) 2l
(D) 28
(E) 63
(ct s
(D) 6
(E) e
1 1
20.lf trQ : 16, then x :
What is the length,of a rectanglethat has width l0

and perimeter 60 ?
(A)
(B)
(c)
(D)
(E)
(A) 4
(B) 8
(c) 16
(D) 32
(E) 2s6
l5
20
25
l0
40
t 8 . A watchgains 7 minutes and 6 secondsevery6 days

If the rate of gain is constant.how much doesthe
watch gain in one day?
(A) lminlsec
(B) lmin6sec
(C) Lmin ll sec
(D) I"min l6 sec
(E) frnin 2l sec
{:'
448
F
a
Qucstions2l-25 refer ro the follo*.ing graph.
PERCENT
oF
trHb#*t #frKt#-tr!9it[!,tffi
rorar-
B
I
(Total male faculty is 250.)

@flMales
N\\\lRnraies {Total femalefaculty is 200.)
Field
Bioloeical
Scierices
Business
Education
Engirlqering
Fin furs
Hed*r
Sciences
Hurrunities
Physical
Sciences
Socid
Sciences
Other
(including
loumalisir,
taw,etc.)
Percent
Note:Drawnto scale.
:
a
a
t:
F
t
449
24. Ifthere are275 studcntsin engineeringat

Univcrsity X, wbat is the approximate ratio
of the number of cngineeringstudents to the
number of engineeringfaculty?
2 l For how many of the fields is the percentof

total male faculty at University X greaterthan
I I pcrcent?
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
Two
Three
Four
Five
Six
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
22 How many femalefaculty membersare therein fine
whatprcentof thehumanities
2 5 Approximately
facultyis male?
arts?
(A) r4
(A) 35%
(B) 38%
(c) 4t%
(D) 4s%
(E) 5r%
(B) l6
(c) r7
( D )r 8
(E) 20
t3
If the number of femalefaculty membersin social

scienceswere to increaseby 75 percent,how many
female faculty memberswould thercbe in social
sciences?
(A) t 2
(B) l 4
(c) 2 l
(D) 28
(E) 3
8 to
12 to
14 to
l8 to
20 to
.F*
0 Y
?;
450
2 6 .l f 2 r - s : 3 . r
- 2r, whatis s in termsof r?
29. lilbat is thc lcastinbgs valu of n srrh
tuta<o.ot?
(A)
(B)
(A)
(B) rr
(g so
(D) 5l
(8") Thcre is no suchhast veloc.
(C) '
(D) 2r
(E) lr
27. lf n * 0, which of the following must be greaar
than n ?
l. 2n
II. n3
lIl.4-n
{A)
(B)
{C)
{D)
(E)
None
I only
II only
I and II
I and III
30. What is tlrc arca of tbc hcragonalregionshowain

thc figure above?
(A) s4JT
(B) 108
28. The distanccfrom point X to point I is 20 miles,

and the distancefrom point X to point Z is
12 miles. If d is the distance,in miles, between
points Y and Z , then the range of possiblevalues
for d is indicated bv
{A)
{8)
(c) to8f,
(D) 216
(E) It qurnot bc dctcrsrincdfrom thc inforrration
given.
8sd<20
8<d<32
(c) t 2 < d < 2 0
(D) t 2 < d < 3 2

(E) 2 0 < d < 3 2
451

Answer Key and Percentagest of Examinees Answering Each
euestion Correctlv
llrurnctlAS|UTY
]
2
3
4
A
C
c
C
<
'
2
3
4
5
A
0
C
E
C
E
A
g
0
c
96
74
71
55
59
4:t
2A
94
&3
75
6
7
8
9
1
E
E
B
A
c
l
t
1
?
1
3
't4
1
5
D
E
E
E
E
63
49
39
37
32
11
1
1
1
1
2
3
4
5
D
C
c
D
A
C
A
D
D
B
27
1
1
1
1
2
6
7
8
9
L
E
8
8
C
A
6
7
6
9
1
1
't7
1
1
N
6
8
9
?1
2
2
N
2
4
2
5
2
B
D
A
E
B
1I
2
8
3
3
7
3
l
2
3
A
A
D
D
a
3
s
3
6
3
7
3
8
'Estiaated
E
D
A
E
aa
71
80
68
t^
69
47
38
41
31
41
e9
a2
72
74
21
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
3
31
?
3
42
3
3
3
l
2sl 3
?9 1 3
17 1 3
E
C
8
0
C
89
7S
59
50
57
3{t
24
81
86
<a
<l
e.
30
14
54
74
52
57
A
8
4
B
A
8t!
s
54
65
83
rts
3il
98
81
83
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
C
D
0
E
8
A
A
8
76
64
39
41
31
26
28
21
.
3
4
5
6
7
8
'
2
3
.
.5
6
7
8
9
1
A
A
B
A
C
C
A
B
D
8
l
1
1
1
1
t
2
3
4
5
D
A
8
C
A
1
1
1
6
7
8
c
E
A
tQ
21
8
A
58
83
71
7g
to
v
64
74
N
32
86
IO
78
63
62
to
68
2
21
2
8
D
0
59
64
64
2
2
6
7
8
8
53
45
37
A
3
90
83
88
83
E
D
19
1
2
8
A
4
5
A
8
9
0
B
c
67
64
A
D
18
41
46
60
20
T7
t
'tl
1
11
1
A
D
1
1
1
1
6
7
8
9
8
8
C
C
TI
72
74
80
21
2
2
2
?
2
3
4
5
C
D
D
A
E
90
E3
65
68
44
2
?
2
2
3
6
7
8
9
0
c
A
8
A
A
64
P+ tor the group of xamines who took tho GRE Gnrarres{ in roceflt
a
three-y";;
458
88
85
85
81
80
21
Sec{ion2
lbobrr Arrrr
1
c l
2
0 1
3
D l
1
A l
5
6
7
I
' 9r o
11
1 2
'1t 4 3
1s
1 6
1z
18
19
m
2't
c
B
o
c
E
^
Srsffooif
P+
z
5
s
a
s
4
s
e
l n
l z s
l t s
l 8 o
l s l
ltz
E la6
o l i o
C l e z
E leo
E
1.8
A l s t
e lez
A 127
D ls3
c
1 6 2
E ln
22
E
23
B
2 4 B
25
B
B8rflba, lffrrr
I
3
4
5
o
10
12
I J
14
t5
16
17
18
20
121 n
l s s <J
l s r 24
l a o 25
I
I
c
e
E
A
c
A
B
I P+
ls6
178
178
lae
111
I79
178
lea
176
lrt
D
o
o
A
E
I
B
E
C
166
117
142
137
167
189
les
151
173
o
E
D
c
lzs
110
169
l7s
l *
166
SCORE
CONVERSIOIIS
FORGEIIIRALTEST11 O}ILY
ANOTHTPEBCENTS
BELOW'
Yrrtrl
Brr
ourilltelin
s..hd
Scorr
%
Srlc
71-76 E00
/J
800
T2
790
78{)
70
n0
9{l
q)
Sc!fl
dl
6E
67
65
6
&l
53
62
5t
60
59
56
57
30
\)
5{
53
52
5t
50
49
lE
47
46
15
u
(l
12
11
'P@tt
(w
750
744
73tt
7m
710
700
690
6&,
670
660
Ssl?d
%
3coo Brlor
fualtlbl
Ssrht
*
$rr
hlor
3)
3E
c7
36
!t{t
9!)
gl
98
!n
97
96
95
95
94
93
92
90
AO
ro
$o
3flt
350
650
640
630
6A)
610
6{X}
590
580
570
550
87
85
E4
E2
80
78
76
71
72
8m
800
8{Xt
7ffi
760
7fi
730
7m
7fi
690
55{'
5.10
520
510
50O
490
48o
474
16{,
45O
69
67
61
59
56
54
51
48
u
ill
670
650
540
630
610
600
5$
570
560
550
6
6
21
7J
2.
21
ta
97
97
97
94
{50
tLo
tlilo
0
410
3a
3
32
3l
30
a
n
8(x,
llnstitrtivr
rdd
nfi
S.2hd
*
tdr
Ecoar $rr
3Xt
3C'
s0
37{)
:xo
cn
340
310
3t0
n0
N
19
18
270
260
llcrlrl
Ecan
{1
38
36
3
ct
25
2a
2a
t2
20
540
tlt
520
510
500
4r0
470
160
150
t6
16
t,l
12
t0
I
7
6
130
4A)
if10
100
3Ct
370
360
350
340
3X)
ll
8dil
45
12
4
37
35
32
a
26
21
t2
m
1E
16
l4
13
10
9
6
3
2
EO
78
800
sl
71
72
68
66
6r
59
57
s1
49
4E
8m
8m
e!0
7E0
n0
760
710
74
710
690
9{t
99
ql
$
97
96
95
16
t5
Itl
'13
tn
2(n
12
1t
10
m
?m
2m
9
8
2m
2m
200
2m
n
91
8E
0{
ffint
belo* oE sL{
rm b bscd o tbc perfm
o4 923J59 c'eiG
l. 19t6. {td Scpi.tnbd3o. 19t9. This FtHbdd
iJsraion
i! Bcd fsse
459
'|
I
I
1
3m
310
300
N
n0
N
2q)
m0
200
rho mt
GtoGdrin!
m
6a0
510
5!0
5q)
50
s{t
530
5m
5m
I
'l
'|
1
I
ldt
E7
85
EI
76
7a
a:n
{20
{ql
4&t
rm
/150
3m
360
340
331
310
29
m
260
26
m
n0
2m
2(n
a
f
i:
e
n
I
61
58
55
19
$
10
38
35
31
I
t3
sn
4
3
2
2
N
26
N
210
200
680
670
650
{n
n
89
86
A!.lytiEl
S..ld
S.Dn
k4
F
a
t:
17
t5
12
10
t
a
3
2
t
x
n
I
I
I
thc Cml
Tsr bctrc
dE l99().9l Briq ta-
TEST 12
SECTION 1
Trme-30 minutes
30 Questions
N_umbers: All numbers uscd are real numbcn

Egurc!
Position of points, angles,regions,etc. can be assumedto be in the order showa; and angle measures
Lines shown as straight can be assumcdto be straight.
Figures can bc as.sumedto lie in a planc unlessotherwisc indicated.
Figurcs_thataccomPanyquestionsare intendedto provide information useful in answering
the questions. However, unlessa note statcsthat a figure is drawn ro scale,you should solve theselroblcms
NoT by estimatingsizcsby sight or by measurement,but by using your knowledgeof mathematics
(see
Example 2 bclow).
D i r c c t i o n sE: a c h o f t h c Q u c s . t i o o s l - l 5 c o n s i s t s o f t w o q u a n t i t i e s , o n e i n C o l u m n A a n d o n e i n c o l u m n B . y o u
are to comparetbe two quantitiesand cboose
A
B
C
D
Nste;
Common
Iii66iTon;
if
if
if
if
thc quantity in Colnmn A is greater;

the relationshipcatrnotbc dcterminedfrom thc information given.

In a question,information conccroingone or both of the quantitiesto bc compared
is cenreredabove
the two columns. A symbol that appearsin both columnsreprescntsthe same
thing in Column A as ir
doesin Column B.
Examplel:
Column A
C o l u m nB
2x6
2+6
SampleAnswers
3 @ @ @ @
Examplcs
24 referto A peR.
Example2:
NQ
@@@(D
be assumed,even though pil
Exampls
3:
Example4:
@{D@@@
(since./t/is bctweenp and e)
w* z
180
@@o@@
4&
ii
L
A if thc qr:antityin Col.'mnA is grcatcq

B if thc qr.antiry in Column B is grcatct;
:,
fr
if tbe two qu.ntitics arcc<lual;
D if tbc rcLationshipcaaoot bc dctermind from the information giveo-
Column B
ColumaA
l
2
15-15
6plrrmn A
C-olumnB
n-n
A machirc packagcs milk at the rate of g quarts

pcr hour.
2. Thc numbcrofhoun
requiredfor thc
machincto packagc
5,000quaru of milk
x + y
C
x > z
y > z
x + y
D
P is thc interscction of thc two diagonals
of rectanglc ABCD.
Thc lcngth of sidc ,{8
The shortcst distance

from P to sidc l8
r<o<y
4.
x - y
On thc cirarlar targct, C is tbe ccntcr of both
circlcs. CIY : 8 inchcs and CT :30 inch.
Tlrc average(arithmetic mean) of the 4 numbcn
p, q, r, and s is 7.
5.
1
I
23.752x 10.000
tl&4r sq in
9. Thc arca ofthe shadcd

prt of thc target
p * q * r * s
x:
x
23,752
-10
5
,:1
v
461
A
B
if thequantiryin ColumnA is grcater;

if thequ"ntity in ColumnB is grcater;
c if the rwo quantiticsarecqual;
D if therelationshipcannotbc dercrminedfrom tbeinformationgiven.
Column A
The length of PQ
ColumnB
ColumnA
3o
In 1982the priccof oneshareof CompanyX stock

increascd25 perccntfrom JanuaryI to FebruaryI
and decreased
20 percentfrom FebruaryI to March L
t 1
tz,
Tllp.io of one sharc

of Company X stock
on Januaryl, 1982
Column B
Thepriceof oneshare
of CompanyX stock
on Marchl. 1982
The point (not shown)with rectangutarcoordinates

(m , n) is aboveline ,t .
I J.
2(Jso+ s)
irl
e
sQ+ ?Jt)
462
?uections: Eachof the QuestionslG30 hasfiveanswrchoiccs.For cachof thescquestions,sclecttbc bcstof

the answerchoiccsciveo_
19. In tbc figure abovc, the trianglcis cquitatcral,and

the arca of thc dqriarcrcgion is 100.Wbat is rlE
pcrimctcr of the uianglc?
16. If C is the center of thc circle above.
thcnx]-y:
(A) r0
(B) 30
(c) s0
(A) 4s
(B) 6s
(q e0
(D) 100
tE) 130
(D) 60
(E) 75
Tom ate of a wholepi.za, andJaneate of the

I
I
remainingportion. Whar fractionof the piz-'^
17. If 0.768: +x. then x is closcstto whichof the

tw'
following?
wasnot eaten?
(A)#
(A) 0.n
(B) 0.80
( q 8
(D) 76
(E) 77
(B)
s*
18" If tbc remainderis I whcntbe intcger n is

dividedby t5, what is thc rcmainderwhen r
is dividcdby 5 ?
(")3
(A) I
(B) 2
(E)?
(c)3
{D) 4
(E) It cannotbe dctcrmincdfrom theinformation
gven.
GO ON TO T}IE NE)ff PAGE"
463
2t-25 rcfcr to thc foltowinggfaphs.

Questjons
EXISTINGAND NEW ONE.FAMILYHOMES*SOLDIN THE UNITEDSTATES
FROMI97OTO 1982AND THEMEDIANSALEPRICEFORSELECTED
YEARS
Numberof HomesSold
MedianPriceof HomesSold
Millions of Horres
Thousandsof DoUars
$. $P $" $" $F s s+
'All rcferenccsto homes
in tlre dataand restquestionsshould be
inarprcad as one-family homes.
)l
{ogrdiog to the information in the grap[ which of

the following could bc the actual n".U". of new
homessold in l9E0 ?
(A) 49,900
(B) 2r0,300
(c) 503,400
(D) 750,000
(E) 805,SOO
22- For which of the following years wursthere an

increaseover the previous year in the number of
existing homes sold, but a decreascin the number
of ncw homes sold?
{A) t972
(B) 1973
(q 1974
(D) r977
(E) 1979
GO ON TO TT{E NEXT PAGE.

464,
*'
23. In th )ar sbownin wbichthc medianpricc of

cxistingboracssold wascloscstto thc mcdian
priceof ncwbomessol4 approximatclyhow
manymilliea existinghomesweresold?
25. From 1970to l9?5, thc percentincrcascin thc

mcdianprice of ncw homcssotdwascJoscstro
(A) 15%
(B) 2s%
(c) 40%
(D) 50%
@) 7A%
(A) 1.2
(B) 1.6
(c) 2-0
@r 2.4
,4
(E) 2.8
24. In 1977thc n"gnbcrof cxistinghomcssoldwas

approximately
how manytimesthc s"mbcr of
newbomessold?
(A)
(B)
(g
(D)
(E)
t
g:
:.
,
?
*:
3l
3
3.5
4.5
5.5
6
465
26. If x =2 andy :
-z,then 2x - 2y :
(A) -8
l8 cm
(B) o
(c) 4
(D)
(E)
'P # s
6
8
30 crn
29. What is the area"in squaremeters,of rectangular

regsonPQRS abovc?(l metcr = 100ccntimcten)
A
t
I
-
B
t
C
t
N l
I
3
D
t
i
E
l
I
(A)
0.054squaremeter
(B)
0.54squaremercr
(g
5.4squarcmetcrs
(D)
54 squarcmeters
(E) 5,400squaremeters
Note:Dravmto scale.
)1
30. TheintegersberwecnI and 100,inclusive,are put

in list ,{ if they aredivisibleby 2 and in tist f if
theyaredivisibleby 3. How manyintegersin tist
A arenot in list I ?
On the numberline above,whicharrow could be

pointingto A ?
(A) A
(B) I
(A) il
(B) l6
(c) c
(c) 2s
(D) D
G)r
(D) 33
(E) 34
This year a ciry has altorted 60 percent of is

budget for school expenditures,and its budget
is 15 percenthigher than last year's budget of
n dollars.In terms of n, how many dollars of
this year'sbudget has the city allotted for school
expenditures?
(A) (0.6)(0.85n)
iB) (0"5)(l.l5n)
,^' 0.6n
tu.,
T .r . 5
(D) 0.85n
dê-
(E)
1ft + o.on
466
SECTION 4
Trme-30 minslgs
30 Qucstions
Numbers:
Figures:
All numbcrs used are rcal numbers.

Posir"ionof points, aoglcs, regioos, ctc. can bc assumedto bc in the order sbowq and aagle mcasures
can be assurDedto bc positiw.
Lincs shown as straight can be assumedto be straigbt
Figures can be assumedto lie in a planc unlessotherwiseindicated.
Figuresthat accompanyquestionsare intended to provide information usefulin answeringthe questions. However, unlessa notc statcsthat a figure is drawn to scale,you should solvethesc-problems
NOT by estimatingsizesby sight or by measurement,but by using your knowledgeof matiremarics(sce
Example2 bclow).
D i r e c t i o n s :E a c h o f t b c Q u e s t i o n s l - l 5 c o o s i s t s o f t w o q u a n t i t i e s , o n e i n C o t u m n A a n d o n c i n C o l u m n B . y o u
are to conrparethe two quantiticsand choosc
A
B
C
D
Note:
Common
iiffiGZlion:
if
if
if
if

the quantity in Column B is grcater;
the relationshipcantrotbc determincdfrom rhe information given.

In a question,information cooccrningone or both of the quantitiesto bc comparedis ccnteredabove
the two columns. A symbol that appearsin both columnsrcpresentsthe samething in Column A as it
docs in Column B.
E x a m p l eI :
ColumnA
Column B
2x6
2+6
o @ @ @ @
NQ
@6t@(D@
SampleAnswers
ry
(since equal tncesurcscantrot

be assumed,evtn though Pd
Example 3:
@o@@@
(sincc ff is bctwecn P aad Q
Examplc 4:
t80
w* z
478
@@a@@
(sincePQ is a straiglriinc)
t'
n
F
&
e
A if thc quantity ia ColumnA is grcatcq

B if tbc qrranligyin Colurrn B is greater;
if thc nro qu"'tilics arecqual;

if tbe relatiooshipcannorbedearmiaedfrom the iaformation given.
D
ColumaA
Coh'mn A
6glrrmn B
Column B
s- - !3
54
2- The ycarly rcnt for a

rcctangular ofljcc with
dimcnsions 100 feet
by 200feet ar the
*rng3l rate of $20
per squarefoot
$500,000
lRS : RU and IS = T(J.

f, and F are two points on circlc OPoint G is inside circle O.
Point ff is outsidecircle O.
3, The degreemeasure
of LEGF
The degreemeasure
of LEHF
P
\
'l \
t
L
a * b
The cost of 48 cans of soda is SZ0.

At the same rate, the
cost. in dollars. of n
of these cans of soda
R
N
t\
6l \
\
\
h \.
?0
4" Tbe hngrh of pp
ll0
(0.24)n
+t:7and2l>3.
'
The lengthof RS
r > 0
- x : x
.
a <0
10. The area ofthe shadcd
triangular region in
rectangle PQRS
- lal
'a
:l
:
479
A if the quaatity 1oQelrtrnnA is greatel

B if tbe qr'"ntity in Column B is greatcq
if the two quentitics ale equat
D if thc rclationship cinnot bc dcarmined from tbe information givcn

Qglrrrnn A
Column A
ColumnB
x 2 + kx + 7 : ( x - 7)(x - l) for all x .
(x - lXx +2)(2x
-t
(0.777T2
Column B
!4. Tbe numbcrof

possiblevalucsof
x that areintegers
Ju?rn
+ l):o
4
n ls a posluve tntcgpr.
1 3 "Thc rcmainder
whenn(n * l)
is dividedby 2
The circle has ccnter O and radius l.
1 5 .Length of arc AQB
Z.
o
480
Directionr: Eachof the Qucstions1630 has five answ"rcboiccs.For eachof thescqucstionq

selccttbc bcst of
th:ffiifrEchoiccs given.
16- Wbat.ralucof x satisfiestheequation

x - I : | - x?
(A)
(B)
(c)
19. Karl's nct incomeis alwaysg0 pcrccotof his gross

incomc.What will bc thc i*rcise in Karl's rrct
incomcwhcn his gro6sircomc increascsfrom
$20,000to $25,000?
2
I
(D) -2
@) No valuc
(c) s3,000
(D) S2,000
(E) S1,000
17. Which of the following pairs of distinct lincs or line

scgments CANNOT be parallcp
(A)
(B)
(O
(D)
Tpo chords of a circle

Tro rangenrsto a circle
Two diametersof a circle
A chord of a circle and 1 rengcnt to the
same circle
(E) A diameter of a circle and a tangcnt to the
same circlc
fi
20- Ifa circrrlar region has radius r and area k, then

k .
; ls equal to
(A) z
(B) 2n G)
f
(D) *
(E) rn
1 8 I. f n - l - i . ' J r c n n * l =
)'
( A ) l r o ) ; ( q 3r o ) ir o +
481
);
t:
?:
(A) 35,000
(B) $4,000
2l-25referto the followinggraphand table.

Questions
I.JNITEDSTATESJLINETINEMPLOYMENTRATESAS A PERCENTOF WORK FORCE
l9?9-1989
l0
o
t ) -
6 )
UNEMPTOYMENT
DATA FOR THE ELEVEN SIATES WTTH THE LARGEST POPULATIONS IN 1989
UnemploymentRate
May
(as a percentof
sute work force)
UnemploymentRate
June
(as a percentof
statework force)
Califmir
).)
5.6
7n
Ncw Yort
5.3
5.0
439
Texas
5.9
6.1
Illinois
5.7
5.5
542
??s
Pennqylvrnia
4.6
4.0
?39
Florida
6.4
6.1
3U
Ohio
5.4
5.6
307
Michigaa
6.7
New Jersey
3.0
Nortb C:rolina
M4psrchscns
Sua
"
'
Numberof Urrcmployed
June
(in rhousands)
339
4.2
r65
3.7
3.6
124
3.6
4.0
r26
2t. In June1989,how manyof the elevenstates[sted

had an gployment rate greaterthan that for
tbe natioaasa whole?
22. Of thc followingsrates,which had the grearest

increascin theunemplolmentrate from May
to Jure of 1989?
(A) Thrc.
(B) Four
(A)
(B)
(C)
@)
@)
(9 Frc
(D) lir
(E) Scven
&2
Ncw York
Texas
Penasylvania
Michigan
NewJerscy
n..
*
t
$
E
T
6
E
Of the following, which was tbe longestpcriod of

consccutirrcdercascs in tbc Unitcd Sutes June
uacmploymeat rales?
(A) 1985to 1989

(B) 1984to 1989
(g 1984to 1987
{D) 1983ro 1989
(E) 1983to 1984
25. In Junc 1989,if s total of dJ million pcoplcwere

ulonploycd in thc Unitcd StatcCOcn Oc sunbcr
of pcoplc uncurploycdin Ohio wasapproximarcly
what pcrccnt of the 6.5millioa?
(A)
(B)
(c)
(D)
(E)
5.5%
4.7%
3.7%
0.5%
0.4%
6
Et:
F
n
F.
i:
g
a.
t'
24. Thc chaogein thc uncmplo)@cnt ratc in thc Unitcd

Statcsfrom Junc 1986 to Junc 1987was how many
rimesthc shangcin thc unemptoymcnt ratc from
Junc 1988to June 1989?
i
c
F
GO ON TO'THE NEXT PAGE.
(A)
(B)
0.01
0.1
(c) t . 0
{D) 10.0
(E) r00.0
483
26. Multiplying which of the following by tbe nonzero

number
will gve a productof -t ?
+
29. A manufacturer packagessoap powder io *atainerS

of threc differeDt sizcs. The amouat of soap powdcr
in a full large container could fill exactly 3 of tbe
medium containers or exactly 5 of the surall cootainers. If an equal nnmbcr of mall aud large conrriners
are to be filed witb the amount of soap powder that
would fill 90 medium containers,how many slall
containers will bc filld?
b) T+*
I
(B)zr-s
(A) 25
(B) 27
ta1'-5
(c) 30
(D) 45
(E) 54
')-_<
(D)=-
30. Each of the following numbers has two digits blotted

out. Which of the numbers could bc the number of
hours in x days,where x is an integer?
(E) 7(2jr - 5)
27. lf x is the smallest prime number greaterthan 3l
and y is the largesr prime number lessLhan58,
then x * y :
(A) e4
(B) e0
(c) 8e
(D) 88
(A) 2sl,r06
(B) sol,126
(q 56r,102
(D) 62t,150
(E) 651,t20
(E) 86
8 inches
8 inches
28. The figure above shows a large squarc formed by

fitting three L-shaped tiles arrd one small squaie
tiie together.Ifa rectangularfloor l0 feet by 12feet
is to be tiled in large squaresof this design,how
many L-shaped tiles will be needed?
(A) 8 r 0
(B) q5
(c) 2't0
(D) 1 3 5
(E) 45
484

Examinees Answerlng Each Questlon Corr*ty
Ans*rr Key and Percantages'ol
(IIAIIIIATIUI|lN.lI'
vaurrd.JIY
t c0.. I
klar
lrrs
?+
3
4
5
A
C
C
66
{a
79
6
7
8
9
1
E
E
B
A
c
64
N
87
64
58
6
7
8
9
1
55
54
41
4il
11
1
2
1
3
!'t5 4
A
0
D
A
A
58
5t
46
46
39
8
E
50
4a
54
40
68
1
1
1
1
N
D
8
A
E
D
D
A
A
A
8
51
51
27
56
40
21
2
N
2
2
78
2
2
2
A
3
C
0
D
A
8
c7
81
&{
63
e
6
7
8
9
1
D
E
D
8
8
11
1
2
1
3
lit
1
5
c
C
E
B
A
1
7
8
7
D
8
2't
2
N
2
2
4
5
at
e
3
3
3
S
3
3
D
A
E
s
31
A
A
S.coc t
Lrnlar
Artr.t
1
A
2
A
3
B
4
8
5
C
P+
86
67
71
72
68
1
2
3
4
5
1
N
trst{ |
l|rnirr
lailr
4
5
A
A
8
7
8
D
D
C
e
6e
8f)
85
83
IY
79
F
rt6
51
35
6
7
8
9
,
4
5
6
7
8
0
AI,|IYTE|LANI'Y
L.'orl
Pr
94
89
73
70
60
trnlrr
85
59
'
2
3
4
5
lart
lr;rrr
?+
78
91
A
B
0
B
B
68
64
es
72
79
73
|hrer
I
2
3
4
5
g
A
D
A
E
l
I
B
D
60
73
,18
3t]
17
l
1
l
2
D
Q
t6
l7
1E
t9
E
B
A
D
A
19
67
52
41
e.
1
1
1
1
N
21
2
a
21
6
E
c
31
35
51
38
44
21
2
A
2
%
64
71
57
t
10
11
1
2
1
3
't1
1
5
B
C
8
c
D
49
36
35
52
21
1
1
1
1
1
t
2
3
4
5
B
8
8
C
C
56
53
,15
3E
17
1t
t2
t3
l1
15
26
75
34
49
70
1
6
1
7
't8
l
9
N
C
E
A
B
D
83
81
a3
75
3!)
1
1
1
1
2
5
7
8
9
0
8
C
D
8
E
g7
73
77
79
61
B
D
A
E
8
6S'
54
58
56
38
21
2
N
2
2
C
8
B
C
E
86
68
62
52
.fO
21
2
N
2
2
0
8
A
D
8
88
g7
8
C
C
C
8
s
41
93
87
84
%
2
2
N
3
E
A
8
A
E
78
45
al
36
2
2
2
A
3
C
8
4
A
E
.18
37
79
48
4
38
41
u
n
31
a
3
Y
3
.
3
5
B
E
A
D
E
3
3
3
6
7
8
E
S
4
7
8
0
4
5
6
7
8
0
73
&
6
7
E
9
40
C
A
A
D
c
4
5
lFrt
O
B
C
C
a
6a
81
72
6
7
8
9
1
E
D
A
85
77
81
fi)
58
hdr
1
2
3
4
5
6
E
?+
A
A
D
A
A
D
A
4
l*lrl
lE||r
6
7
I
E
B
11
1
A
A
6
7
8
9
0
E
A
C
E
D
A
D
C
D
P+
Itt
eE'
58
50
(5
4
70
ct
a
E'
7A
I'
:l
:.
I
g
58
sat
35
a
itl
50
Q
3}
v
6
6l
70
37
25
19
k
I
'Eglnaled P+ br fhe gror.p

ol exarnineesydro took th GRE Gneral Test in a rec8ot threeyeaf prbd.
t
I
t';
497
SCORE
CONVERSIOIIS
FORGENERAT
TEST12 ONLY
AI{OTHEPERGEIITS
BELOII''
YltLl
Rr 3.rba 7,
Scon Edr &la
n-76 E{n
n
7C)
71
70
69
6E
D/
DO
u)
64
DJ
62
61
60
59
58
57
56
55
51
53
52
51
50
49
7W
7G0
750
73)
7m
7m
6S)
670
660
650
640
frio
620
ffi
6m
5C)
59,
t8
560
550
54{l
5C,
520
18 1 520
17 1 510
46 15q,
45 1.lg)
14 1 4&t
13 1 4m
12 1 lm
160
:- : ll{50
0mdrffivr
Sc'lca *
S6n lrlor
ldl|k.l
Sc.ba %
Scrr &lol
9S
9{l
99
99
V.rtd
Rrr Sctl.d
A
Scon Scarr Llfi
39
3t
37
36
35
98
97
96
91
9,1
91
33
n
31
30
c)
88
87
85
2E
27
26
25
21
81
80
g)
78
76
73
t l
69
06
dt
60
60
58
55
52
50
17
17
40
8m
96
800
800
8m
790
7ffi
96
96
96
95
93
92
88
E7
na
7gt
740
7{
rm
710
690
6E0
670
660
640
630
620
610
600
u
v.
80
75
I5
70
66
64
62
60
58
n
n
21
m
t9
.|E
800
8$
8m
8m
800
7S)
na
760
718
7fl)
7m
98
98
98
98
98
97
96
94
17
16
15
11
13
la
l1
10
I
E
cz
6
&5
4r+8
u0
430
420
410
410
400
$n
3{t0
380
370
370
360
350
3{0
340
.s
t20
310
300
29
2W
n0
260
37
37
3{
?t
28
28
25
2.
2.
m
18
18
'15
13
t1
11
9
E
7
200
M
200
M
M
Anrfllcal
Scstsd %
Scors B.lor
580
570
560
550
540
530
520
510
500
490
53
50
48
46
43
41
39
36
34
32
710
690
680
670
650
540
620
610
590
580
90
87
85
83
79
n
72
70
64
61
480
470
460
450
430
120
410
400
380
30
27
25
23
19
17
15
)bu
550
(2n
55
JZ
47
44
38
520
500
490
470
450
to
Jb
JU
u0
IJ
27n
424
19
JbU
350
I
7
2
2
SU
410
390
370
360
340
330
310
290
280
278
17
14
11
I
7
6
4
3
2
2
260
240
230
210
200
m
250
210
r20
m0
200
0otDlllalh!
Scrlal
%
Scoru Brl0I
1
1
I
I
1
1
1
1
I
JZV
310
290
270
260
240
230
1
1
1
1
210
2N
200
200
200
'|
1
1
1
I
rl
'Percent Kdint
below the-scaled score is based on the perfumame of 1,o4o,336 examines who took rhe
General Tes| betwen October l, 1988, and Septembs 30, l99l. This prcmt below information is used for
sqe report5 durint th 1992-93 testint year.
498
*
*
ffi
f
SECTION2
Time-30 missts
30 Questions
'qj
ii
7
t:
Numbers:
All numbers used are real numbers.
Figures:
Position of points, angles,regions,etc. can be assumcdto be in the order shown; and angle mslsur?l
cen bc assumedto bc positive.
Y
:
Lines shown as straight can be assumedto bc straigit.

Figurescan be assumedto lie in a plane unlessotherwiscindicatcd.
thc qu6Figurcs that accompany questionsare intended to provide information uscful in

"nr*ring
thesc probbns
tions. However, unlessa nstc atetesthat a figure is drawn to scale, you should solve
NOT by estimating sizesby sight or by measurement,but by using your knowhdge of mattrcmatics(sce
Example 2 below).
Di4gtions: Eachof rhc Questions l -t 5 consistsof two qurtrtitcs, one in Column A and one in Columrr B. You
are ro comparc rle rwo qGnrrrGEA-aoosc
A if thc quantity io Column A is greatcr;
C if the two quantiticsare equal;
D if thc relationshipcannot be detcrmincdfrom the information given.
-Nt!n
"
Common
iilGlffiiiion:
Sincc thcrc are only four choiccs,NEVER MARK (E).

In a quesrion, information concerningonc or both of the quantities to be compared is centcredabove
thc two columns. A symbol that appearsin both columns repre$cntsthe samething in Column A as it
docsin Column B.
Example l:
Column A
Column B
2x6
2+6
SamDleAns*crs
(D@@@(D
Exemplcs 24 rcfcr to L, PQR.
Example2:
NQ
@ @ @ o
be assumed,evcn though PN
@ o @ @ @
Examole3:
(since l{ is betweenP nd Q)
Examole4:
r80
w*z
@@
(D@ @
(sincePQ is a straigit line)
505
t)
N

B if tlle quantity in Column B is greater;
D if the relationshipcannot be determinedfrom the information given

ColumnA
Column B
3.960+ 65
60
Column A
Column B
Ti:am ,Y scored l0 points in the first half of a cerrain

game. In the secondhalf of the game, team l' scored
15 pointsmore than team X.
Thc numberof poins
scoredby team X in
the lirst half of the
game
The number of poinrs

rored by team I in
the first half of the
game
)
8
,.tM,
The perimeterof
tnangle PpR
x > ) ' > x ' > 0
e'
r)'
yt+
4+2Jt
2 + 4!/t
M N i l P g and PRll sr
4.
y - x
t5
-t +)
5.
p + q
t5
90 percentof 30
13.5percentof 200
506

if thc two quantiticsare equal
D if thc relationshipcannot bc determined from rhe information given.

ColurnnA
Column B
ColumnA
On a turntable,a recordof radius6 inchcsis rotating

at theratc of 45 rcvolutionsper minule.
I l. Thc numbcrof inchcs
lrarchd pcr minutc by
a po,inton tlrc circumfcrenccof the record
t2" Thc grcatcst even

factor of t80 that is
bss than 90
The numbcrof inclcs

travclcdpcr minurc by
a point on thc rcord
5 inchcsfrom the ccntcr
ofthe record
Thc greatcst odd factor
of 180
cide
Cs
In a history dassthat consistcdof 3Oshdcnts,

the numbcrof scoiorswrs 3 morc thao tcdocthc
numbcrof juniorq and
of the srudcntswerr
t
ncithcr junbrs nor scniors.
14.The numbcrof
junion in thc class
4xt + 4yz
(2t + 2y)'?
In circles Cs and C2 , thc lorglh of rgment

PR equals thc lcngth of scgmcnt QX.
1 3 "The circumference of
Colrrnn B
Thc circumference of
circle C2
507
Drections: Each of the Questions 1630 has five answer

choices. For each of thesequestions,sclect the best of
the
given.
ffi66;ccs
16. lf ZSpcroentof a certainnumberis 1,600,what is

l0 percentof the number?
l5 cm
(A)
&
(B) 400
(c) ffi
(D) 1,44t)
(E) 4,000
l2 cm
17. The ratio of 1.8to 2 is cqualto theratioof

(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
9to I
9 ro t0
9 ro 20
18to 100
t8 to 2@
20. What is the maximum number of cubes, each

3 centimeterson an edge,that can be packed
lnto a rectangularbox with insidediminsions
as shown above?
(A) 360
'
(B) t20
(q e0
(D) 40
(E) 20
18. If 2x + 7 : 12, then 4x - 7 :

(A) 2
(B) 2.5 (C) 3
1 9 I. f x * y : n , t h e n
(At 2n
.::;
(B)
.1
n2
(D) l0
(E) t3
-r2+Zxy*y2=
(C) z(x -r')

(D)
n2 + 2y(n - y)
(E) n2+an-*2
s08
Qucstions2l-25 refer to thc following Fdphs.
AVERAGENUMBEROF HOURSPERWEEK SPENTIN MAJOR

TYPESOF ACTIVITIESBY EMPLOYEDPERSONS
56
52
48
-*, 44
q)
* 4 0
I* 13 ' 6
3zs
I2 4
t t
3
zo
u
1 6
J
t')
8
4
0
K
L
Single
Married
Men
Women
Croup
Married
Men
M
Single
Womcrr
AVERAGENUMBEROF HOURSPERWEEKSPENTIN LEISURE.TIME

ACTIVITIESBY EMPLOYEDPERSONS
48
4
Activities
510
f x
b 3 2
" 2z Et
7
= 2 0
u z
L
7l
b 1 6
Other Leisure
Recreation
Social Life
Media
Organizations
2 8
4
0
J
Married
Men
K
L
Single
Married
Men
Women
Group
M
Single
Women

21. In whir$ m4ior typc of activity is the average
26. If x is an integerand y : 9x * 13, what is thc
numberof houn spcnt pcr weck most ncarly

thc samcfiorall four groupc?
greatcstvalucof .x for which y is lessthan 100?
(A) 12 (B) ll
(A) Slcep
(B) Work for pay
(c) kisurc time
(D) Fcrsonalcarc
(E) Family care
(c) l0
(D) e
(E) 8
22. Approximarly what is thc averagc numbcr of

27. What is the value of y in the figure abovc?
houn per weck that ernploycd single women

spcnd in leisure-timc activities?
(A) 70 (B) 80 (q e0
(D) r00 (E) I l0
(A) 4? (B) 3e (C) 37 (D) 30 (E) 17

23. Approximately what is the avcrage numbcr of hours
28.What is thc perimeter,in meters,of a rectangular
per weck that employed married mcn spend on

media activitics?
playground 24 meters wide that has the samc area

as a rectangularplayground 64 meters long and
48 meten wide?
(A) t2
(B) l6
(A) rr2
(B)r52
(c) 19
(D) 22
(E) 25
(c) 224
(D) 256
(E) 304
24. Whichof thefollowingliststhe four groupsfrom

lcastto grealestwith respectto thc avcragenu'nbcr
ofhoun pcr weekthat cachspendsworking for pay?
(A)9, K, M, L
(B) "I, L, M, K
(c) z, J, M, K
(D) r, K, M" J
G)r,M"K,J
a. Saplingsareto be planted30feetapartalongone
sideof a straightlane455feetlong. If the first

saplingis to be plantcdat oneend of thelane,how
manysaplingsarc needed?
(A) 18 (B) 16 (c) 15

*
col rr (E) 14
30. The average(arithmetic mcan) of five numbers is 25.
25" Approximately what percent of thc average number

of hours per week spcnt in lcisure-time activitics by
cmployed singlc men is spcnt on social-lifc activities?
After one of the numbcrs is removcd, the averagc

(arithmctic rnean) of the rernaining numbcrs is 31.
What number has bccn removed?
( ) s% (B) e% (c) ts%

@) 20o/o (E) 27%
(A)
(B)
I
6
(c) lt
(D) 24
@) It cannotbedercrminedfrom thc information
gven.
510
SECTION 5
Trme-30 minutes
30 Questions
Numbcn:
FiBurcs:
All numbcrs uscd arc rcal numbers.

Position of points, angles,regons, etc. een bc assumedto bc in the ordcr shown; and angle measures
cen bc assumedto be positive.
Figurcs can be assumedto lic in a planc unlessotherwise indicated.
Figures-thataccompanyquestionsare intendedto provide information useful in answering
the questlons. However, unlessa note statesthat a figure is drawn to scate,you should solve theselroblems
NOT by estimatingsizcsby sightor by measurement,but by using your knowledgeof mat'hematics
(see
Example 2 below).
Directions; Each of the QuesJionsl- | 5 consistsof two quantities,one in Column

are to comparcthe two quantiticsand choosc
A
B
C
D
Notc:
Common
InfGiion:
if
if
if
if

the relationshipcannotbc determinedfrom the information given.
Sincethere are only four choices,NEVER MARK (E).

In a question, information conccrningone or both of the quantities to bc comparedis
centeredabove
thc two e-olumns.
A symbol that appearsin both columns iepresentsthe sameitring in Column A as it
does in Column B.
E x a m p l el ;
Column A
Column B
2x6
2+6
(D@@@@
NQ
@ @ @ ( D @
SamDleAnswers
E x a m o l e2 :
cannot
be assumed,eventhough P.lV
and NQ appearequal)
Example3:
@(D@@@
(sinceIt' is between
P andQ)
ExamDlc4:
w+z
lE0
@@(D@@
(sincePQ is a sraightline)
C O O N T O T H E N E X TP A G E ,
522
C i f t h e t w o q u a n t i t i e sa r e e q u a l ;
D if the relationshipcannorbe determinedfrom the informationgiven.
Column A
'
1(,-l)
h
"
2.
Column B
l
2
Column A
Column B
2
9
l
4
t
E
l
t6
I
to
l - n
r5
-)-
5t
R and S aredistinctDoinison a circleof radrusI

4. The lengthof
line segmentRS
-lx : 4-r'
r_t, I 0
r<5 a n d v>1 2 .
u - x
9. The ratio of -t to )'
The raiio of l
:)
F
I
F
1
7
l E O- r
i.'i
;.
6.
20
GO ON TO THE NEXI P{tlE
,n
t
I
r;
tl
)
I
F
xt
F
r
t
523
)I
I
:
:
)

B if the quanrity in Column B is greater;
if thc tryo quantitiesare equal;
D if the rclationshipcannot be determinedfrom the information given.

Column A
ColumnB
Column A
The area of a circular rcgion having a radius of

I
metcr rs x square mcters.
J
Average(arithmeticmean) of
TestScoresin Class R
Averagescorefor the boys
Averagescorefor the girls
Averagescorefor the class
1
The cost of x pounds
of meat at y dollan
pcr pound
(a + 5)(a
The cost of y yards of

material at :r dollan
psr yard
The numberof boys

in theclasswho took
the rest
9:o
o + 5
90
8l
84
The numberof girls

in theclasswho took
thetest
-r>l
),>l
(D + 5)(D 5 ) : o
13.
ColumnB
b + 5
I
-
- t -
t
-l)
5U
fi
F
?:
r,
Forcachoftkcqucstions,sclcctthbcstof the
Drcctions:EachoftbcOucstionslG30hasfiveanswcrchoiccs.
giwn.
choices
answer
19. Todayis Jack'sl2th birthdayrd his fatbcr's

rlOthbirthday. How manyycan frm today will
Jack'sfattrcr bc rwiccasold asJac* is at thet timc?
16.If + of a certainnumberis 4, thcn I of thc

number is
(A)
(A)
(B)
(c)
(D)
(E)
(B) 2
(qf
(D) 7
(D)
(E)
18. The lengths of the sides of triangle ln are x * | '

Zt, and 3x. The sum ofthe degrecmeasuresofthc
threc interior aaglcs of I is
(A) 6x
(B) 60x
(c) 90
{D) 180
(E) not dctcrminablefrom the inforrnationgiven
525
,
*
!:
(".t*(u*!)=
6
3
(B) r0
(c) ls
(D) 20
(E) 25
(A) r2
(B) r0
(c) 8
t.
(A) 5
17. At Collegc C there arc from ? to 4 introductory

philosophy classcseach semcster,and each of these
itasseshas from 20 to 30 students enrolled. Ifone
sernGiterl0 percent of the students enrolled in
introductory philosophy failed, what is the greatest
possiblenumbcr who failcd?
$
t'.
l2
14
16
18
20
2 0 .\ f a + D = l 0 , t h c n
(E) 28
*.*.
;.
5.
*
i
2l-25 referro the followinggraphs.

Questions
PLiBI-ICAND PRIVATESCHOOLEXPENDITURES
(t"biJtR::?lnr,"*,
(l billion= 1,000,000.000)
$r60
SCHOOLENROLLMENT BY LEVELOF INSTRUCTION

1965-1979
(in millionsof studenrs
I
iU
70
$r60
Total
lq
50
50
120
g
100
4i)
r00
tr
4A
r.ElementarvSchool
.^
30
E R o
/_
t
r
l
t l
'y School
Secondar
* J t
,L--i*l
lr.,l
20
t0
l0
ollege
r965 1967 1969 t97t 1973 t975 1917 lg7g

Year
21" Of the following yean, which *owed the least

d i fferencebetwcen public school expendit uTESand private school expenditurts?
24. Whichof the followingperiodsshoweda conrinual

increase
in the total schoolenrollment?
(A)
(B)
(c)
{D)
(E)
(A) r965
(B)
(c)
{D)
{E)
r970
1974
r978
r979
?{
22. Foreachyearfrom 1965to 1979,thetotalenrollmentin college.sccondaryschool,andelementary

schoolwasin whichof the followingranges?
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
t967-1969
t969-1971
I97r-r973
r973-1975
t9is-t977
ln 19'12,
publicschoolexpenditures
wereapproxrmatelywhatpercentof thetoralschoolexpendirures
for that year?
(A) 20%
(B) ffi%
(c) 7A%
(D) 80%
(E) 9A%
50to 60 million
55to 60million
55 ro 65million
60 to 65million
60 to 70million
ln 1970,approximarely
how manybilliondollars
$'ereslxnt on publicelementary-schools?
tAr 3l
(B) Y)
(c) 60
{D) 87
1E) It cannotbedetermined
l'romtheinformation
given.
526
t
2
rg'
F
u
26. If thc sumof thc first n positiveintcgen is equalto
n(a + l)
---T-,
tbenthe sumof thc first 25 positive
integen is
29. lf x is positivearrd y is I lcssthan the sourc

of x, whichof tbcfollowingexpresscsx in
tCrmSOf y ?
(A)x-y2-l
(A)
(B)
(c)
(D)
(E)
5l
s2
313
325
325
(B)r:y2+l
(9x=rfr*l
( D l x =J T - ,
(E)r-.5.1
2 x- t- 'l , t h lc2n x : .
zn t- ., n" T
c);
(A) E
(B) 24
(c) 64
(c) 4
(D) 4sJi
tl
(E) 216
(E) 7
What is thc perineterof the pentagonabove?

(A)
(B)
(c)
(D)
(E)
.";,:r':.
J
l-.i':l'
' 'i,:j'i*:r:.Fi;"
30. If thctoal surfacearcaof a cubcis 2{ rftat is tbc

volumcof thccube?
(A) i
(D)
rri'
r, 1 .: ',::.
2l
26
2E
3l
4t
527

Answer Key and Percentagesfof ExamineesAnswring Each Question Correctly
YERITIABIUTY
$rguon'!
SrctlonI
iarlt
1
a
I
5
I
- 7
I
I
10
12
13
t/t
r5
tc
17
t8
19
21
2
21
E
E
27
n
a
s
l6r.t
D
A
E
D
1
2
3
1
5
71
58
65
/t8
1t
12
13
14
B
A
E
B
B
1E
53
73
59
5t
63
C2
37
50
63
c
c
c
B
z
3f
3E
97
62
63
60
17
I
7
E
9
t0
a
:El
3a
tlDmtrr
17
45
qt
85
76
E
B
A
B
A
A
3l
P+
o
ts
r5
16
17
18
19
Art|'t
P+
9t
71
80
61
55
50
41
98
92
A
D
E
A
B
A
o
B
o
B
D
21
2.
21
25
E
A
27
28
B
B
I
30
A
o
$
38
38
31
3A
3(l
34
35
3}
21
13
36
37
38
35
69
95
8a
86
68
(1
0ulrfrTAnvEAB|LITY
I
1
D
E
r
2
1
l
l
r
s
79
73
37
17
36
P+
l t s
67
I
79
65
7A
59
55
64
/3
8g
79
85
68
63
N
2
89
88
7n
61
40
2sl
91 l
88 1
erl
A
6
8
7
A
E
3
1
2
3
4
5
A
C
E
D
0
t o
E
B
p A
P+
Srclion 3
lbmlrr Ansrlf I P+
Soction6
l|tlmbrr
Jlnselt
P+
1
2
3
4
5
E
A
B
E
A
81
87
82
73
6
7
8
9
1
C
0
A
C
D
58
72
90
53
80
62
36
56
A
C
B
D
A
87
80
90
78
77
B
C
A
A
D
76
71
4
56
4a
6
7
E
9
10
E
E
B
c
1 4 3
1 6 4
i 8 o
1 7 3
45
2
3
4
5
B
C
D
8
0
11
12
c
B
c
D
t 8 3 11
1 6 0 '11 3 2
l 6 r 'r4
1 6 6
1
8
17
'r8
1
9
D
AD
C
B l s )
B 1 7 6
A
l 1 1
c 1 7 2 6
B 1 7 6 7
A 1 7 1 E
9
B I 6 0
c l
1
I
1
6
C
1
7
B
'lt
c
1
9
8
8
0
Xumbrr lgmr
A l82,
0 1 8 2
1 6 3
1 7 0
3 D
39
/t3
c
D
28
l 1
l i l
A}|ATYTICAIA8[.lrY
Scsdon
5
t
8
1
7
I
r
l
s
I t o
I r l A
l 1 2 A
A
E
lccdon 2
furr|'
Hc
't1
1
1
1
1
2't
2
2
2
2
7'l
48
3{t
33
29
2
2
2
N
3
.
3
4
5
6
7
8
0
16
'17
18
19
nl
65
a7
2'l
22
69
n
63
51
17
2sl
'Esfnalsd P+
for thc group cd oxarnine lyho took thr GRE GrEr8l Test in a recsnt three-yrar priod.
t ?
90
a7
76
D
8
8
E
A
,;l
t4
15
85
57
80
11 |
-u ' ll
2
3
38
21
A
C
E
8
D
80 1
s3 l
63 1
534
aa
tt
21
25
<
D l s s
A l 8 s
D 1 8 3
c
l s t
E l *
B
8
I
E
C
1
1 7 1 1
1 3 8 1
6
7
8
8
A
E
21
7
2
A
4
"A ll s. ts
D
E
A
D
E
E
B
D
A
1 2 1
l o 8
1 3 4
1 1 9
1 3 7
l 3 s
1 1 2
10
2
2
4
5
8
C
53
47
49
30
50
46
49
26
45
52
40
7
*
i#"
:
al
t'
FoRGfiltRAL
TEST
13o]tLy
sc08EcolrvEssrofls
k.
IIIO THEPERCEIITS
BELOW'
Ysr!:l
Scelcd \
Scon 8.lor
R.f
ScGr
7+76
llrn
na
99
99
99
39
7ff)
96
790
780
'J
72
71
70
59
5E
74{'
o/
\,
720
710
690
680
o /u
na
Dil
51
o3u
60
{JU
66
b5
64
0mtrlihliY!
lt
Sc.ld
Scot! 8tlfl
fdt|iJ
S.8ha
a
Sc..r ldt
98
97
96
95
94
ql
V.r!d
Frr q6hd ^1
Scorc Srdr hld
39
38
37
36
35
130
1m
120
410
3!L
380
370
370
360
33
n
31
30
29
2A
540
92
90
89
87
800
630
520
510
590
580
s 4 i 570
-^
I
560
"52r 1l
550
,a ,' II 540
50 1 530
85
84
8?
78
76
74
72
69
67
64
790
790
i60
7S0
740
730
720
7jO
590
680
96
94
92
89
88
86
U
82
78
77
8qt
99
4 e l 520
4 E l520
47 1 510
45 1 500
,5 1 490
44 1 ,180
43 1 470
42 1 460
51
61
s9
55
y
670
650
650
640
620
610
500
590
580
570
74
72
7s
6E
63
61
se
3V
s4
sr
E00
Em
7$
n\
760
7*
7$
7m
710
7m
99 l 2
9!l 1 2
s ] ll
97 1 't0
e6 I
o
$l
e 1 l il
921 I
e1 | 0-6
$l
59
(t
II
4 1 | 450
40 1 440
51
48
U
41
38
al
26
25
23
22
21
20
19
l8
to
15
14
{n
36
3t
33
30
6
21
zl
m
m
ID
ts
14
340
340
330
320
310
300
290
2E0
270
t2
12
10
9
7
260
250
240
230
n0
210
200
200
200
200
20
200
M
200
*
0urdilrtin
%
Fl.a
Scorr Brlr
550
540
530
520
5to
50
gt
170
460
150
1E
45
12
4{t
3?
.*
c,
A
26
21
ferldcll
Sc{.{ tf
Scorr artir
666 8t
670 gg
660 E3
65S, 3r
s30 ,F,'
-74:l;
*
810 72
590 6l
5&l
61
5?0 61
440 2.
430 2A
410 16
400 14
3-od 13
380 12
370 10
350
I
340
6
gl0
5
550
540
520
500
490
470
450
&0
4a)
410
320
310
3{n
29)
274
260
250
240
m
2m
390 15
370 12
360 l0
340
7
3 3 0 6
310
4
290
3
270
2
260
1
240
1
1
1
1
'|
'|
1
I
1
't
I
I
'I
200
I
1
n8
n
200
2fi
210
N
55
5?
46
40
38
32
27
21
20
.!E
*
I
i
7
-:
&
7;
{
!-
'r
1
I
1
t
i
i7'
t
'Pacat
rffint b.lo* dE sLd Fm b bc.d e tb frfwmn

of 923J59 cxrmirc
wno mf rhc Csat
Ta bct
Oclobq I . | 9EC &d Scpdnbq lO. I 969. Th! F6
beic infmrim
ir uscd fc sm rcFs dqrnt dG | 99G9 I teht yw.
I
535
:
.:
!
tr
R
SECTION 2
Trme-30 minutes
30 Questions
Numbers:
All numbers usedarc real numbers
Figures:
Position of points, angles,regions,etc. can be assumedto be in rhc order shown;and angle measures
Figures can be assumedto lie in a phne unlessotherwiseindicated.
Figures that accompanyquestjonsare intended to provide information usefulin answeringthe questions. However,unlessa note'statesthat a figure is drawn to scale,you should solve these"prolt.-,
NOT by estimatingsizesby sight or by measurement,but by using your knowledgeof mat'tre*atics (see
Example 2 below).
Diryctions: Each of the Questionsl-15 consistsof two quantities,one in Column A and one in
Column B. you
A
B
C
D
if
if
if
if
the quantityin Column A is grearer;

tbe quanriryin Column B is greater;
the relationshipcannot be determinedfrom the information givcn.
Note:

Common
;:...I n l o r m a t r o n : In a question,informationconcerningone or both of the quantitiesto be compared
is centeredabove
the two columns.A symbolthat appearsin both columnsieprese
nrsthe samettringin Column A as it
doesin ColurnnB.
Exsmplel:
C o l u m nA
Column B
2x6
2+6
o @ @ @ @
NQ
@@@(D
SampleAnswers
Examples 24 rcfer to A PQR.
E x a m p l e2 :
be assumed,even though P.l{
and NQ apparequal)
E x a m p l e3 :
@(D@@@
Example 4:
w*z
t80
@@(D@@

542
7:
,i.
$
?i
E.
A if the quantity in Column A is grcarcr;

B if thc quantity in Column B is grearer;
D if thc relationshipcannot be dctcrmincd from thc informatioo giwn.

Column A
ColumnB
ColumnA
ColumnB
t'1
\:
The arrerage(arithmetic mean)of 15, 16,
and 180
The average(arithmetic mean) of 57, 58.

and 60
| : :
ai
E.
fr
"r+3:23
24-y:3
2.
t20
nistofn
A certain car gets24 miles per gallon of gasoline

for city driving, which is 6Opercent of the number
of miles per gallon of gasoline the car gets for highway driving.
t6
4.il+(-12)+13+(-t4)
5" Thecostprgramof
carrotsif 3 cansof
carrotscost$0.90
6.
'.
2(- t)

of gasolineused to
in the city
The cost per gram of

onionsif 5 cansof
onionscost S1.50

of gasolineu*dto
on the highway
6 + ;
('' *)
6
)
6
r > 0
Thc arcaofa squarc

regionwith side r
The area of a sircular

region with radius r
x + y
543

if the two quantities are egrFl
D if the relationship cannot bc determinedfrom the information given.

Column A
Column B
Column A
Column B
.L----l--__
{ !s a point in the rectangutar coordinate sysrcm
and OR = 5.
13. The x-coordinate of
point R
The volume of the cube is .r cubic metersand the

surfacearea is r squaremeters.
t 5 .The length of an edge
6 meters
x > 0
n > 0
xn
xn+|
v4
Drections: Each of the Questions 1630 has five answer choies. For each of thesequestions,
selectthe bestof the
inswe-f,6ices Even.
t6.
(12)(27')
----------;:---(27){s) =
ll
(A) 0
t 9. The selling price of a cerrain book is $ 12.00.For

each copy of the book sold, the author receives
$2.zl0.What pernt of the selling price does the
author receive?
(B) I
(qT ro)27
(E) 189
(A) 20% (B) s% (q 2%

(D) 0.s% (E,0.2%
1
l0
ll
l 6 )5. l 4 1 3 t2
t7 l 8
)q
20 2 l
26
25
.A
23 22
28 29 30
l5 cm
JI
17. The figure above consistsof 25 squares.lf the fieure

were folded along the dotted diagonalro form a-flat
triangle, then 26 minus the number in the square
that would coincide with the squarecontaining26
would be
(A) l3
(B) 14
(C) 15
r 8 . r f r : ( ^ r -W)T
(D) t6
(E) 17
25 cm
The rectangularbox shown abovehas beenwrapped
with two tapes,eachgoing once around the box
without overlap and running parallelto the edgesof
the box. How many centimetersof tape were used
on the box?
(A) 70
and D + 0. then S :
(B) 80
(c) 120 (D) 140 (E) 150
6)w-;
6 1| + w
( c )D T - w
(D) DT + ty
(E)D+WT
545
Questions2l-25 refer to the followinggraph.

MEDIAN INCOME OF
COLLEGEGRADUATES'/S. NONGRADUATES
IN REGIONS X AND Y
Rigion
r i*;:L:""'
ffi
Region
, ffi in'J:[:,,*
$r6,000
14,000
iiiiil
r 2,000
U
r0,000
()
--J
8,000
cft
E
t)
z,
6,000
::iiil
iiit
:;:1i;f-iiit
iiifiiil
.t1:-
4,000
2,000 v7
iii+_
ii:l
iii.
v.
iirf
iiil
v
X
1965
1975
r980
Year
Note: Graph drawn to scale.
56
,
.:
T.
i..
0r
sF
1'
l.
2 l Th_cmedian income of graduatesin Region X in
1980was most nearty equal to the mediin income of
{A) graduatesin RegionX in 1975

(B) graduatcsin Region y in 1975
(c) graduatesin Region I/ in 1980
{D) nongraduates
in Region X h 1980
{E) nongraduates
in Region y in 1980
(A) $5,000
(B) $3,000
22. For nongraduatesin Region X, the median income
in 1980was approximaGlyhow many timesas grear

as it was in 1965?
(A) 2
(B) 2.5
(C) 3
(D) 3.5
From 1965to 1975in RegionX, theincrease

in rhe
medianincomeof graduates
washow muchmore
thanthat of nongraduates?
(E) 5
(c) s2,500
(D) s2.mo
(E) $t,ooo
25. For.how many of the four categoriesgiven
did the
median income increaseby at least :O-pe.ceni

trorn
1975to t980 ?
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
) 7 Of the following 1980median-income

ratios, the
greatestwas the ratio of the median incomesof
(A) graduatesin Region I to graduatesin

Region ,y
(B) nongraduatesin Region I' to nongraduatesin
Region X
(C) graduatesin Region It to nongraduatesin
Region I
(D) graduaresin Region _y to nongraduatesin
Regron X
(E) graduatesin Region X to nongraduatesin
Region I
None
One
Two
Three
Four
547
:
n
$
r
26. Which of the foltowing indicates all x

that -r2 < x?
{A) ' - l < x < 0

{B} - - l < r < |
(q
{D)
(E)
0 < . r < l
x < 0
" r>l
29. If t = 40, what is the degreemeasureof
(A) r40 (B) 120 (c) I l0
LIIISR?
(D) 100 (E) 80
30. What is the distancebetweentwo points on a

number line if the coordinatesof the points are
4+r/E and2-JTt
6)2-zJi
{B) 2 + 2jT
27 In the rectangularcoordinatesystemabove,the area
(c) 6 + 2\,6
(D) 2
(E) 6
of the shadcdregion is
( A ) tl i ( B ) 2 ( c ) 2l i ( D ) 3 ( E ) 4
Which of the following equals
r "r' 11' + Q + xy)y?
{A} r(l + "y)2
{B) .x(2 + ,}' + }'2)
tC) 2"t(l -t- l) * ,y
(D) 2rr'(l + r')

(E) .r:(l + r,:)_r.
548
fi.
i,:.
SECTION 5
Time-30 minutes
30 Questions
f$umbers;
All numbers usedare real numben.
Figures:
Position of points, angles,regions,etc. can be assumedto bc in the order shown;and angle measures
Lines shbwn as straight can be assumcdto b straight.
Figures can be assumedto lie in a plane unlessotherwisc indicatcd.
Figures that accompanyquestionsare intended to provide information uscful in ansrrcringthe questions. However, unlessa notc statesthat a figure is drawn to scalc,you should solrc thcsc problcms
NOT by cstimating sizesby sight or by measurement,but by using your knowlcdgpof mathematics(sec
Example2 bclow).
Directions: Esch of the Questionsl-15 consistsof two quantities, one in Column A and onc in Colu6n B. you
ere to comparethc two quantitiesand choosc
A
B
C
D
biotc:
if
if
if
if

the two quantitics arc equal;
the rclationshipcanBot be determincd from thc information giwn.
Common
IffifGiion:
In a question, information concerningone or both of the quantitiesto be comparedis ccntcredabove

the two columns. A symbol that appcars in both columns representsthe samething in Column A as it
doesin Column B.
Examole l:
Column A
Column B
2x6
2+6
(D@@@@
NQ
@ @ @ (D @
Sample Answen
Examples 24 rcfet to L, PQR.
Example 2:
(sirrceequal measurescannot
be assumed,even though PIY
and lfp appear equal)
Example 3:
@(D@@@
Example 4:
rr+ z"
t80
@@(D@@
561
A if the quanrity in Column A is greater;

B if thc quaatity in Column B is greaterj
D if the relarionshipcannot be determinedfrom thc information

given.
Column A
Column B
Column A
Column B
20)+(7x4)
n > 0
n2+2
4 _ n
0.9
J.l
(3)(t
J.
x : y
y = z
4.
t-_4
x + l
____+l
z - l
Ifchecks of$455 ard x dollan are deductedfrom

a@ount that has a balanceof $g00,then
1^c,h,ec\ing
$305 of the balanoewill be left.
5"
45
The perimeterof triangleI equalsthe perimeter

of
triangle II.
The number of
minutes in y
weeks
The number ofhours

in 60y weeks
PQRS is a parallelogram.
6,
562
il
&
9+
fi.
A if the quantity in Column A is greatcq
B if the qusntity in Column B is greater;
C il thc two qusnritiesare equel;
D if thc reletionship cannot bc detcrmincd from thc information givea,
ColumnA
AB\DC
ColumnB
and DC > AB.
,n
' u ' Arca
@ of triangularr@._4lL
I L The ratio of the circumference to the diamter

radius 6
ColumnA
1
The ratio of the circumfercnceto the diameter
radius 6.5
xfi
r3
15. TheFeatestprimefactor
or 1/;2 - t
563
Dir*tions: Each of the Questions t G30 has five answer choices.

For each of thesequestions, selectthe best of the
answr choices girm.
16. A certainwritcr notedthat, on the average,3 pages

of a-m-anuscript
wereequivalentto I pagi of the
publishedbook.If theivriter hasa 30)_fagemanu_
seript,abouthow manypageswiil the pubished
book have?
,
(A) t00 (B) tsO (c) 300 (D) 600 (E) 900
/-rl+-._-x*4---.{.
Y i------V7777777r---,\
1 7 . l t x - . 1 , : 0 , then xy must equal which of the

following?
(A) 0
(B) |
(O x
(D) x?
20. In the figure above,squre pgR.S has side of

length r + 4 and each of thJ four smallersquares
has side of length 2. If the area of the shadedrlsion
is 48, what is the valueof x ?
(E) x2y
r8. If t 3_ 1 : n, then n is
4
7
(A) I
(A) greater than 3

(B) between2and3
(B) 4 (C) 4.,/t
(D) 8 (E) 12
(g betweenI and 2
(D) between 0 and I
(E) lessthan 0
19. In therepeatirydccimal0.0157901579.
. , the 29th
digit ro theright of thedecimalpoint is
(A)0 (B)t
(q5
(D)7
(E)e
5&
i..
^.
E
,.
t,
*'.
,:
Questions2l-?5 refer to the following table"
UNITED STATESPOPULANON
(oflicialcensusl 89Gl980)
Year
Population
(in millions)
1890
62.9
1900.
76.0
f 9l0
lGytar
Incrcasc
(in millirons)
F
?^
?
ar
Year
Population ttffi
(in millions)
(in milioos)
1940
131.7
8.9
t3..1
t950
150.7
19.0
92.0
t6.0
1960
l't9.3
28.6
t920
105.7
t3;l
t91A
m3.2
23.9
| 930
122.8
l7 -l
t980
223.9
n;l
2 t . By how many million did the United Statespopula-
24. In which of thc following years will th Unitcd

Statcs population first reach 260 million?
tion increasefrom 1920to l95O?
(A) s.3 (B) le.o (c) 45.0

(D) 74.7 (E) 87.8
(A) leeo (B) t995 (c) 2000 (D) 2m5

(E) It cannot bc dctermined from thc information
gven.
22. During which of the fotl;wing lGyear intervalswas

the United Statespopulation irrcreasethe least in
actualnumber?
25. If the percent increascin population from l9l0

to 1920had beenapproximately thc sarneas rhe
prcent incrcascfrom 1900to 1910,the lsyear
increase,in millions, from l9l0 to 1920,would
have been approximatcly
(A) r89Gr900
(B) r9OOl9t0
(c) r920-1930
(D) r93Gr94o
(E) r94+t950
(A) 3
(B) 6
(c) 16
(D) re
(E) 2e
t3 By approximately
what percentdid thepopulation
of the UniredStatesincrease
from 1900to 1980?
(A)
1.6%
(B)
2.560/o
(c) t1a/o
(D) I16",'6
(E) 195%
565
26.The AcrneRent-a4ar agencycharges$10.00per
day andl0.lO per mile to rnta car.Thc Super

Rent-a{ar agpncychargesS20.00per day aird
S).05pcr mile to rent a car. If a car is rcntedfor
I day,at how manymileswouldthe rentalcharees
of the two agenciesbe equat?
(A) s0
(B) r00
(c) r50
2 8 . rrf: 1 , ' *
R), thenwhat is r
in terms
of R?
(A)
1n
J
(B)
)n
(c)R+2
(D) 175
(E) 200
(D) 2R
(E) 3R
29. If theaverage
(arithmetic
mean)of 5, 9, k,
and m is | 2, whatis theaverageof k + 7
a n dm - 3 ?
tq
(A) r4
(B) r7
(c) te
(D) 2t
(E) 38
27" If O is the centerof thecircleabove,whatis the

circumferenccof the circle?
(A) ar
(B) 8r
.,*,
.#
(O l&r
30.The length of rectangularfietd X is 2 kilometers
grcaterthan the sideof squarefield )., and the

width of field X is 2 kilometerslessthan the side
of field Y. lf ;.'2is the trea of field y in square
kilometers,which of the following givesthe area,
in squarekilometers,of field X ?
@) 32n (E) 6{r
(A)y2-4
( B )y 2 - z
(c) y?
(D)y2+2
(E)y2+4
566
FOR GENERAL TEST 14ONLY

Answer Key and Percentagestof ExamineesAnswering Eacheuestion Correctly
VEB8ftA'IL'TY
Seclion1
l
t
l
t
t
tlsmlr
1
2
3
4
5
l
7
l
8
l
s
1 1 0
t . ' l.
I
l 1 2
I 13
1 1 4
II
ls
l t 6
lnsrrt
A
A
c
A
B
I
o
o
A
A
o
E
18
t9
?o
21
22
B
A
24
8
26
27
2g
29
30
o
I
E
11
s
a
u
D
A
Srcdert
97 I
83 |
v1 I
5l I
.|i'
4l
26
92
80
50
21
&
73
21
74
60
8t|
84
TA
32
JI
38
'Estimatod
16
17
18
19
to
s
68
39
Iro
a4
s
o
7
8
e
20
83
65
81
64
57
50
12
34
39
32
33
34
I
I
|
|
I
2
o
r
56 I 1 1
3Kt
12
{t
13
1tt
11
28
ls
bb
1,7
2A
$dai2
lGsrlar fugmrIfi
P+
E
E
B
E
D
o
A
B
O
E
A
A
E
E
O
B
A
B
o
A
A
t
c
30
31
32
33
3,4
3s
B
C
c
36
37
38
ls8
lB7
l s
l s
lEg
la
l6a
155
l
l
l3n
l2l
168
ln
l3g
E ls]
a
x
27
n
2e
lE8
la4
l.16
lsg
0
D
o
E
E
157
l3r
137
114
l *
144
170
l85l
l80l
l*l
tbt|!at
1
2
3
1
s
6
T
8
9
OUIXTITAIIYE|IUTY
Srclioo5
Arrrr
A
B
A
C
I P+ baD.r t|srrt
'
t
B
l 9 O
2
B
l g t
1 7 9
3
A
.
A
1 8 5
o l t o
c l a o
A
l
s
B l e o
B
ro
1 7 9
^ l.u
A
1 1
1 5
1 2 0 1 5
1 3
B 1 5
1
4
0
1
7
9
{
5
1 5 c 1 1
16
D 179
1 7
1 8
1 9
2 0
2 1
2 2
n
21
25
26
27
n
a
30
O
l
A
1 7 9
7 , r
l & {
6
7
8
9
8
A
A
C
i
1
1
t
61
1
1
1
1
0
l
2
3
a
5
c
C
B
o
c
6
7
6
9
A
0
8
D
. l z
&
21
C
2
0
N
E
21
E
2 3 O
2 6 E
2 7 8
a
8
l g r
0 1 6 5
c 1 7 1
E 161
A
l44
C ls3
A Is6
A l s 2
D l s 2
B I49
a
3
l66l
l4sl
lsll
l12 l
l15l
h
F,'
UTY
P+
$
at
6l
a,
3
E
6I
66
70
a9
at
6
95
a
80
a7
60
9t
71
6a
7l
3
60
60
52
45
SSrt
n3
7r
z
E
3
c
. r E
5
c'
c
E.
7
o
E
9
r
11
1
1
til
1
r
1
1
1
2
N
A
A
21
6
0
2
3
5
0
7
8
9
0
Srrdoo 4
ldr
B
8
A
0
8
A
c
E
A
E
C
c
0
E
E
A
C
C
87
a
' E1
o
7+
29
87
ut'
5C
&
91
6S
65
73
58
34
61
4t
gt
3'l
2A
65
53
lrilrr
ffi
?
2
3
4
'5 c:
- 7
8
.
9
r o
i
l
t 2
1 3
1.3
t5
t 6
1 7
1 6
l 9
2 0
21
A
n
2 4
2 5
E
E
D
8
C
c
C
F
l
I
E
A
A
0,
0
C
A
c
A
E
E
8
0
D
f+
88
83
5l
TT
p
a
a
$
7a
57
5a
6l
*,
33
t5
3t
76
a
&t
al
.(t
34
6a
45
45
:
,t
i
tE
E
j
i
,
!
lssl
l37l
t26l
P+ tor the group c/ eraminees who bot 're GBE Gen.al Tsl in a rcnl threo.yar prbd.
573
SCORE
COIIVERSIOHS
FORGEIIERAL
TEST14OIILY
AIIOTHEPERGEI{TS
BELOW'
3celad Scores end Perccnts Bclow
Vrrtl
*
krtydc.l
Qnu$bth| I
hr Scon $r.!
klor
$cgl
hh
Scd|
73-76
72
800
790
77A
760
99
99
99
99
69
68
67
66
65
6,1
53
62
61
60
750
730
720
71A
700
680
670
660
650
98
97
96
95
59
58
57
56
TU
<R
g
53
52
51
50
49
48
47
45
45
44
42
4A
t:;
1 3 5
l 3 s
1 3 4
1 3 3
JI 3? r 2
tI ;
qq
ru
800
o7
630
620
600
590
580
570
560
550
540
530
85
84
80
7E
76
74
72
69
67
A1
800
800
784
760
7*
730
7?O
7ffi
690
670
97
97
94
92
89
85
U
80
78
74
64
61
59
56
t+
51
48
44
41
38
B:y Scon
l 3 e
93
92
90,
E9
87
n30
s20
510
50o
490
480
474
450
4s0
440
*
hltf
550
6s0
640
620
610
600
590
s80
570
550
72
70
68
63
61
s9
57
54
sl
49
350
3s0
14
1 2 8
i z z
340
10
18
99
99
97
96
94
92
90
88
85
83
n
m
l 2 s
2.
21
2A
800
8O0
770
750
730
7n
700
690
670
660
J/U
38
36
33
30
26
24
24
'rA
99
440
4il0
420
410
400
390
390
380
360
26
25
24
800
Scaled ScorGsand Percnts Below

Ylrbrl
*
ouiotltrtivs L
An.lyiical %
Scorr
8rhr
Scsn
hlow
Scoru hlor
16
15
14
13
12
11
l
I
|
I
|
9
|
I
|
7
|
| 0-5
'Porcenl
'len
320
310
310
300
290
280
270
260
250
240
230
220
210
200
200
200
200
200
no
200
t<
10
7
b
4
2
t
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
550
540
530
520
510
500
490
470
460
450
48
45
42
40
37
35
32
28
26
24
640
630
610
600
590
570
550
540
530
510
79
76
72
69
67
61
58
52
49
440
430
420
410
400
380
370
360
350
340
22
20
18
16
14
12
l0
I
7
6
500
480 470
450
440
420
410
390
380
360
40
35
32
27
24
20
18
15
13
10
320
310
300
290
5
4
3
2
2
1
1
0
0
350
340
320
310
300
290
280
270
250
o
0
240
230
zlv
2@
240
230
?10
2ao
200
200
200
200
alv
l lu
200
I
7
4
4
: I
.
1
1
1
l
l
l
:l
;l
scoring bt}. th scaled scorc is based m thg prlorfita rcr of 923,359 examinees who took ths General Tesi betwen fuober .l, 19g6,
Nrd Sptornbr 30, 1989.
574
SECTION 3
Time-3O minutes
30 Quesrions
Numbers:
All numbers usedare real numbers
Figures:
Position of points,angles,regions,etc. can be assumedto be in the order shown;

and angle measures
Linesshownas straightcan bc assurhedto be straight.
Figurescan be assumedto lie in a plane unressotherwiseindicated.
Fliguresthat accompanyquestionsare intended to provide information
usefulin answeringthe questions' However,unlessa note statesthat a figure is drawn t*li,
should
torui ih.o'pr'Jt.,n,
i""
1"
Nor by estimatingsizesby sight or by meas-urement,
but by using your lnowledge of mathematics(see
Example 2 below).
Directions: Eachof the Que!.tions

I -.15.
consistsof two quantities,one in Column A and one in Column you
B.
are to comparethe two quantitiei-nd-hoose
A
B
C
D
Note:
Common
IiJ6Jill'iJ.n:
if
if
if
if

tlie rclationshipcannot be determinedfrom the information given.
Sincethereare onty four choices,NEVER MARK (E).

to be compared is centeredabove
the two columns'A symbolthat appearsin both columnsrepresents
the samething in cotumn A as it
doesin Column B.
Ersslle!
Column A
Column B
2x6
2 +6
Sample Answers
(t@@@(D
E x a m p l e2 :
NQ
@@@(D
be assumed,even though py'V
and NQ appearequal)
E x a m p l e3 :
@(D@@@
(since1{ is betweenP ande)
ExamDle4:
w*z
r80
@@{D@@

586
A
B
C
D
if
if
if
if
thc quantityin ColumnA is greater;

thc quantityin ColumnB is greater;
the two quantiticsareequal;
the rclationshipcannotbe determinedfrom thc informationgiwn.
Column A
Column B
Column A
CotumnB
-7
K
v_
f-
J2
x(x*l)*l:x*l
r00
4x2
Percent of Carl's starting weight lost on the

diet
+ 5 : 7
- 5 : 8
r + J
5.. The average(arithmeticmeau)of 67,78,

and 89
t5
10.The area of a circular
The average(arithmetic mean)of 66,78,

and 89
hrcent of Linda's starting wcight lost on tlr

diet
region that has radius

5 centimeters
Six times the ara of

a circular region that
has radius 2 ccntimetcrs
The lengtb of
arc ABC
Thc length of
arc ADC
Whea Fred drives from his home to the nearest

mountain rgsort, it takes 4 houn at an average
spcedof 5Omiles per hour. When Fred drives from
his home to his beach housc, it takes 3.5 hours at an
averagespeedof 55 miles per hour.
6. Fred's driving distance
from his home to the
nearestmountain
resort
&
.
Whcn Carl and Linda startcd to diet, Carl's starting

weight was 8 pounds more than Linde's starting
weight. At the end of thc dict, eachhad lost 15
pounds.
144
f
.l
'
x : 3
3.
5r
25
ti!
Fred's driving distance

from his home to his
beach housc
587
z:
i
i
A if the quantity in ColumnA is gpeater;

j
if the two quantitiesareequal;
i
if the relationshipcannotbedeterminedfrom the information given.
Column A
Column B
ColumnA
Column B
n+0
n - 4
x : l - y
x?+y2
z'

A crrculartabletop is to be cut from a squarepiece
of wood as shown above.
Percentof the:frood
surfaceshown above that
is not to be used for the
25%
uSiEiop
588
Directionc: Each of the Questions 1630 has five answer choices. For each of the.sequestions,selct the besr of the
answer cf,-oicesgiven.
16. If y = | thcn y + 0\t

(A) 32
(B) 34
(C) 64
(D) 66
(E) 128
17. If 6 * 5x = 30 - x, thsn x =
(A)4
(B)5
(c)5
(D)7
(E)t
(A) 20
(72)(456 + 28)
(4s6)('t2 + ?3)
({56 + 28)(72 + 455)
(456 + 72)(28 + 456)
(4s6 + 456)(72 + 2E)
(B) 40
(c) 60
(D) Eo
(E).100
19" Which of the followingequalsthc ratio of

t
20. In the figureabove,if Pcn^S is a paralklogram, then / :
l8- Which of th followisg is equalto

4s6472)+ 28{456}?
{A)
{B)
(c)
(D)
(E)
2) ta 3i?
{A) 2ts 3
{B) 5to7
(C) 3 ro2
(D) 7to5
(E) 35 to 4
589
Questions 2l-25 refer to the following graph.
STATEZ UNEMPLOYMENT RATESI
fi$luut"
(Numbers
indicatepercenrs.
)
TFemales
7.9
8.0
*Ratesare based
on male and femalelabor forces,respectrvelv.
2l. For how many of the yearsshownwas the unem_
ploynent rate for femaleslessrhan the unemolov_
menl rate for males?
(A) One
(B) Two
(A) 7.8%
(B) 8.3%
(c) t5.6%
(D) t6.6%
(E) It cannotbe determinedfrom the information
given.
(C) Three
(E) Five
@) Four
22" For how many of the yearsfrom 1977throueh

1982,inclusive,did the unemploymentrate f6r
malesrncrease
over the rate lor malesthe
previous year?
(A) One
24. What was the unemployment

rate (includingboth
malesand females)in State Z dunng i,9771
(B) Two
[D) Four
25. Which of the followingsratements

about unem_
ployment in State Z canbe inferred from the
graph?
(C) Three
(E) Five
I.
-
23" la State Z in 1982,the totat labor force was I million, of which 55 percentweremales.If the unem_
ployment rate for malesis definedas the ratio of
the number of unemployedmalesto the number of
males in the labor force, what was the approximate
number of unemployedmalesin State 2' ii lSgZI
II.
The samenumberof femaleswere unem_

ployedin l98l as in t980.
The unemployment
rate for malesin I9g2
\ilasmore than l] timesthe rate for males
IIL
in 1976.
From 1978to 1979,the numberof unemployed malesincreased.
(A) None
(A) 70,000
(B) 55,000
(D) III only
(B) I onty
(C) II onty
(E) I,II, andIII
(c) 50,000
tD) 4O,0m
(E) 1s,000
590
at
*,
E:
F
If.
26. In a classof 120 students. 60 percentcan speak

Fremb and the rest can speak only English. If
25 pcrcent of those in the classwho can speak
French can also speak English, how many of the
students in thc class can speak English?
*t
i
*
;
7:
(A)
(B)
(c)
(D)
(E)
s4
60
66
84
c0
i
i
ii
s
4
(v
2 7 l. t k : ? * d
)v
k+0,tuo#:
(A)l te)# sl
to)j
29. In the rectangular coordinate system aborrc, if the

equation of [; is y : x and 11 ll t2, whatis
the shortest distance between QI and l 2 ?
@+
@ J - c g ) rs , *
28" The dimensions,in centineters, of rectangular

R are 6 by 8 by 10. Which of the following
F
CANNOT be the totd surface area, in square
centimeten, of two facesof R ?
(D)l c)l
30. The positive quantities x, y, and z vary over time.

)and
alwayssquals l6yz. If y istripledand z
J
is halved, then x is
(A) e6- (B) t20 (q t2s

(D) 160 (E) t80
(A) decreased by 5O%

(B) decreasedUy ll{X
(C) unchanged
(D) increasedVy n\n
(E) increasedby 50%
591
I
t
E
Numbers:
Figures:
'
SECTION6
Time-30 minutes
30 Qrestions
All numbersusedare realnumbcrs.
Position of points, anglcs,regoilr, ctc. cra bc assumcdto bc in thc order rhown; and angle
o,easun s
can bc assumed to bc positivc.
Lines shown as straight can bc assumcdto bc straigbt,
Figures can be assumcdto lie in a phrc ualessotherwisc irdicatcd.
Figures that accompany qucstionsarc iotcrdcd to provide information uscful in answering the qucstions. However, unlcssa notc statesthat a figure is drawn to rcalc, you should soh'c tbesc-p;;til;
NoT by estimating sizesby sight or by mcasurement,bur by using your knowledg" of ."th.*;til:1..c
Example 2 bclow).
Dirgctions: Each of thc QucElions t-.15.consistsof tso quntities, onc in Column A ad oae in Column
B. you
are to compare thc two quantities and cboosc
A
B
C
D
Note:
Common
-.-
lilormatlon:
if
if
if
if
the quantity ia Column A is grcatcr;

the quantity in Col"na E ir grcatcr;
the two quantitiesare cquet
thc rclatiooship cirtrnot bc dctcrmincd from thc information gircn.
ColumnB
2x6
2+6
(D@@@@
NQ
@@@(D(D
Sa|,rpleAnswcn
Examples2{ referto A peR.
(sincccqual Elcesuresc8nnot
bc assumcd,even thougb P/V
@o@@(D
(sincc i/ is bctvctn P end Q)
Example 4:
r80
w* z
@@(D@@
(sincePQ is a straight linc)
603
*
I
i7 ,
:l
n
F
a-
: $
r
&
3
f
Column A
Example 3:
:
f
):
Ia a question, information concerning onc or botb of thc quantities to be comparcd is centcrcd above
thc two columns. A symbot that appean ia both columns rGprescntsthc samcihing in Column A as it
doesin Column B.
Example 2:
t
l:
7
Siocethere are ooly four cboices,NEVER MARK (E).
E x a m p l el :
A if the quantityin ColumnA is greater;

B if thc quantityin Column B is greater;
D if the relationshipcannotbe dcterminedfrom thc informationgiven.
ColumnA
CotumnIi
Column A
ColumnB
x2-3
y = 2
At a grocerystorcRay paid $1.S5for 5 poundsof

pohtocsand $1.29for 3 poundsof apptes.
2. Thc amountRay
pardpcr pound for
thepotatoes
The amountRay
pardper pound for
the apples
The three lines above intersect at a single point.

z - Y
a b+ 0
a + !
I
5
a i b
4.
t
5
l
6
l
7
t
t
8 ' , 9
0.54
Triangle,{ hasverticcs(0,0),(0,4),and (3,0),and triangk I hasvertices(0,0),(-3,0), and (0,-4).
5. Thc area of 'l
The area of I
A precinct is divided into four wards as shown.
The two northern wards have exactly 30 Democrats
each and the two easternwards have an average
(arithmetic mean) of 35 Democrats per ward.
x * 2 = 3 - x
Tbe average(arithmetic mean) number

of Dcmocrats in the
fivo southern wards
25
;;rl l
;:;
ffi
l.':l
A
B
D
Column A
if
if
if
if

the relationship cannot be determincd from thc information given.
ColumnB
Column A
Column B
t is a digit in thc dccimal 1.3t5,srd 1.3t5 is lcss

than 1.32.
t4.e{ + ref
O is the centerof the circle" Thc areaof &e shaded
region is 3a.
1 0 .Thc degreemeasure
of LAOB
t l
(0.4)6
t20
l9
Johnfras a flat square garden with a perimcrcr of ;r

fect. David has a llat rectangular grdcn with a
perimeter of x feet and thelenglh I foot tongcr
than thc width.
The area ofJohn's
garden
(t - 0.o4
- 3)
The area of David's

garden
!;
c
,4i
E
st
I
f
&
k
*e
;i
CrOON TOTI{E NEXT PAGE"
3'
ri
7:
'e
i
'.;,
12. The lengthof Xy
The length of YZ
605
Directions: Each of the QuestionslG30 has five answer choices. For each of thesequestions,
selectthe best of the
aisw,er ctroices given.
16"If 2r *.y :
(A) 2
l0 and 2x :4,
theny :
(B) 6
(C) 7
(D) 8
(B) 3
(C) 4
(D) 12
(E) 14
t ' t 4:
J
(A) ;
(E) 36
18. The illumination E, in footcandles,provided by a

light sourceof intensity ^1,in candles,at a distance D, in feet,is given bv E = 4.
po, an illu-
mination of 50 footcanat.rlt u dir,?;"" of 4 feet

from a source, the intensity of the sourcemust be
(A) (-2, -2)

(B) (-2,5)
(A)
50 cdndles
(B) 200 candles
(C) 800 candles
(D) 1,600candles
(E) 2,500candles
20. In therectangular
coordiaatesystemabove,if the
areaof rectangular
region ppRS is 35,what are
thecoordinates
of point p ?
(c)(-3,5)
(D)(-4,5)
(E) It cannotbedeterminedfrom the information
given.
896r3,59n
1,58A
6
19. If thesolutionof thedivisionproblemaboveis cor_
rect,whatdigit does I represent?
(A) 6
(B) 4
(c) 2
(D) I
(E) 0
606
6
B:
E
l
t
:;
Questions2t-25 refer to the following graphs.
POPULATIONOF THE UNITED STATESAGE 55 AND

OVER,
1984AND PROJECTIONS
FOR 1995
(in millions)
m
t5
t0
5
Age 55-64
Age 65-74
Age 75_84
Ase 85 +
INCOME DISTRIBUTION FOR

POPULATIONAGE 55 AND OVER. I984
ffi
ffi80?"
$14,999
ffi
H 6 o % ro*
"
$re,eee
7-
',
1\x1i:::l:i,
:;
ri!;
Age55-64
Aee65+
Drawn to scale
ffi1
E
s
I
i
24. In 1984approximatelyhow many more people age
from
2t. The agecategorythat is projectedto decrease
55-64had incomeslessthan $10,000than had

incomesof $50,000or more?
1984to 1995is projectedto haveapproximarcly

how many rnillion peoplein 1995?
(A) 17
(C) 2l
(B) 18
(D) 23
(E) 24
(A) 2.2 rnillion

(B) 3.3 million
(C) 4.4 million
(D) 5.5 million
(E) I 1.0million
22" In 1984the medianincoqe for a personin the

55-64agecategorywasin which of the following
intervals?
(A)
(B)
(c)
(D)
(E)
Lessthan $10,000
$10,000-$19,999
$20,00G-s24,999
$25,m-$34,999
$35,000-s49,e9e
25. For the agecategorythat is projectedto have the

largestpercentincreasefrom 1984to 1995,approximately what is the projectedprcentincreasein
population?
(A) r0%
(B) 15%
(c) 20%
(D\ 2s% (E) 3s%
23. Ifit is projectedthat thepopulationage55and

I
over will comprise . of the total population in

1995,then the total-populationis projectedto
be approximately how many million in 1995?
(A\ 27s (B) 260 (C) 250

(D) 24s (E) 220
i4.
608
{ i ,
q
e
{ i :
4 f a
i
^ . 3 3 - 3 2/o. -----;-
{A) 0
i
i"
(B) I
(c) 3
(D) 6
(E) e
]
27. A certain rectangJehas perimeter54. If thc ratjo of
the length of the rectangtcto tbc width is 5 to 4,
what is the length of the rectangh?
(A) 30
{B) 27
a
ii
:
I
:
(g 24 (D) 18 (E) ts
29. In thc figure above, what is thc area of the square
inscribcd in the circlc ofradius a ?
The expression(x + 4){2x - 3) is equivalent to

L 2x(x + 4) - 3(x 4)
II. (x - 4)(2x + 3)
III. 2x2- l2
i:
t.
(A) 2a
(q ,rfza'?
{D) 2o2 G) 4d2
{C) o2
30. A certain form letter is to be sent to prospective
(A) I only (B) II onty (C) III only

(D) II and III onty (E) I, II, andIII
customers.If 4 model-X computers working independentlycan do a combined total of 4 of the letters

in 4 minutes,then 100model-X computers working
independentlycan do a combined total of 100 of the
letters in exactlyhow many minutes?
(A) 4 min
(B) l0 min
(c)
25 min
(D) 40 min
(E) 100min
ffi9

Answer Key and Percentagee' ol Examlneer Answering Each Oseslion Correctly
YERErtTSIUTY
Slsiloa 2
Itq$cr
P+
&$rt
n
1
30
32
tr
q1
16
17
IA
19
A
A
21
a l
38
90
89
80
27
2A
n
30
u
2(
36
37
38
'Estimated
B
8
c
n
74
l
l 50
ln
<l
E I34 1
D
A
8
8
25
51
21
)7
ll
6
7
8
9
JY
35
62
zo
l2 1 |
14 1
D
A
6
)/
50
38
23
21
25
s
38
6
27
n
a
81
tt
32
33
3.1
Ansurt P +
10
54
69
11
12
a.
8il
o/
93
21
IJ
67
6
27
?E
14
33
?8
94
s
54
81
44
14
14
{<
16
17
18
64
16
17
18
19
30
E
E
az
58
ZJ
24
25
23
22
10
o
A
25
29
P + for the group ot xaminees who took tha GRE Gaf,gral Test in a rccsnt thrge.yaat period
P+
Yf,
74
81
73
E
n
81
72
68
59
54
10
1t
4043
21
62
610
88
A
B
E
33
31
A
B
E
E
B
16
10
'11
12
FI
82
80
73
24
23
45
33
s
64
71
15
oz
il
tr
68
7
o
lnsrcr
IJ
t5
61
17
18
,l
76
n
aa
OY
to
P + llunb!|
$sllil
v.
83
83
T7
79
69
Atsrlt
59
64
40
28
nunbrr
tr
AI
tC
35
37
38
1
1
1
1
12
C
D
8
S
63
?
3
{
5
y2
ru
79
1
1
1
1
't0
S!c0o6 1
o/
89
93
86
g2
s
61
;"
71
19
23
24
25
at
P + lt8aber
7
I
s
45
3?
46
68
17
90
ts
fl
t3
4Sl
2.
23
24
25
1
Aq
16
17
't6
trsrrt
l(
c
A
Xrnlcr
12
13
l<
P+
ITALYTTCAL
AEtLtrY
t*ller I
S.cdo. 3
11
11
lffEr
(a
59
50
35
'|
72
10
t?
tlurllf
88
79
73
58
75
ASITTTY
OUAHTNANVE
Sr3llcr I
n
n
6
E
70
87
52
38
4
z)
u
46
JY
D
B
IJ
E
L
sc0f,Ec0ltvEf,stoils
FoRGEltERtL
T8I15oilty
AilDTHEPERCEXTS
BELO}Y'
Ystul
Scorr
Scalcd Scorer and Pcrcantr Brlow.

t
&an&rthr
%
Aodydc.t
&br
Sam
Brtoy
Scor!
9a
Brtor
vlrhl
Scor
/+/o
4(l
1lq
71
3{t
37r
38
70
no
s9
OY
760
710
730
7m
99
s
97
96
710
700
680
670
660
96
95
s
y2
91
650
640
$o
620
610
89
86
86
u
83
600
590
580
570
5,c0
81
79
T7
73
70
540
540
530
520
5't0
67
67
65
62
59
640
500
490
480
470
460
57
54
5t
4a
45
620
610
600
5O
570
6
67
w
a{
AA
0z
61
w
59
5
57
30
52
5l
50
49
47
46
45
4
43
42
41
4to
4@
390
380
370
a
27
6
98
97
90
at
34
310
300
290
280
270
260
250
240
7n
710
370
360
350
350
340
ta
690
680
660
230
20
210
210
200
200
200
200
m
2W
*'*
a
3tt
35
34
34
30
27
6
n
21
scor'based
ontt'"p'no'-"^
36
sao
530
s20
510
5q)
4S0
4EO
460
450
40
17
{a
lc
ifao
t5
4q)
390
tl
24
73
2.
21
/N
/w
730
18
1n
35
3]
E
98
gtl
4(r,
u
3:!
32
3t
800
80
8C0
790
780
450
44
Scelcd Scscr lnd Percenlr 8clow.

r
osr.a$t
!.
r8|tytcl
&br
l$a
lrbr
Slon
8
7
i
&br
50
4tt
4q.
38
680
6g)
660
650
630
8S
87
84
82
n
33
620
75
33
ss
s':;'.i:So
70
6E
6. :.,.t,Ilg
"
24
5o
62
s9
2'
20
18
ls
13
se
5r
4
a,
36
E4q, '
53O'
510
509
4&
380
370
360
350
340
F
!
320
310
300
290
770
5
4
3
3
z
390
380
360
a
5
3 / '
0
o
I
I
260
?40
1
1
1
0
0
3
3
2
2
2
2
1
9
8
6
0
0
0
0
0
6
5
3
3
2
0
0
g
2
2
n
5
3
0
0
1
1
0
0
2
2
0
0
m
210
200
200
?00
200
M
200
0
0
0
5
t
15
13
10
9
8
0
0
1985.
"nHlfJ*td"lg.1"
a
t
/
,?;
t
';
1i
i
Y
E
F
;
r
;:
I
6n
SECTION 2
Time-30 minutes
30 Questions
Numbers:
AII numben usedare real numbcrs.
Figures:
Position of points, angles,regions, etc. can be assumedto bc in the order shown; and angle measures
Lines shownab straightcan be assumedto be straight.
Figures_thataccompanyquestionsare intended to provide information useful in answeringthe questions. However,unlessa note statesthat a figure is drawn to scale,you should solve thesc-problems
NoT by estinlatingsizesby sight or by measurement,but by using your knowledge of matiematics (see
Example 2 below).
D i r e c t i o n s :E a c h o f t h e Q u e s t i o n s l - l 5 c o n s i s t s o f t w o q u a n t i t i e s , o n e i n C o l u m n A a n d o n e i n C o l u m n B . y o u
A
B
C
D
Note:
Common
iiF6?iiliion:
if
if
if
if


In a question,information concerning one or both of the quantiriesto be compared is ccntered above
the two columns'A symbol that appearsin both columnsrepresents
the samettring in Column A as it
Example l:
Column A
Column B
2x6
2+6
(D@@@@
NQ
@ @ @ ( D @
SamoleAnswen
E x a m p l e2 :
(since equal measurcscannot

be assumed,cven tbough P.iy'
and NQ appearequal)
Example3:
@(D@@@
Example4:
w*2
r80
@ @ o @ @
619
t.
A if
B if
c if
D if
thc quantity in Colunnn A is greater;

the two quantiticsare :qual;
thc rctationship cannot be determincd from the iaformation givcn.
i{
l-
7
F
$
I
l.
ColumnA
ColumnB
ColumnA
0.0230102301
0.023023
6.
*
t;
I
I
s450
8.
LPQR is inscribedin a circle.
$,
+
l , l
a'3
30
3
E
l
1-1
On a 5Gquestion multiplc-choicetcst,3 points

were given for each question answeredcolTectly
and I point was deducted for each qucstion
answered iocorrcctly.A student who answered
all of the questions on the test receiveda totsl
of98 points.
QR
m*2=8
t-2:7
4. 4@+2)+(r-2)J
t'
5:
',//l1537
7. The area of the

shaded region
PQ
f:
A purchaseplan for a stcreoreceivcrrequircs

20 perccntof thc total costas a down payment
and monthlyp8,"mntsof $30.
2. Thc total cost of the
stcreo rcceiver
Co'lumnB
9. Thc number of questions on the test that

thc student answered
incorrecrly
(m+2\r-2)
t0.
(0.4)3
l4
(0.2)8
5.
619
r
F
t
A
B
C
D
if
if
if
if

the two quantitiesarc equal;
the relationshipcannot bc determined from the information given.
Column A
Column B
Column A
Column B
35xs5
65y5l0
I l. The avemge(arithmetic mean)of r
and y
12" The lengthof a
diagonal of a square
with sideof lengrh s
P Q i lS r n U V
The lengthof a
diameterof a circle
with radius s
14. The areaof triangular

region RUY plus the
area of triangular
region RST
The area of triangular

region RPp
Zx*l_x-l-x-l
4
t
4
2
15.
2x* |
_2x*l
8
x- I
The sum of $a three numbersin the horizontal

row equalstbe sum of the three numbers in the
vertical colurnn.
t3.
GO OI\iTO THE NEXT PAGE.
:-ril
620
::
,::
F
'i
Direaiole:. Each of thc Qucstions l&30 has fivc ansser choie.

answer choiccsgiven.
For each of thcsc questions,sclccr ttrc bcst of the
;1.
-.
F
t6. If of a ertaia numberis 2, thcn j of t*
i
numbcris
(A)* pt*
1 7 .2 . v -
(qr
t9. Thc chargefor a telcphorrccal rnadeat
10:00a.m. from City f to Ciry X is t0J0

for the first minurc ad S.34 for cachadditional minute.At thescrates,what b thc
diffcrcnce bet*len the tobt cos of threc
S-minutecallsand thecostof one l!.minute
calP
1o)4 (E)8
2*=
(A)
(B)
(c)
(D)
(E)
(A) 0.09 (B)0.t4 (c) 0.re

(D) 0.2e (E) 0.32
t8 If n-t=t,thcn
n=
$0.00
$0.r6
f0.32
$0.4E
S1.00
m. The lengthsof the sidcsof a rrianglcare in the

ratio of 3 to 5 to 6. lf thc perimererof thc rriangleis 70,whatis thc lengh of the longest
side?
(A)il (B)t (C)+

( D )- *
a-
( E )- r l
(A) .5
(B) 6
(C) 15
(D) 2s
(E) 30
I
I
**
a
t
.
L
F
F
ta
I
E
t
fi
t
F
i
t
t'*
:.
n
::.
ll
il
a
T
.:
t
\:.
i
+
v
e
t
F
]
E
5
i
;
621
Questions2l-25 refer to the following data.
STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENTEMPLOYMENT

AND SALARY,
BY OCCUPATIONAND SEX, 1977
By Occupation
5. I Vc OfficiaU Adm i nisrrative
17.67o
Professional
17,99cSemicr-,/
Maintenance
9.9VoTechnical
8.77oSkilled Crafr
| 3.9VcPr otectiveService
lE.7lp Officr-iClerical
8.2/s P arapr ofessi o naI
IAO16=4,4t5,000
Median
Annual Salary
M a l e Female
Females
As a Percent
o f t h eT o t a l , B y O c c u p a t i o n
$12,390$ 9,093
All Occupations
3E.0
t8,723 t4,066 Official/ Ad ministrative

15,74{) r2,650
'
Professional
12,885 9,445
Technical
13,622 9,827
Protective Service
9.054 7,761
Paraprofessional
9,723 8,456
Office/Clerical
I I,657
8,E92
9,54"7 7,30'1
20.7
34.2
67.7
SkilledCraft
Service/Maintenance
l'7.4
40
50 60
Percent
622
2 1 . Approximately what percnt of statc and local
25. Which of thc following statcoents ebut sttte
Sovcrnment employeeswcre male?
aad local governmcnt cmployecs can bs iifcrFd

from thc data?
(A) 3t% (B) s2% (C) s8%

(D) 62Eo (E) Wo
I.
II.
22. Statc and local governmnts cmployed approximately how many more office/clerical employees
than skillcd craft employecs?
(A)
(B)
III.
384,000
441,500
(c) 650,500
(D) t25,6@
(E) 1,209,'tW
(A)
(B)
(O
(D)
(E)
I 23. For state and local government employees,the

median annual salary for maleswas approximately what percentgreaterthan that for
females?
(A) tOVc
(B) 2Wo
Fewerthen i of thoscin paraprofc+

sional oeuptions werc Elhs.
Therc neremorethan 5 timcstbc
ntrmbcr of femalesin thc tccbdcat
occupationss! in thc skilcd cfaft
occupations.
Thcre rtre morethar 6 timcsthe
number of fcmrhs in thc profcssional
oocupatione$ in the ofiiciall adminb'
trative occupations"
I only
II only
I and II only
II and III only
I, II, and III
(C') 25Vo
(D\ 35Va (E) 75Vo

24. For stateand local governmcntemployees,
approximately what was the differencebetween
the number o[ femalesemployedas professionals and the number of fcmalesemployed
in servicefmaintenanceoccupations?
(A)
(B)
75,000
185,000
(c) 765,000
(D) 1,070,000
(E) r,840,000
623
l_10
t5 10 2.s 30 35 q
4s 50
28. Which of the following cxpressionshas (have)

t h e s a m e v a l u c f o rn = 5 a s f o r n =
*?
26. On thc number line above,what numbcr correspondsro a poinr that is of the distancefrom
{
l0to40?
(A) 6
(B) 8
(C) t2
(D) 15
n + n!
II.
n-L
n
(E) 22
III.
-?
n
(A) I only
(D) I and II
27. lt polygon ABCDE abovehasperimerer26

and equilateraltriangteBCD hasperimeterlt,
what is rheareaof rectangular
regibnABDE?
{A)
(B)
(c)
(D)
(E)
6
t2
24
32
48
(B) II only
(C) III only

(E) II and III
_-.
624
30.If e =t
(A)-t
a n ar = 4 , t h e nt p r / l l , - ( r * * ) =
(B)-;
(c);
(D)|
(D +
'.+
t
+..
f:
ft:.
*
29. The figure aboveshowsthe path tracedby the
end of a pendulumasit movcsfrom point X
to poini Y. How manycentimetendixs the end
of the pendulumtravelalongthc arc from X
to f?
va
f
*
I
i'
(A) 4r
(B) 5r
(C) l0r
(D) 20zr
(E) 36zr
|:
1
625
Numbcrs:
Figurgs:
SECTION5
Trme-3O minutes
30 Questions
used
are
real
numbers.
All numbers
Position of poiats, angles, rcgons, etc. can bc assumedto be in the order shown; and angls measures
can be assumedto bc positive.
Figures can be assumedto lic in a plane unlessotherwiscindicated.
Figuresthat accompany qucstions are intendedto provide information usefulin answeringthe questions. However, unlessa note statesthat a figure is drawn to scale,you should solve thcseproblems
NOT by estimatingsizcsby sight or by measurement,but by using your knowledgeof mathematics(see
Example 2 below).
Directions: Each of ihe QuestionsI-15 consistsof two quantitics,onc in Column A and one in Column B. You
arc to compare the two qGiiiiliEi6hoosc
A
B
C
D
Note:
if
if
if
if

thc relationship cannot be determirrcdfrom the iirformation given.
Sincethercare only four choices,NEVER MARK (E).
Common
Gliffiiiion:
In a question,information concerningone or both of thc quantitiesto be compared is ccnteredabovc

the two columns. A symbol that appearsin both columnsrepresentsthe samething in Column A as it
docs in Column B.
Example l:.
Column A
ColumnB
2x6
2+6
SampleAnswers
o@@@@
NQ
Example2:
@ @ @ o @
Exsmple3:
@o@@@
(since l{ is betweenP and Q)
Examplc 4:
IEO
w*z
@@o@@
(sinccPQisa straight
line)
638
a
tr'
Y &*
i 4{t
A
B
C
D
if
if
if
if
thc quantity in Column A is grearcr;

the quantity in Column B'is greatcr;
the relationship cannot be deterrnined frorn the informatirongiven.
Column A
Column B
ColumnA
Column B
r=5
s=2
r- 2s*2
IJ
T
5.
x2
f
x-*0
6.
Figure I
2. Thc area of the
shaded region
shown in Figure I
Figure II
The area of the
shadedregion
shownin Figure lI
Lila purchascd a hat and a scarf for a total of

940. She received a 25 percentdiscount on the
price of the scarf and a l5.perccntdiscounl on
the pricc of the har.
3. The amount Lila
saved on the scarf
4.
(25Vo
of 12)+ 8
7. Thc pcrimcterof
tnangle PQR
The amount Lila

savedon the hat
is a positive integer"
8.
25%ot (12+ E)
(- r;z'
(-1;2rt I
9. Thc greatestinteger x
suchthat 7x1.49
The least intcger y

such that 6y) 3O

T
l!
I
639
A
B
C
D
Column A
10. The average(arithmetic mean) of
x* 5. 2x * 3. and
l-3r
if
if
if
if

thc relationshipcannot be determined from the information given.
Column B
Column A
The averagc(arithmeticmean)of 5,2,

8, 6, and 4
Column B
A rectangularfloor with an area of l2 square

metersis drawn to scalewith 2 centimeters
representingI meter.
13. The areaof the scale
drawing of the floor
24 souare centimeters
A deck of n cards contains exactlv & marked

cards. (ft * 0)
14. The ratio of the number of unmarked
cards in the deck
to the numberof
marked cards in the
deck
,{^8 is parallel to CD.

II.
12.
x +y
JT+6
15.
r e +y
25'56
4 - I
K
5(loF)
,fr+ tF
G OO N T O T H E N E X T P A C E .
&a
Pireaionr:,. Each of thc Qucstions 163o has five answer choiccs. For each of thesc questions,sclect the best of the
answer cboicesgiven,
1 6 .I f 3 x * 5 = 2 r * 1 0 .r h e nr =
(A) r
t
tB) 2
(c) 3
(D) 5
19. Of thc following fraaions, which has rhe least

value?
{E) 15
( A ) 96 ) B ( q ; p ) 3 G ) &
17. i + f equals
howmanytwetfrhs?
(A) 2
tB) 4
(C) 6
(D) 8
(E) e
18. Of the 4O0cadets in a graduating class, 30 per.
cent were women and, of ,f,"r.,

became
I
instructors. If the number of nren who bccamc
instructors was twicO the number of womcn who
becamcinstructors, how many of the men
m" V APQR and APRS abovearcequilateral,

what fraclion of PQRS is shaded?
becarneinstructors?
( A ) +1 r ) i ( q * t o ) + ( E ) *
(A) 120
(B) 48
(c) 40
(D) 24
(E) 20
!t:
i
&l
:
:
:
i
I
L
i'
:
:
Questions2l-25 refer to thc following Sraph.
AVERAGE' DAILY TOTAL AMOUNT OF SALESAND

NUMBER OF SALESFORSTOREX
a
()
$1,000
900
t00
tr
,
7ffi
o
600
500
q
400
0
F
300
{)
bo
2N
!!
o
100
t/)
Averap Total Amount of Sales

\ r
0eft-hand scale)
I
'l
I
/i
/i
A.
\
\
\
\
3sT
3 0 3
\
.t)
/ t
50
45
N E
| / l
Avenge"T---f- Numbcrof Salcs-(right-handscale)-
2 5 3
20r
15 I,
r 0 g
s F '
Mon. Tucs. Wed. Thur. Fri. Sat.

rAverage' means'arithmeticmean."
2 l What is the averagetotal amount of salesmadc

on a Fridayfor Store X ?
(A) $200 (B) $300
24. On which of the following days is the average

amount of a sale greatest for Store X ?
(c) $400
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
(D) Ss00 (E) s6oo

22" On the averagc,what is the total amount of
salesper week (Mondsy through Saturday) for
Store X?
(A) $2,700
(D) $3,600
(B) S2,800
(E) $4,lm0
Monday
Tucsday
Wednesday
Thursday
Saturday
25. During the first week of a ccrtain month, how

rnany more salcswerc made in Store X on
Saturdaythan on Monday?
(C) $3,300
(A) 15 (B) 25 (C) 30 (D) 35

(E) It cannot bc determined from the information given.
23. What is the averageamount of a sale made on a

Wedncsdayfor Store X ?
(A) S0.s0 (B) $2.00 (c) $10.00

(D) $20.00 (E) s40.00
&2
26. A trrin travclsfrom City X to Cily y in
4- nfl6
4- nEJS
3 iours ad 30 minutcsat an avcragespcedof

60 milesper hour. lf thc train rEturnsat an
syeraScspccdof 50 milcspcr hour, bow long
doesthc return trip tatc?
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
28. lVhicb of the followingsymbolsshould bc
substitutedfor E to makeboth of thc ctate.

mcntsabovetruc for all intcgersn suchrhat
-2(nS3?
2 hr 55 min
3 hr 40 mtut
4 hr 12min
4 hr 32 nin
,t hr 40 rnin
(A) s
(tg-
29.
\-:j-l
(B)<
(C)=
(D) >
{E) >
a\' =
:;
:
(A) e- 4\/2
(B) 36- rcrn

(c) 8
(D) 9
(E) 32'/,
2'7. In the figureabove,il point T is 6 cenrimercrs

lrom ertry point oruarc PQ andfrom every
point on arc R.S,what is thc sum of thc areas,
in sguarcentimctcrs, of regions peT ud
rR^s?
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
6
4r
6r
24
l2r
30. In thcfigureabove,
ffu=
( A ) +t s ) * ( q 3 ( D ) l E ) *
I
tt
&3
FOR GEI{ERAL TEST 16ONLY

Answer l(ay and Percantages'of Eramlneer Answerfng Eacft euesson cof'octty
guilIlrmwrl|uTY
YTBIT III1ITY
3!t|h
H&tr
lsu
2
3
A
D
E
4
5
6
6
9
10
P + llsD.r
l a
l @
60
6a
5.t
o
c
50
36
9,
78
6l
U
A
63
52
45
46
ts
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
c
o
B
B
16
tn
78
41
47
2,
0
B
FT
55
38
52
67
56
n
24
ZJ
lo
27
2A
8
30
D
B
3l
52
9{
c)
A
66
'11
12
13
14
IR
'16
9{
75
7f
D
A
ZJ
o
c
54
47
90
B
D
30i
24 1
at
te
49
52
51
zl
1t
t2
t3
l4
t5
B
B
D
a
9,,
85
85
70
68
16
17
1E
19
20
78
75
iKt
21
2.
a
21
5
't1
12
13
14
B
A
16
88
&l
71
1A
18.
19
75
w
21
2,
ti
21
25
a
24
25
81
g)
35I
241
to
D
E
e3
e.
A
A
s7
D
a
B
a
n
2A
29
36
a
c
c
16
17
18
19
E
B
a
7
E
B
A
1(
21
24
qt
71
6a
64
5l
6
7
E
I
't0
36
D
A
B
t
2
3
r
5
o
c
A
A
42
2.
53
51
E5
93
E5
66
61
14
15
8E)
88
70
2E
B
A
P+
2
3
4
a(
c
A
D
o
58
*l
37
35
32
6
27
a
29
30
t firt
An3an
12
13
tr
36 1
I
3tt
lltFnllr
90
86
ct
86
76
76
65
36
63
10
P+
B
B
B
A
xratTtcfi.rt[''rl
8.rlhr !
40
45
75
s
5t
3
A
A
57
62
21
2.
a
n
e'
a
o
c
E
7
E
17
18
lo
I
lsr
I
lffi
I
2
3
a
5
tef
illrnl||
l8s
171
161
ls4
B
E
c
8
0
76
5l
54
.18
38
8
I
10
C
S
A
E
0
31
3 2
3at
3 4
3 5
31
9.
33
34
35
'E3timstsd
P+
ll.r|f
1
2
3
4
5
$mt
tGllo.
4!
I
41
I
A
A
A
tC
4!)
61
73
51
45
3E
37
441
18 1
P + tor tha grxJpof examinee3 who took tha GRE Genoral T6t
in a rec.nt thrs6.y"8r pariod.
u9
tHr
tt|rru
8
0
E
c
A
tGilt|l
P + hr
q)
2
3
4
5
66
8t
q,
E1
79
66
6E
Ie
70
17
55
55
30
36
26
A
E
E
41
19
23
3'
fH.r
?+
I
E
A
179
lo
t:
91,.
A
E
7
6
O
B
E
t;
l3
180
11
1
2
1
3
11
1
5
0
4
C
D
8
16
17
18
19
B
I
A
E
11
63
36
54
n
2 1
c l
ls
ll s*2
150
fea
t36
a
31
l 1t
7 3
o l
2 1
D l 24
38
l4 t
SCORECONYERSIONSFOR GENERALTEST 16 ONLY

AND Tffi PERCENTS BELOWI
I-U
Rrr Scorl $.f|
Scdled Scorer and Percantr Bclor'

I
fr|'*d
osrffi|r
*
lrbv
Salrr
Erlor
Sa!.!
73.78
72
71
e0
7s0
780
99
99
99
70
68
n0
750
7&
99
98
98
b/
til
7n
96
65
64
63
7t0
690
s
94
e)
61
60
59
58
JT
56
54
53
52
<t
50
49
4
17
16
45
44
43
4?
t
tdfi
Rrr Scon
Vlrtd
Scorf
40
3
38
37
35
450
/t40
/}30
420
410
35.
34
3
32
31
400
400
390
380
370
30
E
360
m
610
660
650
610
530
610
600
seo
580
570
560
560
91
89
88
86
N
80
78
75
73
71
800
800
800
800
800
790
7&
760
'
750
7&
5m
68
65
63
60
57
7n
710
690
680
670
a.
4$ :
180
470
il60
460
55
52
49
46
46
650
610
630
610
600
540
530
520
510
27
6
98
98
98
s
98
25
24
w
ol
on
&
8m
8m
80
78
76
800
800
8e
72
70
b/
62
61
7$
770
760
78
99
99
99
99
99
95
'Permnt scoring blow the scaled score

basad on the pertomance
and Septembr 30, 1987.
4iI
37
34
n
6
z
2
120
410
390
380
360
2
n
16
14
11
340
330
310
300
2 8
8
7
5
4
3
.u
18
18
16
14
450
4A
430
4t0
400
25
390
370
360
350
330
m
m
230
20
210
o
5
274
2n
24
230
?1
n
n
'16
1
1
I
m0
200
0
?w
10
I
o
500
480
170
450
440
490
480
470
260
250
240
tuq
63
60
55
52
45
6
?4
2.
320
310
570
s60
540
530
510
200
200
200
83
78
76
71
69
41
270
200
650
530
620
600
590
49
<ld
19
13
17
15
no
94
E?
91
88
86
(l
520
r0
,9
0
0
f
trlor
730
710
700
580
670
la
J4
58
10
o
8
YI
560
570
560
550
530
2.
2',1
15
14
13
12
t1 .
99
98
350
340
4!t
40
37
34
31
310
300
290
2W
97
96
Jw
ScsladScorar.nd Parconb Below'

q,r'om
AmttH
*
i
tabf
scd|
lclos
Sco'r
270
250
240
200
200
200
200
0
0
n0
m
210
ot the 844,960 examinees who took the General Te$ between Oclobr 1,
650
2
t
1
1
0
Numbcn:
FiSures:
SECTION3
Time-30minutss
30 Questions
All numbcrsuscdare rcal numbcrs.
Positionof points,angles,regions,etc.can be assumcdto bc in thc ordcrshown;and angle measurcs
canbc assumed
to bc positirc.
Lincsshowqasstraightcanbc assumcdto be straight
Figurescanbeassumedto lie in a planc unlcssotherwiscindicarcd.
Figures that accompany qucstions arc intgndcd to providc information useful in answering the questions. However, unless a notc states that i figure is drarrn to scale,you should sgtvc thcsc problirns
NOT by estimating siics by sight or by measuremcnt,but by using your knowtedge of mat-hematics(sec
Example 2 bclorv).
1'
3
Dircctions: Each of thc Qucrtions I - t 5 consistsof two quantitics, onc in Column A and onc in Column B. you
are to comparethe two quantiticsand choosc
A
B
C
D
Notc:
Common
Ii?ffiiliion:
if
if
if
if
thc quantity in Column A is grcater;

th? qudntity in Column B is greater;
the relationshipcannot bc determinedfrom thc information given.

Il a question,information concerningone or both of the quantitiesto bc compared is centeredabove
the two columns.A symbol that appcarsin both columnsrcpreScnts
the same ttr;ng in Column A as it
doesin Column B.
Examole l:
Column A
ColumnB
2x6
2+6
o @ @ @ @
NQ
@ @ @ (t@
SamDleAnswers
Example 2:
(since equal mcesurescannot

bc assumed, even though PiI
znd NQ appear equal)
Examole3:
@(D@@@
{sincei/ is bctwecnP and Q)
Exaarple 4:
t9i
r80
@GD(D@@
(sinccPQ is a srraightline)
63
1:
e
z
A if rhequantityin Column A is greater;

B if tbc quantityin Column B is greatcr;
if thc two quantiticsarc cqual;

D if tbe rclationshipcannotbc detcrmincdfrom thc informationgiven.
ColumnA
Column B
l. The costof3 pounds

of pcachcs
at S0.34
pcr pound
2.
Column B
$l.00
t4 _ 3z
lE km
ColumnA
I
t2
Coaltown
The circles above, with centers O and P, cach

have radius r.
6. Twicc thc area of the
shadedregion
Woodland
The map showsthc only roadsthst connectthe

four towns and showsthe distancealong each
road.
3. Thc road distance

betwccnAustenand
Seburg
4.
y=-3
7.
y2*3y*lO
f-3y-2
The road distance

betweenCoaltown
and Woodland
5s+53
103
x y = I t a n dx + y = 9
5.
The area of the

circular region
with ccnter P
8.
x
0(x(y(
9.
xy
x+y
64
i &
: F
E
a
A if thc quantityin Column A is grcatcr;

B if thc quantity in Column B is greaar;
c if thc two quaatiti* are equal;
D if thc relationshipcannotbc dctcrmincdfrom thc informationgircn"
F.
A:l
F
:
i
ColumnA
10. Thc area ofa rcctangular region with
sides of lcngths a
and 5
It.
Column B
ColumnA
The area ofa rectangular region with

sidcs of lcngrhs
(a+ l) and4
2,
6+
3i
ei
Column E
When integer n is dividcd by 9, thc remaindcr

is 2.
13. The remainderwhcn

n is dividedby 3
A ccrtain store sclls cach pcncil at tbc san
price regardlessof the nunbcr of pcncils sold.
& of these pcncils beve a total pricc of g cents,
and r of thcsc pencils have a toral price
of s cents.
t4.
t5.
a2*bz
(a+bY
In the rectangularcoordinatesystcmabove,
PQRS is a square.
t2. The pcrimeter of PQRS
665
::
';
i
't
Directions: Each of tbe Questions t630 bas fivc answer choicss. For each of these qucstions, selectthc best of the
given.
iiffif6iccs
1 9 . Eachof the followingis thesquareof an integer

EXCEPT
16" On a number line, what is the distancebet\Yeen

-i andT ?
(A) r0
(B) 8
(c) 7
(E) 4
(D) 5
(A) 8r
(B) r00
(c) r2l
(D) re6 (E)2r5

,obof, S
b-a
,9
sf -f
& -{
24. Thc average(arithmctic mean) of two numbers

is 2x * l. If one of the numbcrs is x. then the
other numberis
-*""^L1""
C *S ^f, $"-*
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
t 7 " In the figurc above,eachofthe bcadsabove thc

horizontal bar represcnts5 timcs thc placevalue
indicatcdand eachofthe beadsbelow the.bar
representsI times the placevalue indicated.
What number is reprcscntedby the ligure
above?
rr*
2x 3x +
3x+2
G O O N T O T H E N E X TP A G E .'
(A) 512,651
(B) 512,615
(c) 156,651
(D) t52,651
*
(E) 152,251
a
7
t 8 " In thefigureabove,rt PQRU and URSI are

squares,what is the arcaof reaangularregion
PQST?
(A) 2E (B) 42 (C) 4e (D) e8
(E) It csnnot bc'dctermined
from thc information given.
ffi
Qucstions 2l-15 refer to rhc following graph.
22. Whst fraction of thc totel numbcr of votcscasr

did thc two winncn reccivc?
RESULTSOF A SAMPLEOF VOTERS

IN DISTRICTX
k
(A)j* G)it (cri ro)* (E)*

23. What percsnt of tbe samplc vofbd for at least
onc of the two rrinnq.s?
.o
(A)
(B)
19
(D'
(E)
7
'
^
t
()
.:
C
q
k
l r%
2{& .
55%
6t%
e0%
:. ...,;
1.;
24. Howmanyvoteswrrc castia distrit ,f ?
.g
o - ,
(A) lr (B) 90 (g ao
(D) 360 (E) 4OO
25. In disrict X, candidatcI rcccivcdboy many
morevotcsthancandidatee1
(A) 2
_ The graph aboveshows how a sampleof l0 different voters (verticalaxis) voted for ldifferent
candidates(horizontal axis). Each voter voted for
cithcr one or two of,the five candidates.(No voter
voted twice for the samecandidate.)The two candi_
dates receivingthe most votes were the winners. The
sa-mpleconstituted5 percentof thosein the district
who voted,and the number of votesin the district for
each candidatewas in the sameproportion as the
numbcr of votes in thc samplefor eachcandidate.
(B) l0
(c) 20
(D) {O
(E) r0
21" H.ow many peoplc in the samplevoted for both

winners?
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
Onc
Two
Thrcc
Five
Six
67
I
I
29. If p is a prime number greater than t l, and p

is the sum of the two prime numben x and y,
then x could be which of the following?
(A) 2
(B) 5
(C) 7
(D) e
(E) 13
30. If 18 idcntical machinesrequired 40 days to
completea job, how many fewer dayswould

have been required to do the job if 6 additional
maehincsof the same type had beea usedfrom
the beginning?
26. ln the figure above, thc numbcr of shadcd

squsres is what pcrccnt grcater tbsn the number
of unshaded squarcs?
(A) t0
(A) 2s% @) n% Q) 50Vo

(D) &% (E) 7s%
(B) l3i
(c) t6
27" lf .r, y, and z are three dilferent positive

integers lcss than 10, what is thc greatest
*
possiblc valuc of thc expressio
n l,
t
,
(D) 25i
(E) 36
(A) r
(B) 7
(c) 5
(D) 5
(E) 4
2t. In the figurc above,r,ertcxR of square PQRS

is thc ccnterof thc circlc.lf QT= TR = 3,
what ir tbe arcaofthc shadedrcgion?
(A)
e+ + t
(B) 9 * T l r
(c) $ + ! r
(D) 3 6 * 9 r
(E) 36 * 2lr
668
Numberr:
Figures:
SECTION4
Trmc-30minutes
30Qucstims
Position of points, angles,regions,etc. can bc assumcdro be in the order shown; and engle
masures
can be assumedto be positirc
Lincs shown as straightcan bc assumcdto be straigbt.
Figures can be assumedto lie in a planc unlessotherwiscindicated.
Figures that accompanyquestionsare intended to provide information uscful in amnrcring the questions- Howevr, unlessa note statesthat a figurc is drawn to scatc, you shoutd sopc thcscirobtims
NoT by estimating sizesby sight or by mcasurement,but by using your knowlcdge of matiemati'cs
{sec
Example 2 bclo*).
Directions: Eacb of the Questionsl-15 consistsof tvo quantitics,one in Column A and one
in Column B. you
A
B
C
D
Note:
if
if
if
if
the quantity in Colurnn A is grcater;

the quantiry in Column B is gratcr;
the two guantitiesarc equat
thc relationshipcannot be detcrmined frorir thc information girrcn.
Common
GTiEiliion:
In a question, information concerning one or both of the quantiries to be compared is centcred above
the two columns.A symbolthat appcarsia both columns ieprescntsthc samc-thingin Column A as it
does in Column B.
E x a m p l el :
Column A
Column B
2x6
2+6
(D@@@@
NQ
@@@(D@
Samplc An6wers
E x a m p l e2 :
(sinceequal mcasurcscannot
be assumed,cven though Pif
E x a m p l e3 :
@(D@@@
F x a m p l e4 :
w+z
180
@@(D@@
69
t
E
I
A if tbc quantity in Column A is greateri

B if the quantity in Column B is greate4
,
if the rclationshipcannot bc determined from the information given.
r5
l. Thc leastcommon
dcnominator of
t
Column B
Column A
Column B
Column A
j, j', anaf
t r t l
Ll/
The figure aboveis a cube.

The distanccfram A
toC
6. The distancefrom A
toB
7.
2"
r+ y
(2.3X
r2.4s)
J f x
(0.23X
r24.5)
-l
9x*9=90
8.
In AR.S]', RS = SI
lR.S?r is 20o.
T o n i b o u g h t n d o z e n c g g s f o r $ l 2 a n dm
half gallons of milt for $6.
4. The pricc Toni paid
for a dozen eggs
5.
z+,fi
2x* y
9. The measureof IIRS
The price Toni paid

for a half gallon of
milk
2y* x
and the measureof
80"
l+\fr
670
A if thc guantityin Column A is grsatlr;

B if the quantityin Column B is greatcq
c if tbc ttro quantitiesare equat
D if the relationship cannot bc dctermincd from thc information given.
..,.r.f.,: --.-t
ColumnA
,.''
"',.:.
Column B
r and y are positite numbers.
fn /r+rY _ l,-y\,
'-'\-z
w
lF-40
Thc diagramrcprcsentsa rectangulargardcn.

Thc shadedregionsare plantedin flowen, and
the unshadcdregionis a walk 2 fcet widc. All
anglesarc right angles.
The diasreter of the rmicircle is 12 and the

bcight of the triangle is 8.
I l. The arca of the scmicircular rcgion
The area of triangr'le;

region PQR
Fahrenheit temperaturesrecorded at location

X at 4-hour intervalswere -8o, -5o, 7" , 5o,
3". lo.
t2" The average
ft -----l
13. Thc sum ofthe areas

of thc shadcdregions
2,800squarefcct
14.
86+2.86+4.84
87
x*0
15.
lo F
(arithmctic mean)
of the temperaturls
rccorded above
1920'
(t)
?s
671
Directions: Each of thc Questionsl6-30 has fivc answerchoiccs.For eachof thesequestions,selectthe bestof thc
given.
ilsrililif,6ices
16. If a : 36 + c, whatis thevalueof 6 when

a = 1 7 a n dc = 2 2
(A)
( B ) 6 I+
J
(c) t2
(D) r5
t 9 . In the squareabove, M, N, P, and Q are
midpointsof the sides.If the areaof the square

region is A, what is the area of the shaded
rcgion?
(E) 4s
I
t, ., . - 3T :
(A)
( ^ ) iI A
t
( B )i A
2 ( B t i ( c ) i ( D l i ( E )l T
l
( C )i A
?
( D )i A
t 8 " If 4.x - 2y = 8, what is the value of 2x - y ?

(A) 3
(B) 4
(C) 5
(E) f1 /
(D) 6
informa(E) It' tcannpt

i o n S v ebe
n .determinedfrom the
20. What is the leastnumber x for which

(2x+l)(x-2)=0t
.:
(A)-2 (B)-r (C)-+ (D)+ (E)2
672
Questions2l-25 refer to thc followinggraphs.

FEDERAL BUDCET OUTLAYSOF THE UNITED STATES
FOR MILITARY EXPENDTTURES,
19661979
Billionsof Dollan
120
'1;;t,
pcrcent
, . .,,i.$.ii'l
;, ,, ltt,
./
/
100
80
,/
ffi
eft s<ale
40
I
.r
ight scale
lv
tuhm
30
20
Expcndituresas a Percenr
ffiMtlitary
w of Total Federal Budget Outlays
l0
(/,
ab
,ta",td .t&,""t .$" .$t,{ft rdo,+nC 1 9 '
\g'
rS. r$t
Ngg; Drawn to scale.

W O R L D W I D E M I L I T A R Y E X P E N D I T U R E S : 1 9 6 8T O l 9 ? 7
Billionsof Dolhn
Billions of Dollars
175
150
countries*
lNero
Nlwarsaw Pactcountries
ffi Uoitcd Statcs
125
f--lother
tm
75
50
25
t970
1912
'
t976
1974
tincludes thc
United Statcs
673
24. ln 1977,fedcralbudgctoutlaysfor the United

Statcstotaledapproximatclyhow manybillion
dollan?
21" In 1968 thc military cxpcnditurcs of thc Unitd

States wcre approximatcly how many billion
dollan?
(A) 100 (B) 80
(c) 70 (D) 60 (E) 40
(A)
(B)
(c)
(D)
(E)
22. For the ycar in which the Unitcd Stater bed

approximately 70 billion dotlars in miliury
expcnditures, that amount was approxicatcly
wliat perccnt sf total federal budget outlays?
200
300
400
500
600
'
25. In whichof theyeanshownwerecombined
for theNATO countries
military expcnditures
equal
othcr thanthe UnitcdStatesmost.nearly
to 50 billiondollan?
6) 39q6
@) 40qo
(c)w
@) 6ayo
(E) ftVo
(A) re68 (B) 1972 (C) le74

(D) le75 (E) te77
23. In which of the following yearswas the amount

of United Statesmilitary expcndituresapproximately 80 percent of thc amount for 1978?
(A) re67 (B) re68 (C) re73

(D) 1975 (E) re76
674
t.
F
i
9i
F
-
In a ccrtain ctub for mcn and tryomcn,40 perccnt

of the mcmbersanermn. If 20 pcrcent of thc
men snd l0 pcrccnt of tbc womcn membcrs
went to a thcater performancc, what perccot of
the total membershipvent to thc pcrformancc?
(A) t2%
(B) t4%
-.
,ii
lf r, y, ad z arsconrccntiwincgcnand
J ( I ( f,"Yrhiif of tbc folowiig must.bctruc?
I. .ryz L,crca; ':.:' rr i

U. x*ytr, irevcu.
II|. (x*y)f *a) isodd.
(C) t5%
5
ta
*
[.
F
F
:r
a
(D) 16% (E) 3{&
1
tI
,I
:!
i9
:
tl.
lr
27. The figurc abovc shom the angles of interscction of thrsc atrcets.At what angle do Sccond
Avenuc and Maia Strcct intcnca?
(A) 50o
(B) 55.
(c) 65.
(D) 70o
(E) 75'
675
29. lt <n>="i(h!\)
forallinrcgersn, and
rn = (J). thcn (rn) =
(A) t20
(B) 22s
(c) 240
(D) 420
(E) E40
30. In the figure above, what is the perimererof

triangle OPQ?
(A) 4 + 2\E
(B) S+4!a
(C) 6 + 2rvE
(D) 6 + 6\,E
G) 6\E+ 2Jto
676

Answer Key and Percenlages' of Examlnees Answerlng Each Ouesllon Correc{ly
ourilnTAnyEAJUTY
YERSAL
ASILTTY
Slbn I
fiumblr
,l
l@?r
tr
'I
)l
59
51
7
8
Y
10
tr
'11
7
9
11
12
l3
45
J2
15
E
E
16
17
18
D
n
d
?1
17
15
16
17
't8
43
5
20
Jb
21
tr
64
?,,
?3
?5
27
28
a
/o
26
?7
94
z6
s
31
n
34
s
tr
38
B
D
39
15
27
51
36
64
69
72
4A
42
49
86
w
,13
45
45
ai
n
k
/b
f9
16
17
18
19
70
t t
12
3V
t?
B
tr
42
a9
14
D
n
95
90
80
17
18
1?
to
A1
?5
?7
28
29
45
It
18
19
59
21
B
6
?3
47
16
25
B
47
27
28
JO
l2
1n
91
81
55
58
46
61
J/
n
34
s
73
46
34
E
tr
J I
ZJ
20
'Estimatsd P+ tor the g/oup

ot examioees who tek lhe GRE General Test in a recent thre+year period
689
D
B
21
25
tr
87
91
94
70
63
74
1r
12
13
14
15
D
A
ED
B
16
17
18
c lor
- t " "
s
41
D
40
?i
D
B
E
!
A
E
46
a7
m
n
6
7
il
15
93
9
'!0
Ar3rrr I P+
66
E
48
li6rl?|
69
A
8
1!
1
J I
49
E
n
?3
24
25
71
64
53
10
82
s2
80
69
A
A
tr
?1
89
8s
82
8rcllor t
A''rcr lP+
49
49
41
E
E
P+
AO
84
83
81
81
Scrflon5
|lurDlrr
tr
36
E
ta
a1
12
zd
Arrrlt
llrrD&r
95
59
s
7A
,I
66
72
E
A
SactlonI
llurDber fuiswu P +
46
48
88
89
88
12
9.1
47
?1
92
86
ArsYlt iP+
80
Srction3
Srstttn 2
lrsrcr I P+
AXttYTlClt ^8tt|TY
10
l8t
lst
t59
|ut
l*
130
133
1.2
I70
146
i4?
o lzz
o
21
27
l3e
?1
19
51
49
44
o
c
c
B
za
126
i37
ls5
141
t50
r
a
t
t
2
I
I
SCORECOI{IERSIONS FOR GENERALTEST17 ONLY

AND TEE PERCENTSBELOWI
Scaled Scores and percents Below
V!$ellQtEatttatiy!XAaeB;sal
Scrlcd Scores end percents gelow

I
oBrlnrftr
I
lEMGrt
Brb|
S.or!
B.br
Srot
99
99
w
59
/w
750
740
730
72A
99
98
w
700
ovu
ffi0
670
95
94
93
72A
39
38
690
89
680
88
36
670
86
35
34
650
64C
630
610
6@
81
78
74
72
2i
19
18
16
14
590
570
560
540
530
69
54
61
56
53
10
9
8
50
44
41
35
33
aa
32
J I
J8
ory
91
o)u
640
89
88
86
i?
t<
'11
82
10
NU
56
6i0
tw
590
580
u
550
93
tz
i7
430
120
410
4aa
390
2tn
80
360
350
340
t5
J4U
520
500
490
470
460
310
300
290
280
260
5
{
3
3
2
440
4m
410
390
370
27
?3
21
t6
13
?
*
1
240
t
230
I
220
I
? s 0 0
30
340
3r0
?90
270
11
9
5
3
2
73
71
s
o5
1
49
780
98
I tt'
v6
7*
97
| +L
yf,
7vJ
9d
0
0
n
0
.'PercentscoringbJowthesca|edscore,bE5edonthepr'o'madceol1he816,6c1"'".in"**lffi
September 30, '1986_
690
SECTION 3
Time-30 minutes
30 Questions
Numbers:
A l l n u m b e r su s e da r e r e a l n u m b e r s .
Figures:
.
Positionof points,angles,regions,etc. can be assumedto be in the order shown;and angJemeasures

l - i n e ss h o w na s s t r a i g h ct a n b e a s s u m e dt o b e s t r a i g h t .
Figuresthat accornpany
questionsare intendedto provideinformationuscfulin answeringthe quqsttons. However,unlessa note statesthat a figure is drawn to scale,you shouldsolvetheseproblems
NOT by estimatingsizesby sight or by measurement,but by usingyour knowledgeof mathematics(see
: a c h o f t h eQ u e s t i o n s l - l 5 c o n s i s t s o f t w o q u a n t i t i e s , o n e i n C o l u m n A a n d o n e i n C o l u m n B . Y o u
are tc, cc'mparethe rwo qGiiili?3 aidThoose
A
B
C
D
Note:
Common
fiGiilfiJon:
i f t h e g u a n t i t yi n C o l u m n A i s g r e a t e r ;
i f t h e q u a n t i t yi n C o l u m n B i s g r e a t e r ;
if the relationshipcannot be determinedfrom the informationgiven.
S i n c et h e r ea r eo n l y f o u r c h o i c e sN
, EVER MARK (E).
ln a question,informationconcerningone or both of the quantitiesto be comparedis centeredabove
the two columns.A symbol that appearsin both columnsrepresents
the samettringin Column A as it
elss.Plel
C o l u m nA
ColumnB
2x6
2+6
{D@@
@ @
Exampies2-4 refer.ioA PQR.
E x a m p l e2 :
,\,Q
@@@(D
(sinceequalmeasurgs
cannot
be assumed,ven though P.lV
and l{Q appearequal)
E x a m p l e3 :
@o@@b
E x a m p l e4 :
t80
wi z
@@(D@@
702
A
B
C
D
l.
if
if
if
if
the quantity in Column A is grearer;

the quantity in Colurnn B is grcater;
the two quanritiesarc equal;
the relationshipcannot be determinedfrom the information riven.
C o l u m nA
C o i u m nB
(40Vcof 50)+ 60
GAVaaf t0) + 40
2.
$ofi;
Column A
For eachhome in Town X, the amount of

propeny tax is p percenrof the value of the
home.The propeny tax on a home whoscvalue
is $45,000is $1,200.
Sofr2
7. The propertytax on
a h o m ei n T o w n X
whosevalue is $54,000
x+y=-l
4.
x
23(-tS4)
Column B
SI ,300
The areaof squareregion S is 36
24{781)
8.
The perimeterof S
01r 1t
<
A printcr numberedconscutively
the pagesof
a book, beginningwith I on the first page.In
numberingthe pages,he pnnred a rotal of lg9
digits.
r
t
9. The numberofpages
in the book
100
Thc average(arithmetic mean) of x. y,

and 6 is 3.
t0.
6
r+y
2
35
703
F
i
:l
I
l-
A
B
C
D
if
if
if
if
t h t q u a n t i t yr n C o l u m n A i s g r e a t e r :
the quantin' in Column B is greater:
s r ee q u a l ;
tle two quaniiriea
t h e r e l a t r o n : t ' rc, p
a n n o l b e d e t e r m i n efrom
d
the information given.
C'olumnA
ColurnnB
C o l u m nA
'l-2
n t . p , and x are positiveintegersand mp:
Triangularregions ?', and

have e.itral
a r e a sa n d h a v eh e i g h t s/ ; , a n c i A z . r e r p e c t j v c l v
It.
l2
1}re area of 7",
'lh:
C o l u m nB
x.
area ot- f.,
r l\r
l a i
A 8C D is a parallelogram
r5. 'ihe areaof region
24
ABCD
The area of ghe crrctrlar region with ccnter

is l6rr.
t3
G O O N T O T H E N E X TP A G E .
7M
Directiols:. Eachof the Questionsl6-30 has five answerchoices.For eachof thesequestions,selectthe bestof
the
answer choicesgiven.
16. l#hen walking,a certainpersontakes l6 complete stepsin l0 seconds.

At this rate,how many
complelestepsdoesthe persontake in 72 seconds?
(A) 45
(B) 78
(c)
86
{D) 9e
(E) il5
1 8 . 5 2 . 6 x8
#=
(A) 0.05268 (B) 0.5263

(D) 526.E (E) 52,680
1 9 .l f b - c = 3 ,
(A) 30
(C) 5.263
a n d a * c = 3 2 . t h e na * D =
(B) 35
(C) 40
(D) 42
(E) 50
20. A rectangularfloor l8 feerby I0 feet is to be

completelycoveredwith carpetingthaI cosrs
x dollarsper squ4lgyalg. In rermsof x.
how many dotiai witi ttrecarperingcosr?
(l yard = 3 feet)
t 7 . In thefigureabove,whatis thevalueof '*

(A) 2
(B) 3
(c) 4
(D) 5
{=*
45
, ?
(E) 6
(A) 20x
(B) 28x
(C) 60x
(D) l80x
(E) 540x
GO O}- TO THE \EXT PAGE
705
Questions2l-25 referto the followinggraphs.

C O L L E G E R : E N R O L L M E N T A N D CONTRIBUTIONS
I 976-r 980
A l l o c a t i o no f A l l
Contributions
f o t a l S t u d e n rE n r o l l m e n r
l--l
7m
$500.
Fullrime
PartTime
l--_-l Capital lmprovements
400.000
V V Z s c h o l a r s h i p sa n d
OperationalExpenses
300.000
=
I
40c
.r
ioo
200.000
r00.000
1976
t9't7
t978
19'79 1980
t978
Note: Drawn to scale
2 l What wasthetotalnumberof students

enrolled
at Clollege
R in thefall of 1979?
(A)
(B)
(c)
(D)
(E)
1979
1980
SchoolYear
22. By whatpercent
did rhenumberof part-time
students
enrolledincrease
from thefall of I979
to thefall of 1980
?
200
250
500
650
?00
(A)
17a
g)
a2Vo
.,
-(c) 66j%o
(D) 75Vo
(E) 80To
706
2 1 . W h a t w a st h e i n c r e a s. ei f a n y , i n r h e n u m b e ro f
full-time studenrsenrolledat College R from
the fall of 1976to the fall of 1977'!
(A) 0
(B) 50 (c) 100
(D) t50 (E) 200
28. In thc figureahrrve.if the areaof rhe inscribed
rectangularregi()nis 32. rhen rhecircumference
of thc circleis
24 In the 1978-1979
schoolyear. if I 2 percentof rhe
amounl ol'contributionsallocatedto scholarshipsand operationale.\penses
was allocatedto
h e a t i n gc o s r sa. p p r o x r m a t e l hy o * , m u c h w a s
NOT allocared
i o h e a l i n ec o s r s l
(A)
(A) 20r'.
(B) .ln,e.3
(C) anrrT
(D) 2z-J5 $,) zrJl
$2,000
(B) s25,ooo
29. Which of the following equalsthe :.eciprocal

of
(c) $ 176,000
(D) 5205.000
(E) $250,000
w h e r er -
.-;,
,!*ol
( A ) -I - u
25. Approximately
wharwasthetotalamountof
contributions
ro CollegeR from the l97g-1979
schoolyearthroughthe 1980-198
I schoolyear,
inclusive?
(B)
(c) -I,
x - |
(A)
5967,000
(B) St.000,000
(c) $e.00c,000
( D) se.667,00c
(E) Sr0,000,000
(D)
(E)
-r
.tv- I
v
x-v- I
30 A certaininteger n is a multipieof borh 5 and 9.

Which of the following must be true?
26 I t x * 0 . t h e n x ( x z ) s -
I. n is an odd inreger.
I I . n i s e q u a lt o 4 5 "
I l l . n i s a m u l r i p l eo f 1 5 .
-2
(A) .x2
(B) x3
(C) xa
(D)_rs
(E) x6
(A)
(8)
(C)
(D)
(E)
2 ' - "S e v e ni s e q u a it o h o w r n a n yt h i r d s o f s e v e n ?
I
ier i
{B)
III only
I andII only
I and III only'
II and Ill onlyI, II. andIll
(c ) 3
(D) 7
{E) 2l
707
.:
i
Ia
I
1
:
i
SECTION 6
Time-3O minutes
30 Questions
Numbers:
Figures:
Position of points, angles,regions,etc. can be assumedto be in the order shown; and angle measures
can be assumcdto be positive.
Lincs shownas straightcan bc assumedto be straight.
Figures_thataccompanyquestionsare intended to provide information usefulin answering the questions. However,unlessa note.statcsthat a figure is drawn to scale,you should solve these-probt.1n,
NoT by estimatingsizesby sightor by measurement,
but by usingyour knowledgeof matiremarics(see
Example2 below).
Directions: Each of the Questionsl-15 consistsof two quantities,one in Column A and one in
Column B. you
are to comparethe two quandtiesand choose
A
B
C
D
Note:
if
if
if
if
tbe quantityin Column A is greater;

thc quantityin Column B is greater;
the reiationshipcannot be determinedffom the informationgiven.
Common
Ii?6iilfiion: In a question,informationconcerningone or both of the quantitiesto be comparedis

centeredabove
the two columns.A symbolthat appearsin both columnsi"pt.r.nr, the samettr;ng in
Column A as it
doesin Column B.
Exqmple l.
Column A
ColumnB
2x6
2+6
SampleAnswers
.D@@@@
,!
Examples24 refErto L PQR.
E x a m p l e2 :
NQ
@ @ @ | D @
cannot
be assumed,even rhough P.fy'
and NQ appearequal)
E x a m p l e3 : .
@(D@@@
(since.A/is betweenP ande)
E x a m p l e4 :
w+z
r80
@ @ c @ @
724
A if thc quantity in Column A is greatcq

C if the two quantities are equal;
D if thc relationship cannot bc determined from thc information givcn.
ColumnA
Column B
ColumnA
k* n= 13
n*3=8
t.
5.
ll*x
i**
ColumnB
t+3
Tfi
Bctty spcnt $?5 for a bicycle and she also spent

$27 repairing it. She then sold it for $120.
2. Thc moncy Bctty rcceived in excessof thc
total amount shespent
$20
Squarcs PQRY and YRST have sidesof

Icngth 5.
7. Thc area ofshadcd
region PQS
R, S, and I are 3 consecutive odd integerc
and R<,S< f.
Q'll[,
8.
R + . S +I
s+7-l
fI
t
4.
-2(-3) (-4)
0(4)(8)
721
if the quantit;,in Column A is greater.

if the quantit.yin Column B is
lreateri
if rhe two quantiriesare equal:
t) if the rerationship
cannot be determinedfrom the information
siven.
ts
,Lq!.rtlL4
C o l u m nB
C o l u m nA
t)
! p e r c e not f 1 . 1 2 0
't 2
ColumnB
2 2' 7
W o r k i n ga t c o n s t a n rt a t e s ,m a c h i n e
R com_
pletelypressesx recorcisin 0.5 hour
and
m a c h i n eS c o r n p l e t e lpy r e s s e sx r e c o r d s
in
u ./ ) h o u r( x ) 0 ) .
l - 1 . T h e n u m b e ro f
recordscompletely
pressedby R in 3
hours
I n i h c r c i : t i : : , u t ' . . . i soliti shor*i:"

TLI = 3.
[.'i'=.4. errd l.]?
I.
The numberof
recordscompletely
pressedby .S in 4
hours
Ihe ;trea ()f lhr

sha<ledreciangular
rr!: l ()n
:-:r') 0
,r')r<0
t0"
T h e c i r c l ew i t h c e n t e r O h a sa r a d i u so f
5
1 4 . T h e p e r i m e rreo f
AABC
at
.r, -1.,,
and z are negativeintegers
15. The productof .r, ),.
.
and z
The sum of x. )'.

and z
Tlre ciianrcrer
of rhecircleis 10.
t l
I t -
The arra of rhs region

enclosed
b i ,q u a d r r laterai ABCD
4g
C O O N T O T H E N E X TP A G E
722
Dirccrio?r:. Ea.chof thc Qucstions| 630 hasfivc aruscr choicer.For eachof thcscquationr, rclcct the bcst of the
answ?rchoiccsgiven.
'6. Ji4t- 5xttTllt

(A) 6 (B) t8 (c) 36
(D) 120 (D 1,296 .
17. Tbc pricepcrpeirof brand X cocksis 32and
thc priccpcr pEirofbrand f !ocl! is S3.If

thcre is no relcr tu ad a custoncr chooscs
only from riong tbcsetso bnndr, wbet ir thc
Sreatcstnumberofpairs of sockstbst hc can
buy rith cxactlyt25 ?
t9. In thc figurc rborc, BP = CP. If r = l1l,

tbn Y=
(A) 30 (E) 60 (c) 75 , (D)_ry (E) la
(A) e
(B) t0
(c) il
(D) 12
(E) 20
18. What is th remainderwhen 6a is dividedby 8 ?
lI. y = 3.r and Z = 2!, thcn in tcrmr of .r,

xl y* 7=
,
(A) lOx (B) 9x

(D) 6r
(E) 5r
(C) 8x
(A) 5
(B) l
(c) 2
(D) I
(E) 0
{
l
:
t
723
2l-25referro the followingdata.

Ques_tions
EXPENDITURES
ON FOOD AND SELECTEDNONFOODITEMS.
t973
Percenr
of Average
AnnuarIncome(beforetaxes)Spentby Familieson
Food and Selected Nonfood ltems
A 1
- H o u s e k epei n g
,- Supplies
....-PersonalCare
Items,Nonprescnption Drugs
l9
.16
J-t
-1U
27
Other Fuels
\Gasoline
1/
!
1 l
L I
rsl
r5i
,tl
Food Away
from Home-
Food at Home
el
I
6- l
1 t
Self-employed
Workers
Profession- Clerical
a l sa n d
and Sales
lv{anagers Workers
Craft
Laborers
Workers
and
and
Service
Machine
Workers
Operators
OccuparionalCategoryof Family Head
Retirees
1a A
Average Weekly Food and Houschold Expenditurcs

Perc.entof Food and Houschold Expenditures
Food at Homc
Ccrcals,Bakery
and Dairy
Other
Products.Fruits Food at
and Vegetables Home
Food
Away
from
Home
Pcrsonal
Care ltems,
Nonprescription
Drugs
Housckeeping
Supplies
t4
to
s35.88
23
tl
ll
$3t.77
22
tl
tl
$32.d7
Occupational
Category of
Family Head
Meats,
Poultry,
Scafood
Self*mploycd
Workers
22
25
Professionals
and Managcn
l9
2l
Clcrical and
Sales Workers
Average Weekly
Food and
Houschold
Experditurcs
Craft Worken
and Machine
Operaton
23
25
r5
2l
'l
l-aborers and
Service
Workers
24
27
l4
t9
$28.86
Retirees
23
l4
t6
ll
$r9.83
21. For which of the following categorieswas rhe

perccnt of the averageannual income (before
taxcs) spenton food at hoine the least?
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
$35.44
{A) 7To @, tWo

G) Wo
(D\ 23Vo (E\ 3t%o
a
':
25" Which of the following statementscan be inferred

from the information given?
22. Approximately what averageamount per week

did the families of professionalsand managers
spcnd on food away from home?
I.
(A) $2
(B} $E
(c) $l I
II.
(D) S2e
(E) $38
III.
23" Approximately what percentof rhe average

weekly food and householdexpendituresof
clcrical and salesworkers was spcnt on fruits
and vegeubles?
(B) 77o
24. Approximately what percent of the total avengc

annual income (before taxes) of rctireeswas
spent on meats.poultry, and seafood(consumed
at home)?
Sclf*mployed worken
Professionalsand managers
Clcrical and salesworkers
Craft workers and machine operators
Laboren and rrvice workers
(A) 4Va
Of the categoriesshown. retireeshad rhe

greatest average annual incomes (bcfore
taxes).
For all the categoriesshown. the average
amount spent per weck on housekeeping
supplieswas the same.
Of the categoriesshown. the average
amount spent pr week on meats,
poultry, and seafood(consumedat
home) was greatestfor craft workers
and machine operators.
* (A) I only
(B) II only
(C) tlt only
(D) I and II
(E) II and lll
(C) 22Vo (D\ 25Vo
(E) It cannotbe determinedfrom the information given.
725
!
I
l;
a
?
F
28. How many positivcwhole numberslessthan 8l

arc NOT equal to squaresof whole numbers?
(A) e
(B) 70
(c) 7r
(D) 72 (E) 73
29. Of the following,which could be the graph of

(
A- 2 - S x S 2 -_;J
(A)
The rectangularrug shownin the figure above

has a floral border I foot wide on all sides.
What is the area,in squarefeet, of that portion
of the rug that cxcludesthe border?
(B)
( A ) 2E
( B ) 4A
(c) 4 5
( D ) 48
( E ) 53
(c)
(D)
= l , w h i c h o ft h e f o l l o w i n g m u s t b e
ffi
true about the relationshipbetweend and n?
27. lf
(E)
0
(A) n is 4 more than d.

(B) d is 4 more than n.
A=
(C) nisiof d.
tdz
x
"*l
30. If the formula above givesthe area A of a

circularregionin terms of its diameter d,
then x =
( D ) d i s S t i m e sn .
.+:
( E ) d i s 2 t i m e sn .
(A) i.
726
(B) i
(c) r
(D) 2
(E)4

Anewsr Key and Percnlags'ol EramlneeeAnswedng Eaerrouestlon correct{y
0urilmllrvE tilLfrY
tr{ills t
|ho'f
,
2
1
5
E
A
E
B
D
B
E
9
10
o
A
tr
E7
86
6E
61
52
4
1E
9r
76
50
51
38
41
38
83
54
55
78
60
A
n
x
n
29
30
tr
E
E
A
59
52
76
29
60
5l
41
91
E7
81
D
12
13
't4
16
17
18
19
50
54
71
<o
87
79
42
<1
26
81
30
77
66
51
42
3t
32
33
34
35
36
D
n
3a
25
80
a
8
30
7
8
I
t0
't1
ls3
162
160
ls8
146
39
3
27
I
A
B
D
12
13
14
lq
16
17
18
19
. 2 0
50
B
59
64
17
12
27
84
6
7
E
I
10
E2
72
74
5S
4
8g
E
D
^
o
a,
21
2.
z3
24
IJ
40
s
4?
8Si
75
7g
17
16
19
t
2
3
1
5
't6
91
94
!B
87
86
30
10
fllnLr
11
12
14
l5
P+
IJ
tail.r
1
2
3
4
trctrr 2
Xu6!q
ct
8?
a
A
A
J'
fs3fi{ IF+
2,
86
7A
26
24
4
5
19
86
2
3
1 l
2.
23
24
7Q
59
42
27
28
B
A
'Estimeled
!l
15
/Y
6
7
8
9
10
88
0
79
tr
2
3
AXrttTCrtrts.'II
E.[ilf
o
E
B
A
87
81
86
88
71
n<
$
qo
%
27
28
fl
53
59
6'l
s
41
24
?5
&
n
5r
62
45
Q,
32
v
t1
12
c
: A
Ol
.i,..,
A'.
di
B
c
A
E
t4
15
16
D
D
B
A
n
?1
25
A
o
o
E
?+
8 0I
3.
6
E.
A
B.
?!l
8{
60
4t
sl .
*l 5
82 I
181
7rl
71 |
sdl
6
|
8
e
lo
8sI
3el
651
s8l
71t
l'l
12
13
14
ts
D
B
E
A
c
Pl
15
1t
18
ls
20
D
D
c
I
lQ l 2 1
ln l 2
l6-/l a
l 3el 21
lslti
s l
72|
s5l
s2[
?41
n
?'l
2.
fhalt
E1 |
18
19
?+
tffi
ta
t.d|'t
21t
25
8'
s
A.
lr
rltt
78
52
a l
B
A
1l
:rl
II
I
I
I
44
10
$
n
28
P+ for the group ot eramines who took s! GRE GEneral Test in a recent threeyear
727
priod
IJ
SCORECONVERSIONSFOR GE|\'ER{LTEST 18 ONLY

AND THE PERCEI{TSBELOWI
f
^nslyticrl
0t rnltllfrr
f
Rtr Scsn
Ylrbl
73
72
71
800
790
780
770
99
99
99
99
750
740
730
720
7W
98
98
97
96
95
70
ov
68
&
65
64
v
61
ul
59
58
57
56
54
q?
52
51
50
49
4a
15
45
43
1',|
40
38
JO
690
680
s70
560
650
94
93
92
91
8-o
640
620
610
600
590
88
85
83
81
80
Scaled Scores and Percenb Below

X
&rrnlthlh!
I
Anrtyflcrl
Brr Srqr
Vlrb.l
400
390
.&
34
3?
31
.D
20
'&
ZJ
500
440
470
40
440
31
?a
24
430
18
?s
26
?5
800
800
780
770
580
570
560
550
548
7g
76
73
71
08
/w
740
730
710
700
<AA
AA
520
510 :'
500 I
490.
63
60
57
55
690
680
480
474
450
450
4r0
d40
430
4?0
410
400
w
9S
98
73
52
49
46
4i
43
6m
67
610
600
590
570
64
6'1
40
37
35
32
a
cw
550
'Percent scoring below tlre given

sted
1981.and Seglember 30. 1984.
?70
19
zw
18
2s0
24A
?n
12
650
640
520
510
z1
13
81
77
750
730
724
700
v5
s4
ovu
91
11
l0
v
0-8
720
210
200
200
200
200
200
200
330
5
290
2SO
260
250
240
1
0
210
200
2@
200
?40
200
76
70
s
@0
580
)/u
550
540
al
w
520
510
490
440
450
51
4S
43
37
450
430
420
400
390
U
n
26
21
19
370
360
340
330
310
15
1 t
I
6
4
300
2 8 o 3
270
2
?
*
1
1
240
220
210
2 o
0
0
0
88
86
51
45
4it
uo
7
e(
370
15
13
10
280
?80
't5
99
w
99
98
97
11
16
800
800
790
780
310
300
12
400
390
380
io
14
23
94
92
91
87
340
330
3?0
640
dJ
81
Aln
78
s@re, based on the pertormance ol !\e 765,276examinees who took lhe Genef al Test between October 1
':
728
SECTION2
Time-30 minutes
30Questions
Numbers:
Figures:

Position of points,angles,regions,etc. can be assumedto be in tbe ordcr shown; and angle mcasures
can be assumcdto be positivc.
Lines shown as straigbt can bc assunrcdto bc straight
Figurcs can bc assumedto lie in a phnc uulcs othcrwisc indicatcd.
Figures-that accompany questions arc intended to provide informatioa useful in ansurcring
tbc gucs!i-ons-However, unlessa notc.statcs that a figurc is-drawn to sale, you rbould rche thcscirobhms
sizcsby sigbior by mcasurement,

but by usingi"* r";Ldg.
fOr uy estimating
'
Example 2 below).
r,
r:'..:::r:ii:i,:l.i:,'
"ir"in.r"1*i*,
::
Dirgctions:F:choftheQu.eqtionsl-l5consistsoftwoquantitics,oneinColumnAeadoncinColumnB.you
are to comparethe two quantities
andiboosc
A
B
C
D
if
if
if
if
the quantity in Column A is geater;

thc quantity in Colr"nn B is grearer;
the relationship cannot be deteroined from tbe informtion
giwn.
Note:
Common
;'---.....'....Inlormatton: In a question,information concerningone or both of
the quantitiesto be comparcd is centeredabove
the two columns.A symbol that appcarsin both columns i.prct"nts tbc samc'thing
in Column A as it
doesin Column B.
Example l:
ColumnA
Column B
2x6
2+6
Samole Answcrs
(D@@@@
Example 2:
NQ
@@@(D
(sinceequal mcasurcssrnnot
be assumed,even thougb Plf
E x a m p l e3 :
@rD@@@
(since.ltfis betweenP and Q)
E x a m p l e4 :
w* z
180
@@(D@@
(sinc* PQ is a straig}t line)
735
A
B
C
D

the relationshipcannot be determinedfrom the information given
if
if
if
if
ColumnB
Column A
C o l u m nB
Column A
2 x * v : 5
3x - y = I0
t +-3
A sprayingmachineuses6 full 5-gallonbucketsof
fung:cideevery20 minutes.
of fungicidethe machine
usesduring 8 hours of
spraying
720
34
0J39
100
For a temperatureof x degreesFahrenheit,the

equivalenttemperaturein degreesCelsiusis
J
a (x
- J/J.
140
The temperature in degrees

Ceisiusthat is equivalent
to 270 degreesFahrenheit
IJ
D
ABCD is a rectangle.
The area ol region ABCD
"il
:i!
!:
.t,
.l
A
B
if thc quantityin Column A is grearcr;

if thequantityin Column B is greater
c if therwoquanritiesareequal
D if therclationshipcannotbedcterminedfrom theinformationgiven.
ColumnA
Column B
ColumnA
Q1 is not paraUelto Q2.

x+y
Column B
A rectangilar label is attached to a right circtlar

cylinder with radius r. The label, which encircles
tbe cylinder without overlap, has width p and an
area equal to the area of the base of the cylindcr.
180
x and y are consccutiveodd integers

W
10.
3(, - yf
4E
& is a positive integer.
Points P, R, and I lie on a straigbt line. The

distance from P to R is 2l- and the distance
from P to ?. is 9.
I L The distancefrom
Rtoln
l6
F*F
yz>0
xy(0
t:
i
&
b
*
a.
t
n :24.56
iih
f,
ft is an integer.
td is a factorof n.
Thegreatqt possible
valueof l0r
10,000
r
I
a
737
,
t
E
I:
t.
Direcrio{rs: Each of the Questions I G30 has five answer choices.For eachof thesequestions,seiect
the best of the
.
ans\r'ercnotcesglven,
l6 Whichof thefollo*'ingequations
canbe usedto
flncithclalueof ,r if 8 morethan 9x is 3 rimesihe
sirmof 6 and x ?
(A)9x*8=3x*6
( B )n + 9 . x : 3 ( x - 6 )
(C)9x=8=3(x+6)
(D) 3(8 "r-9x) = f;s
(E)9;*8=3*6*x
17.
19.In thefigureabove,if theareaof AXyZ is 60,

then WY =
43is u'hatpercentof 70?
(A)
(B)
(c)
(D)
(E)
(A)
(B)
(c)
(D)
(E)
57o/b
60%
6i%
i0%
161%
5
l0
l2
t3
18
20. Ground oats,wheat bran. Iinseedmeal. and
r8 \vrrich
orthe
rorowing
isequivaren,
,o$ ?
ff:?lr'5:.J.ffiffiff.
ilJ'H::;",:1iTiff.:,
bran are there in 15 tons of the mixiure?
F
(A) 2o
(A)rl
(B) 22
tn)2i
(c) ;
(c) 3
(")+
(D)4i
rH*
,.'
\E)
^l
t,
t?.
;&
jrt"
:.i*
.:.:i
7.38
2l -25referto thefollowinggraph.
Questions
THENUMBEROF PONDSAND THE POPULATIONS
OF DUCKS(MALLARDSAND PTNTATLS)
oFTWO SPECTES
IN A REGIONOF NORTHAMERICA: l9?0 - 1988
Mallards
Pinails
Ponds
ll
It
l0
9
8
1
l0
I
v
N
\l
6
z.
)
4
J
L I
I
I
5
\
U
.l
2
I
\t,
3
2
I
1910 1972 1974 1976 19'78 1980 1982 1984 1986 1938
739
/..r. During whicb of the following periods was the
21. By approxirrately how many million did the mallard
percent decreasein the mallard population closest

to 25 percent?
popuiation decreascfrom 1970to 1988?

(A) 0.6
(B) 2"8
( A ) 1 9 7 0t o
( B ) 1 9 7 2t o
1 9 7 4t o
{q
[D) !980 to
(E) 1984to
(c) 3.6
(D) 4.3
(E) 7.0
22 In 1984thepopulation
of pintailswasapproxi'
matelywhat fractionof themallardpopulation?
25.For any pair of successiveyears between 1977 and

1982,inclusi"-e,the increascor decreasein the
number of ponds was between
(A) i
(B)
( L l-
(D)
(E)
1973
1973
1986
1984
1985
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
t2
I
;J
0.7 and 2.8 million

1.0and 3.0miilion
1.5 and 5.3 million
2.5 and 4.8 milljon
4.1 and 5.3 million
;
20
GO ON TO THE ].IEXT PAGE.'
13. What wasthe approximatepercntincreasein the

numberofpondsfrom 1973to 1974?
(A) 80%
(ts)12s%F
(c\ 175"h
(D) 204%
(E) 375%
7N
!:
3
f
:t
29. Of
F po.itit" intqm that are multiphs of 30 and
are kss than or eqrul
to 360,what fraction are
'
nultiphs of 12?
(A)
p)i
(c)i
(D)3
26. Tltc figurcabov:showsa crosssectionof a grad1q1f thatseats1,000pcoplcpcr 2 yardsof sla"t

hcight.Whatis thetotaln'um'Uer
of searsin tbc
grands!asd?
(A)
(B)
(c)
(D)
(E)
;, !;i;j+,
r
';q,+r..",
.,;-,
1, _'jfl:- r ir,
ii,: ri.;ilii:l,i:+
. .:, : ri:;.
'a
c) 11
25,000
35,000
40,000
50,m0
100,000
:. ." .,
r.
. .
a "^:
- ' f :'. ;
"
' .-,i:-.:
30. If x is an intcgeraad x2 ( 37, what is thc ereatest

posiblc yalueof x ninus thc leastpossr'Hcialuc of
x?
(A) 5
(B) 6
(g lq
(D) 12
(E) 36
27. Wbichof thefollowingis equivalent

to -x2< x ?
(A)
( B )(C)
(D)
(E)
0<x<l
l<x<t
x <o
.r <,t
r>t
Ia the figure above, if LCAB is a right aagle,

then r :
(A) 38
(B) 40
(c) 42
(D) 45
(E) 48
74r
SECT1ON 5
Time-30 minures
Questions
Numbers:
Figuresi

Positionof points,angles,regions,etc.can be assumedto be in the
order shown;and anglemeasures
c a n b e a s s u m e tdo b e p o s i t i v e .
Figurescan be assumedto lie in a planeunressotherwiseindicared.
Figuresthat accompanyquestionsare intendedto provide
informationusefulin answeringthe guesttons' However'unlessa note.statesthat a figureis'drawnro;;l;:;;;
shouldsolverheseproblems
Nor by estimatingsizesby sight or by meaiurement,but
by usingyour knowledgeof mathematics(see
Example2 below).
Directions: fuch of the QuestionsI -J5.consistsof two quantiries,

onein ColumnA and one in Column B. you
A
B
C
D
Note;.

if the quantiryin Column B is grearer;
if the r!r'oquantitiesare equal;
if the relationshipcannot be dererminedfrom the informationgiven.
Common
;--7-_
l n I o r m a t l o n : In a question'informationconcerning
one or both of the quantitiesto be comparedis centertdabove
the two columns.A svmbolthat appein in both columns

represents
tbe samcthing in Column A as it
E x a m p l eI :
Column A
C o l u m nB
2x6
2+6
o @ @ @ @
Examples2- referto L peR.
E x a m p l e2 : .
@@@(D
be assumed,eventhough py'f
E x a m p l e3 :
@ (D @ @ @
(since.|y'is betwcenp and
e)
E x a m p l e4 :
w'r z
180
@@(D@@
754
if thequantityin Column A is greatcr;

if the quantityin Column B is grcater;
c if the rwo quantitiesare equat
D if the rclationshipcannot be dctcrminedfrom the infornation girca.
A
B
Column A
ColumnB
ColumnA
Column B
M
'?dy
tr
3:
I
6
I
*
:
J
The circular board is divided into 8 sectorsof eaual

area.
t
t -
(x-a)(x+B
The number of the sector
on which the pointer comes
to rest afrer rorating 480'
clockwisefrom the posirion
shown
t.
x >0
x2-m
n is a positiveintcger.
(-l)n + (-lf*t
o<x <./
The average(arithmericmean)of x, 2x. and

1 5i s 1 2 .
4y
2.
2t
- J
J"
t4
t2
GO ON TO THE NEJff PAGE.
153.2
- !"x-.v
63.4
In the correctly performed subtraction shown

above, x and y represcnrdigits between0 and 9,
inclusive.
4.
x + y
t7
755

C if t}e two quantitiesare equal;
D if the relationshipcannotbe determinedfrom the information siven.
Column
---F-
Column B
Column A
Column B
A contractor can purchasepaint at $19.50per gallon

or at the bulk rate of 20 galionsfor 5335.00.
The amount savedper
gallon by purchasing
20 gallonsof the paint
at the bulk rate rather
than by' the gallon
52.75
The perimetersof R and S are equal.

The area of R
Circie .F has circumference4.
l 0 The radius of F
S q u a r eS
RectangleR
The area of
f
- l
r * s
r
The average(arithmetic mean) of a set of n test
scoresis 80. Thc averagc(arithmetic mean) of
these n scorestogetherwith a scoreof 85 is 81.
LABC is equJlateral.
II
The nreasureof L ADC
60'
x > 0
v > 0
t2
x + y
,ri
:i
:l
i
il
756
*
*
i
Drectiol_ls: Each of thc Qucstions I 6,30 has five answer choiccs.For cach of thcsc qucstions, sclcct thc bcst of tbc
rnswer choicesgiven.
16. Nine piccesof paper numbered consecutivelyfrom
I to 9 areput into a hat. Ifone piecc ofpaper is
drawn at random from the hat, what is the probability that it will have an even number?
(A) ol
19. A schooldistrict has 1,989computers,wbid is

approximatelyonc computerfor every6E.6sndcna.
Of thefollowing,which is the closcstapproximation,
in thousands,of the numberof studensin tbe
schooldistrict?
(A) 30
(B) 120
(c) 140
(D) 160
(E) 200
(")3
(q;
{qt
(E);
t7. I f 6 r - 4 : 5 x
*3, then,x:
(A) -7
(B) -i
(c)
(D)
(E)
I
7
t2
In tbc figurc above,rf MO = OP, then y =

(A) 4 5 - x
(B) 9 0 - - x
(c) x
(D) 4 5 * x
(E) 6 0 + x
r8 . If
p is a positiveinteger, which of the following

could bc a prime number?
(A)
(B)
(9
(D)
(E)
8p
8p + l
8p
8p + 4
8p + 6
a
a-
CTOON TO THE NEXT PAGE"
t*
757
Questions2l-25 are basedon the followrnggraphsfor Counrry X.
EXPENDITURE
OF
DISPOSABLE
PERSONAL
INCOME:1986
tw"/o = )J.U/l
DurabieGoods
SAVINGS AS A PERCENT OF DISPOSABLE

P E R S O N A LI N C O M E : 1 9 5 5 - 1 9 8 6
Dllllon
Housing
14.87c
ndurables
758
?,
21" In 1986approximately
how manybilfiondollars
werespnton durablcgoods?
(A)
(B)
9l
3e3
*^
F
k
(c) 4s3
P) 504
tE) 1,007
(A) r.5%
(B) 2%
(c) 25%
(D) 3%
(E) 6%
22. ln 1986housing and nondurablestogether

accounted for approximately what fraction
of disposable personal income?
(A)
f
t'
24. If thegrossnationa{productia 19g6wasS| ,2I 3

billion morethan disposable
pcrsonalincomc,rhen
savingslhat yearwereapproximatety
what percnt
ofthe grossnationalproduct?
25. Which of the followiug statemntscan be inferrd

from the graphs?
I. In 1986moretlan $1,000biilion of disposable
personalincomewasspentfor services..
II. From 1955to 1986,inclusive,savingsasa
prcentof disposablepersonalincomcwas
nevergreilterthan8.5percent.
IIL The total dollaramountof savingsrl?s greater
in 1975thanin 1980.
(')*
(o+
o
(D)i
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
G)*
23. Savingsas a percentof disposablepersonalincome
was approximately how many timesas grear in 1975
a s i n 1 9 5 5?
I only
II only
III only
I and III only
r, II, and III
(A) 0,6
(B) o.a
(c) r.3
(D) r.5
(E) 1.7
$
i
I
I
759
26.'The sum of 2 numbers, x and ;,, equalstwice their

product. If x : 3, what is the valueof y ?
t
(A) i
{B)
l)
'
(c\ ;
(D)
29. In the figure above, RSTY is a squareinscribedin

a circlewith radius r. In terms of r, what is the
total area of the shadedreeions?
tr, 1
(A) rL(n - Z)
(B) 2r(2 - n)
{C) {r2 - 2)
27. Among all isoscelestriangJesR57" having the

measureof angle S equal ro 40', what is tbe largest
possiblemeasurefor angle R ?
(A)
(B)
(D) zr2 - 8r
@) nrz - 4r
400
70'
30. An emergencyvehicletravelsl0 miles at a speedof

50 miles per hour. How fast must.the vehicli travel
on the return trip if the round-trip travel time is to
be 20 minutes?
(c) e0'
(D) 100"
(E) It cannot be determinedfrom tle information
given.
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
28. S is the sum of three consecutiveintegers,the greatest of which is x. In termsof S, which of the
following is the sum of three consecutiveintegers,
the leastof *'hich is x ?
(A)S-6
( B )S - 3
(C)s+3
{D).S+6
(Ei 2.t
7ffi
55 mph
60 mph
65 mph
70 mph
75 mph
An*er Key and Fercantsg$'of EramlneesAnswcrtngEacfreredon corrocdy
lhnlrr
1
2
3
4
5
D
0
c
A
A
6
7
8
9
'r0
D
B
0
c
r't
1
1
1
1
2
3
4
5
1
t
1
1
6
6
7
8
9
21
l8rat
A
190
gl
93
8E
60
4
5
B
A
A
8
7
8
9
1
E
D
E
C
4
72
e1
95
75
6a
6
7
E
9
10
A
B
D
D
A
4
D
D
A
|l5
B1
5l
51
38
78
73
67
41
'87
70
55
8
A
E
E
56
4it
47
3S
34
t
1
1
1
1
r
2
3
4
5
D
D
C
B
A
39
65
87
79
54
1
1
1
1
N
6
7
8
9
64
21
2
7
2
?
sl
4
5
B
A
E
85
42
6
2
z
6
7
E
E
24
A
3
B
A
B
8
A
2
2
I
2
3
1
9l
93
z3
93,
,
3
4
5
6
2 7
A
1
2
3
1
5
6
7
8
9
A
c
0
C
B
67
6t
59
49
5l
6
7
8
I
lo
/tB
3a
a,
17
38
tl
12
t3
1f
't5
rE
17
rE
19
,16
69
71
5
45
40
29
50
n
a,
e,
!
1
1
11
t
t
2
3
5
A
D
8
A
B
1
r
l
1
a
6
7
E
9
)
c
D
B
C
A
87
E9
79
di
7ts
c7
71
55
$
38
21
D
2
,
8
, | 3 8
2
4
0
E
A
s6 , 2 1
B
72
2 , E
66
? . J o
a,
21
D
38
a
a
c2
80
65
2
?
2
N
3
55
12
55
39
30
N
t 7
A
a
3X)
B
0
D
A
E
-A
B
E
s
49
55
51
41
31
p
g
3
3
.
l
4
5
A
E
E
8
D
54
46
44
54
36
3
s
S
14
3
3
3
6
7
8
A
E
D
37 I
28 1
15 1
'Egimated
7t
75
75
78
76
60
53
70
73
31
B
P
D
f , ] E
3
4
3
5
s
a
21
a
A
c
D
C
D
D
8
C
C
E
A
2
3
a
5
1
1
1
1
N
6
7
B
D
B
72
71
71
66
a
75
85
36
a
86
66
c
o
C
C
8
E
B
B
c
2
3
6
7
8
9
6
7
8
0
C
8
A
E
D
D
A
C
E
D
77
6l
61
P+ fo'r tre grr(xrpol oxarninesufio toor $to GRE GerFrst T6t in a rcril
thrselBargeriJd.
767
6l
4
31 l
25 I
n
z1
2.
a
21
25
0
D
A
I
A
E
A
A
B
E
A
c
E
A
I
A
E
T'
6A
5l
ct
53
72
6a
4
54
1
2
8
1
:
I
7
E
10
8S
85
75
tt
12
13
11
15
7A
58
g
rK)
4
16
17
t8
t9
&
a
18
67
.A
21
21
2.
z3
24
25
E
A
E
D
B
A
5/
63
:K!
17
*t
89
E5
E1
51
70
6r
D
B
E
,l{t
35
29
B
B
31
81
64
60
62
c
c
B
D
B
E
cn
rto
69
78
75
SCORE
GONVERSIONS
FORGE}IERAL
TEST19 Ot{LY
ANOTHEPERCEIITS
BELOW'
Vrftal
Brr kaled
%
Store Scoil E?lor
7y76
72
71
7A
8m
790
na
/N
tw
68
67
bo
64
740
7m
710
700
690
0urr0tr$vr
$ale{t
ScG!
'l;
Blhr
99
99
9!l
99
b1u
vl
6ec
38
37
36
31
1}
JI
JI
30
a
u3
27
ol
b5{J
90
8E
60
610
6l
800
96
59
620
610
600
590
580
570
560
550
540
530
8,1
E2
80
78
800
800
790
780
780
96
96
aq
54
53
52
51
){J
49
48
47
16
15
44
(l
41
40
5m
510
500
190
480
470
460
40
450
w
to
7,|
71
ttv
66
63
760
750
710
730
60
5E
55
52
50
47
43
43
40
37
7N
710
700
690
680
670
660
650
640
630
bY
Varbrl
6
25
24
23
w
s
ta
c2
90
ta
88
1t
6T
800
82
EO
78
800
800
790
770
760
750
730
710
700
680
98
98
98
t5
70
68
66
64
96
95
93
90
89
6f,
ourdtrtiro
lnslytlcal
Rr* Scaled % Ss.t?d \

S$led
%
Scs|r Score Eclor Smn Edor &orc Balor
1dt
s
9E
90
s
94
94
5d
Ansly,llcal
o/o
Scalod
$core Befos
l6
15
11
1?
12
'10
a
E
7
b
d-(
430
420
120
410
400
390
390
380
370
360
34
31
31
28
25
22
72
Z0
18
t5
620
610
600
580
570
560
550
540
530
5m
360
3s0
340
340
330
320
300
790
290
280
15
13
11
11
9
8
5
4
4
3
510
490
480
470
460
450
440
420
41t
400
30
27
25
23
21
17
15
14
380
370
360
340
320
310
1r
I
8
6
4
3
274
260
250
240
230
220
200
200
200
200
240
2n
200
200
200
1
1
1
1
1
1
,l
1
'I
I
1
1
1
50
s
w
18
4E
43
41
39
36
g2
670
m
650
640
630
610
600
580
570
550
540
530
510
490
480
460
450
430
420
100
,ao
270
254
249
1
1
1
?m
370
350
340
320
300
290
280
260
240
230
214
2n
200
200
1
1
1
1
1
230
220
210
210
200
81.79
n
74
70
oo
61
Jd
52
49
47
41
36
33
28
26
22
19
16
11
8
7
1
'I
1
1
1
1
1
'Percent Koring below the raled score is based on the performance

of 1,040,336 exahinees who tmx tne
Ceneral TBt betweeo October l, 1988, and SeptemberlO.199t. This percent below iniormation is u*d for
score report5during the I 992-93 testing yea..
768

Bigbook Quant

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Bigbook Quant

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

A-PDF Merger DEMO : Purchase from www.A-PDF.

com to remove the watermark

All numbcrsuscdarc real numbers.

thc quantity ia Column A is greater;

Sincethereareonly four choiccs,NEVER MARK (E).

Examples 24 rcfer to A PQR"

(sincc equal measursscannot

if the quaatityin Column A is greater;

d : 5.$89a and @ is rhe decimalexpressionfor

F4uilateral triangle PQR is formed by joining

Square MNPQ hasarca36.

p and g aredifferentprim numbcrs.r is theleast

The volume of a cylindncal tank &at has a

The volume of a cylindrical rank that hasa

GO ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

the quantity in Column A is grcatcr;

I t . Ttrc time rcquired to

Thc time requiredto

12"The sum of the measures

of the two angles of AR^SI

O is the center of rhe circle and LAOC is a

Maria's new salary

GO ON TO THE NEXT PACE.

17"if 3x - 2 : '7, thcn 4: :

I 9. Thedots on the graphaboveindicateageand

20. Thegreatestnumberof diagonalsthat canbe drawn

GO ON TO THE I.{EXT PAGE.

Questions2l-25 rcfer to thc foUowingSrephs.

TOTAL YEARLY ADVERTISII\TGREVENUE FOR NEWSPAPERX

AVERAGENUMBER OF PAGESPER NEWSPAPERFOR NEWSPAPERX

GO ON TO TI{E NEXT PAGE.

21. ln how manyof the yearssbownwasthe average

25, Which of the following sratqnents can bc inferred

22" In l95A,if theprintingcostperne*spaperwas

Tbe percent decreasein averagedaily cirmlation

from the data?

C'o ON TO THE NEXT PAGE.

26. lf 0 < s, < l, thenwhichof thc following can bc

29. Whichof tbefollowingis equalto j of 0.01pcrcent?

(A) s < -l and r > 0

30. In thc figure aborrc,cachof thc four squareshas

28. To rcproduccan old photograph,a photographer

chargesx doltarsto makea negative, aoU"r,

All numbcrs used arc real numben.

Sincethere arc only four choices,NEVER MARK (E).

In a question, information concerningone or both of the quantitiesto be comparedis centcredabove

Examples24 referto A PPR.

(since /{ is betwetn P and Q)

A if the quantity in Cotrmrn A is grtater;

l. Tbc numberof months

Ttrccircuafercaccof circlc C is lga.

LABC is equilateral.Line Q is parallel to side BC

Forall real numbcrs a, lel a..:

C'O ON TO TlrE NEXT PAGE"

A if tk quantity in Column A is greater;

if thc two quanritics are equal;

D if rhcrclationshipcannot bc derermincdfrom thc informatioagiven.

Team X scored p points more than ream I, and

The areasof the two shadedregionsof the circle are

The area of unshaded

GO ON TO THE ].IEXT PAGE.

Dxrecrioar: Erch of th Qrcstions 1630 basfive :rrlrq^erfuiccs. hr eachof tbcscqucstiong

16. fq a ccrair Sop, notcbooksthat normallyscll for

19. If thc alrage(arithmcticmcan) of 5 consccutive